Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D08-253 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - CHARLOTTE RUSSE - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
CHARLOTTE RUSSE 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL D08 -253 Cityikf Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: CHARLOTTE RUSSE Address: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Phone: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Contact Person: Name: STARR DE LA CRUZ Address: 2413 PACIFIC COAST HY #202 , LOMITA CA 90717 Phone: 310 606 -2078 Contractor: Name: MC CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT INC Address: 38012 NORTH LINDA DR , CAVE CREEK AZ 85331 Phone: 480 367 -8600 Contractor License No: MCCONMI99ORC doc: IBC -10/06 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT * *continued on next page ** • Permit Number: D08 -253 Issue Date: 08/14/2008 Permit Expires On: 02/10/2009 Expiration Date: 12/18/2009 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR ALTERATION OF EXISTING RETAIL SPACE. CONSTRUCT NEW SALES AREA, FITTING ROOMS, RESTROOMS, STORAGE, AND BREAK ROOM. Value of Construction: $62,800.00 Fees Collected: $1,562.10 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: IM Occupancy per IBC: 0019 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and' ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complie • , whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does no • resume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance o ork. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: Print Name: td"L___ City Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D08 -253 Issue Date: 08/14/2008 Permit Expires On: 02/10/2009 Private: Public: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Private: Public: Date: OAt L L v Date: T This permit shall become null and void if the work ig not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -10/06 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: Suite No: Tenant: - 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW CHARLOTTE RUSSE 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS • Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D08 -253 ISSUED 05/01/2008 08/14/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New sucpended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 13: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us • 15: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 16: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 17: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 18: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 20: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The cle? rance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 21: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surreys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 24: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 25: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 27: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access doc: Cond- 10!06 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us • corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visibly exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 29: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 30: Exit signs.shal be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 31: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minu :es and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.31 32: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 33: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 34: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 35: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire_Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 36: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 37: Local ILL. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and /or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 39: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 40: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 41: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) doc: Conti -10/06 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us • 42: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 43: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 44: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 45: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 46: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 47: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond - 10/06 * *continued on next page ** 008 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 0 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of world. Signature: Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 4--1. I—Lc Date: • k 4- ' eC1/4 D08 -253 Printed: 08-14 -2008 SITE LOCATION Property Owners Name: Mailing Address: I CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila. WA 98188 ht�: / /www.ci. tukwila.wa. us Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** Site Address: JDJ4h tr4e--Jr Tenant Name: lam' `cx lo-He 'RL(.SSe We e1el nhn CONTACT PERSON who do we contact when your permit is ready : to be issued Name: Si p R De LA C-R-ai 7 - Mailing Address: am-1 � .c ( _ CADXS9 E -Mail Address: i tAt0 t®i perm fscktrec+• cc,■ GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: 1' 8 iJ • Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: Cc, Mailing Address: - 1-k t tVn�Ta -1 k R Pc•• CA N N6N Q: ApplicalionsTcnmc- Applications On tint -2006 - Permit Applieationdac Revised 9 -2006 bh Day Telephone:( - 6 Coo( - aO'-1 F, +twy 4aoa Loll TA QA aoo c City State Zip Fax Number(3 (o OelP - <ga A20i \Tc.X E -Mail Address: stSC-,A tJ �\r`l�, (Psc kEM (2E12 M mJ De. Building Permit No. Mechanical Permit No An v 1 1 ,:c Plumb nWGas Permit No Folic Works Permit Ito. King Co Assessor's Tax No.: // (-0 3 &$ 1 ate. V 00 1 0 Suite Number:. Sl 125 Floor: 1 New Tenant: ,....Yes ❑ ..No State Zip Zip City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: t E L pE i - Q cv,-0 AO-Lk NI ,71)h1 1)( - 1(00Q. State Zip City Contact Person: Day Telephone: (, n) (G 3 S - S Fax Number: (V 103S - SG: Act ENGINEER OF RECORD -AP plans must be wet stamped. by -Engineer of Record I NCt (244 2-1,sa4 City State Zip Day Telephone: (5'3) Sc/S (I Sa E -Mail Address: Fax Number: (s13) tolS q S 1 49 Page I of 6 BUILDING PER IT INFO TIaN 200-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ -e '&00 Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): •NTc12to12 AL'i'E12e.T\o DF c 1ST ca ke — r4tl_ s PM (4 one SoVrfiCe l7? MALL • 6, n ST New SALES AV-L-14 , Rozryl t K ST2(SII11 i3 1 s At..0 50-e Atte . kAbiak, W ILL conS4 Cir 016 ri Lc— .__ I el Ectiem-Ac44D Mimaa. P.ubn 8//14 Will there be new rack storage? X Yes No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provade :All Building Areas UTS quargFositage ::low Mier 2" Floor.. 3' Floor ::............. Basement:- .. Accessory Structure *_ Attaelied Detached :C3arage . ; Attached- :Carport- Dctaeltedmpor# ..:...':::. . • Covered Deck Uncovered Deck 1✓xtstirig:. Iiitetior Remodel , _lags aVS Addition to:. Existing Structure ew:: :Type of. Constnietion:per lC.::.. TYpegf: .. Occupancy per I BC PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes No If "yes ", explain: Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: )4. Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safe ata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applicerions \Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Applicabon.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS 1}RRNII INIORMATION _ - 206-433 017 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): y DV' G L He i v + 0Y \ -1 b 1 - e - 1 - 6 6 I c 6.,c_e --rD r Q n-e w 100 me n's le1 sta rP g rAA -44-1 on s . 4h-1 -6 R ro n m S 5 (-7» a —6 -fu kff CO, Water District .Tukwila ❑ ...Water District #125 ...Water Availability Provided ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. cubic yards cubic yards Q: Appticetions\Fmms- Applications On tine d -2006 - Permit Application dee Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 810 -424 -5555 ❑ .. Highline e r District ►i ..Tukwila ❑ ... ValVue ❑ .. Renton 1 ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑.,.Sewer Availability Provided ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... " WO # ❑ ...Temporar Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public Private ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public Private _ ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System - For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size - 22" x 34 ") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond 1=1.. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Hold Harmless - (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless - (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .• Right -of -way Use - Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip Page 3 of 6 Unit Types :I Qty .;Unit Type . ::: Qty 7 Uidia:'Iype; ::: .Qty BoilerJGompsessor.: Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Fumacc >100K Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 31 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30-50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm/Ind �[ D�C 1 W OrK MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 = 431 =3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION TOO ' Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ L (7 bo Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 56 s`"k `nn j Y h Ct �I� Cj )fl �$ - HO Ct l f du c or K elcs icj m i l es To i -0c U Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... 0 Commercial: New ....'0 Replacement ... Fuel Type: Electric . r& Gas .... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:Wpplications \Forms- Applicffions On Line\3 -2006 - Pemnt Appliration.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: . :Qty . k xtuire Type: . FtxtigreType :. 0t1' . Fixture Type:.. Qty Bathtub or combination bath /shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain ,Q Sinks Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory ^ of Water Closet Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and /or vent Additional medical gas inlets/outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas • PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 - 431 -3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): bn t &n 6 n — fu» )1( h - - Dnm . Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): Utility Purveyor: Water: TA 7,1 c_ Q: Applicariona\Farms-Applications On [ine\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh /g Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: City State Zip Sewer: 1 , c, Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES: -- Applicable to all permits in this application -, Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 1053.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORI7,>j;D A GENT: Signature: l; �L Date: 1 I O Print Name: . Stan- De La Cru Day Tel ephone:, La J) C ' CO ~c ? U 1 K)(1 10 Mailing Address: q 13 roast- e `6 t-%t L `, 90 7 /q_ City State Zip Date Application Expires: Date Application Accepted: Q: Wpplications\Fams- Applications On Line \3-2006 - Permit Applicalson.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -253 Address: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 05/01/2008 Applicant: CHARLOTTE RUSSE Issue Date: 08/14/2008 Receipt No.: R08 -03097 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: MC CONSTRUCTION TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Cash 60.00 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 60.00 Total: $60.00 Payment Amount: $60.00 Payment Date: 08/29/2008 12:05 PM Balance: $0.00 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 08 -29 -2008 Doc: RECSETS-06 RECEIPT NO: R08 -02941 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www. ci. tukwila. wa. us Payee: MC CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT INC SET ID: 0815 SET NAME: CHARLOTTE RUSSE SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount DB°- 153) 2 948.50 EL08 -511 550.00 M08 -132 361.00 PG08 -144 152.00 TOTAL: 2,011.50 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 16891 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES ELECTRICAL PERMIT - NONR MECHANICAL - NONRES PLUMBING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE SET RECEIPT TOTAL: Payment Date: 08/14/2008 Total Payment: 2,011.50 2,011.50 2,011.50 Account Code Current Pmts 000/322.100 944.00 000.322.101.00.0 550.00 000.322.102.00.0 361.00 000.322.103.00.0 152.00 000/386.904 4.50 TOTAL: 2,011.50 6122 08/14 9710 TOTAL 2011 =50 RECEIPT NO: R08 -01450 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: PERMITS DIRECT SET ID: S000001022 SET NAME: Trap set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D08 -253 613.60 EL08 -511 123.00 M08 -132 90.25 PGO8 -144 38.00 TOTAL: 864.85 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Payment Check 1320 864.85 TOTAL: 864.85 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http : //www. ci. tukwila. wa. us ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES SET RECEIPT Payment Date: 05/01/2008 Total Payment: 864.85 Amount Account Code Current Pmts 000.345.832.00.0 123.00 000/345.830 741.85 TOTAL: 864.85 1879 05/01 9711 TOTAL 864.85 -A=W � a 253 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION < - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: pejlk,'T i p(e■INE InspecC ar Date: x041 ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRE . Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Type of Inspection: -. &C JC L,J • k- Project / I io � �Se Address: Ott SC, • Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1 a.m 6 - U 51 p.m. Requester: Phone " 5 -- Cl(493.. -A=W � a 253 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION < - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: pejlk,'T i p(e■INE InspecC ar Date: x041 ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRE . Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of Inpectir n li n r A / o [ 6&- r% k. J ..... J n AA e.. P .4-'1 T CL/1 / p C_.A 5 J - 0 n re-.> a F- ( vim' ( I , r r Phone No: 3 -s7 — `a'3' r `2) lJ ii 5,,A A L. ,{�J �iffr -r -eJs' tor - .t1S ' - /av 4 ■ A t I ject* Pro e jfe Type of Inpectir n li n r A / o [ 6&- Address: (,Z-( Sc. ' D ate Called: / Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: 3 -s7 — `a'3' PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1� 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)1 -3670 INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD /� Q a- 23 3 It— Retain a copy with permit , J Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: 1 Date:. _ d r ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project• K. .Ar to 4 lr.- Jise Type of Inspection• �� r —k gu . Address: 11 2 I � ( A( Al Date Called: 0JIS ( ,) f ACtFJ,S.tYl, AlJJ S S'. Special Instructions: Date Wanted: j 14 - -vS ' —a .m. p.m. Requester: ;f c.. ^.LA 1 -1 I 1 P%(J ,tJ .ef Phone 03 15 I f 7 eJ(.0 COMMENTS: j3d" r(S(1-00. i) TP 0-ED 1 �2 ( /)Cur /.)A< i t -off � c (.15& `Tr) i f/}. ,6 44` ; r e -r 4 )Ato. 0 I I -icy �AJ.e t ,, f I •P..c J1 0JIS ( ,) f ACtFJ,S.tYl, AlJJ S S'. P- /� l L -ai f .- • `i t :Iz J 1 F e 4 . 4 .r eSTf c.) J LA ey t r4A /usr rw-i', ,&.i - -4 J k_i_ 6 p eAelvi-r; "C' - tom r OeS GJ rri ( ;f c.. ^.LA 1 -1 I 1 P%(J ,tJ .ef S AA +) kf .Ie_A- ( e, 90 m •• ( `I S-0 a P I 4f7 e -r) !f:/ )' , 5 4 I c `, n 4A Co ,J Jf D e t - �-� / e Inspect b A ( Date: 1 _ 4 , ,,r/ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Do s -It INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 oEaMRNO. PERMIT NO. ❑ Approved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: IL ' . s� � Aenr„a.o. vas.. y..,• �--- tatrrsatrfv/weo&.',bleos�zaadi' Pro y, D Type of os coon: ' / A 1 Address: tot( SC'(4L -- Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: r, l� Z q� va . a.m. Requester: Phone No: ' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECT NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 COMMENTS: El $60.00 iZEASPECT N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. loo - -2 04- Project: Type sl-t ection: c_ e.... �, %i /fir i` Olt . S-��/ Address: Date Called J Special Instructions; Date Wanted: ) 0 " 2 T � a.m. Requester: Phone N94 ei 3 ` 5 l q el 3 L INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISI 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 El Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 5 41F- C k ia04.4./- i'dize44/ "frhel 1)-0 tr- tom - /-40-41 L- 444 .. / V — ( ate sL1i Inspecto 006 PERMIT NO. ON (206)431 -370 Date f2,190 El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: (Date: Project: C. 1 f tr )6+ e Q 7 r5 Type of Inspection: 1= R q-n -, I (\IS, \ Address: A- t 1 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1 p - 8 - o � (a m� �-R( Requester: Phone No: 3).3 5); C lit3C.. AttlaMattalseAwtstsek INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1 ` - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: 'Date: ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: V 1U"f +J Si n Type of Inspection: C alled: Address: �A'L (o2t ‘ Date Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1 (9 — 113 m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Apptoved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Date: l b ---i U - fl $ '.00 REINSPECtION F REQUIRED. rior to inspection, fee must be p i . at 6300 Southcenter vd., Suite 1 0. Call to schedule reinspection. Rec " , t No.: !Date: Corrections required prior to approval. ,• i COMMENTS: ,- g e -- - Sc iA -p . L4, A - - 4),( d 6-Aik -- 4 f N,C r J 1 A VE-- 7r._ Li'1.',_ A( t-- Ji � � � 76 Spe Instructions: Date Wanted: ,0 - q - De a.m. Requester: Phone No: 703 -5(9 - 963L - l Project: , 41n t i zt, ifs Type of Inspection: -kir f-t ` / 1 Address: � /� � � � Date Called: Spe Instructions: Date Wanted: ,0 - q - De a.m. Requester: Phone No: 703 -5(9 - 963L INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit )01 -253 PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 1 Date:, r —. • ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: �4- Project: (1, 101 (4 e4)-He R It s: Type of Inspection: T-- AWt I Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a 1 0 2" ©� ' p:m. Requester: Phone No: 303- 5)9 INSPECTION NO. El Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit b&-z3 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. /j COMMENTS: Qi r- 44 Inspe Date: 00 REINSPECTION FEE ' 0 TRED. Prior to fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100. Call to'schedule reinspection. Re t No.: (Date: Project: ■ / � d 7 le ,4 Type of Inspection: / ,P.9777 /n'1/ 6p.. Address: /../..p.2./ ,l / r Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Q 9 —36 Q a:m. p.m. Requester: Phone i 2 - ?6 5 i ?Z Die 253 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 06)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. f COMMENTS: p • �f A wci -4 4 , lnsp 1 I Dat 7 3 0 0 REINSPECTION EE REQUIR . Prior to inspection, fee must be d at 6300 Southcente Blvd., Suit 100. Call to schedule reinspection. eipt No.: 'Date: Project: C116110+44 cz- Nkepor , Type of Inspection: F-p il-rvl i A,./ C. Address: (,21 Yel A- I t Date Called: Special Instructions: g Date anted: m. Li _ Z - _ 0 v p.m. Requester: Pho a No: -3 IA - 73 Z7 __ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 [I Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: lnsp GA ti$ A , - e • t' .�..: �� L (J$.. Q1av� A , 0.00 REINSPECTION FEE R aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd. eipt No.: UII Sul ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 7 -- 5 ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be e 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: FX;�i iTi'r {44'.s' � �. rt.K��Y£ f•�v'� »" .. -. . Project: ( t. 0 e ,, s , Type o�f Inspection: Address: (o�- t �C Suite #:'d'- �t � Contact Peron: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: -- Phone No.: 3 - s,9 1036 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: • Permits: Occupancy Type: -- wttlz, `c 4 sY'e.. -+�f k••w!•s tl!�cw:.+it.'J�:YY StinS�lm :ht\�':4r.Fkh+n ":: W1r.v+�^..'h+4rr ^a . :+ ei: P. F.'. r� r.. �.' �mC- N. A�! ataVkn` � }e'- ..G..S'X:r%aro�•'�2 +fe.�:tiln /^'Sr.+Y .rt.4 r- .,twti.. � •.• aN+,YY:4' +Y COMMENTS: p([ (g- 36) ? t: 3 ) INSPECTION NUMBER 444 Andover Park East Tukwila Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 spector: Approved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS Fi Corrections required prior to approval. /51Z [ Date: 4/4$ $> 0.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. H T:F.D. Form F:P: 113 COMMENtS: . i : 450Se, • Type of Inspection: . f Address: gi, 5-e. Suite #: A441-1..-- %Contact Person: Ikf,vi kt pet, - O'tk ' .143/ 5,0stogt 4 14 ( . FA Permits: Occupancy Type: • SP4 sp.ui. ;AN • - AS- 6 kfiLi - 41) , (4A C.06C% (425)bbio- 6'ib0 i .. tipAt7A - beal-t-tiv4L9 - 014 — . / Y s. INC.V. 0 na, - 00.. (Do2) - (023.) 4 ' d Evb li SeAc4 6 _ WA m) tot i■I t . . ct k. 4 A L - . Vant4d* OrPO42-, if Project: 450Se, • Type of Inspection: . f Address: gi, 5-e. Suite #: A441-1..-- %Contact Person: Special Instructions: ,,.. . Phone No.: • 0 6)1- 11016 Needs Shift Inspection: , Sprinklers: Are Alarm: Hood & Duct: . Monitor: , Pre-Fire: 1. Permits: Occupancy Type: - 44)... 4 INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE IMPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 1 - 7 Approved per applicable codes. : • - INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit orrections required prior to approval. / • AA 611 " Date: 11 106 Hrs.: 2 $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from l e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word/Inspedion Record Form.Doc ,A./13/06 T.F.D. Form EP: 113 Project: - • C.hJlt R1ck4.e.d . s 5 Type of Inspection: SP Cou-P-e-- ( 1+4 Dn..) Address ( Suite #: s � Contact erson: G Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspect ion: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm : _ Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 1 1 INSPECTION NUMBER • 1[..Apiaroved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 4Jb° a$ 5- ii‘s PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: - '17) C u st Prs p ose., S P s t- ►330 ... - • , - . ......_ �__,__..... _ T.- ! 5 3 c? -Ike ,a- f± - Inspector: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project Info Project Address 633 Southcenter Space #568 Date 4/24/2008 Seattle, Washington 98188 For Building Department Use Fi3 E- `•a �� r iMkritithded Sales Applicant Name: M- Retail Engineering Applicant Address: 1259 Kemper Meadow Drive, Forest Park Ohio 45240 Applicant Phone: 513 -825 -1152 '4 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition J Alteration See SEC Section 1513 for automatic daylighting, pccupancy sensor, other controls, and commissioning Compliance Option Q Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Sys Andlysis: ' , ' 0 CT.:7u (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on laps. ' ° "` r " Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting , ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed.. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft " Area in ft Allowed x Area Sales Retail Sales 2.70 7285 19670 Sales Suspended Fixture (BB3) L R EV !E p� L���J� � 5 0 � 8 42 32 210 576 Sales Fluorescent Strip (C.1) Sales 8x8 recessed fixture (B) " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Interior Watts 19670 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Sales Fluorescent Strip (B) 19 59 1121 Sales Suspended Fixture (BB3) L R EV !E p� L���J� � 5 0 � 8 42 32 210 576 Sales Fluorescent Strip (C.1) Sales 8x8 recessed fixture (B) y V MY 39 897 Sales Recessed 2 lamp fixture (J) ® �� ®��® APPROVED B 5 140 700 Sales Track Fixture (M) 7.5 W /If 1 2008 70 7070 Sales Downlight (RL) JUN 1 9 70 8330 Sales Compact Fluorescent (SS.5) AA . - 0 32 320 Sales 2' Fluorescent strip (V.1) « 'j r u ila 17 51 Sales Exit lights (X.1, X2.1) 6UI ) ING SI t4 12 48 . Interior Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Total Proposed Interior Watts 19323 Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area in ft (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Covered Parking 0.2 W /ft 0.2 W /ft Note: 2006 SEC does not allow trading between covered parking and ext. Itg. Total Allowed Covered Parking Watt ZE C IV D Open Parking 0.15 W /it 2 y V MY Outdoor Areas 0.15 W /ft f'k'RMIT 1 Zo08 C NT[. Bldg. (by facade)' 0.15 W /ft Bldg. (by perim) 7.5 W /If 1. Choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Bldg. Exterior Watts 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Code Corn • liance Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior Revised Dec 2007 ot es: 1. Use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used 2. Include exit lights unless less than 5 watts per fixture. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, not exception and leave Watts /Fixture blank. se mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -wired ballasts only, Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Location Garage Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts /Fixture Watts Pro osed 'r 1 crr r 9.. a .• 1i1 d...- ry ' I I I Garage Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Total Proposed Covered Parking Watts Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts /Fixture Watts Proposed Exterior Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts Total Proposed Exterior Watts 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 0.95 ((-r0)) Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants /bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail' retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall'• 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) ,, Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Code Corn • Hance Form Lighting Summary (back) LTG -SUM 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms TABLE 15-1 Unit Lia htina Power Allowance (LPA Revised Dec 2007 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt for individual tenant spaces less than 3.000 gross square feet and 1.2 W /ft2 for larger tenant spaces provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent ceramic metal halide, or other high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment performance yes 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& dg. List heat pumps on schedule st-3 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency st-3 no 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss 1412 HVAC controls no 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum rt -2 no 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types M - 2 yes 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage 14-2 n. a. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control n.a. 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas 1413 Economizers yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule It - i n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb n. a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate dg load & water econo & clg tower performance yes 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling M - i n.a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary rt - i yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct st-i yes 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping is -i 1416 Completion Requirements yes 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan ts-i 1416.2.2 -3 Sys.Bai & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report no 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer M - 3 SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. no 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank no 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping P - i no 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n. a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover, and R -12 sides and bottom 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist • MECH -CHK Revised Dec 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Address CHARLOTTE RUSSE - SOUTHCENTER KIIALL no is circles Tor any question, provide explanation: Code Corn Hance Form Date 4/24/2008 2007 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Code Com • fiance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms MECH -CHK Revised Dec 2007 1411 HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. I If equipment is subject to an ARI Standard, it shall be listed in the ARI certification program. EXCEPTION: Water - cooled centrifugal water - chilling packages that are not designed for operation at ARI Standard 550/590 test conditions of 44 °F leaving chilled water temperature and 85 °F entering condenser water temperature with 3gpm/ton condenser water flow shall have a minimum NPLV rating as shown in Tables 14 -1K, L. and M. The table values are only specified for the following full load design ranges: Leaving Chiller Water Temp.: 40 to 48 °F Entering Condenser Water Temp.: 75 to 85 °F Condensing Water Temp. Rise: 5 to 15 °F Glycol percent 0% Chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges shall have a code compliant selection at the nearest table operating point based on an all -water system. Non - standard Part Load Value (NPLV) is defined as single number part-load efficiency figure of merit for chillers references to conditions other than IPLV conditions. Design condenser water flow rate shall not be less than 2.5 gpm/ton Equipment not listed in Tables 14 -1A to 14 -1G is allowed to be used. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings ? 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings z 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. Electric furnaces over 15kW shall have a minimum of two stages of control for heating. Cooling towers serving chilled water systems with airside economizer complying with Section 1433 without using the exceptions shall be selected to be able to maintain a return condenser water temperature to the tower of 86 °F or less at peak design conditions. Hydronic heat pump and other cooling and refrigeration equipment (e.g. icemakers. walk -in coolers) shall not use domestic water only one time before dumping it to waste (no single pass water cooling systems are allowed). The only exceptions are: medical and dental equipment; equipment using less than 1 gum: replacement of existing icemakers: or use of single pass cooling during power outages and other emergencies, 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If equipment is rated in accordance with an AM Standard, it shall be rated at Standard (not "design ") AM Rating Conditions. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy Factor (EF) or a Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged and Split System Electric Heating and Cooling Equipment: Packaged and split system electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20,000 Btu/h shall be a heat pump. EXCEPTION: Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1411.5 Heating Systems in Unenclosed Spaces. Where heating is provided to unenclosed spaces, only radiant heating systems shall be used unless otherwise approved by the building official. The heating system shall be controlled by an occupancy sensor. An unenclosed space is one that is not substantially surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors, roofs and openable devices such as doors and operable windows. Warehouses and repair garages are considered enclosed spaces. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 °F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Special occupancy, special usage or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall: a. Have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week, b. Be capable of retaining programming and time settings during loss of power for a period of at least ten hours, and c. Include an accessible manual override, or equivalent function (e.g., telephone interface), that allows temporary operation of the system for up to two hours. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with motorized dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Energy Factor (EF) Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) < 50 gallon storage 0.58 0.71 50 to 70 gallon storage 0.57 0.71 a> 70 gallon storage 0.55 0.70 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Code Com • fiance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms MECH -CHK Revised Dec 2007 1411 HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. I If equipment is subject to an ARI Standard, it shall be listed in the ARI certification program. EXCEPTION: Water - cooled centrifugal water - chilling packages that are not designed for operation at ARI Standard 550/590 test conditions of 44 °F leaving chilled water temperature and 85 °F entering condenser water temperature with 3gpm/ton condenser water flow shall have a minimum NPLV rating as shown in Tables 14 -1K, L. and M. The table values are only specified for the following full load design ranges: Leaving Chiller Water Temp.: 40 to 48 °F Entering Condenser Water Temp.: 75 to 85 °F Condensing Water Temp. Rise: 5 to 15 °F Glycol percent 0% Chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges shall have a code compliant selection at the nearest table operating point based on an all -water system. Non - standard Part Load Value (NPLV) is defined as single number part-load efficiency figure of merit for chillers references to conditions other than IPLV conditions. Design condenser water flow rate shall not be less than 2.5 gpm/ton Equipment not listed in Tables 14 -1A to 14 -1G is allowed to be used. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings ? 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings z 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. Electric furnaces over 15kW shall have a minimum of two stages of control for heating. Cooling towers serving chilled water systems with airside economizer complying with Section 1433 without using the exceptions shall be selected to be able to maintain a return condenser water temperature to the tower of 86 °F or less at peak design conditions. Hydronic heat pump and other cooling and refrigeration equipment (e.g. icemakers. walk -in coolers) shall not use domestic water only one time before dumping it to waste (no single pass water cooling systems are allowed). The only exceptions are: medical and dental equipment; equipment using less than 1 gum: replacement of existing icemakers: or use of single pass cooling during power outages and other emergencies, 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If equipment is rated in accordance with an AM Standard, it shall be rated at Standard (not "design ") AM Rating Conditions. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy Factor (EF) or a Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged and Split System Electric Heating and Cooling Equipment: Packaged and split system electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20,000 Btu/h shall be a heat pump. EXCEPTION: Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1411.5 Heating Systems in Unenclosed Spaces. Where heating is provided to unenclosed spaces, only radiant heating systems shall be used unless otherwise approved by the building official. The heating system shall be controlled by an occupancy sensor. An unenclosed space is one that is not substantially surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors, roofs and openable devices such as doors and operable windows. Warehouses and repair garages are considered enclosed spaces. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 °F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Special occupancy, special usage or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall: a. Have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week, b. Be capable of retaining programming and time settings during loss of power for a period of at least ten hours, and c. Include an accessible manual override, or equivalent function (e.g., telephone interface), that allows temporary operation of the system for up to two hours. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with motorized dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener • Code Com • Hance Form Mechanical Perm Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in systems with a design outdoor air intake or exhaust capacity of 300 cfm or less•(. • • • y 4. (( )) Reserved 5. Type 1 Grease hoods exhaust. Dampers installed to comply with this section, including dampers integral to HVAC equipment, shall have a maximum leakage rate when tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 of: a. Motorized Dampers: 10 cfm/ft f damper area at 1.0 inch w.g. b Nonmotorized Dampers: 20 cfm/ft f damper area at 1.0 inch w.g., except that for nonmotorized dampers smaller than 24 inches in either dimension: 40 cfm/ft of damper area at 1.0 inch w.g. Dampers used as a component of packaged HVAC equipment shall comply with the damper leakage requirements, unless it is the lowest leakage available as 4 factory option. Drawings shall indicate compliance with this section. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply air capacities exceeding 10,000 cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum start controls shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an HVAC system each day to bring the space to desired occupied temperature levels immediately before scheduled occupancy. The control algorithm shall, as a minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied setpoint and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. 14125 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include microprocessor controls that minimize supplemental heat usage during start-up, set -up, and defrost conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and use compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall indicate when supplemental heating is being used through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu/h shall have ((medulating))modulated or staged combustion control. Boilers shall have pronortionately- modulated or staged combustion control to control both the fuel and the air EXCEPTIONS: 1. Boilers under 1.000.000 Btu/h input capacity. 2. Radiant Heaters. 3. Systems with multiple boilers which are sequentially -staged Boilers shall comply with the reset requirements in Section 1432.2 1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water terminal device shall have a means for balancing, including but not limited to, dampers, temperature and pressure test connections and balancing valves. 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High- Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. EXCEPTIONS: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct - digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. Revised Dec 2007 1412.9 Enclosed Parking Garage Ventilation. See the Seattle Mechanical Code. Section 404 for requirements for controls for parking garage ventilation. 1413 Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100% of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Air economizers shall be used for RS -29 analysis base case for all systems without exceptions in Sections 1413, 1423, or 1433. Water economizers, when allowed by Section 1132 2 exception 1 or Section 1433 exception 9 shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the connected terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 °F dry- bulb/40°F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. I NOTE THAT THIS REOUIREMENT WILL RESULT L IN A LARGER COOLING TOWER. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizers plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: The HVAC system and its controls shall allow economizer operation when mechanical cooling is required simultaneously. Air and water economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. EXCEPTIONS: I. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). EXCEPTIONS: I. Health care facilities where WAC 246 - 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1413.5 Economizer Heating System Impact: Any HVAC system that increases the building heating energy use during economizer operation is not allowed (e.g. single - fan/dual -duct systems and multizone systems) EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where the heating is allowed by Section 1435 2. Water source heat pump systems that comply with Section 1433 Exception 2, 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener M6chanical Permit Plans Checklist • • MECH -CHK ?006 Seattle Nonresidential Enerav Code Compliance Forms NOTE THAT SINGLE - FAN/DUAL -DUCT SYSTEMS AND MULTIZONE SYSTEMS DO NOT COMPLY WITH THIS REOUIREMENT. THIS IS BECAUSE ECONOMIZER OPERATION LOWERS THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR ENTERING THE HOT DECK HEATING COIL. INCREASING ITS ENERGY USE, IN ORDER TO USE THIS TYPE OF SYSTEM. THE SYSTEM MUST MEET ONE OF THE ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS AND HAVE NEITHER TYPE OF ECONOMIZER, (ANOTHER RESOLUTION IS TO USE A DUAL- FAN/DUAL -DUCT SYSTEM WHERE THE HOT DECK FAN SUPPLIES ONLY RETURN AIR OR RETURN AIR PLUS MINIMUM VENTILATION AIR.) THIS REOUIREMENT WILL NOT AFFECT THREE - DECK MULTIZONE SINCE THEY CANNOT WORK WITH AN AIR ECONOMIZER IN ANY CASE (IT WOULD MAKE THE NEUTRAL DECK A COLD DECK), AN EXCEPTION TO THE HEATING IMPACT IS PROVIDED FOR ECONOMIZERS ON VAV SYSTEMS THAT CAUSE ZONE LEVEL HEATING TO INCREASE DUE TO A REDUCTION IN SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE, REDUCING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES ON A COOLING -VAV SYSTEM WILL REDUCE FAN ENERGY (PARTICULARLY IF THE SYSTEM HAS A VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE). OFFSETTING THE ENERGY LOST DUE TO INCREASED REHEAT ENERGY, NEE THE DISCUSSION AND DIAGRAMS OF SECTION 63.1.4 OF ASHRAE/IESNA STANDARD 90.1 IN THE USERS MANUAL. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above Vs inch water column static pressure shall be sealed ((ift-aeeerdariee-with )) as follows: 1. (( .)XReserved.) 2. Static pressure: ((2))L inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. Spiral lock seams in round and flat oval ductwork do not require sealing, however, other seams shall be sealed 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. • )) All low - pressure supply and return air systems not located entirely within the conditioned space. including the unconditioned side of enclosed stud bays or joist cavities /spaces used to transport air. shall be securely fastened and sealed. Ductwork shall be sealed using welds, gaskets, mastic, or mastic -plus- embedded -fabric tape. Enclosed stud bays or joist cavities /spaces used to transport air shall be sealed using mastic - plus - embedded -fabric tape or. when drywall is used to enclose the air system, drywall mud and tape, Duct tape is not permitted as a sealant on a y ducts PXCEPTION: Fibrous glass duct .ystems installed in accordance with standard UL 181A and flexible duct systems installed in accordance with standard UL 181 B may use tapes listed for these systems. NOTE THAT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS ARE JOINTS ORIENTED IN THE DIRECTION OF AIRFLOW, TRANSVERSE JOINTS ARE CONNECTIONS OF TWO DUCT SECTIONS ORIENTED PERPENDICULAR TO AIRFLOW. DUCT WALL PENETRATIONS ARE OPENINGS MADE BY ANY SCREW FASTENER, PIPE, ROD OR WIRE. ALL OTHER CONNECTIONS ARE CONSIDERED TRANSVERSE JOINTS. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPIN -INS. TAPS AND OTHER BRANCH CONNECTIONS ACCESS DOOR FRAMES Code Corn Hance Form AND JAMBS, DUCT CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT Revised Dec 2007 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. (( - I-3)). Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, I. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying with Section 1412.4.1. Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within conditioned space shall comply with Table 14 -5 requirements. Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14 -5. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Within the HVAC equipment. 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. 1415 Piping Systems 1415.1 Insulation: Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 14-6. EXCEPTION: Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment Cold water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be insulated in accordance with the Washington State Plumbing Code (WAC 51 -56) 1416 Mechanical Systems Commissioning and Completion Requirements 1416.1 General: Commissioning is a systematic process of verification and documentation that ensures that the selected building systems have been designed, installed and function properly, efficiently, and can be maintained in accordance with the contract documents in order to satisfy the building owner's design intent and operational requirements. Drawing notes shall require commissioning and completion requirements in accordance with Section 1416. Drawing notes may refer to specifications for further requirements. 1416.1.1 Simple Systems: For simple systems, as defined in Section 1421, and for warehouses and semi - heated spaces, commissioning shall include, as a minimum: a. A Commissioning Plan, b. System Testing and Balancing, c. Controls Functional Performance Testing, d. A Preliminary Commissioning Report, e. Post Construction Documentation in the form of O &M and Record Drawing Review, and f. A Final Commissioning Report. 1416.1.2 All Other Mechanical Systems: For all other mechanical systems, commissioning shall include, as a minimum: a. A Commissioning Plan, b. System Testing and Balancing, c. Equipment Functional Performance Testing, d. Controls Functional Performance Testing, e. A Preliminary Commissioning Report, f. Post Construction Documentation (all), and g. A Final Commissioning Report. 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Ener Code Corn • Hance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist 2006 Seattle Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms MECH -CHK Revised Dec 2007 1416.2 Commissioning Requirements 1416.2.1 Commissioning Plan: The plans shall require tests mandated by this section be performed and the results recorded. The plans shall require preparation of preliminary and final reports of test procedures and results as described herein. At a minimum, the plans shall identify the following for each test: a. b. c. d. A detailed explanation of the original design intent, Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests, Functions to be tested (for example, calibration, economizer control, etc.), Conditions under which the test shall be performed (for example, winter and summer design conditions, full outside air, etc.), e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 1416.2.2 Systems Balancing 1416.2.2.1 General: Construction documents shall require that all HVAC systems be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Air and water flow rates shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within 10% of design rates, except variable flow distribution systems need not be balanced upstream of the controlling device (for example, VAV box or control valve). Construction documents shall require a written balance report be provided to the owner. Drawing notes may refer to specifications for further systems balancing requirements. 1416.2.2.2 Air System Balancing: Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then, for fans with system power of greater than 1 hp, fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. 1416.2.2.3 Hydronic System Balancing: Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Pumps with pump motors of 10 hp or less. 2. When throttling results in no greater than 5% of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed. Each hydronic system shall have either the ability to measure pressure across the pump, or test ports at each side of each pump. 1416.2.3 Functional Performance Testing 1416.2.3.1 Equipment/Systems Testing: Functional Performance Testing shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system, and system -to- system intertie relationship in accordance with approved plans and specifications. This demonstration is to prove the operation, function, and maintenance serviceability for each of the Commissioned systems. Testing shall include all modes of operation, including: a. All modes as described in the Sequence of Operation, b. Redundant or automatic back -up mode, c. Performance of alarms, and d. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restored power. 1416.2.3.2 Controls Testing: HVAC control systems shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. 1416.2.4 Post Construction Commissioning 1416.2.4.1 General: Construction documents shall require post construction commissioning be provided to the building owner. Drawing notes may refer to specifications for further commissioning requirements. Post construction commissioning shall include, as a minimum, review and approval of Operation and Maintenance Materials, Record Drawings, and Systems Operational Training. 1416.2.4.2 Operation and Maintenance (0 & M) Manuals: The 0 & M manual shall be in accordance with industry accepted standards and shall include, at a minimum, the following: a. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. b. Operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. c. Names and addresses of at least one service agency. d. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field determined set points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices, or, for digital control systems, in programming comments. e. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate including: i. A detailed explanation of the original design intent. ii. The basis of design (how the design was selected to meet the design intent). iii. A detailed explanation of how new equipment is to interface with existing equipment or systems (where applicable). iv. Suggested set points. NOTE: Sequence of Operation is not acceptable as a narrative for this requirement. 1416.2.4.3 Record Drawings: Record drawings shall include as a minimum the location and performance data on each piece of equipment, general configuration of duct and pipe distribution system, including sizes, and the terminal air and water design flow rates of the actual installation. 1416.2.4.4 Systems Operational Training: The training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall include, as a minimum, the following: a. System/Equipment overview (what it is, what it does and which other systems and/or equipment does it interface with). b. Review of the available O &M materials. c. Review of the Record Drawings on the subject system/equipment. d. Hands -on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start -up procedures. 1416.2.5 Commissioning Reports 1416.2.5.1 Preliminary Commissioning Report: A preliminary report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and provided to the Owner. The preliminary commissioning report shall identify: a. Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation and the anticipated date of correction. b. Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. c. Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests, and the anticipated date of each deferred test. 1416.25.2 Final Commissioning Report: A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. The Final Commissioning Report shall identify: a. Results of all Functional Performance Tests. b. Disposition of all deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed. c. All Functional Performance Test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability. EXCEPTION: Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. 1416.3 Acceptance Requirements 1416.3.1 Acceptance: Buildings or portions thereof, required by this code to comply with this section, shall not be issued a final certificate of occupancy until such time that the building official determines that the preliminary commissioning report required by Section 1416.2.5.1 has been completed May 14, 2008 Starr De La Cruz 2413 Pacific Coast Highway, #202 Lomita, CA 90717 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -253 Charlotte Russe — 621 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. De La Cruz, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen, at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenzer service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Brenda olt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D08 -253 • Cizy of f 7'id,CWtla Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director PAPermit Center\Correction Letters \2008\D08 -253 Correction Ltr #1.DOC wer • Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 r • Building Division Review Memo Date: May 9, 2008 Project Name: Charlotte Russe Permit #: D08 -253 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner • Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Governing Code references on the cover sheet reference "Uniform Building Codes ". Revise code notes to show compliance with 2006 International Building Codes. 2. Provide a means of egress plan that identifies the common path of egress travel extending to each required exit. Common path of travel shall not be less than 36 inches in width. Access distance to the common path of egress travel shall not exceed 30 feet via minimum 30 inch clear width aisle access ways at any point within the merchandise pad. The egress plan shall show aisle access ways do not exceed travel distance (30 feet) to the common path of egress. (IBC 1014.4.1 & 1014.4.2) 3. The plan shows an egress path, identified by hatch lines, passing through the back storage room. Egress paths shall not be allowed to pass through storage rooms unless there is a demarcated minimum 44 inch wide aisle defined by full or partial height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions. Revise plan to meet egress requirements through the storage room. (IBC 1014.2 including item # 2.4) 4. Show emergency lighting along path of egress. Emergency egress lighting shall comply with egress illumination where emergency pathways have sufficient illumination to meet the 1 foot - candle requirement at the walking surface to the exit discharge doorways. (IBC Section 1006 & 1025.8) 5. Provide for a high -low accessible compliant drinking fountain. (IBC 2903.4 & 2003 ANSI 602) 6. Show provisions for an 18 inch vertical grab bar by the water closets. (ANSI 604.5.1) 7. The details for the acoustical suspended ceiling shall require additional details and specifications. Please provide specifications with seismic design details that meet ASCE standards for the new suspended ceiling. Identify type of perimeter supporting enclosure angle (typically 2 "). (ASCE Standards 9.6.2.6.2.2.) 8. Correct reference keys # 31 & 32 to reference the correct key notes on Sheet A3.1. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -253 DATE: 08 -26 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHARLOTTE RUSSE SITE ADDRESS: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: B i :jng Division Public Works Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS R CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 HERMIT COORD COPY 41 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP o� III `�(a. �'�� Fire Prevention Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete n Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 08-28-08 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Structural Review Required No further Review Required DATE: DATE: Planning Division Not Applicable n n DUE DATE: 09-25-08 Approved Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: • Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -253 DATE: 05 -28 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHARLOTTE RUSSE SITE ADDRESS: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Bui i� : i �t D Ion Public Works n Complete Please Route Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 ¶ ERMIT COORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 06 -03 -08 17/ Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved C Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: 141 DATE: DATE: Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator Not Applicable ❑ No further Review Required n IL, DUE DATE: 07 -01 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -253 PROJECT NAME: CHARLOTTE RUSSE SITE ADDRESS: 621 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 05 -01 -08 Response to Incomplete Letter #_ Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: S _/l i91 Bi ng Division P \Jt WV& -ob DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 05-06 -08 Complete r" Comments: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Gill A1Ak - f Fire Prevention yi Structural Incomplete DATE: DATE: 5 Va - 1.1hW Panning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUT NG: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 06 -03 -08 n Approved 1 Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: 5 14-06 Bldg LV� Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Gi/ REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE : __ . STAFF INITIALS irk 1 ' in IMMII hJ u► IIII" Summ : of Revision: ► :nimmeirm„ L ,, vt F//k`IO14 (' ib 111 Received by: J O FF .5e...0 e_..i L REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS S ummary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: REVISION LOG I PERMIT NO: j ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: b lJI4 (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) Date: a 6 O'S Summary of Revision: 1applications\Porms- applications on linelrevision submittal Created: 8-13 -2004 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http : //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Entered in Permits Plus on 0/ Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Er Revision # after Permit is Issued El Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner • Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director CRY 7v ovtiA AUG 2 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER Project Name: L a r L a {-4- CZ 0 ,i Project Address: 3.3 30J -4A■ wa y _ip ea.- 5b Contact Person: S E F -3r✓h t4v1 Qom/ Phone Number: .Do,( t .2 4-3 Sec.{ -iie w4. 78i OR d U' A da - 3 & SheetNumber(s): � ' �1 , 5P Pto-1�At' ( -a AI -3) Aa - L i Ala -a 1434 61' ; 413, A 4,`I I A II- 3 qy,`c( "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision q ' -1 Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Date: S City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us i REVISIONS D I MITTAL i • Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: D08 -253 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # • Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: CHARLOTTE RUSSE Project Address: 621 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: Starr De La Cruz Phone Number: Summary of Revision: PINS c p KIS YV 06 1 C 6`M M G N T'S i Su e - Pis Pow fo-2 Alp o, o yt 4 —, c y ..i Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision RECEIVED CfTY OF T1 ImettA HAY 2 8 2008 gRAt; r CENTER Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: /Entered in Permits Plus on � -.1S-AS/ \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 ,.2. 0 .5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 . A t4 Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 4 l Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 kg King County • Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type (t2 E3 Sou -I-h Ce:y\ -e r SpQfi5L Property Street Address 61 I �� a+ZlL \N City State ZIP Owner's Name Subdivision Name Subdiv. # Block # Building Name l k t � I .i'�`1C Mt . \\ Of applicable) ( 7) ) 7 -- Owner's Phone Number Y with Area Code) Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address 44.5 orXnc, /.if) 1'• A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 20 p as Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for dete mir tion of a revised capacity Charge.. Date ( 1 : 1'501 Signature of Owner /Representative Print Name of Owner /Representative 1058 (Rev 9/07) Lot # RCE Kai City or Sewer District Date of Connection Sewer disconnect date: A B 1'0 5 - Saar /DetctCr 2 For King County Use Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # ( 0 3 (.04 j0 0010 Party to be Billed (if different from owner) RCE `C CA <W + MAY -1 2008 Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre existing building? ❑ Yes XNo Was building on Sanitary Sewer? . 1Kkes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/9 h VYes ❑ No Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes 'No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: IA) Oinex s e,1,0rhll Sire_ Estimated Wastewater Discharge: 4n 0 Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) a 1'4 08 co RCE White - K co County Yellow - Local Sewer Aoencv Pink - Sewer Customer •E.,,,,, Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 COLONIAL US US R OF MD LPM4055010 11/15/2001 C ancelled $12,000.00 12/03/2001 Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date MCCLYMONDS, JIM PRESIDENT 12/03/2001 Amount Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 8 VALLEY FORGE INSURANCE 2090391118 05/24/200805/24 /2009 $1,000,000.0005 /19/2008 7 FORGE INS CO TCP2090391118 TCP2090391118 05/24/200705/24 /2008 $1,000,000.0005 /21/2007 6 VALLEY FORGE INS TCO2090391118 05/24/2007 05/24/2008 $1,000,000.00 05/15/2007 Untitled Page Business Owner Information Bond Information Insurance Information I • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. MC CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT INC Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County MC CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT INC 4803678600 38012 NORTH LINDA DR CAVE CREEK AZ 85331 OUT OF STATE Business Type CORPORATION Parent Company UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Separation Date Previous License Next License Associated License Specialty 1 Specialty 2 602162692 ACTIVE MCCONMI99ORC CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR 12/18/2001 12/18/2009 GENERAL UNUSED Page 1 of 2 https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip/Detail.aspx ?License= MCCONMI99ORC 08/14/2008 PROJECT DATA LANDLORD/TENANT COORDINATION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN 11601 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD 11TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90025 TEL 910A784456 FAX 310A78.1267 ATTN: JOSH KIMMEL j 41134 TENANT CHARLOTTE RUSSE, INC. 4645 MORENA BLVD. SAN DIEGO, CA 92117 TEL 858.587.9900 FAX: 858.875.0333 CONTACT: MACK WILLIAMS MALL MANAGEMENT SOUTHCENTER MALL MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE 633 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA TE: 206246.7400 FAX: 206244.8607 ATTN: ANDREW CIARROCCHI fp ECTION ARCHITECT OF RECORD CORTLAND MORGAN, ARCHITECT 711 NORTH FIELDER ROAD ARLINGTON, TX 76012 TEL 817.635b696 FAX 817.6355699 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TBD ADDRESS CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE TEL FAX CONTACT: P CT CODE MEP ENGINEER M- RETAIL ENGINEERING INC. 1259 KEMPER MEADOW DRIVE CINCINNATI, OH 45240 TEL 513.825.1152 FAX: 513.825.4549 ATTN: PENNY CANNON HEET REFERENCE # PROJECT COORDINATOR RE -AL 2312 30m STREET SAN DIEGO, CA 92104 TEL 619269.4288 FAX: 619269.9075 CONTACT: CHERISSE REGNART ABBREVIATIONS A.C. ASPHALT CONCRETE G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RI.C. ROUGH IN AF.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR GLS. GLASS AND CONNECT R.O. ROUGH OPENING ALUM. ALUMINUM GR. GRADE S.C. SOLID CORE BLKG. BLOCKING GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD S.F. SQUARE FEET BM. BEAM HT. HEIGHT SHT. SHEET B.O. BOTTOM OF H.M. HOLLOW METAL SIM. SIMILAR B.U.R BUILT UP ROOF I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER SPEC. SPECIFICATIONS C.C. CENTER TO CENTER IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SERV.SINK SERVICE SINK C.J. CONTROL JOINT IFC INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE S.S. STAINLESS STEEL C.L CENTER LINE JT. JOINT STR STRUCTURAL CLR CLEARANCE MEP MECH, ELEC. & PLUMB. C.C.R. CONSTRUCTION CODE REVIEW MFD. MANUFACTURED T.. SUSPENDED D B TO O BBE E C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT BE DECIDED MFR MANUFACTURER T.O.0 TOP OF CURB CONC. CONCRETE M.O. MASONRY OPENING T.O.E TOP OF EAVE COL COLUMN MTD. MOUNTED T.J. TOOLED JOINT C.T. CERAMIC TILE MTL METAL D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN T.O.M TOP OF MASONRY DIA DIAMETER N.C. NO CEILING T.O.P TOP OF PANEL DIM. DIMENSION N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT T.O.PAR TOP OF PARAPET D.S. DOWNSPOUT (N) NEW N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE T.O.R TOP OF RIDGE D.B.L DOUBLE O.C. ON CENTER T.O.S TOP OF STEEL (E) EXISTING O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER T.O.W TOP OF WALL EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION O.F.C.I. OWNER FURNISHED T.O.SW TOP OF SCREEN WALL FINISHING SYSTEM CONTRACTOR INSTALLED T.O.SF TOP OF STEEL FRAMING E.J. EXPANSION JOINT T.S. TUBE STEEL ELEV. ELEVATION O.F.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN EQ. EQUAL OPP OPPOSITE TYP. TYPICAL EXT. UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE EXTERIOR O.S. OVERFLOW SCUPPER UFC UNIFORM FIRE CODE F.D. FLOOR DRAIN OPNG. OPENING F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET O.T.O. OUT TO OUT U.L UNDERWRITERS LABORAT. FIN. FINISH OVHD. OVERHEAD U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE F.G. FINISH GRADE P.D. PANIC DEVICE VAR. VARIES FLR. FLOOR P.L PROPERTY LINE V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE F.S. FLOOR SINK PLAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE VEST. VESTIBULE F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY PLYWD. PLYWOOD V.LF. VERIFY IN FIELD F.O.S. FACE OF STUD RAD. RADIUS W.C. WATER CLOSET FIN.S. FINISH SURFACE FTC. FOOTING (R) RELOCATE, UNO WD. WOOD RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN W.H. WATER HEATER RC. P. F.V. FIELD VERIFY W/ WITH GA GAUGE RD. ROOF DRAIN GALV. GALVANIZED R.I. ROUGH IN j 41134 SYMBOLS T -1 fp ECTION # SECTION /ELEVATION FACE OF FINISH CENTER OF P CT CODE GRID STUD OR U.N.O. CENTERLINE HEET REFERENCE # DETAIL # DETAIL REFERENCE 0 DOOR NUMBER KEYNOTE - HEET # PLAN # ..- --- LOBBY Q • 0 FINISH SYMBOL A REVISION DELTA 0 GRID LINE BUBBLE MATCHLINE A5-0 HEET # ENLARGED PLAN ROOM DESIGNATION rrrrrrr■ ELEVATION 1 101 I 1010) A .F. F . REFERENCE SHEET INDEX DELTA 1 j 41134 DELTA 3 T -1 TITLE SHEET / COVER SHEET ® 0 P CT CODE T -2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE / LANDLORD & BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES FEET SPRINKLERED) AREA 5,380 SF ROOM AREA 775 SF 6,155 SF/30 = 206 /CORWDOR/ AREAS: 130 SF 1,130 SF/300 = 4 210 PERSONS SPECIFICATIONS SP -1 SPECIFICATIONS / DOOR HARDWARE • SP -2 SPECIFICATIONS SP -3 SENSORMATIC DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL L -1 EXIT PLAN 0 A0 -1 EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN Al -1 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN • • • A1-2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN / ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULES / KEY NOTES ®9 0 A1-3 FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT PLAN • • • A2 -1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (RCP) A2 -2 CEILING DIMENSION PLAN A3 -1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS / SECTIONS ® 0 go A3 -2 STORE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / SALES AND FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS A3-3 STANDARD WALL SECTIONS / INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / ENLARGED PLANS • A4-1 STOREFRONT / GLAZING / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS A4-2 WALL / FRAMING DETAILS / UL ASSEMBLIES • A4 -3 CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR -BASE DETAILS • A4-4 STOREFRONT SUPPORT DETAILS A5 -1 FIXTURING AND DETAILS A6 -1 MILLWORK / CABINET WORK PLANS AND DETAILS A7 -1 SIGNAGE / GRAPHICS a pPvWF.lED FOR go MECHANICAL t CODE COMPLIANiLt era � M-1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ? 8 1 M -2 �U G2 8 MECHANICAL PLAN 1 M-3 MECHANICAL DETAILS C9 O ff ' ILliON - N Blip i�Vl1�� � ELECTRICAL E -1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES E -2 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ®• 0 E-3 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 0 E-4 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS E -5 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND PANEL SPECIFICATIONS • • PLUMBING la P -1 mu: va PLUMBING PLAN _ SEPARATE RE , E City l it.t« rermii rr _._ iioR .., Is Subject to errors and =batons. ion d� d notarize adopted code or ordinance. Receipt Co' , ,A. + conclidons is acknowledged. r a' / d.-. Ri=V S;o�� # Pier _ew apprn1l8I No charrtes shall be ra to th^ cot-,n ! Approval of canstn of work without prior r:pprovni : .)f the violation of any Tukwila Building Division. of a p p r o v e d Field I NOTE: Rev' A�� Revisions will req;.�irn a new r)'?rf S1t!�!+^''.`�I �" Y and may =nclude a.dDional o!an re,,in.,. ..-,r. -- BY 4- ►'' -/ 0_ ,l°! -o Date:, PERMIT BUILDING rRED FOR: i E Elves. n CITY R Ow TI �ni, A ::::g 2 U in of Tukwila PERMIT AUG CENTtii�Ef ING DIVISION } City _r of Tukwila 2GS DIVISION PLAN DISTRIBUTION DATE A/M /E/P FINAL ISSUE LANDLORD SUBMITTAL / BUILDING DEPARTMENT / BIDD ISSUE 04.24.08 - A/M/E/P DELTA 1: BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 05.19.08 A/M/E DELTA 2 LANDLORD COMMENTS 06.10.08 A/M/E DELTA 3: LANDLORD COMMENTS / PROJECT REVISION . 0625.08 GOVERNING AGENCIES BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD SUIT NO. 100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 TEL 206.4313670 FAX 2064313665 ATTN: DAVE CARSON, BUILDING INSPECTOR FIRE DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA WASHINGTON 98188 TEL 206.575.4404 FAX 206575A439 ATTN: DON TOMASO, FIRE MARSHALL A Y IS P CT CODE GOVERNING CODES BUILDING: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING: 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ELECTRICAL 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE FIRE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE ACCESSIBILITY: 2003 ANSI ENERGY: 2006 WASHINGTON ENERGY CODE AREA ANALYSIS TOTAL LEASE AREA 7,285 SQUARE PERCENTAGE OF SALES AREA 74% CONSTRUCTION TYPE II -N (FULLY OCCUPANT LOAD SALES FITTING RESTROOM STORAGE TOTAL OCCUPANCY GROUP M SPRINKLERED YES NO. OF STORIES 1 FEET SPRINKLERED) AREA 5,380 SF ROOM AREA 775 SF 6,155 SF/30 = 206 /CORWDOR/ AREAS: 130 SF 1,130 SF/300 = 4 210 PERSONS A PROPOSED COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR: SOUTHCENTER MALL 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 VICINITY MAP- SEATTLE, WASHINGTON SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WASHINGTON NORTH MALL KEY PLAN - SOUTHCENTER MALL ENTRANCE E 0 0 z MALL ADA ACCESS NOTE MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE FROM SHOPPING MALL PARKING TO SPACE CONTACT MALL MANAGEMENT. GROUND LEVEL OF SINGLE LEVEL MALL SITE CheaatWa.Jaz, SPACE No. 568 ENTRANCE MALL RESTROOMS NORTH DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: 8897 Afic REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 TITLE SHEET COVER SHEET SHEET NUMBER T -1 05.19.08 06.10.08 06.25.08 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08115- METAL DOOR FRAMES 2.02 MATERIALS 1. Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Systems: System with profiles as indicated on Drawings; provide extruded aluminum type glass not for as SECTION 08710- DOOR HARDWARE 3.1.1 HARDWARE GROUPS: HW -1 (GLASS DOORS) Door 1A: SPECIFICATION INDEX 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 08115 METAL DOOR FRAMES 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09271 GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09305 CONTROL JOINTS AND METAL TRIMS 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 0951 1 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09638 STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09666 RESILIENT FLOORING 09910 PAINTING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing custom metal fabrications only at the approval of the Architect. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack. B . Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. C. Assemble and anchor components with approved fasteners pre - finished to match metal work. 3.2 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS A. The items furnished under this section are, but not limited to, the following: 1. Free Standing Display Fixtures 2. Recessed slotted wall standards / 3. Brackets, "U Rails" and "U Rail" shelves 4. Mirror Supports /Stands 5. Corner Angles g Decorative Brackets 7. Column Covers 8. Tube Steel Columns and Base Plates END OF SECTION 05500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies. Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569 (ASTM A 569M). 2.2 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Timely "S" series; TA8 trim with 20 Ga. alvinized finish for Y " " � 9 painting. B. Fabricate steel frames to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free 9 PP from defects, warp, or buckle. C. Prepare doors and frames to receive concealed hardware. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide manufacturers standard anchorage hardware reinforcement items. Fasteners at 11" o.c. or at each clip around perimeter of frame. P ART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Place steel frames to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect frames from the work of other sections. C. Clean and prepare re P are frame and door for primer painting. rimer and aintin END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08115 - 1 stops of profile to suit frame design. Aluminum Type: As recommended by manufacturer for application indicated, but less than extruded aluminum, ASTM B221, 6061 or 6063 alloy and T5 or T6 temper. 2. Finish: manufacturer's standard "clear anodized finish" unless otherwise noted on construction documents. OR ANODIZED. Finish: Anodized coating conforming with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, Architectural Class 1, 0.7 mil or greater. Color: As selected by Architect. Architect reserves right to reject units of color or texture variations which are visually objectionable, but only where variation exceeds range established by manufacturer prior to work. 3. Doors and Frames: (Where occurs per construction documents): Barrier -free doors meeting code requirements for providing access for people with physical disabilities; by entrance manufacturer. Type: Medium stile with 10" bottom rail or as indicated on drawings. Metal and Finish: Match aluminum storefront system.KAWNEER 190 IS NARROW STILE. NARROW �� STILE= 2 . KAWNEER 800 HAS SPECIAL BARRIER -FREE OPTIONS. a. Hardware: Provide complete hardware system except as indicated; match window wall system finish unless otherwise directed by Architect. Coordinate with Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Pivots /Closers: Center -hung pivots with concealed adjustable type closer, maximum 5 pound operating pressure when installed in final application. Security Locks: Manufacturer's standard. Cylinders: Provided under Section 08710. Push /Pulls: Manufacturer's standard as selected by Architect; match finish of similar hardware as specified in Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Weather - Stripping (for exterior application only)., Sweep Strips: Manufacturer's recommended standard type, to suit application Thresholds (for exterior application only): Maximum 1/2" height above adjacent surfaces, with maximum 1/4" vertical section and remainder maximum 1:2 slope. C.Glazing Accessories: as recommended by manufacturer to suit locations and applications for d glazing installation. p 1. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80- 90 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long by 3/8" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. Spacer Shims: Neoprene or EDPM; 45 -55 Shore A durometer hardness; 3 long by 3/32" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. Edge Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 60 -70 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long with minimum two per jamb located at top and bottom edges of glass; ASTM C864. Glazing Gaskets: Black color, Exterior neoprene or EDPM; interior neoprene, EPDM or vinyl; miter corner joints; ASTM C509 or C864. D. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners: Aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel of type which will not cause electrolytic action or corrosion. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for assembly or of hardware. Exposed fasteners shall be Phillips flat -head screws or Allen screws with finish matching item fastened. Provide concealed fasteners for glazing stops Steel Reinforcement and Brackets: Manufacturer's standard with minimum 2 oz. hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM Al23, applied after fabrication. Flashing: Provide sub -sill flashing members; minimum 22 gage sheet aluminum of sizes and shapes indicated and as required to drain water to exterior; match adjacent aluminum member finish. Anchoring Devices: Corrosion resistant type capable of supporting entrance system and superimposed design loads; design to allow adjustments of system prior to being permanently fastened in place. 2.03 FABRICATION A.Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront systems to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation; provide for thermal movement. B.Provide anchora a devices to secure) and ri idl fit entrance anchorage securely rigidly assemblies in place. Reinforce work as necessary for performance requirements and for support. Provide internal reinforcing for hardware. Provide structural reinforcing within framing members where re h required to maintain rigidity idit d required to q g y an as re q accommodate design loads. C.Non- Automatic Doors: Comply with the adopted Building Code and relating Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines relatin to access for persons with disabilities. P 1. Clear Opening Width: Minimum 32" each door. D. Accurately fit together joints and corners; match components ensuring continuity of line and design; ensure joints and connections are flush, hairline and weatherproof. E. Allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to exterior. F. Fit and assemble work at shop to greatest extent possible; P 9 P diuired for shiment and erection. disassemble only as req shipment G.Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint or preformed separators which will prevent corrosion. H.Separate metal surfaces at moving joints with plastic inserts or other non - abrasive concealed inserts which permanently prevent "freeze -up" of joint. I. Fabricate doors and apply hardware in shop. Disassemble only required for transportation and installation. q P J. Apply coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces to be in contact with cementitious and with dissimilar materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A-Install aluminum framed storefront assemblies, including entrances, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet design requirements indicated, for weathertight installation. B.Ensure assemblies are plumb, level and free of warp or twist; maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location: 1/8" in 12' -0 ", with maximum 1/2" variation in total length. Maximum Offset Between Members: 1/16 ". C.Use sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten assemblies to building. D.Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. 3.02 CLEANING A.Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of components, exercising care to avoid damage of finish. Mark glass after installation by crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass; do not apply markers to surface of Y 9 PP Y glass. Remove nonpermanent labels immediately after sealant cures; cure sealants for high early strength and durability. 3.03 PROTECTION A.Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during construction period, including natural 9 9 P 9 causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION 08410 ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type 9 e of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. B. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and building code requirements. Provide onl hardware which has been tested and listed b UL or FM for only by types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door . and door frame labels. 1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire -rated doors (with �� supplementary doors' UL or FM labels indicating Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware " . C. Items of hardware not definitely specified herein but necessary for completion of the work shall be provided. Such items shall be of type and quality suitable to the service required and comparable to adjacent hardware. Where size or shape of members is such as to prevent the use of types specified, hardware shall be furnished of suitable types having as nearly as operation type specified. practicable the same P eration and quality y as the t yp P ecified. D. Hardware supplier shall be a direct factory contract distributor who has in his employment an experienced certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (A.H.C.), who is available at all reasonable times during the course of this work. Have consultants name, address, and phone number available for consultation to the owner, architect and contractor. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finish. C. Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule in manner indicated below. 1. Submit five (5) typewritten copies of the schedule of hardware. Schedule shall be 7 , of trim, clearance for hinges, strikes, closers, fastener requirements, and fire rating requirements before preparin schedule. 4. Submit keying schedule. 5. Review of the schedule by the Architect shall not be construed as Y certifying the schedule as being complete. D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory- prepared for the installation of hardware. 1.03 KEYING Cy an A. All locks shall be 'Best' 7 -Pin, Interchangeable Core linders. g B. KEYS: Provide 6 sets of all keys to owner PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISHES A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. B. Install each hardware item in corn zallation or application of surface protection with finishin work specified ecified in the P finishing P Division --9 sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. cam P C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance and make final 9 P P or occupancy, P y• check and adjustment of all hardware items in each space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE CODE: Approved Substitutions: 1. Hager Stanley, P.B.B. 2. Best (No substitute) 3. Dorma, Norton 7500, Yale 4400 4. Trimco, BBW, Rockwood 5. Pemko Reese, NGP 6. American Device 7. Schlage (No substitute) 8. Adams -Rite Or equal 9. A.B.H. Rixson, G -J 10. Dorma Rixson, Dor- o -matic 11. Forms & Surfaces (No substitute) 12. Detex (No substitute) 13. Von Dupren 14. Glynn- Johnson 15. Cal -Ro al Y 16. Monarch (No substitute) 17. Kawneer (Or equal) `r 1 Cylinder (Mortise) 1E-74 C181 626 2 *1 Blank Cylinder 1E04 626 *2 Thumb Turn 1E- A2/A4 -C181 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls RM5012BTB with 13HD Hardware 626 (finish 32D) * Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 Door 1B: *2 Blank Cylinder 1E04 626 * 2 Thumb Turn 1E-A2/A4-C181 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls BTB with 131-ID Hardware 626 (finish 32D) 2 Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 *2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 *Hardware per Glass Door Mfr. or Approved Equal. HW -2 (ROLL -UP GRILLE)- (NOT USED Hardware per curtain /roll -up grille manufacturer - Straight lattice, galv. steel, open style curtain constructed of solid nAsteel rods s aced 2" on center with aluminum link and spaced spacer tubes connected with aluminum vertical links. - Curtain: mill finish with all exposed components clear anodized - Locking: best cylinder on inside and outside center of bottom bar and thumb -turn egress on the inside transom center. g - Curtain will consist of solid aluminum lock protection panels to prevent theft of attempted entry - Grille coil shall face the inside of the store -Steel tube requirements: (min) 4 X4 X5/16 „ -Width and height shall be field verified and coordinated with general contractor and architect. HW -3 (BACK EXIT DOOR) - (60 -MIN.) SECTION 05400 - COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer, fabricate, and erect cold- formed metal framing to withstand design loads within the following limits: 1. Exterior Load- Bearing Walls: Lateral deflection of L/360. 2. Interior Load-Bearing L 360. 9 Walls: Lateral deflection of / B. Calculate structural characteristics of cold- formed metal framing according to AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." C. Engage a qualified professional engineer to prepare design calculations. D. Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS " " D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." St E. Protect cold- formed metal framing from corrosion and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G60 zinc coated; structural quality; of grade required by structural performance. B. Steel Studs and Track: Fabricate with flange width of 1 -5/8 inches , design uncoated steel thickness of 0.0451 inch and of depths indicated. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36 B. Cast -in -Place Anchor Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon -steel hex -head bolts and carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened -steel washers. Hot -dip galvanize according to ASTM A 153. g g C. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion- resistant coated, self- drilling, self- threading steel drill screws. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 or DOD -P- 21035. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FRAMING A. Install framing and accessories level, plumb, square, and true to line, and securely fasten. Temporarily brace framing. B. Fasten framing members by welding or screw fastening. C. Fasten reinforcement plates over web penetrations larger than standard punched openings. D. Studs: Install, align, and securely anchor continuous tracks to g y supporting structure. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Space studs as indicated; plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track. 1. Install and fasten horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. 2. Install miscellaneous connections, accessories, and supplementary framing. END OF SECTION 05400 � r� SECTION 06402- INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1 Exit Device F- 19- R- BA -MAL 16 "Monarch" (No substitute) "Detex" 1 Surface Mounted Alarm EA -500 12 Detex (No substitute) 1 Cylinder 1E72-626 12 "Detex" w/ ECL -1595 spacer (No substitute) 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 10 x 34 630 4 1 Door Viewer 976U 626 4 1 Set Seal S88W17 Black 5 1 �••r B. .m Pe Re- NG` A HW -4 SALES TO CORRIDOR ( ) SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data for granite counter top materials, Casework Shop Drawings and Samples showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of finish. B. Quality Standard: Woodwork Institute of California's "Manual of Millwork." C. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet -work is completed and HVAC system is operating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. B. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. Y C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2. D. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. Y E. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP--1. F. High - Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 1. Patterns and colors as indicated on drawings and selected by Architect. G. Low Pressure Decorative Melamine Laminate: Comply with ALA latest edition. 1. Colors as indicated on drawin s and selected by Architect. 9 Y 2. Black at cashwrap and backwrap. 3. White at back areas and offices. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that com complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. P 1. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. C. Hardware Items: 1. Hinges: Blum Modul 125; Modul Zero - Protrusion at slide -out CPU compartments. 2. Drawer Slides: Accuride Type 3832, Black. 3. Pulls: Ives No. 36 Aluminum wire pull -626 or equal with matching shoulder washers. 4. Locks: "Best" L series with interchangeable cores. 5. Grommets: 3" black 6. Bumper Rails: C/S Acroyyn model DB -034F; 1/8 inch thick, 1 1/2 inch wide. 7. Casters: Faultless swivel casters #FL121 -2.5 or hafele 50mm twin - wheels with plastic press -fit sockets. Provide one caster with brake at each hanger container. 8. Air Vents: 0.50 inch perforated alluminum sheet with 1/4 inch square holes; black finish. 2.3 INTERIOR WOODWORK A. Complete fabrication before shipping to Project site to maximum e xtent possible. Disassemble only as needed for shipping and installing. Where necessary for fitti a P rojec t s prov f or scribing and trimming. 1. Assemble casings in plant, unless limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished Work. C. Install glass to comply with FGMA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. D. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish: Premium Grade, made from species as indicated on drawings. E. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish: Premium Grade, made from any closed -grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. g F. Laminate -Clad Cabinets (Plastic- Covered Casework): Premium Grade; WIC Section 15 1. Construction Style: Frameless 32mm system; multiple, self- supporting sections. 2. Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay. 3. Laminate Claddin Horizontal surfaces other than to tops, GP -50; Cladding: P vertical surfaces, GP -28; Edges, GP -50 semiexposed surfaces, thermoset decorative overlay. 4. Melamine Surfacing: Per ALA Standards; at semi-exposed surfaces. Color: black at cashwrap /backwrap and white at backrooms /offices �° 5. Exposed Panel Edge Surfacing: 1/8 PVC; color to match adjacent surface. G. Plastic-Laminate Countertops: Premium Grade. p 1. Laminate Grade: GP -50. 2. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with other trades for site applied finishes to installed cabinet work. B. Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for grade specified. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, seal cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Install trim with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. F. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall. END OF SECTION 06402 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -5 -NOT USED) STORAGE ( ) ( ) n SECTION 08305- METAL ACCESS DOORS 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 -- 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -6 (CORRIDOR TO BREAK /STORAGER) - (20 -MIN.) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies(when required). Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. 16 -Gau 16-Gauge steel frame with 14 a door panel. Galvenized steel guage 9 9 9 P drywall bead B. Prime -coat of baked -on electrostatic powder. C. Hinge. Double acting concealed spring hinge to allow opening of 175 degrees. D. Lock- Flush screw - driver operated with steel cam. 2.2 Product Metal access door as manufactured by Milcor LP (800)528 -1411. Style DW- Flush Door 22x22 product # 3203 -018 P Part 3- Execution A. Place frames to manufacfactureR's P Y with manufacfactureRs recomendations. ace see rames comply B. Protect pre-finished door from the work of other sections. P END OF SECTION 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 1 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 (CLOSET)- HW -7 CLOSET NOT USED) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Passage AL- 10- S- SAT.626 7 (No substitute) 1 Kick Plate K0050 -10 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF -- SB x SNB 3 HW-8 (RESTROOM) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Passage AL- 40- S- SAT.626 7 (No substitute) 1 Kick Plate K0050 -10X34 630 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Sign (MEN / WOMEN) 527/528 x 754 BLUE 4 REVIEW ED Stop W1276CCS 630 4 FOR 1 Wall p CODE COMPLIANCE HW -9 (FITTING ROOMS) APPROVED 1 Spring Hinge 861250 -4 1/2 /2 x 4 1/2 /2 630 1 2 8 2 Butt BB1 191 -4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 2008 1 Lockset (all doors) AL8OPD /Saturn 26D 7 2 Hinge door Stop (at accessible fitting room doo City Of T kw a DP57 -1030 626 1 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 L (JILDINGION HW-10 (FITTING ROOMS TO DISPLAY) -(NOT USED) SECTION 08410- ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS 1 Mortise Lock Dead Bolt Best 38H -7 -L -626 (No Exterior Trim) 2. 1 Top and Bottom Geared Pivot Hager #500. 1 Half Dome Floor Stop Rockwood 400 or Equal 626. # / „ q 1 Knob Ives 521 -3 4 B -260 or E ual. CITY OF AUG 2 6 2008 KEYING SCHEDULE PERMIT CENTER (COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE) 1 KEY #1: ALL PERIMETER DOORS (ENTRY DOORS /ROLL -UP GRILLE, BACKDOOR PANIC DEVICE), AND CASH /WRAP DRAWER (AT MOTHER STATION) 2 KEY #2: ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS. HARDWARE NOTES (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 1 COORDINATE ALL KEYING WITH OWNER. 2 PROVIDE LEVER HARDWARE /HANDLES (626 OR 630 FINISH). 3 PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE w /PUSH BAR. 4 PROVIDE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL /SEAL ASSEMBLY RATED FOR 20 OR 60 MINUTES WHERE THE DOOR MEETS THE STOP AT JAMBS AND HEAD. 5 HARDWARE SHALL BE LISTED FOR USE ON FIRE EXITS. 6 PROVIDE DOOR RINGER /BUZZER, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7 PROVIDE SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOOR THAT IS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED AND OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS ". 8 PROVIDE A SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOORS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "DOORS MUST REMAIN IN OPEN POSITION WHILE STORE IS OCCUPIED ". 9 PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "NOT AN EXIT ". SIGN IS O.F.C.I. 10 PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "EMPLOYEES ONLY ". SIGN IS 0.F.C.I. 11 ALL STOREFRONT ROLLING GRILLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A KEY LOCK ON BOTH THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF CONDITION SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS SO THAT THE STORE IS KEPT WITHIN LOCAL CODES AND ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR EXITING. IF KEY LOCKS ARE NOT ALLOWED, APPROPRIATE PLATES SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO HAVE A BOTTOM PLATE INSTALLED TO FILL THE VOID LEFT BY THE GATE. THIS BOTTOM PLATE IS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT SURFACES OR IS TO BE FABRICATED USING THE MATERIAL AS THE ADJACENT SURFACES. 12 PROVIDE DOOR SIGNS FOR RESTROOMS REFER TO DETAIL 22A4 -1. 13 PROVIDE SIGN ON BACK OF REAR EXIT SERVICE DOOR PER DETAIL 5A7 -1. END OF SECTION 08710 SECTION 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS & FIXTURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: Provide aluminum framed storefront system, with hardware, anchorage, glazing, and accessories as required for complete installation. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.General Design Requirements: Comply with recommendations of AAMA Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual, except where more stringent requirements are specified or required by applicable codes. B.(For Exterior Application Only) NOTE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE.Design Criteria: Strength: Design system to withstand wind loads acting normal to plane of wall as required by Code but no less than following minimum requirements: Wind Loads: Minimum 20 psf acting inward and o utward. Deflection: Maximum L 175 ASTM E330. Safety / � Y Factor: Desi Design for specified ecified pressures with no lass breaka breakage, no g P P glass g permanent damage to fasteners, and no permanent deformation of framing in excess of 0.2% of member clear span. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water enetration, ASTM E331, with no P water on exposed interior components; static pressure differential of 20% of inward wind load, with minimum 6 psf load. Air Leakage: Maximum 0.06 cfm /sf, ASTM E283, at differential static pressure of 6.24 psf at fixed glazing and not more than 0.3 P P 9 9 cfm /sf at doors. Safety Glass Standard: CPSC 16 CFR 1201, and ANSI Z97.1.CHECK 20 RECOMMENDED WHERE PLASTERED SURFACES ARE AFFECTED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A-Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Energy requirements regarding energy performance of aluminum framed storefronts for exterior applications only. 1. Manufacturer shall be responsible for providing information required by authorities necessary to verify conformance. Entire assembly, including glass and glazing, shall be certified by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) and shall bear NFRC Label indicating energy performance technical information. 1.04 WARRANTY 1. Special Warranty: Provide for correcting failures including wind damage and water penetration to interior surfaces, excessive deflections, and deterioration of finishes, weather - stripping and accessories. Special Warranty Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS SECTION 05505 - METAL FABRICATIONS FIXTURING & PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing details of fabrication and installation. B. Submit color samples as indicated (on metal) of specified colors for approval by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36; thickness and configurations as indicated. B. Cold- Formed Structural -Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Screws, bolts, washers and nuts: Steel with rust resistant coating; provide with countersunk heads at exposed locations. P P 2.3 WELDING RODS A. Conforming with American Welding Society "Specifications for Arc Welding Electrodes" of classification numbers suitable for work to be done. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal display fixtures and decorative items as shown on drawings and in conformance with Architect or Owners Representative approved shop drawings. B. All exposed surfaces shall be smooth with no visible weld joints or file marks. Use filler as required to eliminate dents, file or grinder marks and pits in weld joints. C. All exposed edges shall be eased slightly to avoid "sharp" edges. 2.5 FINISH A. Verify that all surfaces and welded joints are smooth, clean and free of surface blemishes. B. Exterior items shall be hot-dip galvanized prior to finishing. C. Prior to the application of finish system pre - assemble multiple section components to verify configuration is in conformance with approved shop drawings. D. At exterior locations apply high performance organic coating in conformance with AAMA 605.2 -92, 70% PVDF. At interior locations apply Silicone Polyester paint system including paint manufacturers recommended preparation and primer. Unless otherwise noted, color shall match "Frosty Nickel" by Abacus Coatings, color No.13 -9150. 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA M 0 R G A N. A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 co d7 z 0 F- 0 z w F- w U) REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 SPECIFICATIONS / DOOR HARDWARE SHEET NUMBER SR-i CORRIDOR 4 • ►i •a 4 A ►* 1, A CORRIDO13.■" SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" N 1 1 4' -8" CORRIDOR ® FSM ® F I S� - FSM FSH • / /I I- - // 12' -10" B.O. (E) FSM r] GENERAL NOTES EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN - " FSH FS • - --- -- - - - - J PREPARE FLOOR SURFACE FOR STONE AND CARPET FLOORING. PROVIDE LEVELING CONCRETE AND GRINDING /SMOOTHING OF ANY EXISTING IRREGULARITIES. THIS PLAN DOES NOT INDICATE ALL ITEMS (I.E. DUCTWORK, FLOOR IRREGULARITIES) THAT MAY REQUIRE DEMOLITION. PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION WORK AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE TO MALL PROPERTY DUE TO THE TENANT'S WORK. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE DONE TO BULKHEAD OR NEUTRAL PIERS. 1 1 DEMOLITION / EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN A. THE INTENT IS FOR THE ENTIRE DEMISED SPACE TO BE CLEARED OF ALL PARTITIONS, FIXTURES, FINISHES, AND SIGNAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THIS DEMOLITION PLAN OR ON THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING PLANS. DEMOLISH EXISTING CEILING GRID, PANELS, GYPSUM BOARD, SOFFIT, METAL FRAMING, LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC DIFFUSERS, SPEAKERS, AND ANY ABANDONED SUPPORTS (I.E. CONDUITS AND CEILING WIRES). RAISE OR MODIFY ANY FIRE SPRINKLER LINES, AS REQUIRED, TO PERFORM ALL WORK. RE- INSTALL PER FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH PASSES THROUGH THE WORK AREA AND SERVES OTHER TENANTS OR THE MALL SHALL REMAIN. ANY DAMAGE TO SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE (I.E. WATER MAINS, FIRE SPRINKLER MAINS, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC.). 24' -0° r 1 / I 7 1 FSM _ FSM B FSM _ FSM FSM ® FSM FSM I- 1 -- 1 , ■ \1 L J \ 1 1\ U 7 - - - - T T II I I II I I � I ` 1 1 1 \ 1 11 \ 1 I III \ 1 11 \1 11 1 11 / (E) GYP. CLG. 11 -0" C. DO NOT INCLUDE ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED OCCURRING BEYOND (OUTSIDE) THE LEASE /DEMISED SPACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE OWNER (CHARLOTTE RUSSE). (PROVIDE A SEPARATE /ALTERNATE BID FOR WORK OUTSIDE THE DEMISED SPACE, WHEN REQUESTED). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING /FIELD CONDITIONS AND INSPECT SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. NO ADDITIONAL COSTS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR CONDITIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN HELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO BIDDING. G. REMOVE EXISTING IRREGULARITIES IN FLOOR (I.E. ANCHOR BOLTS AND CONCRETE POURS; CORE DRILL ONLY). ANY AND ALL UNDER -SLAB LINES (PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL) BEING ABANDONED ARE TO BE CLEANED AND CAPPED BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE SLAB AND THE CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE PATCHED. LEVEL FLOOR AS REQUIRED. (E) GYP. CLG. 16' -7" 9 -1" (E) GYP. CLG. B.O. E METAL DECK K. L. M. N. P. Q. R. S. C 36' -5" 12' -0" 1 JL FSM ® FSM FSM FSM FSM ® FSM ® FSM FSM ® FSM FSM ® FSM FSM ® �"S�1 ® FSM Imo FSM 7' -5" (E) GYP. CI I i 4 SM HE. FSM ® FSM FSM FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FSM WINN 1 M ® FSM FSM FSM MEN FSM ® FSN FSM FSM FSM MIME FSM O FSM =In F11SMNEN C 4X2 LAY IN CLG. 13' -3" 9 , -6 " 24' -0" 9' -6" B.O. (E) BRACE 45' CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT AND REVIEW DRAWINGS WITH CODE AUTHORITIES AND SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR INSPECTION, ETC., AS REQUIRED. THE PROCEDURES TO BE USED FOR THE WORK SHALL PROVIDE FOR SAFE CONDUCT OF THE WORK, CAREFUL REMOVAL, AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS, PROTECTION OF PROPERTY WHICH IS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK IN PROGRESS.DURING REMOVAL, OPERATIONS, ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY SHALL BE PROTECTED. HE WORK SHALL PROCEED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE ANY SPREAD OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND FLYING PARTICLES AND SO THAT ANY RELATED EFFECTS OF DEMOLITION OR REMOVAL DO NOT INTERFERE WITH SURROUNDING EQUIPMENT, PERSONNEL, OR BUILDING(S). CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ITEMS FROM THE SITE, UNLESS MALL'S REPRESENTATIVE HAS DIRECTED THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ITEMS TO THE MALL. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL PUBLIC AREAS CLEAN OF DEBRIS. COORDINATE WITH MALL /OWNER FOR LOCATION OF TRASH DUMPSTERS. PROVIDE BARRICADE, AS REQUIRED, TO PROTECT THE PUBLIC FROM WORK AREA (WHEN APPLICABLE). MATERIALS NOT EXPLICITLY DENOTED TO BE RETURNED TO THE MALL /OWNER SHALL BE SCRAPPED AND DISPOSED OF OFF THE PREMISES BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 0. REVIEW MALL STRUCTURAL AND UTILITY PLANS, VERIFY ALL UTILITY, SEWER, OR OTHER SERVICES BEFORE CORE DRILLING, SAW - CUTTING, AND /OR TRENCHING. PROVIDE BACK FILL COMPACTION INFORMATION TO THE LANDLORD AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT, WHEN REQUIRED. MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS AT ANY EXISTING DEMISING WALLS, AT THE BULKHEAD, AND MALL CORRIDOR WALLS. MALL BULKHEAD, FASCIA AND /OR SOFFIT, AND THE SUPPORT SYSTEM AT THE STOREFRONT ARE TO BE KEPT INTACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. ANY AND ALL WORK REQUIRING LOUD NOISES (I.E. JACK HAMMERING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH MALL'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM)- THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ANY ACM FOUND ON THIS PROJECT. ADVISE LANDLORD /OWNER IF ASBESTOS MATERIAL IS FOUND IN DEMISED SPACE. (E) MALL CORRIDOR (E) GYP. CLG. FSM FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FSM =MI FSM ® FSM ® FSM ® FS�A® FSM FSH ® FSM a FSM 13' -3" (E) GYP. CLG. 8 ' -O " (E) 4X2 LAY IN CLG. (E) GYP. CLG. FSM - FSM MEM FSM O FSM ® FSM FSM ® FSM FSM ® FSM 10 LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. a2 (E) DEMISING WALL. SEE WALL TYPES ON A1-1 (E) LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 9 , -4 " 16' -9" • B.O. (E) METAL DECK (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) LJ FSM FSM F: 16' -4" (E) METAL DECK FSM ® FSM ® FSM A FSM EMI SH EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN KEYNOTES 8" X 6 1/2" WF STEEL COLUMN (TYP). 21 1/2" X 13" WF STEEL COLUMN. UNABLE TO VERIFY COLUMN SIZE. DIAGONAL BRACING FROM COLUMN TO BEAM. 16" STEEL I -BEAM @ 15' -O" (TYP). STEEL I- -BEAMS @ 2" VENT PIPE @ 12' -6 ". UNABLE TO VERIFY BEYOND THIS POINT. 6" SPRINKLER MAIN @ 12' -7 ". 3" SPRINKLER MAIN @ 12' -1O ". 3" SPRINKLER MAIN @ 13' -7 ". 3/4" WATER LINE @ 8' -2 ". 16 (E) MALL BULKHEAD @ 12' -1O ". PER LANDLORD NEW BULKHEAD HEIGHT TO BE 13' -11" G.C. TO VERIFY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. (E) END OF TENANT STOREFRONT FINISH. (E) 6 ROOF DRAIN @ 12' -7 ". (E) ROOF DRAIN THROUGH DECK ABOVE. (E) 6" TOILET EXHAUST DUCT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. (E) TENANT A.H.U. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 130' -7" 24' -0' EXISTING HELZBERG DIAMONDS SPACE #572 12' -10" B.O. (E) FSM 9 , -7 " B.O.(E) BRACE 45' 12' -5" EXISTING FOREVER 21 SPACE #568 NEW TENANT CHARLOTTE RUSSE SPACE SPACE #568 B.O. MALL CONDUIT EXISTING RAVE GIRL SPACE #560 ® FSM NIEIN FSM ® FSM MEM FSM MINII FSM ® FSH MN FSM IllEi EXISTING ABERCROMBIE AND FITCH SPACE #556 29 NEW NEUTRAL PIER BY LANDLORD. L Q (E) WATER HEATER UNDER SINK. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 23 (E) 3" MALL CONDUITS @ 12' -5 ". 24 (E) 3" MALL CONDUITS @ 14' -6 ". 25 (E) 3' -0" X 7' -O" EXIT DOOR. TO BE REMOVED. 26 (E) NEUTRAL PIER TO BE REMOVED. 27 G.C. TO INFILL EXISTING OPENINGS. G.C. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING 28 NEW DEMISING WALL. SEE SHEET A1-1 FOR WALL TYPE. NEW LEASELINE POP -OUT. (E) MALL EXPOSED METAL COLUMN. G.C. TO REMOVE COLUMN IF REMOVAL OF COLUMN DOESN'T COMPROMISE THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE. V.I.F. 70' -0" 00 0© ►4 N wv NI N IN" a�sENa�w 1 00 0 ., r 0 0 0 sMCo_ ��w COMM NII A NMI MN IMENEEMal.r' �a ai rPM EMN IM EMMAE � a ���� 011111 MIN ME IM ` '���)IMiv�� ' fa s�M M��M � � s:�M NI SP 7, AP.MENrN �nrIr�rMNIr�r� ..r.�e�'�r�r�rArEN�rP' .011 r� IE IMMINII7C71. �,�7,,�p7�'7� NENPI�INIrMr�NMNIM7E LVINIILIEN � �PrILrI7�� I P ...' A. .�r��MENMNIiENELIENIME • MIEI IMMIr , 0 m/I • • ® FSM MINE FSM ® FSM mom FSM WALL LEGEND 13' -3" (E) GYP. CLG. 13' -3" (E) GYP. CLG. 0© 12' -10" B.O. (E) FSM EXISTING DEMISING WALL iM ® FSM FSM - FSM FSM ® FSM FSM FSM FSN S FSM • FSM IMO FSH NEM FSH ® FSM - FSM =MI FSM ® FSH ® FSM ® FSH ® FSM IMM GENERAL NOTES - EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN I I I-- -I 1 J L_ — FSM ® FSM MEM FSM ® FSM rm. FSM — FSM ® FSN A FS!{ FSM MEI FSM 12' -0' FSM ® FSM FSM REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND ON FLOOR PLAN SHEET Al -1 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. EXISTING DEMISING WALL OR WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED /REMOVED THIS PLAN WAS PREPARED BY INFORMATION GATHERED FROM ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING SOURCES AND MAY NOT INDICATE "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. SOURCES: LANDLORD PROVIDED LEASE DRAWING; CRITERIA; LANDLORD'S SHELL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS; SITE VISIT AND DOCUMENTATION BY OWNER'S DESIGNERS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR /ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. . CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON -SITE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR ALL SCHEDULING AND PHASING OF PROJECT. . COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON SITE REP. FOR ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DEMO THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY L.L. N.5 �J I FSM FSM _ FSM FSM FSM s FSM FSM FSM FSM o FSM FSM FSM FSM FSM FSM FSM MIN FSM - FSM FSM FSM NEM FSM • F M FSH s FSM FSM a FSM MEM FSN 11 -0" (E) GYP. CLG. 13' -7" B.O. (E) FSM • FSM MIME FSM mar FSII FSM FSM MINN FSM - FSM 12' -0" (13' -11" NEW HEIGHT) 1 6 (E) B.O. BULKHEAD 12 ' -7" B. . (E) ROOF DRAIN M \ 1 12' -0' 20' -11" rk 11' -0" (E) GYP. CLG. B.O. (E) METAL DECK 19 FSM mom FSM FSN FS FSM FSM _ FSM MEM FSM ® FSM 12-2" 2' -0" 12' -0" (13' -11" NEW HEIGHT) (E) B.O. BUL <HEAD 1 1 1 J 5' -11" III 111 II -I 111 II II III FSM FSM FSM FSM MI L� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FSM FSM MEM I I III t_ EXISTING MALL • ���.J.��t�����: ►Sy,r � �Oa , -r ������� ,r�,r �� r ����� 'w',r ������������7 � r�,ry ,,'r r���w� ����,�� �� ��*.��. ���I `4+ I�4..!►,t� A'�'r�'����� ♦,.�� ���O�7 �! u a -4:aa CIS Cal ∎a a *i�a7.11 S6 a� a!i♦a♦a' a *i.746=ar ' aka 'pia :777_770:.i�i�ivat� is ?aalila�a- aa'�aS.a�ay _INaAI? N.•a::� "TMa= ata _•_atea:6 ∎ ∎ ∎a�a WWI .= ∎a " e. atea?�a- �w_61?i���� & tIZ:a= &a_aa∎.a a a ?ai��aaaZL ∎ ∎a:∎ &T4 ST ∎6 a • - t�1 War: a a=iWaalia4at74 = a:��a t"�►�� ∎ •..�aa= ∎rte∎ &ATIN a w?aai.4a � + a ��� araata �� i�v �:aa: ∎a=aaTMPiIM=a aaIITZ: •2 W__ a!asa7∎a.7 00 00 0 29 RE lVED CITY OF TUKWLA AUG 2 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER EIfIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE AVROVED AUG 2 8 2008 City Of Tukwila BUILD NG DIVISION NORTH NOTES: 1. G.C. SHALL QUALIFY IN THEIR BID IF EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT NOTED EQUIPMENT NOTED ON PLANS ARE IN FACT EXISTING. 2. MALL SLAB REPLACEMENT MUST MEET TENANT CRITERIA COORDINATE WITH MALL'S OPERATIONS MANAGER. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR /ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING THE DEMOLITION OF THE SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DELTA 2: CORTL A STATE Ca 00 Lo .• 00 It 0 7 ) J W J UG 0_ O ct CD V rt W z W U W 1— � I J- 0) O CO Q cf) REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 06.10.08 EXISTING CONDITIONS 1 DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET NUMBER AO -1 �MEM ' NV - IA ■ ■■ 1 fl3 ■ ■. ■ 10 - 19 ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■. ■ti ■ � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - mm 32 BREAK/STORAGE 1106] r ,\ , F5.1> / / / / / C / 1 / V PIA / / .�I W71; 30 TYP. IN ALL FITTING RM. "TIT )Q9) TYP. IN ALL FITTING RM. / / / / / / / / / / 1 / / / / f- •-- - T NON -RATED CORRIDOR 107 \ F5.1 > -I'- - -/ -- SHOE STORAGE 1103 F5.1' / / TYP. J TYP. FITTING ROOM 102� F70 P1A 13 / / / / / / PIA / ® PIA fi L E 7 �; PIA) 'P106 ' \ PIA ? PIA) PIA) PIA, PIA 1 P106 L_ \P1A: FOOTWEAR F70) PIA' TYP. (P1A p A ' KPlA /NA\ /P1A) ( PIA KPiA P1A) P1A� (P1A ' P1A) (\Pik TYP. K P1A) "PIA) DEMIN WAL ( \ F70 / L- .P107. pP : D0°,000 D •0 • o 0 O� I]O 0 .Q boo..0..00cb b o o o000000c6 p000000000q3 p000000000cp p oDDDDO0DD00D000 'h a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a`b - 0 a• a o - b 6 Q a trp o tr Tcrp 1 0 - 0 O 000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000a b0000000000000000000000000000p0000000 . 0000 0 000000000000000000 00000000pO0 ODODD p p p 0000000aooa00000000i 0000000000 /�/�/l���yyy 0000 " 00000 6' 0000•0o0Op 'hnnnnnoonnnnoonnnrtnrtr{ n p � nnnnn40 nn nn JAL 1000000000000000000OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOo a 0000 ' e9oo0o0000000000o �/ @QJ y ��,0°000D0o00 000DO 00000 000000 000 DIGMBA D1/ C .. .0000000000 00000 ' 0000000000000000000000000000000000 .00000l ■ 000000 0oD00o000OD0OOD0000000000000 n 000001 d0000000000000000000000000000000000 . 0000 00000000000000000000000000000000000 00 00 000 ' q0000000... A A i.1.. A .i a 0.4. A 7 d A.Id A 7 A. . A 1 . 0 0 0 0 000 0000000 0000000 I-I d0000000cb T . g0000000qo MOTHER STATION I ° :y° (PIA F70� (P1A ACCESSORIES (P1A) L_ DAUGHTER STATION #4 I 0 DEMIN WALL TYP. j F70) (P107 DAUGHTER STATION #3 DAUGHTER STATION #1 L P /NA �P1A> 16 TYP. (P1A) \P1A2 \P1A) SALES AREA 1 101 J F70/ �P1A P1A /P1A, %P (PIA ' PIA; P1A, ' P1A ' (P1A) 7; SIM. &105 \ P106) 00 ®0 (P1A ,P1A, (PIA PIA ■ • ■ i I ■NE LW! i l l I 0 .. ' I!' It 12" A MIN 1► 0 ...E. ■■■■■■iiii A 111M190. III MINIM w_IIMENEMI -ratili ELI Mk 0 P 0 4) k" l'IMII-W --. a r . _ _. * A E /N . 1 I 0 .•.. _ ...7:11,7"7 ,u % ■ 0 ■■■EN- ■!lNiiiM TAMEN MUIr IMISIMMIIII 111111 / Illim MEM" � C 0� 0 ■■ ■e a• 0 00 REVIEWED R R CODE COMP AP PROVED AUG 2 8 2008 i Thi OfT. la FB1JILDING DIVISION P106/ I MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE NO. FURNISHINGS L2 L6 L7 L35 L37 L38 L40 S12 W68 WALLS P1A P105 P106 P107 P108 W2 W71 C1 C6 C12 P1A 89 F5 F5.1 F5.2 F8 F9 F61 F70 F81 F85 FLOOR FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4 "= 1' -0" MATERIAL PLASTIC LAM. PLASTIC LAM. MELAMINE PLASTIC LAM. PLASTIC LAM. METAL FINISH METAL FINISH SOLID SURFACE ACRYLIC PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT FRP WALL COVERING ACOUSTICAL TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE PLASTIC PANEL PAINT RUBBER SHEET VINYL VCT VCT SEALER (MATCH MALL STD.) WOOD BASE SIMULATED WOOD PORCELAIN TILE RUBBER TILE MFR./ SUPPLIER WILSONART WILSONART NEVAMAR NEVAMAR CARDINAL AVONITE PULP STUDIO, INC. BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW o /M.R. GYP BD. MDC WALLCOVERINGS USG INTERIORS ARMSTRONG POLYGAL BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW FLEXCO ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG L.M. SCOFIELD CO VERIFY w /MALL PER BASE MANF. STOREFLOORS STOREFLOORS STOREFLOORS COLOR / NUMBER SLATE GREY D91 -60 FROSTY WHITE 1573 -60 BLACK OR WHITE WZ- 000 -1T SHIBUI WOODPRINT MXT -003T SILVER ALU METALX LS#6000-T353-GRAY ALUMINUM BREAK METAL CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. FOUNDATIONS ALGODON F1 -7713 SATIN P -90 WHITE DOVE - INTERIOR READY MIXED 814 - 1B JET STREAM 815 - 1B SWISS BLUE 816 - 2B AQUA MARINA 2019 50 1B LEMON DROP WHITE TRANQUILITY ORIGAMI 5924 TR 586- STANDARD WHITE 704 - GRID - WHT. ICE POLYCARBONATE WHITE DOVE - INTERIOR READY MIXED WF -03 /CHARCOAL GRANITE GRAY 88701 STERLING 51904 CHERRY RED 51816 CEMETONE CLEAR VERIFY SEALED /CLEAR VARNISH ARMSTRONG NATURAL CREATIONS CR112 BLUE CHIP PATTERN FINISH DESCRIPTION MATTE MATTE TEXTURED TEXTURED POWDER COAT XLITE - WEIGHTS, RICE PAPER SERIES EGGSHELL ON WALLS FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN ALPHA 3191 AURATONE, FISSURED CORTEGA ANGLED TEGULAR OPAL FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN TOP SET SEMI -GLOSS /CLEAN AND SEAL VERIFY SELECT GRADE MAPLE MAPLE POLISHED INTERLOCKING RUBBER TILE SIZE 910MMx1820MM x5MM THICK TO 54" AFF 54" WIDE 24" x 48" 24" x 24" 5/8" 6" HIGH, CONT. ROLL SHEET 12x12x1/8 12x12x1/8 VERIFY 3/4 "x6 "HIGH PLANK 12 "X12" 3/8" THICK CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS A CLASS A CC -1 F.R. PER ASTM D635 CLASS I CLASS I CLASS I CLASS I SEE DETAIL 10A4 -1. CONTACT CHARLOTTE PIERCE 310 - 815 -4999 SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #3. SEE NOTES #9 AND 10. CEILING WWW.POLYGAL.COM 1- 800 -537 -0095 SEE NOTE #6. FLOOR CONECTION CORLON IMPERIAL TEXTURE IMPERIAL TEXTURE CONTACT MALL MGR. WOOD BASE. SEE DETAIL 21A4 -3. OWNER FURNISHED CONTACTOR INSTALLED. CONTACT: AMY KILLINGSWORTH 770.512.0021 CONTACT: AMY KILLINGSWORTH 770.512.0021 CONTACT: AMY KIWNGSWORTH 770.512.0021 FLOOR FINISH PLAN KEYNOTES O (NOT USED) PRE - MANUFACTURED GRILL GUIDE COLUMN COVER WITH ANODIZED (C.F.C.I). . LANDLORD /MALL LEASE LINE /POP -OUT LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 0 STOREFRONT COLUMN. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4- 1 AND 6A4- 1. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM COLUMN SUPPORT. SEE SHEETS A4-1 AND A4-4. SALES AREA COLUMN COVER. SEE DETAIL 3A4- 1. LINE OF MALL FLOORING TRANSITION TO TENANT'S FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL. ALUMINUM FINISH O DEMISING WALL. REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND ON SHEET A1-1. O STRUCTURAL MALL COLUMN (TO REMAIN). PATCH AND REPAIR FIRE PROOFING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF (E) REQUIRED RATING. WHERE AND IF OCCURS TRANSITION STRIP, REFER TO DETAIL 2 3A4- 3 AND 2 6A4-3 AT ENTRY. FOR SIMULATED WOOD FLOORING TO STONE/HARDSURFACE, SEE DTL 26A4- 3 . FOR STONE FLOORING AND STONE, SEE 2 5A4- 3. FOR FLOORING AT BASE, SEE DETAIL 21A4- 3. FOR FLOORING AT RUBBER/VINYL SEE 28A4-3. 0 REAR EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE MOUNTED ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR. SEE DETAIL 5A7-1. O ILLUMINATED LIGHTBOX WALL (OFCI). SEE SHEET A1-3 AND 25A5-1. O NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM BY G.C. 1/2" GLAZING BY G.C. SEE SHEET A1 - 3 FOR GALZING SPECIFICATIONS. © FOR FIXTURING, MIRRORS, AND FURNITURE, REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. GC SHA PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL MIRROR LOCATIONS AND AT FDCTURING AS INDICATED OR REQUIR 0 'TTB" TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. C) ELECTRICAL PANELS, EQUIPMENT, AND TRANSFORMER. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. C) SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (0.F.C.I.) LOCATE AT 36" ON-CENTER, SEE FIXTURE PLA A1-3 AND DETAIL 1 2A4-2. 0 SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER. VERIFY LOCATION, QUANTITIES, AND HEIGHT WITH FIRE MARSHALL. CI ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH MOUNTED AT 18 AFF. SEE DETAIL 2 9A6- 1. O NEW FLOOR DRAIN. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. @ SHOE AND STORAGE SHELVING. SHELVING AND LAYOUT BY OWNER'S VENDOR. SHELVING ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION BY GC. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1 -3. FIXED UNITS TO BE ANCHORED TO WALL (TYP). 0 SENSORMATIC LOCATION. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT FROM FLOOR RECESS TO STUB-OUT AT CEILING SPACE AT ELEC. OUTLET. CHIP-OUT CONCRETE FLOOR AS INDICATED FOR A MIN. CLR. LEVEL DEPTH OF 3/8". SEE SHEET SP-3. @ FITTING ROOM CLOSET ROD. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL 21A6- 1. 0 UPPER CABINET (DASHED) AND LOWER CABINET. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEETA1 -3 AND ELEVATION 0 PAINT DOOR AND FRAME OIL-BASED SEMI-GLOSS. 0 54" HIGH WAINSCOT AT WALLS. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAIL 1 0A4-2. 0 CASHWRAP AND BACKCOUNTER. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND MILLWORK SHEET A6 -1. FOR ELECTRICAL STUB-UP LOCATION, SEE FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN SHEET A1-1. STEREO AMPLIFIER ON SHELF AT 5'-0" AFF. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1 -3 AND DETAIL SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (DaRAS MOUNTED) IN STORAGE ROOM. SEE DETAIL 2 2A5 -1. WALL COVERING IS 0.F.C.I. GC SHALL PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING. 4" SIMULATED WOOD PLANK (F70) BORDER. CORNERS TO BE 45" MITER. 6" 0 DRAWING TUBE (C.F.CI.). GC SHALL PROVIDE 6" DIA. x 24" PVC TUBE AT 3 0" AFF WITH CAPPED BOTTOM. MOUNT VERTICALLY ON WALL WITH (3) SCREWS ANCHORED TO WALL STUD. (MEN/WOMEN) RESTROOMS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES SEE ELEVATIONS AND TYP. PLAN ON 30A3- 3. (NOT USED) CONTINUE RUBBER FLOORING UNDER COUNTER. RESTROOM WALLS TO HAVE WATER RESISTANT DRYWALL WITH A 4"-O" NON-PERMEABLE FINISH (NOT USED) FLOOR MOUNTED MOP SINK. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DUAL-HEIGHT DRINKING FOUNTAIN. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND CLEARANCES SEE ELEVATION DETAIL 29A3 - 3. WOOD TRIM. SEE DETAIL 23A4- 1 AND 24A4 -1 . G.C. TO ALIGN SIMULATED WOOD AT THE CORNER ENDS OF ENTRY PLANK. (E) DIAGONAL BRACE TO BE EXPOSED St PAINTED P 1 A. NEW LEASELINE POP-OUT. G.C. TO WRAP (E) TUBESTEEL COLUMN TIGHT IF IT CANT BE REMOVED FROM SPACE. V.I.F. NO. WITtE MCA ROOM SALES AREA FITTING ROOM SHOE STORAGE WOMEN MEN BREAK/STORAGE NON-RATED CORRIDOR FLOOR F5 F5 BASE F5 F5 B9 NORTH SEE A3-2 SEE A3-2 PIA P1A/W2 P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED WALLS SOUTH SEE A3-2 SEE A3-2 P1A P1A/W2 ON WALL AS P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. PROVIDE/INSTALL SATIN SILVER COLOR METAL TRANSITION STRIP BETWEEN FLOORING OF DIFFERENT TYPES. 2. FLOOR AND BASE IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE SHEET VINYL FLOORING WITH A 6" HIGH COVED BASE. REFER TO DETAIL 2 2aA4- 3. 3. PROVIDE A 48" HIGH WAINSCOT ON ALL WALLS AS INDICATED. WAINSCOT SHALL BE FIBER-REINFORCED PANEL (F.R.P.) REFER TO DETAIL 1 0A4-2. 4. FOR TYPICAL RESTROOM SIGNAGE, REFER TO DETAIL 22A4- 1. 5. PROVIDE 6" WIDE x 1 6 GA. METAL STRAP/BLOCKING AT WALLS WITH MIRRORS OR AS INDICATED ON SHEET 6. PAINT TO BE FLAT AT CEILING, EGGSHELL AT WALLS IN SALES AREA ONLY. USE SEMI-GLOSS AT WALLS IN BACK AREA AND OIL-BASED SEMI-GLOSS AT ALL DOORS AND FRAMES (USE PRIMER & PAINT, THREE COATS TYP). G.C.'S PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OWNER WITH ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT FOR EACH COLOR AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. G.C. TO PROVIDE PAINT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT. 7. GROUT COLOR SHALL BE: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS POLYBLEND #386 OYSTER GRAY, 1/8" JOINT TYPICAL CONTACT: 1-800-272-8786. 8. G.C. TO PROVIDE CHARLOTTE RUSSE WITH QUANTITIES FOR THE FOLLOWING: ALL STONE FLOORING, VINYL FLOORING, WOOD 9. TYPE II CLASS A FIRE SPREAD RATING ASTM E84 AND E84-91A FABRIC-BACKED VINYL WALL COVERING. 10. NFPA CLASS A, UBC CLASS 1. FLAME SPREAD 5, SMOKE DENSITY 5. SAMPLE IGNITION WAS OBSERVED AT 44 SECONDS. MAXIMUM FLAME FRONT ADVANCE OF 1 FOOT WAS OBSERVED AT 50 SECONDS. GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR FINISH PLAN A. B. c. 0. E. IT IS NOT ANTICIPATED THAT MORE THAN FOUR EMPLOYEES WILL BE WORKING AT ANY ONE TIME. aT t f tsRE K I A : 4 ) LA AUG 2 2008 FOR DOORS AND DOOR SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET A1-1. PERMIT CENTER FOR FLOOR DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A1-1. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, REFER TO SHEET A1-1. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO SHEETS A1 AND A1 EAST SEE A3-2 SEE A3-2 PIA P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED WEST SEE A3-2 SEE A3-2 P1 A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED P1A/W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED CEILING MATERIAL/COLOR SEE SHEET A2-1 SEE SHEET A2-1 C6 C6 P1A P1A NORTH NOTES 1,5,6,7,8,9,10 5,6,7,8,9,10 1,6,8,9,10 2,3,4,6,8 2,3,4,6,8 3,6,8 3,6,8 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: WIA CORI AND MORGAN ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 STATE OF REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: 05.19.08 06.10.08 06.25.08 FLOOR FINISH PLAN / ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULES / KEYNOTES SHEET NUMBER A1-2 (ST04) TYP- (MW18R) L- (Ms121 4WO �I BREAK/STORAGE 1 106 1 OF MIRROR (MS05) (M523) NON -RATED CORRIDOR 1 107 1 SHOE STORAGE 103 f CL OF MIRROR (MW18L) H 8L (MW18R) TYP. OF 16 (MW18L) ■-_ (MW18LD IW1 iiiP/ HW3 ) 11V Aiwi V V (M (MW18R) ( o (MW18R (MW18R) tiW1 (HW19) (MW06) / 1 1 - 1 -11-1: r 1W ,* -- (143 6) (HW1 (W15) (Hw1 W (MS- 108 - 2) f • YP. OF (7) V (MW18R) FITTING ROOM 1 102 ¢0w03) (/2i I (1W 15) (HW1 CL OF MIRROR (HW15) (-IW15) 1 =J (MR0�1 (MR08) (HIM 9) 11 . i Hwi s) (HW15T >� 3 (HW15) (ST04) TYP. (ST04) TYP. (Lso1) (ST04) TYP. (ST04) TYP. AS23) (ST04) TYP- FiW19 (HW19 LM (MR04) (HW19) I I (HW19) (MR04) (STo4) TYP. (HW19) ( �HW19) op.) (Hw19) (ST04) TYP. (MR04) (ST04) TYP. ( HW19 (M R05) (HW19) r (MW (MW 10) TYP. F (3) (MR04) (HW 19) (Hw197I *I (Hwi9) 11 ( ) (M ELso DAUGHTER STATION #4 rl LJ MOTHER STATION (t:Awok (ST04) TYP. DAUGHTER STATION #3 DAUGHTER STATION #1 z 6 (I:W19) I t,I(HW19) (M SALES AREA 1 101 J (HW19) I11' I (NWT 9) (MR04) (ST04) (ST04) TYP. (MRO4) (MR04;) TYP. OF MIRROR - • I \ / (4(9) (ST04) TYP. OF MIRROR - (,M Rot (MS2) 04 1 1 / \ I\ / S(9) / � ��'�- - -7F /I 1 I I c LAi4S 19) � - 9 ) - .. I ' ' 9) I i 1 / trfa FURNITURE, FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 "= 1' -0" FIXTURE /RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE J 0 2 r cn DESCRIPTION FURNISHED uj W 0 INSTALLED REMARKS STANDARDS STO1 (SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 6' -0" TBD • • GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12A4 -2. LSO3 24'-O xl O'-0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD • • STO2 (SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 5' -0' TBD 1 I 1.1 1 1 I• GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12M-2. STO4 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 8' -0" 1 TBD 1 101 1 1 • GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12A4-2. LSO' 120' -0"x10' -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD I 1 I.1 1 1 1• LSO2 116'- 0x10' -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1 1• LWO1 18'- 0x9' -0° LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD I 1 1.1 1 1 1• LWO2 16' -05510' -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1 10 CUSTOM HEIGHT LWO3 112' -05(9 -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS TBD 11 1.1 1 1 1• LWO5 4' -05x9 -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 1 TBD 1 01 1 I 1 • HWO1 IWALL STANDARD JIG TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1 1• READY -TO -WEAR FIXTURES FF01 SINGLE TOWER 68' TBD I 1 1.1 1 1 10 WITH NEW SIGN HOLDER ADAPTER FF05 'ROUNDER 36 ", W /SIGN ADAPTER TBD • • • FF06 ROUNDER 42 ", W /SIGN ADAPTER TBD 1 • 1 1 1 • 1 • I CLEARANCE DEPARTMENT, WHERE OCCURS FF02 4-WAY 68° TBD 1 1 101 I 1 10 WITH NEW SIGN HOLDER ADAPTER FF03 ROLLING RACK TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1 10 • I- FF04 LINGERIE 4 -WAY 68" HT TBD 11 10 11 1 10 FF07 IDUAL FIXTURE REV. 2 -2003 TBD 1 1 1 • • FF08 LOBBY SIGN HOLDER TBD I 1 1.1 I I 10 • I- FF09 PANTY TABLE 36' TBD I 1 1.1 1 1 11 FF10 I COUNTER ROLLING RACK TBD 1 1 1.1 I 1 1• • 1- ACCESSORY FIXTURES AF01 9" SHOE RISER TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1• • I NESTING TABLES AF06 2 -SIDED SLATWALL W/MIRROR & SIGN HLDR TBD • AF02 !DOUBLE EARRING HOLDER TBD I 1 1.1 1 1• • I- AF03 20" SINGLE T- HOLDER TBD 1 1 1.1 1 1• • AF04 17' DOUBLE T- HOLDER TBD I 1 1.1 1 10 • I- AF05 BASKET- PLEXI TBD I 1 101 1 I• • AF07 HANGING WALL UNIT TBD I 1 1.1 1 1 10 • AF08 14-SIDED EARRING TOWER TBD I 1 1.1 1 I • • AF09 1 WINDOW STAND SET 48736 " /42° TBD I 1 I.1 1 1 1• • HWO3 10° SLIP OVER PEG HOOK TBD 1 1 I.1 1 1 I• • HW22 I LIGHT BOX SIGN HOLDER 11x17 TBDI 1 1.1 1 1 • • TABLES TB01 RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR. TBD • • TB02 RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR. MD • • SMALL RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR. TBD • • SMALL RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR. TBD • • FURNITURE FRO1 1 MANHATTAN BENCH 30" x30" BODY FORMS TBD •1 1 CPX2 CPX4 NMX1 NMX2 BODY FORM #1 BODY FORM #2 BODY FORM MAGNETIC ARMS #1 BODY FORM MAGNETIC ARMS #2 TBD TBD TBD 18D • • • • • • • • FIXTURE /RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION 1- W Z co 0 F URNI SH ED 0 0 0 w rZ cn co W NSTALLE D1 1 REMARKS MIRRORS MR01 'RECT. MIRROR FRAME ONLY (SALES) TBD 1 1 • • MR05 RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR TBD • • 245x60' FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. MR02 I RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR TBD 1 1 • • 36'x86'. SEE 3A5-1. FRAME BY FIXRIRE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. MR03 1 RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR TBD 1 1 • • 48"x86" SEE DETAIL 4A5 -1. MR04 RECTANGULAR MIRROR TBD 1 I • • 125x60'. SEE 1A5-1. FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. MR06 RECTANGULAR FITTING ROOM ENTRY TBD 1 • • 605586' FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. MR07 SHOE MIRROR TBD • • MR08 FITTING ROOM MIRROR TBD 1 I • • SEALANT ALL AROUND W/J -MOLD AT TOP & BOTTOM. MR09 MIRROR TBD 1 1 • • 24" X 86' SEE 2A5-1. FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.G. HARDWARE HWO4 I2 "x36" U -RAIL TBD •I 1 1• • 1 G.C. TO UNPACK ALL HARDWARE, TYPICAL. HW14 FITTING ROOM BAR TBD • • SEE DETAIL 8A5-1 HWO5 12 "x36" U -RAIL TBD HWO6 114" U -RAIL WITH PLEXI FROSTED TBD • • • 11 SHELF PER RF -3A,3B DBL. TOWERIMIN. 2 PER WALL AREA HWO7 LIP -OVER FACEOUT W/OUT PROTECTOR TBD • 1 1 1•I• • 1AALES WALL HWO8 14° FACEOUT TBD •1 1 1• • HWO9 14" SLIP -OVER FACEOUT TBD • • • HW10 BOW RAIL TBD • 1 1 I• • HW11 SINGLE HAT FACEOUT TBD • 1 1 1• • 1 AF -1 HAT STAND HW12 TRIPLE HAT FACEOUT TBD • • • I AF -1 HAT STAND HW13 SIGN HOLDER (8.5 x 11) TBD • • • 1 ALL RF /AF FIXTURES HW15 CORNER ANGLE 60" TBD • • 60' SEE DETAIL 10A5-1. CORNER ANGLE 42° TBD • • HW17 I FITTING ROOM PUCK PLATE 4')(6° TBD HW18 I FROSTED ACRYLIC SHELF SET TBD 2" DECORATIVE FLICK TBD • • SEE DETAIL 27A5-1 FROSTED PLEXI SHELF TBD • • HW21 I CADDY PUCK PLATE HOLDER TBD • • SEE DETAIL 16A6-1. HW25 124N14° FROSTED ACRYLIC SHELF TBD • • HW27 18" HOOK FOR ACRYLIC WALL TBD • • TBD • • SEE DETAIL 26A5-1. LIGHT WALL SYSTEM TOP DOOR/LIGHT BOX TBD ST14 !RIGHT HAND POST/ LIGHT BOX TBD LOWER DOOPJLIGHT BOX TBD SPANNER/ LIGHT BOX TBD ST13 1LEFT HAND POST/ LIGHT BOX TBD ST15 !CENTER POST/ LIGHT BOX TBD ST16 110' SOFFITS/ LIGHT BOX-CLOSURE TRIM TBD END FLANGE/ LIGHT BOX TBD TOP DOOR/ LIGHT BOX • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • REMARKS 0 CO SHELFMASTER MS-10B-1 MSO2C MWO2 MWO3 MWO4 MWO5 MWO6 MWO7 MWO8 MW17 MS14 MS18 MS21 MS23 MS24 FIXTURE/RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION 12566"x120" SHELF 2N48"x120" SHELF 24"x36"x120" SHELF 24"x4Fx120" SHELF 24"X48"X96" SHELF 18"x36"x120" SHELF 18"x48N120" SHELF 18N36"x120" SHELF W/ 3 HANG BAR LEVELS 18°x48"x120" SHELF W/ 3 HANG BAR LEVELS MANAGER'S DESK 20" STEREO SHELF OVAL ROOM RUN BAR AND SUPPORT FITTING ROOM BENCH FITTING ROOM DOOR ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR 3-CASH REGISTER CASH WRAP 5-CASH REGISTER CASH WRAP BACKWRAP COUNTER WOOD BINS FOR HANGERS FITTING ROOM BENCH BACKWRAP COUNTER WITH CASH REGISTER CUSTOM MILLWORK BREAK TABLE FITTING ROOM DOOR FITTING ROOM DOOR SHELF WITH POLE HUNG EMPLOYEE LOCKERS ROUNDER HOLDER DISK HOLDER SAFE EMPLOYEE BULLETIN BOARD STEREO AMPLIFIER 6' LADDER AND HOLDER 8' LADDER AND HOLDER 12' LADDER AND HOLDER MOP AND HOLDER 6" DRAWING TUBE POLICY SIGN STOREFRONT CEILING GRID REFRIGERATOR MICROWAVE ALARM KEY PAD FIRE EXTINGUISHER Z-RACK TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD re • • • • • • • • • • • • • UR • • • NI SH • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ED • • • • • • • NSTAL • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • LE • MISCELLANEOUS SHOE STORAGE SHOE STORAGE SHOE STORAGE (BOOTS) SHOE STORAGE (BOOTS) STORAGE ROOM OR LAYAWAY STORAGE ROOM OR LAYAWAY SEE DETAIL 23A6-1. SEE DETAIL 24A6-1. SEE DETAIL 21A6-1. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM, SEE DETAIL 29A6-1. SEE DETAILS 22A6-1 AND 27A6-1 SEE DETAILS 22A6-1 AND 27A6-1 SEE DETAILS 4A3-3, 30A6-1. SEE SHEET 226-1, 27A6-1 18"x24"x132" WALL MOUNTED 2'-0" 0.C. 4 RAIL HANGING SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 20,5-1. 'PENCO' MULTIPLE TIER 1N12x12, 72" HIGH SEE DETAIL 17A5-1. SHELF BY MILLWORK VENDOR, SEE DETAIL 24A6-1. SEE DETAIL 11A7-1. TRIMCO', OR EQ., 2x4 GRILL (9-5034-CG52-01), WHITE 19"Wx32"Hx19"D MOUNT PAD AT 6-0" AFF. cn LIGHT WALL SYSTEM ST23 ST25 ST26 ST27 FIXTURE/RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION LOWER DOOE/LIGHT BOX SPANNER/LIGHT BOX LEFT HAND POST/LIGHT BOX RIGHT HAND POST/LIGHT BOX CENTER POST/LIGHT BOX 10' SOFFITS/LIGHT BOX CLOSURE TRIM END FLANGE/LIGHT BOX TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD cc URNI • • • • • • SH ED re NSTALLE • • • • • • • REMARKS GC TO UNPACK AND CHECK IN ALL HARDWARE WITHIN 48 HOURS OF DELIVERY PER CHARLOTTE RUSSE FIXTURE INVENTORY CHECKLIST LOCATED IN THE STORE OPENING PACKET. THE GC IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS FIXTURE FORM AND FAX TO CHARLOTTE RUSSE STORE PLANNING AT 858.875.0333 ATTN: LICELY BARBOA EXT. 2420. CONTACT THE PROJECT MANAGER IF THE STORE OPENING PACKET IS NOT AT THE STORE AT TIME OF FIXTURE HARDWARE DELIVERY. G.C. TO UNPACK AND PLACE ALL ITEMS THAT ARRIVE WITH FIXTURE DELIVERY. CONi TYPICAL FITTING ROOM PLAN NORTH - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City Of Tukwila - BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: \ ,.,...1 REVISIONS SHEET NUMBER FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 06.10.08 06.25.08 FURNITURE, FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN A1-3 10' -9" 3 oTM 1 R iME a KM ME a II 0' -1 o el -0" 28' -0° = = =- - = = 10' -6" 11' -6" GYP. BD. B.O. SOFFI B.O. SOFF GYP. BD. 1Y-4" E .0. SOFFIT I in " B.O. BAND i I I 1Y -5" u I \ NI �� $ B.O. DISPLAY r 12' -0" I 1 N ' B.O. GYP. BD. ll . 10 1 -0 ° 10' -1 B.O. ] OLYGA ■. ■..as.. ■.... ■..■ I 11 • BO_BAND B.O. BAND 10' -0' B.O. BAND r 1 SIM. 9' -on 10' -0" LAY -IN 1 )=( RL TYP H 19 H I!f RL 0 0 0 H RL EI I!I RL 0 H H 20 0 r RL H H 1 r RL 1 0 H 0 H P. r s r H EH 0 H 4 16' 9 B c B B 04) B 04 4' 0 4' -OF B 4' 4, 12-0" LAY -IN B B 4, 4, 0 B B 11' -0" ICI kro SOFFIT 0 1 6' -6" c A GYP. BD. 1' -6° 10' -6" 10' -6" 10'-6" GYP. BD, 1 0' -0" 9' -6° 11' -6" LAY -IN 9' -6n PIA 10' -6n 9' -6" B.O. SOFFI 1 0' -6 • 10' -6" 10' -0" B.O. LIGHT BOX SOFFIT TYP. 14' -0° T.O. MULLIO / GLAZING AB •••••• 12' -0" B.O. SIGN 12' -0" B.O. GYP. BD. 13' -5" B.O. OF DISPLAY 4 13 12' -0" B.O. SIGN • 12' -10" • B.O. ENTRY w • • • • • • • • • • • • • ■ ■ • • • • ▪ AB TYP. 13' -5" B.O. DISPLAY 10' -0" B.O. LIGHT BOX SOFFIT 10' -0° -REVIEWED COMPLIANCE ` � CODE CO , APPROVED 1-16 2f,T, .�e-I:.I�"sil IL u a I um. BUILDING DIVISION t PIA I GYP. BD. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" KEY NOTES - CEILING PLAN O SIGN #1 (O.F.O.I.). REFER TO ELEVATION 1A7 -1 AND DETAILS 2A7 -1 AND 3A7 -1. 20 BLADE SIGN REFER TO DETAIL 9A7 -1, GC TO PROVIDE ATTACH PER LANDLORD'S DIRECTION. TEMPLATE TO GC SHOWING BOLTING PATTERN BY SIGN VENDOR. 0 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL LAY —IN CEILING SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3 40 SUSPENDED GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 2A4 -3, 3A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3 ® DASHED LINE INDICATES A METAL STOREFRONT CEILING GRID (O.F.C.I.) G.C. SHALL TRIM GRIDS AS REQUIRED. REFER TO DETAIL 21A4 -1 AND FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al —3. 0 FOR COLUMN DETAILS, REFER TO SHEET A4 -1. 70 SENSORMATIC HORN WITH DIGITAL INDICATOR BY OWNER'S VENDOR — SENSORMATIC. VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER. ® LINE OF 1/2" GLAZING, EXTEND UP TO SOFFIT /VALANCE. ® FOR PENDANT FIXTURE HEIGHT, SEE DETAIL 14A4 -3. 10 LIGHT FIXTURES IN FITTING ROOM TO BE CENTERED ON BACK WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE (WHERE MIRROR IS SHOWN) OR PLACE CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE WALL IF T —BAR INTERFERES. 11 (NOT USED). GC SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE — TREATED T &G PLYWOOD AT TOP OF RESTROOM FRAMING IF NONE EXISTS. REFER TO DETAILS 15A4 -2 AND 22A4-2. @ STUD BOXED HEADER BEAMS AND COLUMNS SUPPORT. 13 2'X4' SUSPENDED ACRYLIC LAY —IN CEILING SYSTEM. CEILING GRID IN THIS AREA ONLY SHALL HAVE "WHITE" METALLIC FINISH WITH ACRYLIC LAY —IN PANELS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 14 MOUNT TRACK LIGHTING PER DETAIL 11A4 --3. 15 SIGN #2 (O.F.O.I.). REFER TO ELEVATION DETAIL 16A7 -1 CEILING FIXTURE LEGEND S�L MOUNTING SM CEILING, RECESSED WALL, SURFACE FIXTURE /DESCRIPTION ATLAS FAP62T 6" COAXIAL LOUD SPEAKER SENSORMATIC HORN WALL MOUNTED (O.F.C.I.) OPEN TO DECK CEILING NOTES /REMARKS o© ® SEE SP -3 GYP. BD. AB B BE BB3 C.1 H J M RL 55.5 V.1 X.1 X2.1 EM SYMBOL ro 4, • a O I!� EXIT LAY -IN MOUNTING BAND RECESSED CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING PENDANT COVE SURFACE CEILING RECESSED CEILING RECESSED TRACK HEAD CEILING RECESSED CEILING RECESSED COVE SURFACE CEILING SURFACE CEILING OR WALL SURFACE CEILING OR WALL SURFACE GYP. BD. LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION COOL WHITE FLUORESCENT U —LAMP IN SIGN BAND RECESS FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE 4' FLUORESCENT STRIPLIGHT 8 "x8" RECESSED, 1 --LAMP FIXTURE WITH WIDE FLOOD REFLECTOR RECESSED, 2 —LAMP FIXTURE WITH WIDE FLOOD REFLECTOR T6 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE TRACK FIXTURE 8 "X8" SQUARE HORIZONTAL LAMP OPEN DOWN LIGHT VERTICAL COMPACT FLUORESCENT 2' FLUORESCENT STRIPLIGHT EXIT SIGN W/ BATTERY BACKUP. EDGE LIT. RED —FACE EXIT LIGHT W/ BATTERY BACKUP. SEMI — RECESSED — SELF CONTAINING EMERGENCY LIGHT GYP. BD. LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION BY SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR LIGHTOLIER SW4S232HPFUNVO2 LIGHTOLIER SW4S232HPFUNVO2EM SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14, A4 -3 LIGHTOLIER SS4S132HPF120S0 INTENSE LIGHTING ICLT4MH- 1039EWW —FL INTENSE LIGHTING ICLT6MH- 2070EWW —FL NORDIC LIGHT 3— W— AJ —RGO CON —TECH RL8SQF CONTRAST LIGHTING NWF2000LU32 /A2450VT LIGHTOLIER SS2S117HPF12050 JUNO NXESB1RWH JUNO NXPB3RWH JUNO N7WH LAM P QTY. 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 CODE WATT /LUMENS COLOR U936 --CWHO FLUORESCENT F032 /835 /XP /ECO FLUORESCENT F032 /835 /XP /ECO BONGO — PLD —G451 PDL —MFL96 FLUORESCENT 32W T8 39W, T4, WIDE FLOOD LAMP, CMH 70W, T6, WIDE FLOOD LAMP, CMH 70W, T6, METAL HALIDE (2) 4 —PIN 42W (GX24Q -4) 4 —PIN TTT 32W (GX24Q -3) FLUORESCENT 17W T8 L.E.D. (INCLUDED) L.E.D. (INCLUDED) STANDARD LAMP 5.4W INPUT NATTS/VOLTS 600 120 59 120 59 120 42 120 32 120 39 120 140 120 70 120 84 120 32 120 17 120 12 120 12 120 13.6 120 BALLAST DESIGNATION N/A N/A * * * N/A N/A N/A GYP. BD. NOTES SURFACE MOUNTED OR CHAIN HUNG AT 10' -0" A.F.F. 0 SURFACE MOUNTED OR CHAIN HUNG AT 10' —O" A.F.F. WITH EMERGENCY POWER KIT ©O Q INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST Q INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST 0 * * WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP ©o WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP ©O WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP GO GYP. BD: B.O. SOFFIT GENERAL NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A. FOR CEILING DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A2 -2. B. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEER'S PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING, AND EXIT SIGNAGE. C. SOUND SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. DESIGN, LAYOUT, AND INSTALLATION BY OWNER'S VENDOR. GC SHALL CONTACT "MUSAK" TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. SPEAKERS SHOULD BE INTEGRATED INTO THE CEILING AND MAY NOT BE AUDIBLE IN THE COMMON AREA (MALL) OR ADJACENT SPACES. D. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND BALLASTS FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED (IF NECESSARY), INSTALLED, WIRED, AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE. ANY AND ALL CORDS AND WIRES SHALL BE CONCEALED E. INDICATED LIGHT CIRCUITS CONTROLLED BY PHOTOCELL —ON TIME SWITCH OFF. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS. F. ALARM SYSTEM FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING WHEN CONDUIT IS REQUIRED. H. RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; WIRED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE TRADES. I. REQURED 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN SHOW WINDOW CEILING, PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. J. CONNECTION TO SIGN SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM EITHER END. VERIFY LOCATION AND PROVIDE N.E.C. REQUIRED DISCONNECT. K. BATTERY BACKUP SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S VENDOR; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GC. L. SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY —IN CEILING GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, OR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, OR EQUIPMENT. M. PROVIDE BACKING FOR CHANDELIER (WHEN OCCURS), 200 LB. CAPACITY. N. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. 0. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. ALL THE SALES AREA, OVAL ROOM, AND FITTING AREA SHALL BE CONCEALED WITH COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE P. G.C. TO CENTER FIXTURE ON CENTERLINE OF DOOR, TYPICAL. Q. NO EXCEPTIONS. SPRINKLER HEADS GYP BD CEILINGS IN SCREW —ON TYPE (NO FRICTION ALLOWED) R CEIVED CITY OF TUKIMLA AUG 2 6 Z008 PERMIT CENTER MEMMEMINEMEM DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: CIMA C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (RCP) SHEET NUMBER A2 -1 05.19.08 06.10.08 06.25.08 co co CO 0) z 0 F- 0 z_ Cn W J I..�..I 2' -0" 1 START DIMENSIbN ..Z 1. 11 CONTROL I -I I I C 1 I I I_ o O LG. GRID H H H I I H I I ff II II I I II II II II II II II II I I 2 . A ., ,START jiao 'Jl1 LIGHT FIXTURES IN FITTING ROOM TO BE CENTERED ON BACK WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE (WHERE MIRROR IS SHOWN) OR PLACE CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE BACK WALL IF T —BAR INTERFERES. 3 3 4' -0" CLG. GRID EQ. VM EQ. Egm 131 OM 131 ELI 2'-0" TAR tii • RL I I II 0 131 RL • =MINIM 71 II II Ell NE RL 3' -0" 1 , • ■ I MI flElElfZELEN 4 CM] 0 "CLG. GRID E 11.1117 IGl in mom RL I!1 RL RL 1)=1 RL A A r A r As LYA s 22'-0" 4 1'P. 7 TT • 111111 1111 C.1 1 X T i J- S® 0 F cd ®SS.5 4'0 _ 1C. -I C c RL 1DSS.5 _ a) C. T 2 -8" I I 1C.11 1^ • N ®SS.5 ®SS.5 V.1 \ \ Y ' _II_ --II - Ak NYIM e rr PRIM OboU al L- V • V LI LI • • • r • r • r lo W= 0 l ora A • r w .. a. )7c, RL ► r• 1.I 1 _[K IN li! 2' B IMMII I H I� 1 a • r H O 1�1 RL i F, M ► EQ. I_ EQ. EQ. B 4, J B EQ. ci w B 4, EQ. \ \ EQ. 4, 4, B B I B \ —c c 9 -0° TYP. 4, 9 -10" TYP. B B EQ. I B 4' EQ. 2 " 1' -10" 12" 11 131 RL 2' -8" BB3 0 1 -10" EQ. RL B.3 0 B )1 I 3' -3" 0 H EQ. 2-0° 12" , Y 2 -0" 2' -0" 2-0" 4 -0" 7'-0" �O ci w 3 -0" RL r( RL X.1 0 ICI RL 131 RL I!1 RL - r a ch o I!1 RL RL RL ILI RL I?I RL RL U3� RL RL RL RL RL Jic RL I!1 RL N rA RL I!I RL 131 RL E RL RL 131 RL 131 RL 131 RL 131 RL I!I RL I!I RL 301 -0" RL C.1 ®SS.5 ®SS.5 Ii C.1; I C.1 -I F C.1 I nn SS.5 ED 1 -6' -1 30' -0" I!I RL C.1 RL 28' -0" RL 131 RL RL RL 2'-0" T START 1 6" I RL I!I RL RL V.1 10' On C.1 RL RL RL RL RL C - 1 I!I RL 13i RL I 31 RL RL RL RL I!I RL I!I RL M H I!I RL RL RL 131 131 0 RL RL I VT —I I C.1 \M 4 -2 \/ 131 AB 4\' M i LLI I R) 6" TYP. GENERAL NOTES - CEILING DIMENSION PLAN A. FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. B. FOR CEILING LEGEND, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. FOR CEILING HEIGHTS, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. D. FOR CEILING KEYNOTES, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 6" TYP. TYP. LLI • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CEILING DIMENSION PLAN NORTH REVIEWED FOR \ CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AtIG 28 2008 BUILDING DIVIS,M RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMITCENTER DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: LLI 0 SiAti OF REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 06.25.08 CEILING DIMENSION PLAN SHEET NUMBER A2-2 CO CO 0 CD 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 CONTROL LINE DIMENSION 6 CLG. GRID DIMENSIbN CONTROL LINE LIGHT FIXTURES IN FITTING ROOM TO BE CENTERED ON BACK WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE (WHERE MIRROR IS SHOWN) OR PLACE CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE BACK WALL IF T —BAR INTERFERES. 3 3 4' -0" CLG. GRID EQ. VM EQ. Egm 131 OM 131 ELI 2'-0" TAR tii • RL I I II 0 131 RL • =MINIM 71 II II Ell NE RL 3' -0" 1 , • ■ I MI flElElfZELEN 4 CM] 0 "CLG. GRID E 11.1117 IGl in mom RL I!1 RL RL 1)=1 RL A A r A r As LYA s 22'-0" 4 1'P. 7 TT • 111111 1111 C.1 1 X T i J- S® 0 F cd ®SS.5 4'0 _ 1C. -I C c RL 1DSS.5 _ a) C. T 2 -8" I I 1C.11 1^ • N ®SS.5 ®SS.5 V.1 \ \ Y ' _II_ --II - Ak NYIM e rr PRIM OboU al L- V • V LI LI • • • r • r • r lo W= 0 l ora A • r w .. a. )7c, RL ► r• 1.I 1 _[K IN li! 2' B IMMII I H I� 1 a • r H O 1�1 RL i F, M ► EQ. I_ EQ. EQ. B 4, J B EQ. ci w B 4, EQ. \ \ EQ. 4, 4, B B I B \ —c c 9 -0° TYP. 4, 9 -10" TYP. B B EQ. I B 4' EQ. 2 " 1' -10" 12" 11 131 RL 2' -8" BB3 0 1 -10" EQ. RL B.3 0 B )1 I 3' -3" 0 H EQ. 2-0° 12" , Y 2 -0" 2' -0" 2-0" 4 -0" 7'-0" �O ci w 3 -0" RL r( RL X.1 0 ICI RL 131 RL I!1 RL - r a ch o I!1 RL RL RL ILI RL I?I RL RL U3� RL RL RL RL RL Jic RL I!1 RL N rA RL I!I RL 131 RL E RL RL 131 RL 131 RL 131 RL 131 RL I!I RL I!I RL 301 -0" RL C.1 ®SS.5 ®SS.5 Ii C.1; I C.1 -I F C.1 I nn SS.5 ED 1 -6' -1 30' -0" I!I RL C.1 RL 28' -0" RL 131 RL RL RL 2'-0" T START 1 6" I RL I!I RL RL V.1 10' On C.1 RL RL RL RL RL C - 1 I!I RL 13i RL I 31 RL RL RL RL I!I RL I!I RL M H I!I RL RL RL 131 131 0 RL RL I VT —I I C.1 \M 4 -2 \/ 131 AB 4\' M i LLI I R) 6" TYP. GENERAL NOTES - CEILING DIMENSION PLAN A. FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. B. FOR CEILING LEGEND, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. FOR CEILING HEIGHTS, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. D. FOR CEILING KEYNOTES, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 6" TYP. TYP. LLI • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CEILING DIMENSION PLAN NORTH REVIEWED FOR \ CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AtIG 28 2008 BUILDING DIVIS,M RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMITCENTER DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: LLI 0 SiAti OF REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 06.25.08 CEILING DIMENSION PLAN SHEET NUMBER A2-2 CO CO 0 CD 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 CONTROL LINE DIMENSION 6 CLG. GRID BREAK METAL TRANSOM 13 TYP. I ' BREAK METAL TRANSOM C 0 13 TYP. L • : :. .'.'.'.'.'. :. :. ' 3D 0 i 0 ■ P Q . EQ. r � / STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=V-0' B.O. BAN m Y m L40 Ar z •• 0 1 0 I DISPLAY 14' -10" T.O. MULLION SCALE: 1/4"=1 20' -11' 1 LAY-IN IN B.O. (E) METAL DECK 19'-4" B.O. (E) JOIST SIM. 7' -3" BACK OF STOREFRONT ELEVATION 6'-11° w z J J 0 u A 16-6" T.O. STOREFRONT ele 14' -10" B.O. DISPLAY SOFFIT 1/* 12 -0" B.O. MULLION / SIGN m no.sut rsnohsd) 1 w J a 0 BEYOND Q C I MALL 14' -10" B.O. DISPLAY 13' -5" B.O. STOREFRONT SOFFIT 0 12' -0" B.O. MULLION ! GYP.BD. SF. BAND LAY -IN 10' -0" B.O. BAND c 0 ' -0 " A.F.F 26 W1F/ZMItrOLI ��er'V''I AW2IMSAT/'!� —∎AW4 T.O. STOREFRONT 1$ 1 14' -10" T.O. MULLION 13' -0° B.O. DISPLAY SOFFIT A l2' -0" B.O. SIGN #1 B.O. SF BAND 0'-4" T.O. MULLION cl) 0' -0" F.F. 15' -6" STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"= 1-0" SCALE: 1/4 "= T.O. STOREFRONT 9' -6" B.O. SOFFIT A.F.F LAY -IN BREAK METAL TRANSOM 13 TYP. BACK OF STOREFRONT ELEVATION 14' -9" B.O. (E) MALL CLG. 40 10'-4" B.O. SOFFIT TYP. 8'-8" SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW WITH ILLUMINATED WALL 30 SECTION AT ENTRY " " EQ. OF MIRROR TYP.® REAK METAL TRANSOM EQ. Zoo 8'-8" L l BREAK METAL TRANSOM 7-O" I CHARLOTTE RUSSE SPACE EQ. EQ. 15' -0" CLR. OPENING 7' -11" BREAK METAL TRANSOM BEYOND 2 L TYP. I a o w Z J 0 J 0 u_ BREAK METAL TI ANSOM 8' -1" BREAK METAL TRANSOM One. JI I ENTRY' 8' -9" 000 35 BEYOND J I MALL CO EQ. 1 BREAK METAL TRANSCM k EQ. i A 15' -6" T.O. STOREFRONT —N,$ 14'-10" T.O. MULLION 12' -10" B.O. ENTRY SOFFIT Alb 1Z-0" B.O. SIGN #1 /B.O. SF BAND $ 9' -0° T. 0. DOOR A 0'- oil F.F. 20 • S15 -6" i T.O. STOREFRONT 14' -10° B.O. DISPLAY SOFFIT 12' -0" B.O. MULLION / SIGN 11-6" LAY -IN . 10' -0" B.O. BAND B.O. B.O. SOFFIT SCALE: 1 /2" =1' - 0" 6 14' -9' B.O. (E) MALL CLG. O LANDLORD /MALL LEASE UNE /POP -OUT LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. O NEUTRAL PIER, BY LANDLORD, REFER TO NEUTRAL PIER DETAILS. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAINT NEUTRAL PIER AS NEEDED. ® MAIN STOREFRONT SIGN #1. REFER TO DETAILS 1A7 -1, 2A7 -1 AND 3A7 -1. ® APPLIED VINYL GRAPHICS, SIGN #3. REFER TO DETAIL 4A7 -1. 0 LIGHT FIXTURE PER CEILING PLAN. SEE SHEET A2 -1. ® BREAK METAL SEAM LOCATION, SEE DETAIL 10cA4 -1. ® 3/4 "x3/4 "x1/8" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM CHANNEL REVEAL BETWEEN MALL N. PIER /BULKHEAD AND TENANTS FINISH. 08 MIRROR LOCATION. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3 AND DETAIL SHEET A5 -1. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. ® 1 /8" GLAZING AT UPPER DLO ONLY (SEE KEYNOTE 35 FOR LOWER DLO GLAZING THICKNESS) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. REFER TO SHEET A4 -1 FOR DETAILS. 10 PRE- MANUFACTURED GRILLE GUIDE COLUMN COVER WITH ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH (C.F.C.I) TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. FULL HEIGHT NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS. 11 CUSTOM HEIGHT TRANSLUCENT, BACKLIT WALL DISPLAY UNIT PROVIDED BY OWNER'S SPECIAL CONTRACTOR, r INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. I 12 NOT USED BLADE SIGN REFER TO DETAIL 9A7 -1, GC TO ATTACH PER LANDLORD'S DIRECTION. TEMPLATE TO GC SHOWING BOLTING PATTERN BY SIGN VENDOR. LIGHT FROSTED VINYL FILM AT NI SIDE OF UPPER TRANSOM PANELS. 3M FASARA: SH2MA MM. (NO SUBSTITUTE). 14 4 - #10 SCREWS STUD TO STUD TYPICAL. 15 ATTACH TRACK TO BEAM /STUD WITH 2 - #10 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. TYPICAL. 16 MALL BULKHEAD. GC SHALL ADD 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. AT BACK OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD FRAMING CONTINUOUS TO DECK AND FIRE SEAL AT DECK- IF REQ'D. 17 CONT. 150F12S -33 HAT CHANNEL WITH 2 - #10 EACH BRACE LOCATE AT MIDLENGTH OF BRACE. ® 3625162 -33 METAL FRAMING AT 16" ON- CENTER TRACKS SHALL BE 362T12S -43 MIN. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW STOREFRONT /SECTION KEYNOTES (SHEET A3 -1) 362S162-43 DIAGONAL BRACE @ 48" O.C. WITH (4) #10 SCREWS EACH STUD /JOIST TYP. UNO. SEE 22/A4 -4 FOR TOP CONNECTION. MALL STRUCTURE /DECK /STRUCTURE ABOVE. (V.I.F.) SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3. SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 2A4 -3, 3A4 -3, AND 5A4 -3. CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. METAL FINISH (C.F.C.I.) TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS. GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED ON WALLS AT 7' -8" A.F.F. (U.N.O.) G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AT WALL LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL 27A5 -1. SENSORMATIC HORN IS O.F.O.I. NOT USED. NOT USED. (E) MALL JOIST. G.C. TO INFILL SAW TOOTH MALL BULKHEAD AND SMOOTH OUT FINISH. ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN #2. REFER TO DETAILS 16A7 -1. NOT USED. SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON- CENTER, TYPICAL. REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. GLAZING CLIP BY G.C. (CF. CI.) SEE SEE DET. 24/A4 -1. TENANT'S G.C. TO VERIFY ATTACH METHOD WITH MALL OPERATION MANAGER PRIOR START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONT. ANGLE 1 1 /2 "Xl 1/2 "x16GA W/ #10 SCREWS EACH LEG, EACH STUD. 35 1/2" GLAZING AT LOWER DLO ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. REFER TO SHEET A4 -1 FOR DETAILS. 36 HEADER PER A4 -4. 37 600S162 -33 AT 16" O.C. TRACK TO BE MIN_ 600T125 -43. 38 2505125 -43 AT 16" 0.C. 39 6 - #12 SCREWS. 40 3 - #12 SCREWS TO HEADER. @ G.C. TO VERIFY IF EXISTING TUBE STEEL COLUMN CAN BE REMOVED PRIOR TO FURRING. @ 5/8" GYP. BD. BEHIND GLASS AT TOP OF TRANSOM. 10 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DELTA 1: DELTA 2: DELTA 3: 8807 CCRTL4 ,I StArt REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 06.10.08 06.25.08 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER A3 -1 OD OD C) z 0 F- 0 z Q 5 w J w 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0" F.F, SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" F.F. SCALE: 1/4"= 1 '- 0" OPEN i OPEN $ SEE RCP LAY -IN cow SEE RCP B.O. SOFFIT P1A) (P1A FITTING ROOM ELEVATION [I CASH WRAP ELEVATION PIA OPEN 2 TYP. P1A MOTHER STATION OPEN A o" ‘14h, I I Nlik I I`I \I I I I / / / - - I . I Nik, I 11 I / / N4lik, _ -. 1 4111,, / A O" - Nib, A O' 'Rik . AO" �/ AO' �I \I`lib,AO" Nib. .- "h 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: 1/4 "= INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: y4"= 1'- 0" OPEN OPEN DAUGHTER STATION #1 P108 it ri i I 13' -5° • B.O. DISPLAY %I 12'-0° / B.O. MULLION • 10 -0° B.O. BAND 4 B.Q. SOFFIT 10 -0° B.O. LAY -IN 14' -10° T.O. MULLION SIM /OPP. 0'-0" F.F. 24 25 / I I 10 -0" B.O. LAY -IN SCALE: 1/4"= 1 6'- B.O. GYP. BD. SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" 1 - , .0. LAY -IN 11' -6" B.O. LAY -IN 0 F.F. 11' -0° GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 10' -6" B.O. SOFFIT F.F. SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" P106 PIA P108 \ PIA P1A P1A P1A : P1A P1A F61 ) TYP. \. • o a FITTIN 30M / PIA 0 00 • 3' -0" TYP. FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OREN OPE • . FITTING ROOM ELEVATION FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OPEN_ TYP; cD } TYP. F61 ) TYP. gPEN OP EN 0 E OPEN OPEN OPEN P1A OPEN P1A P1A (pit P1A i , _ M F61 ) TYP. TYP. .OPEN_ OPEN i A3-3 TYP. CD P108 0 0 CD TYP 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9 -0° B.O. SO T 6'-6" B.O. GYP = D. B.O. LAY -IN 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT (t)0 19 4 a 11' -6" B.O. LAY -IN P1A � I ' 10 ' -9 " _.J B.O. WOOD / TRIM / ,I i 10'-6" B.O. SOFFIT F.F. SC • 1/4" 1 0" SCALE: 1/4"= 1 SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" 6' -6" 8.O. GYP. BD. DENIM WALL 11' -0° GYP. BD. 10' -0" B.O. LAY -IN 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0° F.F. 29 11' -0" I GYP. BD. ; ' I I ' 10' -9" 1 -;•+ B.O. SOFFIT/ 1 WOOD TRIM TYP. FITTING ROOM ELEVATION ACCESSORIES `'J K PIA INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA ( P107 TYP. TYP. \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ \ OPEN TO SHOE / \ / \ \ \ S ? -® 0 F DENIM WALL P107 P1A EQ. OF PUCK \a / \ a \ \ / \ \ / \ \I OPEN TO SAL1ES AREA / / \ 00 1z OF MIRROR EQ. ♦ P1A EQ.. y..'. _a_..:. _._..EQ c tt4d. t/ FOOTWEAR OF PUCK OF MIRROR EQ EQ. 0o0 0 0 11 PIA I _ T j M N OPEN �J (;6)1 TYP. N TYP. PIA 30 0' -0" F.F. P1A PIA O TYP. P1A TYP. • 13 10' -0" B.O. LAY -IN A3-3 10 P1A CD a PIA TYP. \ t p 14' -10" ■ '' 13' -5" B.O. DISPLAY \ 12' -0° B.O. MULLION r 1 10'_0" B.O. BAND \ B.O. B.O.50FFIT 13 T.O. MULLION PIA 12 PIA P1A P106 P106 P1A TYP. PIA Ono° 1 F.F. 11'-6" B.O. LAY -IN 10'-6" B.O. SOFFIT • TYP. 10' -9° B.O. WOOD 7 TRIM I I 10' -9° J ,I' B.O. SOFFIT .j I 10' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0" F.F. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES (SHEET A3 -2 ONLY) O SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON- CENTER, TYPICAL. REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. ® GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED AT 6' -9" A.F.F. ON DOOR (O.F.C.I.). GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED ON WALLS AT 7' -8" A.F.F. (U.N.O.) G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AT WALL LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL 27A5 -1. 3® LIGHTBOX (O.F.C.I.). O CASHWRAP (O.F.C.I.). SEE DETAIL 13A6 -1. ® MIRROR LOCATION. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL SHEET A5 -1. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. ®6 FITTING ROOM LOUNGE POLE IS O.F.C.I. ROD MOUNTED AT 5' -6" AFF. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. CADDY AT 5' -0" AFF. SEE DETAIL 16A6 -1. 3 O WALL COVERING IS O.F.C.I. GC SHALL PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING. ® PAINT DOOR AND FRAME OIL -BASED SEMI - GLOSS. ® CORNER GUARD IS O.F.C.I. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3. ® STRAPPING FOR STANDARDS. REFER TO DETAILS 12A4 -2. 11 STRAPPING FOR MIRRORS. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A5 -1. © LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14A4 -3 13 LEASE LINE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2'6 7008 PERMIT CENTER DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / SALES AND FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A3 -2 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 avAlAt ' GRAIN GRAIN 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0" F.F, SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" F.F. SCALE: 1/4"= 1 '- 0" OPEN i OPEN $ SEE RCP LAY -IN cow SEE RCP B.O. SOFFIT P1A) (P1A FITTING ROOM ELEVATION [I CASH WRAP ELEVATION PIA OPEN 2 TYP. P1A MOTHER STATION OPEN A o" ‘14h, I I Nlik I I`I \I I I I / / / - - I . I Nik, I 11 I / / N4lik, _ -. 1 4111,, / A O" - Nib, A O' 'Rik . AO" �/ AO' �I \I`lib,AO" Nib. .- "h 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: 1/4 "= INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: y4"= 1'- 0" OPEN OPEN DAUGHTER STATION #1 P108 it ri i I 13' -5° • B.O. DISPLAY %I 12'-0° / B.O. MULLION • 10 -0° B.O. BAND 4 B.Q. SOFFIT 10 -0° B.O. LAY -IN 14' -10° T.O. MULLION SIM /OPP. 0'-0" F.F. 24 25 / I I 10 -0" B.O. LAY -IN SCALE: 1/4"= 1 6'- B.O. GYP. BD. SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" 1 - , .0. LAY -IN 11' -6" B.O. LAY -IN 0 F.F. 11' -0° GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 10' -6" B.O. SOFFIT F.F. SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" P106 PIA P108 \ PIA P1A P1A P1A : P1A P1A F61 ) TYP. \. • o a FITTIN 30M / PIA 0 00 • 3' -0" TYP. FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OREN OPE • . FITTING ROOM ELEVATION FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OPEN_ TYP; cD } TYP. F61 ) TYP. gPEN OP EN 0 E OPEN OPEN OPEN P1A OPEN P1A P1A (pit P1A i , _ M F61 ) TYP. TYP. .OPEN_ OPEN i A3-3 TYP. CD P108 0 0 CD TYP 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9 -0° B.O. SO T 6'-6" B.O. GYP = D. B.O. LAY -IN 11' -0" GYP. BD. 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT (t)0 19 4 a 11' -6" B.O. LAY -IN P1A � I ' 10 ' -9 " _.J B.O. WOOD / TRIM / ,I i 10'-6" B.O. SOFFIT F.F. SC • 1/4" 1 0" SCALE: 1/4"= 1 SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" 6' -6" 8.O. GYP. BD. DENIM WALL 11' -0° GYP. BD. 10' -0" B.O. LAY -IN 9' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0° F.F. 29 11' -0" I GYP. BD. ; ' I I ' 10' -9" 1 -;•+ B.O. SOFFIT/ 1 WOOD TRIM TYP. FITTING ROOM ELEVATION ACCESSORIES `'J K PIA INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA ( P107 TYP. TYP. \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ \ OPEN TO SHOE / \ / \ \ \ S ? -® 0 F DENIM WALL P107 P1A EQ. OF PUCK \a / \ a \ \ / \ \ / \ \I OPEN TO SAL1ES AREA / / \ 00 1z OF MIRROR EQ. ♦ P1A EQ.. y..'. _a_..:. _._..EQ c tt4d. t/ FOOTWEAR OF PUCK OF MIRROR EQ EQ. 0o0 0 0 11 PIA I _ T j M N OPEN �J (;6)1 TYP. N TYP. PIA 30 0' -0" F.F. P1A PIA O TYP. P1A TYP. • 13 10' -0" B.O. LAY -IN A3-3 10 P1A CD a PIA TYP. \ t p 14' -10" ■ '' 13' -5" B.O. DISPLAY \ 12' -0° B.O. MULLION r 1 10'_0" B.O. BAND \ B.O. B.O.50FFIT 13 T.O. MULLION PIA 12 PIA P1A P106 P106 P1A TYP. PIA Ono° 1 F.F. 11'-6" B.O. LAY -IN 10'-6" B.O. SOFFIT • TYP. 10' -9° B.O. WOOD 7 TRIM I I 10' -9° J ,I' B.O. SOFFIT .j I 10' -0" B.O. SOFFIT 0' -0" F.F. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES (SHEET A3 -2 ONLY) O SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON- CENTER, TYPICAL. REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. ® GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED AT 6' -9" A.F.F. ON DOOR (O.F.C.I.). GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED ON WALLS AT 7' -8" A.F.F. (U.N.O.) G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AT WALL LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL 27A5 -1. 3® LIGHTBOX (O.F.C.I.). O CASHWRAP (O.F.C.I.). SEE DETAIL 13A6 -1. ® MIRROR LOCATION. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL SHEET A5 -1. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. ®6 FITTING ROOM LOUNGE POLE IS O.F.C.I. ROD MOUNTED AT 5' -6" AFF. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. CADDY AT 5' -0" AFF. SEE DETAIL 16A6 -1. 3 O WALL COVERING IS O.F.C.I. GC SHALL PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING. ® PAINT DOOR AND FRAME OIL -BASED SEMI - GLOSS. ® CORNER GUARD IS O.F.C.I. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3. ® STRAPPING FOR STANDARDS. REFER TO DETAILS 12A4 -2. 11 STRAPPING FOR MIRRORS. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A5 -1. © LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14A4 -3 13 LEASE LINE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2'6 7008 PERMIT CENTER DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 STORE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / SALES AND FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A3 -2 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA M 0 R . G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 COR7LAN,D STATE OF REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 STANDARD WALL SECTIONS/ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLANS SHEET NUMBER A3 -3 oo CO 0) z 0 w F- w FLUORESCENT O 0 © 6 6 3 ti 3 0 SEE RCP LIGHTS TO BE O T-6" l � ti �f - ' ' 1 -0" , , + INSTALLED TIGHT TO SOFFIT /HEADDER. TYP. SEE RCP V 0 SEE RCP ® 'SIM. 1 x • . Y " 1 z �� � ®i�� ., ` • $ _ ��► W' i g I - I - LAY - NCP \ LAY - N ( LAY-IN - • . • Y • - ' PIA> SEE RCP B.O. SOFFIT ! ' I � x \ P1A( = I ��� �® ,E, P1A? \ / ; P1A) SEE RCP GYP. BD. \ SEE RCP 40 C12, , P1A 11 TYP. - . . , , EQ. 2 -0" \' GYP. BD. B.O. SOFFIT / / 7' -0' 0 2 11 0 TYP. PIA EQ. ,....______ 11 TYP eo 'PIA 12" %' PIA ( - 1 -01-0° TYP. TYR 3' -0" 11' ® 13 NOTES: ELECTRICAL INSTALL PL REGISTER' BACKWRAP. THESE PULL STRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION CHARLOTTE AND EQUIP THESE PULL INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGISTER INSTALLER ARRIVAL - 0 EQ. EQ. / / O ;P10 ( / � PiA � BEYOND O 15 3 f - rt, 0'-0" _ 0 8 SALES I I CASHWRAP I I_CASHWRAP I (J I SALES I - I I- - I I- (F61 I / \ ( F61( -0° ( F61 \ AL 0' 4- rh F -0" F.F. F. SECTION AT DENIM WALL / FRAME WALL 26 CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP ELEVATION 21 SECTION AT FOOTWEAR WALL 1 1 WALL SECTION AT DISPLAY WALL SCALE: 1/2 "= 1'- 0" SCALE: 1/2 "= 1'- 0" SCALE: 10= 1' O" SCALE: 1/2 "= 1' - 0" NTS MIN. O WALL SECTION KEYNOTES ( SHEET A3-3 ONLY) 10 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON- CENTER, TYPICAL REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. ® FOR WALL FINISH SEE A1-2 AND A3 -2. 30 SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEILING. 40 ACRYLIC LAY -IN TILE(S). SET IN "WHITE" METALLIC FINISH CEILING GRID. O CASHWRAP SOFFIT LIGHTS. ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, SHEET A2 -1. 0 MIRROR PER FIXTURE PLAN, SHEET A1-3. O A6 -1 CASHW RAP AND BACK CABINET (O.F.C.I.), REFER TO MILLWORK SHEET g GARMENT PUCK. O.F.C.L- G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING. 10 GYP. BD. COLUMN COVER BY GC. 11 3" x 3" CONT. CORNER ANGLE, TYPICAL 12 (NOT USED) m l SEE RCP cm � SIM. _ $ SEE RCP S 0 ` ° co P LL SIDE u s 24' LAY -IN (P1A� EXTERIOR DOOR as•MIN. 48' 48' MIN.. PULL SIDE SIDE . " • { 1 SEE RCP 1 t � �� 18' _ \ INTERIOR DOOR o 11 TYP. GYP. BD. " 5 ° �. ' `1 MIN. �� � = MIN. �� � I EQ. EQ 10 \ _ / (PIA) 9 PIA / / / � Lr 11/ i l i. 1 12' PROVIDE THIS .i.-3P- `� PUSH SIDE � f * 10 ADDITIONAL SPACE IF THE DOOR HAS 1 Th AN cv - m mo t° -- c i - m - co � * � , ; � � �r � �._ ) E 11" I / EQ. EQ. g „� I I I I 14 - CLOSER A CLOSER PROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL. SPACE IF DOOR IS EQUIPPED W/ BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES / / / 13 / PUSH SIDE FRONT APPROACH TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES DOORS AT OPPOSITE WALLS LATCH APPROACH * 48' MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER _ 0' -0" APPROACH ® VERTICALLY MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIPS BY LIGHTBOX MFR. SEE RCP. 14 ILLUMINATED WALL UNIT BY OWNER'S VENDOR. INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE SHEET Al -3. ® G.C. TO PROVIDE CONT. BRIDGING /BACKING FOR ILLUMINOUS WALL SUPPORT BRACKETS AT HEIGHT INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 4 2... SEW F OR CODE � ® ..... AUG 2 8 ZO8 � �� 1 �� 1. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 INCHES AND 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL, OPERATED WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. L DOORS SHALL OPERATE SIMILARLY, EXCEPT THAT WHEN BOLT AND UNLATCHING OPERATION IS KEY OPERATED FROM CORRIDOR OR EXTERIOR SIDE OF UNIT DOOR, LARGE BOW KEYS (2 INCH) FULL BOW OR 1 1/4 INCH (HALF BOW) SF PROVIDED IN LIEU OF LEVER TYPE HARDWARE ON THE CORRIDOR SIDE. SEPARATE DEAD LOCK ACTIVATION ON ROOM SIDE OF CORRIDOR DOORS IN HOTELS OR MOTELS SHALL HAVE LEVER HANDLE OR LARGE THUMB TURN IN AN EASILY REAL )N, 2. EVERY REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAY SHALL BE OF A SIZE AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET IN WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6 FEET, 8 INCHES IN HEIGHT. WHEN INSTALLED IN EXIT DOORWAY: S SHALL BE CAPABLE OF' OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE EXIT WAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES. 3. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING WIDTH SHALL BE MEASURED WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS SHALL MEET THIS OPENING WIDTH REQUIREMENT. REVOLVING DOORS SHALL NOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. 4. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLE TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 5. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10 INCH HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR. 6. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT, WITH 1/4 INCH MAXIMUM VERTICAL CHANGE AT EDGE. MAXIMUM BEVEL ALLOWED IS 45 DEGREES. (P1A ( BEYOND 15 % �F61 ;BEYC \ r - / F61 \ Ffi1 I (f �0' - 0" SEE SHEET \ SEE SHEET / �-. `I' F.F. r �� �� F.F. / Al -1 / Al -1 A.D.A. DOOR CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS $ SECTION AT ACCESSORIES WALL SALES AREA COLUMN ELEVATION SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 1/2 "= 1'- 0" - f SCALE: 112 " = I' 0" of 0 PLATE A.F.F. Pik ING D S ±ON I FULL- HEIGHT WALL TYPICAL FITTING ROOM KEYNOTES NOTES: OVER TOP OF PARTITION. POLICY SIGN, T,O, SIGN +5' -0" A.F.F. (C.F.C.F.). 27 fi- 5/8" GYP. BD. 0/ 3 5/8 MTL WRAP WALL COVERING AND UNDER BOTTOM J 0 PROVIDE 6" x 16 GA. STL BACKING BEHIND GYP. BD., ® 24" x 60" x 1/4" POLISHED GLASS MIRROR WITH ® WOOD BASE WITH BEAD OF SILICONE AT WALL TO BASE. TYP., AT HOOK AND BAR. POLISHED /EASED EDGE. NOTE: WALL COVERING EXTENDS BEHIND MIRROR. 0 FITTING ROOM BENCH. i t ® CLOTHES BAR /HOOK. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. Q WALL BUMPER AT DOOR KNOB. 10 TREND AND INFO. SIGN 8 1/2" x 11" ® (NOT USED) WALL SCONCE. SEE DETAIL 26A5 -1. 7 5'- I � 0 PUCK 0 A.F.F., TYP. t"1 POLICY SIGN. ( 4' -0" A.F.F., TYP, FOR ADA) - 1' -0" 1 1/4 R. DOOR PUCK SEE DETAILS / 7A5-1 AND STUDS, TYP. (DBL. STUDS AT WALL _1" TYP, 2' -' 1/4° R.O. 4" FITTING ROOM DOOR HOOK (HW17) SEE 0 A 1 INTERSECTIONS). $ 1/2" X 11" TREND AND INFO. SIGN. SEE DETAIL 7A5 -1. 27 0 _ �. ---�� 226 -1. \Afi -1.� 6 - SEE SHEET A6-1. ,` PUCKENTYP, DETAIL 26A5 1. /ix ` � POLICY SIGN, BAR, SEE DETAIL 8A5 -1. SEE NOTE _ ' J ca a I DF ALL/ TYP. C L OP BACK WALL! MIRROR 0 ® np 0 0 1 W71 42 BELOW. WALL BUMPER AT P I MIRROR \ �, ° ;r� / ■ _ : 1-p° \ \ / OP,N \ / ; \ / 01 /, \ 1 • • • -.. • . . .. Q. i EQ. / \ T.O. SIGN +5' -0" (C.F.C.F.). DOOR KNOB LEVEL FITTING ROOM BENCH 11 ' EQ.. EQ. r :. • I / ALIGN • - • - • - • - I OF MIRROR WITH WALL UCK (np) SEE SHEET A1-1 FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND. • - EQ1=d _ _ OWN r . BY MILL VENDOR. G.C. ( S12 a SHALL PROVIDE N BACKING PER DETAIL 30A6 -1. 1' -0 A6 -1 / 29 A6- 29 6 1 - - 9 \ \ : / / • ..- . : - • - \ ` \ �\ a `• _ • k l b m 1 _ ` 1 ` \ r PUCK. TYP. • �■ WRAP SIDE OF WALL WITH WAINSCOT. REFER TO SHEET l -2. • • _ -_ = -_ _ . • t ` _ - / • .� .O -: ` � / r . ' . f \ ® .. •' • A .....-*-1- o.i.�:� : : • ; 10 . UNDER PARTITION, SEE DETAIL 7A4 -2. NOTES: PROVIDE A CONT, CAULK JOINT SIGN, AND BAR AND HOOK. SEE DETAIL 14A3 - 3. p CL n ® 1 BAR, SEE SHEET FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND, 2' -0" f �� AL GN MIRROR WITH WALLS AROUND MIRROR, POLICY FOR TYPICAL ELEVATION, MIRROR, APPLY w /ADHESIVE, SEE NOTE BELOW. iv \ • 6' -4" A5 -1, (O.F,C,I,). \ SIDE WALL ' F61 0 0 FRONT WALL SIDE • 6 BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. Os 0 F61 F61 ' FRONT WALL SIDE WALL F6 1 TYP. SIDE WALL BACK WALL 0 0 \ \ ELEVATION WALL BACK WALL " 8 -4 8 1/2 X 11 TREND AND INFO. SIGN. SEE DETAIL 6A5-1. / / TYPICAL DUAL - HEIGHT FOUNTAIN 29 , ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 2 4 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 "= l' -0° 4 ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM PLAN 9 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM PLAN 4 SCALE: 3/8" =1' - 0" SCALE: 1/2 "= l' - O" SCALE :1/4° =1' -0" • SCALE:1 /2" = l' - 0' CEI LING GENERAL NOTES- RESTROOM A D ,l C� .��.� �� lb...._--",..._---..._---- T _� c •TOILET: • RECEPTACLE OUTLETS: I PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND LIQUID SOAP I I O pi " WHITE VITREOUS CHINA SIPHON ACTION BOWL: CLOSE ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS DISPENSER, MAX HEIGHT IS 40' AFF. - _ E PERMIT RECEIVER KVIA C �� p AUG 6 Z006 CENTEF H H H H B L COUPLED TANK WITH OLSONITE #95 WHITE ELONGATED THAN 15• AFF. SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ETC. USED TO SEAT, NO COVER, WMT1 STAINLESS HINGES; 1.5 GALLON OPERATE LIGHTS, HEATING /COOLINNENTILATION EQPT. j DOOR STOP (WALL MOUNTED). 1 C E II I '- I L CAPACITY; FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE OPERATED BY SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS THAN 36' AND NO MORE OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE THAN 4$' AFF. K SHEET VINYL FLOOI CONT. TO 6" A.F.F., TYP. SEE OF 3LBF, OPERABLE WITHOUT EXCESSIVE BODY FORCE. DETAIL 22aA4 Q ' • RESTROOM KEYNOTES HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF TANK L SEMI -GLOSS PAINTS dISH ON 5/8° GREEN BOARD, O O I R R C SEE PLUMBING DWGS. • GRAB BARS: A B D E F G H BRAILLE SIGNAGE (WHERE REQUIRED }. 3' - 0' X T - 0' DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. M WHITE TRIM LIGHT ADA REQUIREMENTS. SEE EL CTRICAL DRAWL GS N 1 - 1P2' 0 S.S. OP OF BAR 33' AFF, TYP. SEE DETAIL: RESTROOM SIGNAGE ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. SEE I I DETAIL 22A4-1. o FLOOR DRAIN. SEE ANICALIPLUMBING DRAWINGS. 20 x 36" MIRROR (MIRROR AND TOWEL /SOAP p MOP HOLDER, WHET OCCURS. SEE FIXTURE F DISPENSERS, MAX 40' AFF, TOP OF MIRROR AT 74' MIN. AFF). ALL MIRRORS SHALL BE SAFETY GLAZED Q TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. TO CONFORM AND PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFE I Y COMMISSION R GC SHALL PROVIDE (2) SURFACE MOUNTED SPECIFICATION 42I= 81428;16 CPR, PART 1201 STANDARDS WITH (3)12'x 36' WHITE MELAMINE CRITERIA II. SHELVES MOUNTED ABOVE TOILET IN RESTROOM(S). LOWEST SHELF AT 6' 8' AFF. REQUIRED CODE 24' HT. CLR., INSULATE PIPE AS REQUIRED MAINTAIN PER F �• �,.-, • _ w , • 51. / I © \ M 39" MIN. - 41" MAX. © E 1 / M �� ; \ 1 112'0 STAINLESS STEEL, SPACE BETWEEN WALL AND GRAB BAR 1 1/2'; BARS MAY NOT ROTATE. • ACCESSORIES: 1 I i c o 1 In \ c a I '� '' \ \ f , '_ . sl= \ \ W R 0" 05' 0 X 21 ' - _ p \ c ~ o ALL OPERABLE PARTS TO BE 40' MAX A.F.F. TOWEL/SOAP DISPENSERS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 40' AFF. TOILET PAPER HOLDER ROLLS TO BE WITHOUT. • LAVATORY: 3'_6" MAX. 12" MAX. A 48 CLR, MIN. J 1' -5' MI I I \ \ / D " 30 C I '� \ \ (C.) N 4 / 1 / ! j „ 1 iO = 1 STRAINER, ANGLE SUPPLIES SUPPORT AND P -TRAP VITREOUS CHINA TOP COUNTER LAVATORY WITH BRASS FOR LAVATORY MUST BE A TIME LIMIT STOP FAUCET FROM 15 TO 20 SEC. TO CONTROL FLOW AND TEMPERATURE NOT TO EXCEED 100 °F TO ° F. FAUCET CONTROLS REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO OPERATE CONTROLS IS TO EXCEED 5 L PUSH-TYPE IS VALVES AN EXAMPLE OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGN. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE REQUIRED IF FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ALLOWED UNDER SINK INSULATE OR COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN x a C 3 \ C I ° 711 I ' 28 " MIN sti Q M _ � C � . T O I i - R ' ] Wi B C ] 24" MIN. I F K / 1 2" MAX / K ,' I : 1 , 1 1 7 , rn I I Q 2 m a' i� " �' \ , ' I 1 IV ,� NO USED . HOSE BIBB. SEE PLUMBING D NGS. K r ° n ' in T DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE ELEVATION 29A3-3. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FD(TURE, • E C. LING U 1 -1/2" 0 S.S. GRAB BAR, BOTTOM OF BAR 39" AFF MIN. 1270 MAX. 42" '' " 18 MIN. \ \ �` 1/4 MINI, 48' MIN. CLR. PIPES. / / �{ 7'-0s A WATER CLOSET LAVATORY B / C D SEE PLUMBING DWGS. / fi TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM ELEVATIONS P. RESTROOM PLAN SCALE :112° =1' - 0° A. 4. r A A A. .4. A. A. ,' . SCALE: 1/2 = 1' - 0' DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA M 0 R . G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 COR7LAN,D STATE OF REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 STANDARD WALL SECTIONS/ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLANS SHEET NUMBER A3 -3 oo CO 0) z 0 w F- w "x NOMINAL D00' DIM. 3/8" HEADER. 6 BREAK METAL / MFR. a 1 �� r ���e —� r F87 o 9 METAL COVER ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE PER MFR.'S RECS, BY (E) BULKHEAD GC. L40 15 METAL COL. ENCLOSURE F88 BY GC; FINISH 'L40' NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS 1' -0" RECOMMENDATIONS. _ : cv I ` � ' I I , I , a ��. ► TYP. I `� COVER. DOOR HEAD °` \ II (E) BEAM OR STRUCTURE 5/8 WHITE CEILING HOOK WITH DRYWALL TOGGLE AT 4 LOCATIONS FOR EACH GRID, BY GC. DRYWALL CEILING Ii iI ABOVE (V.I.F.). DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. 2 SEALANT I I / 6x4x1/4"x4" LONG s 1 /2" PLATE AT FLOOR w/ BOTH SIDES w /(1) 3/4 �� MACHINE BOLT IN OF 1 1 /2" LONG SLO ED + � T.O. STOREFRONT TOP PIVOT BEYOND. (MALL) . a _I r \ r I (4) EXP. BOLTS, REFER _ FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. 1D TO 6A4 -1, WELD TOGETHER. SEE SHEET 1/2" 1/2 PLATE WITH 1 /2" '(' EXPANSION HILT ANCHORS KWIKBOLT EXPA #4627) PER VERTICAL O HOLE AT OOINT. ", , A4 -4 FOR DETAILS. I ��� r I - • . • - _ --- -' - - . II T.S. COL. 4x4x5/16 TYP. I TOP RAIL WITH PIVOT HOUSING. 1 2" CLEAR TEMPERED i � PLAN \ INTERIOR TUBE STEEL COLUMN. DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS TYPICAL (MEAD SIMILAR). 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL "� i i: -' rz. i : AL S T.O. MULLION _, 7 7 \ 3 1 • / 6 ALUMINUM STORE FRONT NOTE: HEAD I :.. I 1 SYSTEM BY GC. TS COL. 4x4x1/4 . _ . - • . •. I.�'.. ":.. ". : °:: : 10" BLOCKING (FIRE NON- SHRINK GROUT ON MIN. 4" THICK CONCRETE SIMILAR \ :.:_ .: ,. r•::::: - ° ' . .�: j .:, :. ' " = GLAZING AT DOOR = • = r = \ ■ 4'' �� SLAB (MIN.). (STORE) SEE CLG. PLAN I f peg DISPLAY SOFFIT .. ... , , 6A4 1/2 GLASS DOOR AND 1/2" TREATED) " GYP. BEHIND TOP - q - .:L a • . 4 r e e a d: ° \ w -1 • w� L IL I ° \ � o e . ° L ii _\ 1 q • SEE ' F87 ��5 AT 11 OC, PAT OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. FOR FITTING ROOMS DOOR FINISH REFER TO A6 -1. s TRANSOM -- • • . ° ° p - 0 ° v. ' a . - .. • 4. e 4 • " • a 4 e • e •• BOTTOM RAIL, SEE 17A4 -1 AND 27A4 -1. /^ CEILING PANEL/GRID PER CEILING PLAN. STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD 26 CEILING PANEL HOOK 21 KNOCK DOWN H.M. DOOR JAMB 1 6 STOREFRONT VALANCE 1 1I STOREFRONT T.S. COLUMN PLAN AT ENTRY COLUMN SCE" ~1 1 '� - T T T T 7 T ' 7 SCALE: HALF -SIZE SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 3 -- 1 - 0 SCALE: 3 =1 - 0 SCALE: 3 =1 - 0 SIGN SPEC: BRAILLE SPECS: NOMINAL DOOR IM. (E) MALL BULKHEAD ALUM. BREAK METAL COVER ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE PER MFR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS V G.C. 1/2" GLAZING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. 1 ALUM ' R ONE LAYER OF 5/8" FIRE - CODE GYP BD16" ABOVE CLG.). PAINT GYP. BD. (.). P1A (E) MALL STRUCTURAL COLUMN ENCLOSU - . 4 �. 2 BY GC; FINISH L40 " e CONTRACTED GRADE 2 1/8" THK. SIGN PANEL • -1 /1 O"a.c. EACH •WHITE CHARACTERS ON CELL BLUE FIELD -2/10" BETWEEN (FED. STD, COLOR 15090) :AFFIX CELLS DHE TO DOOR w PERM. - D MIN. 1 /40" • WHERE INDICATE SIGN, ! — ( 15' fi" 10a r ©L. 3 STUDS TOETH , ° METAL FRAMING/ BACKING 5/8 " A 2 DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDU j M .O. T.O. A4 -1 (2) -518" TTACK WEELD GE R R FER T FLO - .. Aft LAY OUT PLAN. ,_ DETAI •YOU PLA 1 X X X I X CONT. MTL. BLOCKING I. SIGN #1, 12' - 0" I — I 5/8" MOISTURE w ii 3 5/8" x 25 GA. METAL STUD NECESSARY. RESISTANT GYP. BD. 1 /4 ALUM. ` r a :-.‘. 1 6 TALL _ DBL. 20 GA. STUDS AT SIMILAR). "J" : I . \ ALUMINUM STOREFRON O E INSTALLED BY G.C. 1/2" GLAZING u_ ! I j • / ■ u � 11 II INT L ��� j j j a : PIA k SYMBOL IN WHITE ,i a LI- 1" HIGH BRAILLE NOTE: HEAD N a: MOLDING AND 1 /4 CONT. SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES CORNER BEAD, TYP. 28 / B.O. SIGN #1 /B.O. SF BAND WHITE GRAPHICS ON CHARCTERS: BLUE BACKGROUND • 'MEN • WOMEN NOTE: MOUNT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. c m 15 ALUMINUM STOREFRON SYSTEM BY G.C. 1 4 -4 IM. HOLLOW METAL FRAME (THREE-PIECE) WITH (3) SIMILAR JAMB ANCHORS MIN., PAINT OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. f / ' BREAK METAL OVER SUBTRATE BY GC. A4 -1 i ITENANTI BREAK METAL HDR. FINISH BY GC. 1 GLA • EL W M L ' D rMALL 1 MEN'S/WOMEN'S ADA DOOR SIGNAGE 22 HOLLOW METAL DOOR JAMB 1 7 SECTION AT SIGNBAND 12 CORNER STOREFRONT MULLION COLUMN WRAP AT DISPLAY AREA SCALE: I" =1' - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" =1' - 0" 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING. ALUMINUM 1/2" BUTT JOINT II DOOR TYPE REFER R O TO -O" — — ^ 15' - 6" GRID PLAN • M � L AD. • __ A. TUD � 16 D.C. I 11 T.O. STOREFRONT SIM. 14 - 1D ° STOREFRONT SYSTEM Al A4 -1 S SEALANT REFER TO FLOOR R5 ER LAYOUT nt. ?, � 4 " CONT. 1/4" SEALANT AND BACKER ROD T.O. MULLION I , FLOOR PLAN AND SCHEDULE. L40 i• H. -.�— �° 2 1/2" x 25 GA. METAL STUD FURRING, TYP. FLAT STUD AS NECESSARY. _ "x "x / � 3 6 3/8" HEADER. SHIM PIECE w/ CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER .1 ROD. I ONE LAY ER OF FI-CO. " ° 1- S I I= L _ r - 1 . ABO VE CLG.) FINISH PER ELEVATION. (E) MALL STRUCTURA \ 4 5/8" GYP. BD. ;TREATED WOOD KING' MATCH . FRONT SADDLE THRESHOLD (WHEN OCCURS)- SET IN SEALANT. SHEET VINYL FLOORING, FEATHER UP FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED CREATE FLUSH CONDITION \ CC COLUMN (V.I.F.). GRID - �. -� BREAK METAL COL. COVER W /F.T. BACKING AS REQUIRED FINISH L40 (MATCH OREFRONT) HEADER PER STRUCT. DOOR TOP RAIL WITH BEHIND GLASS AT TOP TRANSOM 13' - 5° \ o °G GARMENT PUCKS, WHERE II - 3 5/8" STUDS, BRUSHED ALUMINUM FINISH. (2) TRACK WELDED T REFER TO"''' SHEET A4 -4. 15 16'-' �LJ_� 1 OCCURS PER FIXTURE PLAN. GC SHALL PROVIDE � I - ..,. , .. a . -� .. .,, �� � C ®NIP i AUG 2 BACKING. CORNER BEAD, TYP. j � B.O. DISPLAY SOFFIT LEASEUNE 10 a A4 -1 ���� 4c�.>a MIRRORS, WHERE OCCURS O — 26 _ �, � \ AT THRESHOLD (MIN. 3' TRANSITION ~rte ~��r� / 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. 0/6 x 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 16" 0.c.- TYP. PER FIXTURE PLAN. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. �� /� ) . ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - . • . : . ° . - .. -,;• :. }.:::.:: ,,....:. • 1 2" CLEAR TEMPERED A4 - 1 GLAZING. 4 4 -. • e • 4 • r..: e : ,:...... ... __. , a e • .. f ° •. • ' ' . Al ... - e : :. (E) CONCRETE SLAB. �� Tu I � �I G Mg O A4 -1 f 1/ " METAL GLAZING MATCH STOREFRONT CLIP TO ALUMINUM FINISH DOOR SILL THRESHOLD SECTION AT STOREFRONT VALANCE CENTER STOREFRONT MULLION 8 ALES AREA COLUMN 3 ALUMINUM DOOR HEAD 28 SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 1 1/2" = V - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" / ELEVATION ,� RUBBER (NP.) NEOPRENE GASKET [ V . ` f, f . 4 1/2" LANDLORD /MALL LEASE 3/4" 1 3/4 ' "MAX. I ! 1 /8 CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL EACH SIDE. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT LINE /POP -OUT LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 1 TEMPERED I TENANT - /8" GLASS AT TOP DLO. MALL ( i •• I , - / BLACK GASKET " 2 ANOD. ALUM. SYSTEM BY GC. 4" CENTER GLAZED SYSTEM SF SYSTEM. I TENANT �� ill 3/4" REVEAL /NEUTRAL 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED MALL I GLAZING. (TENANT) / � CONT. "• J EXPANSION CEMENT '\I BOTTOM CORNER PIVOT WITH BOTTOM PIVOT , '.+ I , A A PIER, DY LANDLORD, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAINT NEUTRAL PIER AS NEEDED. CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. METAL FINISH C.F.C.I.) TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY /CLOSER �,�� ./ 1 BRUSHED ALUM. FINISH�� (TENANT I MALL I FLOOR PIVOT (90• HOLD I^ I ' OPEN) WITH DUSTLESS THRESHOLD j ' w n J FLOOR SLEEVE. I 1/2" TEMPERED BOTTOM DLO. �raivaviuuaaiaaaiviaaiaaaiioaaumiu miaiaumauiaiairiuuviiaiaaaaeaaiaiaiue 1 I 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM BREAK METAL BY GC. " � ' 0 TYPICAL SEAM AT STOREFRONT FINISH FLOOR x c.� ��� FINI FLOOR a w 0 ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE TYPICAL FOR ALL WINDOW MUWON APPLICATIONS. I , III I�''' III• '. 1 " TEMPERED �J - BLACK GASKET i�J , w��� » »��+ j 1 /2 TEMP. GLAZING* MALL G.C. L40 /2 GLASS AT BOTTOM DLO �' �. �* - '. .• r �:_h'.z > '- � • : h W , : PLAN CLIP � ���j 1 j T � - \ I - CONT. SEALANT TYP. - . a • • Z1: v • d . d v . d . d a • p d 44 d METAL GLAZING TO MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH *1/8" TEMP. GLAZING AT TOP DLO. EQ• HORIZONTAL ---- - - ---- VIM% 10 51M. 1 / 2" EQ• / I a TYPICAL REVEAL AT STOREFRONT " CONTINOUS 1 /8 MAX. FINE CAULKING BEAD, FURRING AS ` 4 1/2" MULLION COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL ALL SEAM f - — 4 CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SF SYSTEM INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE SPECIFICATION FINISH FLOOR STOREFRONT DOOR SILL 29 TYPICAL GLAZING CLIP AT BUTT JOINT SCALE: FULL - SIZE 24 ALUMINUM SF MULLION I 9 I NECESSARY. I F.T. SHIM LOCATIONS. SCALE: FULL - SIZE SCALE: HALF - SIZE O TYPICAL SEAM AT STOREFRONT I 3 5/8" x 25 GA. STANDARD MTL. FURRING CITY OF TUMMLA I I APPLICATIONS. I ` I 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM BREAK METAL BY GC. I ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE TYPICAL FOR ALL I l:J TYPICAL OUTSIDE CORNER SEAM Od 1/8"MAX. CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL ALL SEAM LOCATIONS. 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM 15 AUG 2 62008 I I A4 -1 � I ' PERMIT CENTER I1 Io BREAK METAL BY GC. • ,: ; ,7.. - r'y'.:�. . y: -- _ - h • �. � � �� • .. • : `r '� ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE T YPICAL FOR ALL APPLI CATIONS. 1/2" GLAZING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. REFER TO SHEET A4 -1 FOR DE TAILS. I I — — — — ® TYPICAL INSIDE CORNER SEAM Q • a s1 . - . ^ M1 �1 • • • NOTES: ALL BREAK METAL AND ALUMINUM STOREFFRONT SYSTEMS AND GLAZING BY GC. NO EXCEPTIONS TO DETAIL. ■ STOREFRONT BASE MULLION 15 TYPICAL BREAK METAL DETAILS 10 PLAN AT NEUTRAL PIER 5 SCALE: HALF -SIZE SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" SCALE: FULL -SIZE DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 DELTA 3: 06.25.08 STOREFRONT GLAZING / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -1 co oo co C) z 0 z w w VINYL FLOORING, - NOTE: F FOR WIRE TIE CONNECTIONS FOR WALL TYPE REFER V V N TO SHEET Al -1. T T S SUSPENDED GYP. BD. T q M MTL. S STUD COMPRESSION DETAIL 13A4 -2. I SALES FLOOR I I D CONT. SEALANT. I I M x 'NIA x x I I S LINE OF WOOD TRIM ABOVE / 3° M MPWAR I : F _ _ _ 6 - 1 `_ ' F SEE CEILING PLAN 2 SEE CEILING PLAN 5 / ' I y a tn ° - 6" HIGH X %" G •. S TRIM -CLEAR ANOD. FINISH. P :x A 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. r- - -� B 'M' T #12 G AND POLISH FOR / SEAL ( . r .. -r••-. - • .. - r m ` i` 2 25 GA MIN. MTL. FRAMING ` A rI ( #12 G \ ( I C _ � ? S CONT. 20 GA. ANGLE AT ` 3/4 WOOD FRAME /TRIM BY 1 MI TYPE ' INSIDE CORNER OF WALL. � 31-0" R II r OFFSET LIGHT FIXTURE ON � W U U t �1 � t. P SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PANEL SEE SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL FINISH _ M x. �. y - S SEE CEILING PLAN C PERIMETER SPACER BAR TEL: 800.236.5230. G GAP PER G.C. INSTALL WALL G FITTING S SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEIL N A PAPER BEHIND THE WOOD R TRIM VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION 2 26 B BASE D DETAIL PLAN OF WOOD TRIM 1 16 I IGHT TRACK AT SUSPENDED CEILING 1 1 1 S SECTION AT CEILING SOFFIT T TYP. LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEM SCALE: FULL-SIZE S SCALE: 3 1 0 A ALE: 3" 1 0 S SCALE: 3 1 0 S SCALE: 3 " 1 0 C • F " A .' ` t MTL. S STUD COMPRESSION S STRUT FOR WIRE TIE CONNECT ONS I I EXISTING STEEL TRUSS TOP • SEE CEIUNG _ SUSPENDED GYP. BD. M STOCK) I I I I I �� ���' A (1) LAYER 5/8 GYP. BD. CEILING SYSTEM, ( NW■ _ _ r r.. A ` N _ C 1 G 6 " W - -- t I , R I I FLOOR PLAN AND DOOR - t: F FRP WAINSCOT S PLAN _ WIRE TIRES- PROVIDE MIN. 1 �. " " METAL EDGE TRIM. � \ . I1� ( ELEVATIONS. ' _ _ �.. m m I ' I W SEE CEILING / I \ WIDE VINYL STRIP TOP C CHORD CONNECTION A HANGER WIRE ` ` `., / A $" GYPSUM BOARD PLAN SHEET A2 -2 6�i���i� S SEE CEIUNG H SMOOTH DRYWALL F r T ` J i 1 tiio 1 " S SMOOTH r 1B J C REFER TO Al -1 V f f VINYL TILE FLOORING PER F , , j — E 'JIF E' i DAL-SEAL TS SINGLE SH T A4 -3 SIM. 6 ® COVED VINYL b b RUBBER /VINYL R C I C CONT BOTTOM TRACK US ` A ° PREPARE SLAB TO RECEICE ® i ;: A ��, 77// 7 74`' . J 1.. S SEL DRILLING EYE LAG F VI NYL FLOORING B M Mink E NOTE: �'� C W WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, P R ROOMS EXISTING STEEL TRUSS I CHANNELS AT 48 "o.c. MAX. LINE OF WALL WOOD I L J J SHEET A2 -1 C TRIM W TIRES- PROVIDE MIN. D DI E ENSIGN PLAN (A2 2) A SALES AREA ( I 1 VINYL TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION V 7 . VINYL BASE DETAILS , , D DETAIL OF WOOD TRIM AT CEILING H � 7 B SECTION AT BAND T TYP. GYP. BD. CEILING SUSPENSION ' T S BOTTOM C CHORD CONNECTION HANGER WIRE S SCALE: FULL -SIZE S SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" S . 2 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" S SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" S SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" RUBBER TILE, REFER TO A PROVIDE SEALANT CHORD OF TRUSS 11 8 8 " _ _ 35/8" x25 GA. 1 - , WITH BACKER F FOR TRANSITION LOCATION 2 EXISTING DECK ABOVE. x a (E) BOT. C . r _ _ T T T T• T T ' 3 f 3" MAX # #8 GA. HANGER WIRES AT s / � 4 ALUM. a 8 1 1, X X PROVIDE MALL TILE TO R Al -1 I TO (E) F '' '; E MATCH STONE. T EXISTING ■ / 1 1 4 4" WID VINYL M i ' - '„' — P _ _ / / , , _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ i / / ��_ ` _ 18 GA. _ ., . .. _.., .J"�i �EB E i f 7 7 /- " "` "" ` DECK C 'JIF E' ° ; r M M i i�i�/ Fill 8 x x x x x S SUSPENDED LAY -IN „ rwt , a r#; z����, f/I r 6 1 • ( 2 " I a ..' . ° . . . . = 8 FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. ( E) CONCRETE SLAB 6 A I I I I I I = — P = S CORNER BEAD. III 1 — VINYL FLOORING 1 I 11 I — S SEE CEILING DIMENSION PLA M PLAN = W / f f = WIRE TIES- PROVIDE MIN. MORTAR BED FINISH TRANSITION MUST BE ( — S A2 -2) 3 3" x 3" CONT. METAL 3/8"-1/2" DIA. THREADED A IP H HANGER WIRE. A SUSPENDED LAY -IN CLG. 5/8" GYP. BD. TYP. TEL: 800.236.5230 RUBBER TILE OVER VINYL FLOORING DETAIL 2 28 F FLOOR I 23 U UN CONNECTION 1 18 W WIRE TIE DETAIL (ROOF /FLOOR DECK) 1 13 S SECTION AT CEILING SOFFIT S S S SUSPENDED CEILING AT WALL 3 3 SCALE: FULL-SIZE S I TRANSITION 2 SCALE: 3" 1 0" S SCALE -1 1/2" 1 0 _ _ WOOD FLOORING, FEATHER � NOTE: DETAIL PER F PLAN. 9 9' -6" A ,{ � TNSITN I 2" WALL MOLDGINS MFG. (CTC)- INSTALL PER M FINISH FLOORING PER FLOOR P ' B.O. FIXTURE PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES 3 MORTAR BED AS REQUIRED. ' CONCRETE SLAB A x ) // / / / i / / " ' 1' -fi" L x 2 " x // /// / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A SILICON JOINT SEALER -COLOR 9 CTC "DXJ" SERIES CAULK TO MATCH GROUT COLOR. • 4:9J5 A (PERIMETER CLOSURE B 3 -5/8 " • B.O. FIXTURE B � P CENTER P THIN SET BED _ _ . .. . 8 B.O. FIXTURE P _ -- P �- B SPECIFIED ON CEIUNG PLAN. x ��� S IN 36" = • _ = . f S SEE RCP • 24" DIA. CIRCLE FOR LAYOUT • ° • ° d • ti ° ' "' A • SAW-OUT. •CONTROL 101NT'. x y ! ! SEAL (FLUSH FINISH) a • " DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 04.24.08 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR BASE DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -3 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES STUD BEAM TO STUD BEAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AT SF SECTION NOTES: NOTES: 1. STEEL STUDS. 2. SIMPSON S /LS50 EACH SIDE 1. ADDITIONAL MEMBER REQUIRED WHEN LOAD IS MORE THAN 4" FROM PANEL POINT. 2. EXISTING STEEL JOIST. 3. STEEL ANGLE 2" X 2" X 3/16" EACH SIDE FROM TOP CHORD TO NEAREST BOTTOM CHORD PANEL POINT. 4. STEEL ANGLE 2" X 2" X 3/16" EACH SIDE FROM BOTTOM CHORD TO NEAREST TOP CHORD PANEL POINT. 5. TYP EACH ANGLE EACH END. NOTES: 1. STOREFRONT BEAM. 2. 362T125 -43 GA CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK FASTENED WITH #10 SCREWS AT 12" D.C. HEADER IN STRUCTURAL STEEL WALL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE COLUMN BASE CONNECTION SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTES: 1. DOUBLE 3625162 -43 STEEL COLUMN. 2. SCREW CONNECTION PER TYPICAL DETAIL. 3. 14 GAGE CONT. STEEL TRACK WITH 1 1/4" DIA. RAMSETAT 24" O.C. 4. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. TYP. AT BASE PLAN VIEW SIGN SUPPORT AT STEEL STUD COLUMN SCALE: NOT TO SCALE BRACE CONNECTION AT ROOF SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 1/8 2 -12 BEAM TO STUD CONNECTION STEEL STUD STRUCTURE ISOMETRIC AT STOREFRONT ENTRY SIM. / TYP. NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: 1. STEEL STUDS COLUMNS 2. 3/16" THICK X 6" LONG BENT "U" PLATE 3. T.S.3X3X1 /4 *PROVIDE NEOPRENE GASKET BETWEEN ALUMINUM AND STRUCTURAL STEEL *USE STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS FOR ALL CONNECTIONS OF ALUMINUM TO STEEL. 1. EXISTING ROOF FRAMING. 2. CONTINUOUS ANGLE 4" X 3" X 1/4" (SLV) CONNECTION ( TO JOIST WITH 1/2" 0 BOLT WITH PLATE WASHER 2" X 2 "X1 /4 ". I 3. CONTINUOUS TRACK - CONNECTION TO ANGLE WITH 2 #10 -16 X 3/4" TEKS /3 AT 16" O.C. 4, STEEL STUD WALL. 1. STOREFRONT BEAM. 2. SIMPSON S /H2.5 CLIP EACH SIDE, FILL ALL HOLES (1) WITH #10 SCREWS. 3. 3625162 -43 METAL STUDS WELDED TOGETHER TOE TO TOE. 4. 362T125 -43 GA CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK FASTENED WITH #10 SCREWS AT 12" D.C. STUD COLUMN TO STUD BEAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SIM. / TYP. TYP. AT BASE SOFFIT STUD AT ROOF NOTES: 1. DOUBLE STEEL STUD COLUMN. 2. STEEL STUD BEAM - SEE PLAN OR SECTION FOR SIZE. 3. SIMPSON S /H2.5 EACH CORNER 4. 14 GA TRACK W/ #12 SCREW EACH STUD 1. EXISTING ROOF FRAMING. 2. CONTINUOUS TRACK - CONNECTION TO ANGLE WITH 2 #10 - 16 X 3/4" TEKS /3 AT 16" O.C. 3. STEEL STUD WALL. 4. CONTINUOUS ANGLE 4" X 3" X 1/4" (SLV) CONNECTION TO JOIST WITH 1/2" DIA. BOLT WITH PLATE WASHER 2" X 2" X 1/4". TYP. AT BASE TYP. AT BASE B OTTOM BEAM OF SIGNAGE TYP. AT BASE SCALE: 3/8" = 1' - 0" N C co w CO 0 0 2' -1" 7' -9" CANTILEVER HIGH BEAM 10' -0" COLUMN BASE. SEE29A4 -4 DOUBLE 600S162 -43 HEADER. SEE 28 A4-4 SIM. REVIEWED FOR- CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2888 City Of Tukwila I RWDIN: DIVISION ENLARGED STOREFRONT ENTRY COLUMN LAY -OUT AND FRAMING PLAN PLAN NORTH .BUILDING CODE: 2006 IBC LOADS: STRUCTURAL STEEL: ALL CONSTRUCTION PER LATEST AISC HANDBOOK. ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SHALL BE ASTM A36 (Fy = 36 K8I). ALL STRUCTURAL ROLLED STEEL MEMBERS WITH Fy GREATER THAN 36 KSI ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH AN ASTM SPECIFICATION MARK OR TAG PER CODE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL BOLTS SHALL BE ASTM A307. ALL EXPANSIVE ANCHORAGE FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATION ONLY SHALL BE PER RAMSET /REDHEAD TRUBOLT WEDGE ANCHOR (ICBO ER. 1372) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. ALL EPDXY ANCHORAGE FOR CONCRETE SHALL BE PER SIMPSON SET SYSTEM WITH DUAL SIDE BY SIDE CARTRIDGES (ICBO ER. 5279) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. ALL BOLTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, EXPANSION BOLTS, ETC. SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STEEL WASHERS AT SHORT SLOTTED HOLES USING SNUG TIGHT INSTALLATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. STEEL ERECTION NOTE: PER OSHA, STEEL MEMBERS AND DIAGONAL BRACING CANNOT BE RELEASED FROM HOISTING CABLES UNTIL ALL BOLTS OR WELDS AT MEMBER ENDS ARE COMPLETE. WELDING: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WELDS PER LATEST EDITION OF THE AWS STANDARDS. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS HOLDING VALID CERTIFICATES AND HAVING CURRENT EXPERIENCE IN THE TYPE OF WELD SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOTES. CERTIFICATES SHALL BE THOSE ISSUED BY AN ACCEPTED TESTING AGENCY. ALL WELDING DONE BY E70 SERIES LOW HYDROGEN RODS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FOR GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS, USE E90 SERIES. THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT DISTINGUISH BETWEEN SHOP AND FIELD WELDS; THE CONTRACTOR MAY SHOP WELD OR FIELD WELD AT THEIR DISCRETION. SHOP WELDS AND FIELD WELDS SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. COLD FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING: GENERAL: ALL COLD FORMED STEEL COMPONENTS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE PER SSMA. COMPONENTS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" BY THE AISI AND ICBO ER NO. 4943P OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. STEEL FOR COLD FORMED MEMBERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KSI FOR 43 MIL THICKNESS AND LESS, AND MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50 KSI FOR 54 MIL THICKNESS AND GREATER. STEEL FOR BRIDGING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KSI. STEEL SHALL BE GALVANIZED AT LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND WHEREVER NOTED. WHERE WELDING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS EXPERIENCED IN LIGHT GAGE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING WORK. DO NOT NOTCH FLANGES OF MEMBERS WITHOUT EXPRESSED APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. COLDFORM TRACKS AND LEDGERS BOLTED TO OTHER MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMUM 114° X 3° X 3° PLATE WASHERS. SCREWED COLD FORMED TO COLD FORMED CONNECTIONS (I.E.: 97 MIL TO 97 MIL MAX) SHALL BE HEX HEAD °GRABBER° SELF - DRILLING SCREWS PER ICBO ER -5280, OR ICBO APPROVED EQUIVALENT. SCREW SIZE SHALL BE #10 X 314" MINIMUM AND MUST PROTRUDE THROUGH AND BEYOND THE CONNECTED STEEL MEMBERS A MINIMUM OF THREE FULL THREADS. SCREWS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM EDGE AND END DISTANCE OF THREE SCREW DIAMETERS. MIL THICKNESS I GAGE NUMBER REFERENCE: 27 MIL ---- --22GA 54 MIL 16 GA 33 MIL -20 GA 68 MIL 14 GA 43 MIL -18 GA 97 MIL -12 GA WALLS: STRUCTURAL STEEL STUD WALLS SHOWN ON PLAN SHALL BE INSTALLED PER STUD /SPACING AS NOTED BELOW TYPICAL U.N.O. ATTACHMENT OF STUDS TO TRACKS PER TYPICAL DETAILS U.N.O. ALL STUDS SHALL BE SECURELY SEATED FOR FULL END BEARING ON TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT ALL JAMBS, CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. BRIDGING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: FOR WALLS WITH NO AXIAL LOAD, INSTALL BRIDGING AT MID - HEIGHT FOR WALLS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 10'-0° HIGH, AND 5-0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR WALLS GREATER THAN 10'-0" HIGH. IN ADDITION, BRIDGING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ROOF LINES AND ELSEWHERE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. SOLID BLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LIEU OF BRIDGING WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR NON- BEARING PARTITIONS AND SOFFITS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SSMA STRUCTURAL STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS - TYPICAL U.N.O.: STUD SIZE -MILS SPACING TRACK SIZE -MILS 3 5/8° - 3625162-3 16° 0.0 362T125 -43 6" - 6005162 -43 16" O.C. 600T125 -54 SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ITEMS IN ADDITION TO ITEMS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. ITEMS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE FLAGGED UPON CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS. MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR SHALL CLOUD ANY CHANGES, SUBSTITUTIONS, OR DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED WHICH ARE NOT CLOUDED OR FLAGGED BY SUBMITTING PARTIES, SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED APPROVED AFTER ENGINEER'S REVIEW, UNLESS NOTED ACCORDINGLY. THE ENGINEER HAS THE RIGHT TO APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE ANY CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT ANYTIME BEFORE OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING REVIEW. THE SHOP DRAWINGS DO NOT REPLACE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ITEMS OMITTED OR SHOWN INCORRECTLY AND ARE NOT FLAGGED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE ITEMS ARE CONSTRUCTED TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE ADEQUACY OF ENGINEERING DESIGNS AND LAYOUT PERFORMED BY OTHERS RESTS WITH THE DESIGNING OR SUBMITTING AUTHORITY. REVIEWING IS INTENDED ONLY AS AN AID TO THE CONTRACTOR IN OBTAINING CORRECT SHOP DRAWINGS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRECTNESS SHALL REST WITH THE CONTRACTOR. GENERAL NOTES: THE STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED, THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING FOR LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, ETC. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES FOR PROCEDURE OF CONSTRUCTION, OR THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE PROGRAMS INCIDENT THERETO (NOR SHALL OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE INCLUDE INSPECTION OF THESE ITEMS). WHERE REFERENCE IS MADE TO VARIOUS TEST STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS, SUCH STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST EDITION AND /OR ADDENDA. ANY ENGINEERING DESIGN, PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW, SHALL BEAR THE SEAL OF A REGISTERED ENGINEER RECOGNIZED BY THE BUILDING CODE JURISDICTION OF THIS PROJECT. NOTES AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. WHERE NO DETAILS ARE SHOWN, CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SIMILAR WORK ON THE PROJECT, AND /OR AS PROVIDED FOR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN PLANS, DETAILS, GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE GREATER REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCY WITH THE ARCHITECT. ESTABLISH AND VERIFY ALL OPENINGS AND INSERTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS WITH THE APPROPRIATE TRADE DRAWINGS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. TYPICAL DETAILS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE CUT ON PLANS, BUT APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE SPREAD OUT IF PLACED ON FRAMED CONSTRUCTION. LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LIVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT. OPTIONS ARE FOR CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE. IF AN OPTION IS CHOSEN, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY CHANGES, APPROVALS AND THE COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH ALL RELATED TRADES AND SUPPLIERS. SPECIAL INSPECTION - STRUCTURAL ONLY: SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE BUILDING JURISDICTION. 'SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION° SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE BUILDING JURISDICTION INSPECTIONS REQUIRED PER CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER CODE FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. EXPANSION, EPDXY, AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS: DURING THE PLACEMENT OF ALL ANCHORS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPAIR DETAILS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. A. INSPECTION OF HOLE DIAMETER AND DEPTH. B. INSPECTION OF HOLE CLEANING WITH WIRE BRUSH AND COMPRESSED AIR. C. INSPECTION OF ANCHOR INSTALLATION USING SPECIFIED PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. 2. WELDING: A. VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL FIELD WELDS. B. NON- DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF ALL COMPLETE PENETRATION WELDS BY AN AWS CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. C. VERIFICATION OF VALID WELDER'S CERTIFICATES. D.uALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATORS SHALL EMPLOY AN AWS CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB TO PROVIDE SHOP WELD INSPECTIONS PER CODE. INSPECTION REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO STEEL INSTALLATION. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: Applies unless noted otherwise on drawings A. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED TO BE CERTAIN IT CONFORMS TO THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION. B. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO APPROVE DEVIATIONS FROM THE DESIGN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, AND ALL DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL REQUESTS FOR DEVIATIONS SHALL BE INITIATED BY THE CONTRACTOR VIA WRITTEN REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI). C. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, AND TO THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE DESIGN AUTHORITY AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR ACCESS TO ALL ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY IN -PLACE LADDERS, SCAFFOLDS, LIFTS AND /OR OTHER EQUIPMENT OPERATED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL AS REQUIRED FOR SAFE OBSERVATION. INSPECTOR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE OR AUTHORIZED TO OPERATE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT. E. UPON COMPLETION OF THE ASSIGNED WORK THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT SHALL COMPLETE AND SIGN THE APPROPRIATE FORMS CERTIFYING THAT TO THE BEST OF THEIR KNOWLEDGE THE WORK IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CODE. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS, CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: DELTA 3: 06.10.08 06.25.08 STOREFRONT SUPPORT DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -4 FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGNS SCALE: NOT TO SCALE FITTING ROOM LOBBY SIGN SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. IIIIIIIIIIIIII !Ilt!III!IIIIIIIltlI IIIIIII11111lll!I!II1 II!IIIIl!!!!II����!!�! Please do not leave personal items unattended in the fitting rooms. We will not be responsible for lost or stolen purses and /or valuables while customers are in the fitting rooms. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. Charlotte Russe solicits your understanding and cooperation. • Fitting rooms are under security supervision. • Fitting room attendants will be checking merchandise. • Shoplifters will be proscecuted! Thank You The Management Charlotte Russe requiere de su entendimlento y cooperacion. • Los vestidores estan bajo supervision. • La persona encargada del vestidor revisara Ia mercancia. • Quien robe sera sujeto a Ia ley! Gracias RETURN POLICY REFUNDS /EXCHANGES are made on regular priced items within 30 days with receipt and tags attached. Sale items can be exchanged dor merchandise only. SPECIAL OCCASION merchandise is not returnable. GIFT CERTIFICATES /CREDIT SLIPS are redeemble for merchandise only. www.charlotterusse.com SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SIGN HOLDER NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. SIGN #1 - SECTION AT CHANNEL LETTERS SCALE: 1 1/2 "= 1' -0" SIGN #1 - SIGN ARM SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' -0" SIGN #4 - DOUBLE -FACED BLADE SIGN (NON - ILLUMINATED) SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' - G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BACKING AT SUPPORT FOR BLADE SIGN BRACK SIGN TOTAL SF: 4 SQ. FT. PER SIDE ARE TUBE G BRACKET BY VENDOR. BLACK LOGO BY SIGN VENDOR. 1/4' THICK SANDBLASTED CLEAR ACRYUC GRAPHIC PANEL 1/2" THICK CLEAR ACRYLIC 4 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. NOTE: #210 -324 "FROS D APPLIED SCALE: 1 1 /2 1' - 0" 2 7 /8 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL, TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. charlotte D EQUAL FACE OF GLASS (INSIDE STORE). SIGN #3a AND 3b - ELEVATION (VINYL LETTER) AUG 2 8 2063 PLAN ELEVATION SIM. s CO 4 . SEE A3 -1 \ . B.O. SIGNBAND EQ. STEEL UD PPOR (BY .C.). S E SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x3ix6%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET / EQ. X 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIM. 9' -6" SIM. SIM. /OPP. EQ. CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR SIGN #2 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) SCALE: 3/4"= I • • EQ. SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. ELECTRICAL FEED 16 5/16" PLEXIGLAS (4) 5.5mm0 SCREW HOLES REEMBOLSO 0 CAMBIO DE MERCANCIA en 30 dias con su recibo y etiquetas puestas. Mercancia de yenta son cambiables solamente. MERCANCIA DE OCACION ESPECIAL no es retomable. CERTIFICADOS DE REGALONALE DE CREDITO Son cambiables solo por mercancia. ;; ... iii i ii; NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. CASWRAP SIGN (SPANISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 15 PLAN 0 ®SEE A3 -1 B.O. SIGNBAND ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4 "= 1'- SCALE: HALF SIZE i " - EQ. EQ. FRONT VIEW \ ■ 3" STEEL STUD SUPPORT (BY G.C.). SEE SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x x6%%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. NOTE: G.C. TO WRAP HEADER WITH BREAK METAL OVER SUBSTRATE. SEE 12A4-1 1/2" STL. BOLT TS 3X3X1/4 BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR EQ. NOTES: 1. VINYL LETTERS AND NUMBER COLORS AS NOTED. 2. FIRST, SURFACE APPLICATION. 3. VINYL GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY SIGN VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. 4. VINYL TAPE COLOR SHALL BE 3M SCOTCHCAL VINYL FILM "BLACK" (SCOTHCAL ELECTRO CUT). 12' -6" LETTERS PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM" WITH ACRYUC FACES AND CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP. SIGN #1 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) O SP VARIES // TOP VIEW REAR DOOR VINYL GRAPHIC SIGNAGE (NON- ILLUMINATED) CE 568 SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS PAINTED MATTEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALLUMINUM" W/ WHITE ACRYLIC FACES AND CROME SILVER TRIMCAP. NEON TUBE SUPPORT TYPE 'AB' FIXTURE, SEE A2 -1. (2) 1/2" STL. BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET TS 3x3xJ x6%" PROVIDED BY (G.C.) 4 "X6 "X3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM ". EQ. VINYL TAPE # (SEE NOTE #4) LOCATED ON BACK FACE OF REAR EXIT DOOR. FONT: FUTURA BK BT. CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR jr, EQ. ELECTRICAL FEED TS 3X3X1/4 SLEEVE PROVIDED BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE SIGN SUPPORT SLOTED HOLE TS 3X3X1/4 TO BE DRILL AND TAP AT JOB SITE FOR 1 /2" STL. BOLT (TYP. 3 PLACES) 6' -O" A.F.F. CITY OF AUG 2 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER 1M*— • 1 EQ. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 CO CO CO 0) z O F- 0 z J Q W SIGNAGE /GRAPHICS SHEET NUMBER A7-1 A. r VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM" AND CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP. 0 Ai Al _At 47 LETTERS PAINTED MATTHEWS WITH ACRYUC FACES / -.=.11 / II21 r O In• - I ► ar / I r'vy i FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGNS SCALE: NOT TO SCALE FITTING ROOM LOBBY SIGN SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. IIIIIIIIIIIIII !Ilt!III!IIIIIIIltlI IIIIIII11111lll!I!II1 II!IIIIl!!!!II����!!�! Please do not leave personal items unattended in the fitting rooms. We will not be responsible for lost or stolen purses and /or valuables while customers are in the fitting rooms. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. Charlotte Russe solicits your understanding and cooperation. • Fitting rooms are under security supervision. • Fitting room attendants will be checking merchandise. • Shoplifters will be proscecuted! Thank You The Management Charlotte Russe requiere de su entendimlento y cooperacion. • Los vestidores estan bajo supervision. • La persona encargada del vestidor revisara Ia mercancia. • Quien robe sera sujeto a Ia ley! Gracias RETURN POLICY REFUNDS /EXCHANGES are made on regular priced items within 30 days with receipt and tags attached. Sale items can be exchanged dor merchandise only. SPECIAL OCCASION merchandise is not returnable. GIFT CERTIFICATES /CREDIT SLIPS are redeemble for merchandise only. www.charlotterusse.com SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SIGN HOLDER NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. SIGN #1 - SECTION AT CHANNEL LETTERS SCALE: 1 1/2 "= 1' -0" SIGN #1 - SIGN ARM SUPPORT DETAILS SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' -0" SIGN #4 - DOUBLE -FACED BLADE SIGN (NON - ILLUMINATED) SCALE: 3/4 "= 1' - G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BACKING AT SUPPORT FOR BLADE SIGN BRACK SIGN TOTAL SF: 4 SQ. FT. PER SIDE ARE TUBE G BRACKET BY VENDOR. BLACK LOGO BY SIGN VENDOR. 1/4' THICK SANDBLASTED CLEAR ACRYUC GRAPHIC PANEL 1/2" THICK CLEAR ACRYLIC 4 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. NOTE: #210 -324 "FROS D APPLIED SCALE: 1 1 /2 1' - 0" 2 7 /8 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL, TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. charlotte D EQUAL FACE OF GLASS (INSIDE STORE). SIGN #3a AND 3b - ELEVATION (VINYL LETTER) AUG 2 8 2063 PLAN ELEVATION SIM. s CO 4 . SEE A3 -1 \ . B.O. SIGNBAND EQ. STEEL UD PPOR (BY .C.). S E SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x3ix6%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET / EQ. X 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIM. 9' -6" SIM. SIM. /OPP. EQ. CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR SIGN #2 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) SCALE: 3/4"= I • • EQ. SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. ELECTRICAL FEED 16 5/16" PLEXIGLAS (4) 5.5mm0 SCREW HOLES REEMBOLSO 0 CAMBIO DE MERCANCIA en 30 dias con su recibo y etiquetas puestas. Mercancia de yenta son cambiables solamente. MERCANCIA DE OCACION ESPECIAL no es retomable. CERTIFICADOS DE REGALONALE DE CREDITO Son cambiables solo por mercancia. ;; ... iii i ii; NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. CASWRAP SIGN (SPANISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 15 PLAN 0 ®SEE A3 -1 B.O. SIGNBAND ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4 "= 1'- SCALE: HALF SIZE i " - EQ. EQ. FRONT VIEW \ ■ 3" STEEL STUD SUPPORT (BY G.C.). SEE SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x x6%%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. NOTE: G.C. TO WRAP HEADER WITH BREAK METAL OVER SUBSTRATE. SEE 12A4-1 1/2" STL. BOLT TS 3X3X1/4 BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR EQ. NOTES: 1. VINYL LETTERS AND NUMBER COLORS AS NOTED. 2. FIRST, SURFACE APPLICATION. 3. VINYL GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY SIGN VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. 4. VINYL TAPE COLOR SHALL BE 3M SCOTCHCAL VINYL FILM "BLACK" (SCOTHCAL ELECTRO CUT). 12' -6" LETTERS PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM" WITH ACRYUC FACES AND CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP. SIGN #1 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) O SP VARIES // TOP VIEW REAR DOOR VINYL GRAPHIC SIGNAGE (NON- ILLUMINATED) CE 568 SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS PAINTED MATTEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALLUMINUM" W/ WHITE ACRYLIC FACES AND CROME SILVER TRIMCAP. NEON TUBE SUPPORT TYPE 'AB' FIXTURE, SEE A2 -1. (2) 1/2" STL. BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET TS 3x3xJ x6%" PROVIDED BY (G.C.) 4 "X6 "X3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM ". EQ. VINYL TAPE # (SEE NOTE #4) LOCATED ON BACK FACE OF REAR EXIT DOOR. FONT: FUTURA BK BT. CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR jr, EQ. ELECTRICAL FEED TS 3X3X1/4 SLEEVE PROVIDED BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE SIGN SUPPORT SLOTED HOLE TS 3X3X1/4 TO BE DRILL AND TAP AT JOB SITE FOR 1 /2" STL. BOLT (TYP. 3 PLACES) 6' -O" A.F.F. CITY OF AUG 2 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER 1M*— • 1 EQ. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 2: 06.10.08 CO CO CO 0) z O F- 0 z J Q W SIGNAGE /GRAPHICS SHEET NUMBER A7-1 ABBREVIATIONS AC. ASPHALT CONCRETE G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RLC. ROUGH IN AF.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR GLS. GLASS AND CO RO. ROUGH OPENING ALUM. ALUMINUM GR GRADE S.C. SOLID CORE BLKG. BLOCKING GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD S.F. SQUARE FEET BM. BEAM HT. HEIGHT SHT. SHEET B.O. BOTTOM OF H.M. HOLLOW METAL SIM. SIMILAR B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER SPEC. SPECIFICATIONS C.C. CENTER TO CENTER IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SERV.SINK SERVICE SINK C.J. CONTROL JOINT IFC INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE S.S. STAINLESS STEEL C.L CENTER LINE JT. JOINT STR STRUCTURAL CLR • CLEARANCE MEP MECH ELEC. & PLUMB. C.C.R CONSTRUCTION CODE REVIEW MFD. MANUFACTURED TRD TO BBE SUSPENDED E C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT .B.D BE DECIDED MFR MANUFACTURER T.O.0 TOP OF CURB CONC. CONCRETE M.O. MASONRY OPENING T.O.E TOP OF EAVE COL COLUMN MTD. MOUNTED T.J. TOOLED JOINT C.T. CERAMIC TILE MTL METAL D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN T.O.M TOP OF MASONRY DIA DIAMETER N.C. NO CEILING T.O.P TOP OF PANEL DIM. DIMENSION N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT T.O.PAR TOP OF PARAPET D.S. DOWNSPOUT (N) NEW N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE T.O.R TOP OF RIDGE D.B.L DOUBLE O.C. ON CENTER T.O.S TOP OF STEEL (E) EXISTING 0.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER T.O.W TOP OF WALL EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION O.F.C.L OWNER FURNISHED T.O.SW TOP OF SCREEN WALL FINISHING SYSTEM CONTRACTOR INSTALLED T.O.SF TOP OF STEEL FRAMING EJ. EXPANSION JOINT T.S. TUBE STEEL ELEV. ELEVATION O.F.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN TYP. TYPICAL Ea EQUAL OPP OPPOSITE EXT. EXTERIOR OS. OVERFLOW SCUPPER UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE F.D. FLOOR DRAIN OPNG. OPENING UFC UNIFORM FIRE CODE F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET O.T.O. OUT TO OUT U•L UNDERWRITERS LABORAT. FIN. FINISH OVHD. OVERHEAD U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE F.G. FINISH GRADE P.D. PANIC DEVICE VAR. VARIES FLA. FLOOR P.L PROPERTY LINE V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE F.S. FLOOR SINK PLAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE VEST. VESTIBULE F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY PLYWD. PLYWOOD V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD F.O.S. FACE OF STUD FINS. FINISH SURFACE RAD. RADIUS W.C. WATER CLOSET FTG. FOOTING (R) RELOCATE, UNO WD. WOOD F.V. FIELD VERIFY RC.P. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN W.H. WATER HEATER GA GAUGE RD. ROOF DRAIN W/ WITH GALV. GALVANIZED RL ROUGH IN SYMBOLS � # SECTION /ELEVATION FACE OF FINISH CENTER OF GRID STUD OR U.N.O. CENTERLINE A5-1 HEET REFERENCE # DETAIL # DETAIL REFERENCE O DOOR NUMBER KEYNOTE ,___ �; HEET # - - ` LOBBY PLAN # 0 • 0 FINISH SYMBOL A REVISION DELTA 0 GRID LINE BUBBLE MATCHLINE A5.o HEFT # ENLARGED PLAN ROOM DESIGNATION ••••••••"■!1) ELEVATION 101 I �o�- A.F.F. REFERENCE A PROPOSED COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR: SOUTHCENTER MALL 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SEPARATE PERMIT �oR ARE UI aniqt p Iectricat tumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Sc uE W1 14' Mai SITE SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ENTRANCE MALL KEY PLAN - SOUTHCENTER MALL E O 0 z MALL ADA ACCESS NOTE FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE FROM SHOPPING MALL PARKING TO SPACE CONTACT MALL MANAGEMENT GROUND LEVEL OF SINGLE LEVEL MALL MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE SITE SPACE No. 568 ENTRANCE MALL RESTROOMS NORTH PROJECT DATA LANDLORD/TENANT COORDINATION WESTFIELD SHOPPINGTOWN 11601 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD 11TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90025 TEL 310.478.4456 FAX 310.478.1267 ATTN: JOSH KIMMEL MALL MANAGEMENT SOUTHCENTER MALL MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE 633 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA TE: 206246.7400 FAX 206244.8607 ATTN: ANDREW CIARROCCHI AL CONTRACTOR TBD ADDRESS CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE TEL FAX CONTACT: TENANT CHARLOTTE RUSSE, INC. 4645 MORENA BLVD. SAN DIEGO, CA 92117 TEL 858.587.9900 FAX 858875.0333 CONTACT: MACK WILLIAMS ARCHITECT OF RECORD CORTLAND MORGAN, ARCHITECT 711 NORTH FIELDER ROAD ARLINGTON, TX 76012 TEL 817.6385696 FAX 817.635.5699 MEP ENGINEER M- RETAIL ENGINEERING INC. 1259 KEMPER MEADOW DRIVE CINCINNATI, OH 45240 TEL 513.825.1152 FAX 511825.4549 ATTN: PENNY CANNON PROJECT COORDINATOR RE -AL 2312 30Th STREET SAN DIEGO, CA 92104 TEL 619.269.4288 FAX 619269.9075 CONTACT: CHERISSE REGNART BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD SUIT NO. 100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 TEL 206431.3670 FAX 206.4313665 ATTN: DAVE LARSON, BUILDING INSPECTOR FIRE DEPARTMENT rrr T CITY OF TUKWILA FERWCP , kin FIRE DEPARTMENT ! "PPOVA1 444 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL 206575.4404 FAX 206.575.4439 ATTN: DON TOMASO, FIRE MARSHALL GOVERNING AGENCIES U I GOVERNING CODES BUILDING: MECHANICAL PLUMBING: ELECTRICAL FIRE ACCESSIBILITY: ENERGY: AREA ANALYSIS TOTAL LEASE AREA PERCENTAGE OF SALES AREA CONSTRUCTION TYPE OCCUPANT LOAD OCCUPANCY GROUP SPRINKLERED NO. OF STORIES 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2003 ANSI 2006 WASHINGTON ENERGY CODE 7,285 SQUARE FEE 74% II -N (FULLY SPRINKLERED) SALES AREA 5,380 SF FITTING ROOM AREA 775 SF 6,155 SF /30 = 206 RESTROOM /CORRIDOR/ STORAGE AREAS: TOTAL 13 0SF 1,130 SF /300 = 4 210 PERSONS SHEET INDEX T -1 T -2 SPECIFICATIONS SP -1 SP -2 SP -3 ARCHITECTURAL L -1 A0 -1 Al -1 A1-2 A1-3 A2 -1 A2 -2 A3 -1 A3-2 A3-3 A4-1 A4-2 A4 -3 A4-4 A5 -1 A6 -1 A7 -1 TITLE SHEET / COVER SHEET RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE / LANDLORD & BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES SPECIFICATIONS / DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS SENSORMATIC DETAILS EXIT PLAN EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FLOOR FINISH PLAN / ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULES / KEY NOTES FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (RCP) CEILING DIMENSION PLAN STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS / SECTIONS STORE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / SALES AND FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS STANDARD WALL SECTIONS / INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / ENLARGED PLANS STOREFRONT / GLAZING / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS WALL / FRAMING DETAILS / UL ASSEMBLIES CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR -BASE DETAILS STOREFRONT SUPPORT DETAILS FIXTURING AND DETAILS MILLWORK / CABINET WORK PLANS AND DETAILS SIGNAGE / GRAPHICS MECHANICAL M -1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M -2 M -3 E -2 I E-3 E -4 E -5 PLAN A/M /E/P A/M /E/P MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND PANEL SPECIFICATIONS DISTRIBUTION FINAL ISSUE LANDLORD SUBMITTAL / BUILDING DEPARTMENT / BIDD ISSUE DELTA t BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS W • • • • • • • • • • • • ELECTRICAL PLUMBING P -1 PLUMBING PLAN • FILE COPY Permit No. Pier review approval Is subject to errors and Missions. Approva" of construction dements ,_s -s not authorize the violation of any adopted code or o 4 aance. Receipt of approved Field •. + . and con + is acknowledged: By Date: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. i CORRECTION tO8 253 DATE 0424.08 0519.08 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: ECE I : HAY 2 8 2006 PERMIT CENII 05.19.08 TITLE SHEET COVER SHEET SHEET NUMBER T -1 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ANY ITEMS NOT LISTED AS BEING SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. DIVISION /ITEM /DESCRIPTION FURNISHED I INSTALLED REMARKS I MILLWORK CONTRACTOR IMILLWORK CONTRACTOR DIVISION 1: GENERAL DATA PERMITS, FEES & INSURANCE • • COORDINATE WITH PERMIT EXPEDITOR. TEMPORARY UTILITIES • • PROFESSIONAL CLEANING • • CLEANED PRIOR TO PUNCH UST AND AGAIN BEFORE OPENING. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY • • DUMPSTERS & TRASH BINS • • COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. DMSION 2: SITEWORK DEMOLITION • • REFER TO SHEET AO -1 AND M /E /P PLANS. BARRICADES /BARRIER • • COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. DMSION 3: CONCRETE CONCRETE TOPPING /LEVEUNG /SLAB • • CONCRETE CUTTING AND CORING • • LATAPDXY TOPPING AT SENSORMATIC • • SALES 800.327.1765 X 1067 DMSION 4: MASONRY NO WORK UNDER THIS DMSIONS DMSION 5: METALS METAL FRAMING • • SHEET METAL BACKING • • MIN. GA FOR ALL BACKING IS 20 GA. COLD ROLLED CHANNELS (CLG. SYSTEMS) • • STRUCTURAL STEEL (T.S. /PLATES /ETC.) • • REFER TO DETAILS. ALUMINUM COLUMN COVERS • • TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ORNAMENTAL • • REFER TO SHEET A1-3. DMSION 6: WOOD & PLASTICS FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER /PLYWOOD • • UNLOAD AND UNCRATE FIXTURES • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. CUSTOM WALL FIXTURES & CABINETS • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. CASHWRAP & DISPLAY FIXTURES • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. CUSTOM FLOOR FIXTURES • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. SHOE BENCH(ES) (WHEN OCCUR) • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. MANAGER'S DESK • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. FITTING ROOM HOOKS /DOORS • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. MERCHANDISE DISPLAY STANDARDS • • SURFACE MOUNTED, REFER TO SHEET Al -3. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET A1--3. STOREFRONT PLATFORMS • • WHEN BUILT —IN BY G.C. DMSION 7: THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION INSULATION • • WHERE NOTED. ROOF PENETRATION CURB, FLASHING • • REFER TO MECH. DWGS. AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. SEALANTS AND CAULKING • • SPRAY —ON FIRE PROOFING (PATCH AND REPAIR) • • WHEN APPLICABLE. DMSION 8: DOORS & WINDOWS A. DOORS INTERIOR DOORS & FRAMES • • EXCEPT AT FITTING ROOM /REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. FITTING ROOM DOORS • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1 AND SHEET Al -3. RATED WOOD OR METAL DOORS & FRAMES • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. REAR SERVICE DOOR(S) & FRAMES • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. ROLL—UP GRILLE • • REI•EN TO DOOR SCHEDULE. G.C. TO COORDINATE. METAL CEIUNG ACCESS PANEL(S) • • MINIMUM OF 24" x 24 ". B. HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES DOOR HARDWARE (EXCEPT FITTING RMS) • • REFER TO HARDWARE GROUPS ON SP -1. DOOR HARDWARE AT FITTING ROOM DOORS • • REFER TO HARDWARE GROUPS ON SP -1. REAR SERVICE DOOR DEVICES • • ALARM, EXIT, PUSH BAR, VIEWER. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. MASTERKEY SYSTEMS • • 'BEST' CYUNDERS BY GC, 7 PIN CORE AND CORE KEY BY OWNER. STOREFRONT TEMPERED GLAZING • • STOREFRONT GLAZING CUP (IF APPUCABLE) • • CONTACT OWNER'S VENDOR FOR OBTAINING. ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM • • TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. D. MIRRORS MIRRORS IN FITTING ROOM • • CUPS, TRIM, ETC. MIRRORS (GENERAL) • FOR ALL MIRRORS, REFER TO SHEET A1--3 FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. DMSION 9: FINISHES NTERIOR PARTITIONS— FRAMING & GYP. BD. 1111E. �. REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND. RATED PARTITIONS— FRAMING & GYP. BD. - - • • DIAN ® REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND. DEMISING PARTITIONS —GYP. BD. ONLY REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND / STUDS BY LANDLORD U.O.N. STOREFRONT— FRAMING & GYP. BD. • • NEUTRAL PIER — FRAMING /GYP. BD. /FACING •. •, REFER TO NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL(S). DRYWALL COLUMN ENCLOSURES • • REFER TO FLOOR PLAN— GRG OR DRYWALL COLUMNS BY G.C. SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING & FRAMING • • SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CLG. & SUSPENSION • : • POLYGAL ACRYLIC CEILING INCLUDED (6 WEEKS LEAD TIME) PAINTING • • VINYL— SHEET VINYL FLOORING & BASE/VINYL TILE • • STONE /HARD SURFACES • O PROVIDE QUANTITIES TO OWNER. REDUCERS & TRANSITION STRIPS • • REFER TO DETAILS. SIMULATED WOOD VINYL FLOORING IN SALES AREA (WITH ADHESIVE) • • PROVIDE QUANTITIES TO OWNER. (O.F.C.I.) WOOD BASE • • r HIGH CLEAR SEALED SOLID MAPLE BASE (O.F.C.I). WAINSCOT (FRP) • • REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. WALL COVERINGS • • PROVIDE QUANTITIES TO OWNER AT BID. MALL TILE • • WHEN REQUIRED, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE. EIFS EXTERIOR • • DMSION 10: SPECIALTIES STOREFRONT SIGN / SIGNAGE • • GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR. REAR SERVICE DOOR IDENTIFICATION • • REFER TO SHEETS Al -1 AND A7 -1 ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE • • ADA SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED. INTERIOR SIGNAGE /PLAQUES • • FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • (3) EXTINGUISHERS, TYPE AS REQUIRED. REFER TO SHEET Al —3. SAFE (MANAGERS OFFICE) • • VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. • • SEE SHEET A3 -3. GRAB BARS AND RESTROOM MIRROR • • SEE SHEET A3 -3. LOCKERS • • SEE SHEET Al -3. DMSION 11: EQUIPMENT NO WORK UNDER THIS DMSION DMSION 12: FURNISHINGS CABINETS AND STORAGE • • REFER TO KEYNOTE #1, STOCK ROOM SHELVING UNITS & HARDWARE. SALES AREA FURNITURE • • REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET Al -3. CURTAINS AND HARDWARE • • REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET A1--3. MISC. HARDWARE AND MERCHANDISE DISPLAY • • DMSIONS 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NO WORK UNDER THIS DMSION 1 DMSIONS 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS NO WORK UNDER THIS DMSION DMSION 15: MECHANICAL HVAC HEATING & COOUNG EQUIPMENT • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. HVAC DUCT WORK • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIRE SPRINKLERS • • G.C. SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN, SHOP DWGS., AND PERMIT. FIRE & UFE SAFETY SYSTEMS • • PLUMBING, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS • • REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. SMOKE DETECTORS • • WATER /SEWER TO LEASE SPACE • • HOOK—UP BY G.C. (VERIFY) EXHAUST FANS AND VENTS • • HOOK —UP TO EXISTING MALL P.O.C. OR PROVIDE NEW. SUPPLY & RETURN AIR REGISTERS • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. DMSION 1 6: ELECTRICAL A. LIGHTING INCANDESCENT/ DECORATIVE /FLUORESCENT • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER VENDOR. NEON • • PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR /G.C. SHALL COORDINATE. B. POWER SYSTEMS MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT (TO LEASE SPACE) • • G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY. (VERIFY) MAIN SERVICE WIRING • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TENANT'S DISTRIBUTION PANEL(S)/ TRANSFORMER • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. OUTLETS, SWITCHES, CONDUITS • • INCLUDING WIRING, CASHWRAP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ALL FINAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS • • C. TELEPHONE TELEPHONE JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING • • CABLING OWNER'S NC TO COORDINATE SC.C. TELEPHONE SYSTEMS O O � f H OWNER'S VENDOR. G SHALL COORDINATE WITH D. SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUITS AND STRING PHOOK • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER S SECURITY VENDOR. EQUIPMENT AND —UP • • { C.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY VENDOR. E. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CONDUITS AND PULL STRING • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. STEREO SYSTEM AND SPEAKERS • • SPEAKER WIRE • • CONDUIT BY G.C. WHEN REQUIRED. F. SENSORMATIC SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT • I I I I . I •III SEE KEYNOTE #2. G. P.O.S. EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND CABLES • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. CONNECTION OF PRE —WIRED COMPUTER • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. H. BUZZER AND EQUIPMENT BUZZER _ I• I I I I• I I I REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ADA ACCESSIBILITY NOTES • DOORS 1 DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE AND MOUNTED 30 TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR PER CODE. 2 MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 1/2 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS. SUCH PUSH OR PULL EFFORT SHALL BE APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE FOR SLIDING DOORS. WHERE FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, HE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS. REFER TO APPUCABLE CODE(S). 3 REGARDLESS OF HE OCCUPANT LOAD, THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF HE DOOR. THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF HE DOORWAY. NOTE: AN EXCEPTION IS PERMITTED FOR EXTERIOR LANDINGS, WHICH MAY SLOPE UP TO 1/4" PER FOOT (2%) IN ANY DIRECTION, FOR SURFACE DRAINAGE. REFER TO APPUCABLE CODE(S). 4 HE LOWER 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL BE SMOOTH AND UNINTERRUPTED TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. NARROW FRAME DOORS MAY USE A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR. • SANITARY FACILITIES 5 DOORWAYS LEADING TO THE MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK WITH EDGES 12 LONG AND A VORTEX POINTING UPWARD. WOMEN'S FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 12" IN DIAMETER. UNISEX FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE WITH A TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. THE REQUIRED SYMBOLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF 60 ° . PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY APPUCABLE CODES. 6 ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS: RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH BUILDING CODES. THEY SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO HE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 7 LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34° ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AND WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29" FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT UP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30" IN WIDTH AND 8" MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9" HIGH FROM THE FLOOR AND A MINIMUM OF 17" DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. 8 HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 9 CONTROLS FOR WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREAS. 10 WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS, SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 11 THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS, SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. 12 SELF — CLOSING FAUCET CONTROL VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 13 THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE APPUCABLE BUILDING /PLUMBING CODE(S). THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 ". • SINGLE ACCOMMODATION FACILITIES /UNISEX 14 THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE LOCATED IN A SPACE WHICH PROVIDES A MINIMUM 28" CLEAR SPACE FROM A FIXTURE OR 32" CLEAR SPACE FROM A WALL ON ONE SIDE. A MINIMUM OF 48" CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. • RESTROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES 15 IN NEW CONSTRUCTION, WATER CLOSETS IN ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: (a) THE CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. (b) THE CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREA (WIDE SIDE) AND BE NOT MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE TO ACTIVATE THE FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 5 POUNDS. 16 LAVATORIES SHALL COMPLY WIH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: (a) A MINIMUM OF 30" x 48" CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE LAVATORY FOR FORWARD APPROACH. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE SPACE BENEATH THE FIXTURE. (b) THE CLEAR SPACE BENEATH LAVATORIES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 29" HIGH x 30" WIDE x 8" DEEP AT THE TOP AND 9" HIGH x 30 WIDE x 17" DEEP AT THE BOTTOM FROM THE FRONT OF THE FIXTURE. THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE COUNTERTOP SHALL BE 34 ". (c) ALL HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER THE LAVATORY SHALL BE INSULATED. (d) THE FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISM SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND HAVE AN OPERATING FORCE OF NOT GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. (e) IF SELF — CLOSING VALVES ARE USED THEY SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. (0 THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 17 ALL ASSEMBLED ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIANWAYS. 18 ALL REQUIRED DOORWAYS SHALL BE 3' —O" x 6' -8" (MINIMUM). 19 HAND ACTIVATED DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH SINGLE EFFORT TYPE HARDWARE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 20 EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE SHALL BE LEVEL WITH AN AREA IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND A LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF 44" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 21 FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" FROM THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 22 FLOORS SHALL BE SUP — RESISTANT. 23 CENTER OF GRIP OF OPERATING HANDLE OR SWITCHES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3' -0" NOR MORE THAN 4' —O" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. 24 BOTTOM OF THE MIRROR SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 40" OF THE FLOOR AND MUST EXTEND TO A MINIMUM OF 74" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 25 HEIGHT OF CLOTHING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 48" FROM THE FLOOR. 26 GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 250 POUNDS POINT LOAD BEARING SHEAR AND TORSION. THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 °. 27 LAVATORIES ADJACENT TO WALL SHALL BE CENTERED 18" MIN. FROM SIDE WALL WITH RIM OF COUNTER NO HIGHER THAN 34" FROM FINISH FLOOR. 28 SELF — CLOSING VALVES TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. • FITTING ROOMS 29 THE ACCESSIBLE DRESSING ROOM SHALL HAVE A 24" BY 48" BENCH FIXED TO THE WALL ALONG THE LONGER DIMENSIONS. THE BENCH SHALL BE MOUNTED 17" TO 19" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES 1 PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN (2A -10BC OR 3A -40BC VERIFY) WITHIN 75' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING BY CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2 PLANS FOR THE MODIFICATION OF EXISTING FIXED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SUBMITTED BY INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU, OWNER'S INSURANCE ORGANIZATION AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, WHERE APPUCABLE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE NOMINATED BY THE MALL. 3 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13 STANDARDS OR APPUCABLE FIRE CODE. 4 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE INSTAWNG CONTRACTOR. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 72 STANDARDS, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS AND ALL APPUCABLE FIRE CODES. 5 MAINTAIN ONE HOUR FIRE — RESISTIVE WALL CONSTRUCTION AT BUILT —IN FIXTURES SUCH AS FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, AND ELECTRICAL PANELS EXCEEDING 16 SQ. IN. IN AREA. 6 A 44" AISLE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED THROUGH ROOMS LEADING TO EXIT DOORS. 7 CEIUNG TO BE COMPOSED OF INCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 8 ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON— COMBUSTIBLE OR FLAME —PROOF IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 9 CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED FIREPROOFING (WHEN APPUCABLE). 10 ENTRY DOORS TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED AFTER BUSINESS HOURS. 11 PROVIDE RUBBER GASKETS ON REAR DOOR TO ACHIEVE SMOKE —PROOF CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTABLE BY THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU. 12 USE OF PLASTIC FOR WALL OR CEILING COVERING, OTHER THAN LUMINOUS CEILING, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR EACH USE. 13 ALL SECURITY DOOR AREAS TO BE PROVIDED WITH A KEY LOCKING DEVICE SO AS TO ENABLE DOOR TO BE LOCKED IN THE OPEN POSITION AND SO LOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE REAR SERVICE DOOR). 14 EMERGENCY UGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ILLUMINATION VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL 15 ONLY PANIC HARDWARE APPROVED AND LISILD BY THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL SHALL BE INSTALLED. 16 EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND THE HAZARDOUS AREA. 17 DOORS OPENING INTO ONE —HOUR FIRE — RESISTIVE CORRIDOR SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A MIN. 20 MINUTE RATING. 18 EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ILLUMINATED AND THE TWO LAMPS SHALL BE ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUITS. ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES WIRING SYSTEM. IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE OF THIS SYSTEM, ILLUMINATION SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDED FROM AN EMERGENCY SYSTEM. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL GIVE A VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL 19 FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE —RATED WALLS OR CEIUNGS. 20 EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 21 ALL ASSEMBLED ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIANWAYS. 22 CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL FINISH MATERIALS WILL BE FLUSH AND INTERIOR FINISHES MUST CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE(S) FOR FLAME SPREAD INDEX RATINGS AND SMOKE DENSITY RATES. All DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME RETARDANT CONDITION. 23 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED, PER ALL APPLICABLE FIRE CODES AND STANDARDS. 24 THE CONSTRUCTION, REMODEL AND DEMOLITION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARDS. 25 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE HUNG NO MORE THAN 5 FEET HIGH IN LOCATION AS DESIGNATED BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THEY SHALL EITHER BE HOUSED IN A CABINET OR SURFACE MOUNTED (AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN). THEY SHALL BE IN A NORMAL PART OF TRAVEL, AND SIGNS SHALL BE CONSPICUOUS. 26 ALL INTERIOR FINISHES MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES. 27 ALL SUSPENDED CEIUNGS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES. 28 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE — RESISTIVE WALLS, FLOORS, CEIUNGS AND ROOF CEILINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND THE BUILDING /FIRE INSPECTOR. 29 EXIT CORRIDORS AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS SHALL BE FIRE—RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION RESPECTIVELY WITH OPENINGS PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES. 30 EXITS SHALL PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS AND UNOBSTRUCTED MEANS OF EGRESS TO A PUBUC WAY. NO DEAD END EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL EXCEED 20'. 31 FIRE ALARM DEVICES MUST COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL 32 BUILDING OCCUPANT SHALL SECURE PERMITS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FROM THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU PRIOR TO OCCUPYING THIS BUILDING. 33 PROVIDE UL DESIGN #WL1001 FOR ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED PARTITIONS. REFER TO DETAILS. BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES 1 ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPUCABLE COES. REFER TO TITLE SHEET AND PROJECT DATA FOR ALL APPUCABLE CODES. 2 GENERAL CONDITIONS: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AIA GENERAL CONDITIONS. 3 HE G.C. SHALL VISIT HE SITE, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND CHARLOTTE RUSSE HOLDINGS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE TENANT G.C. SHALL VISIT HE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, INCLUDING UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 4 THE G.C. SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND SHALL THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS WORK. DATA IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRAWINGS ARE AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE, BUT ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS, LEVELS, DISTANCES, AND FEATURES OF THE SITE AND RELATED IMPROVEMENTS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. BY ACT OF SUBMITTING A BID, THE G.C. IS DEEMED TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION AND TO HAVE EXAMINED ALL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, AND TO HAVE MADE ALLOWANCE THEREOF IN PREPARING HIS BID. NO EXTRA CHARGES WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR COSTS RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH HE ABOVE. 5 SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO SEPARATE PERMITS AND MALL/LANDLORD/TENANT COORDINATION APPROVAL, WHICH SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTAWNG SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR. SIGNAGE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR APPROVAL. 6 ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT, NO DEADBOLTS, NO SUDING BOLTS, ETC. 7 LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH —PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT THE ABILTY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 8 LOCKED DOORS SHALL EXIT IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 9 ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO STORE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. 10 CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS WHERE NECESSARY FOR ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, PUMPS, VALVES, ETC. WHERE SUCH PANELS ARE LOCATED IN A FIRE —RATED WALL OR CEIUNG, THE PANEL ASSEMBLY SHOULD EQUAL THE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY PENETRATED. THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PAINT ALL ACCESS DOORS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 11 CONTRACTOR TO SECURE ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS PRIOR TO OCCUPYING THIS SPACE. 12 DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW METHOD AND MANNER OF ACCOMPUSHING WORK. MINOR MODIFICATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUIT THE JOB DIMENSIONS OR CONDITIONS AND SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE WORK. 13 DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS: IF WORK IS REQUIRED IN A MANNER THAT MAKES IT IMPOSSIBLE TO PRODUCE: (a) FIRST CLASS WORK, OR SHOULD DISCREPANCIES APPEAR AMONG CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS, REQUEST INTERPRETATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. IF G.C. FAILS TO MAKE SUCH REQUEST, NO EXCUSE WILL THEREAFTER BE ENTERTAINED FOR FAILURE TO CARRY OUT WORK IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER. (b) SHOULD CONFLICT OCCUR IN OR BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, G.C. IS DEEMED TO HAVE ESTIMATED ON MORE EXPENSIVE WAY OF DOING WORK, UNLESS HE SHALL HAVE ASKED FOR AND OBTAINED WRITTEN DECISION BEFORE SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL AS TO WHICH METHOD OR MATERIALS WILL BE REQUIRED. G.C. SHALL INFORM ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF SUCH CONFLICT BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OCCUR. 14 CONNECTIONS: ALL ATTACHMENTS, CONNECTIONS, OR FASTENINGS OF ANY NATURE ARE TO BE PERMANENTLY SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH BEST PRACTICE; G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THEM ACCORDING TO THESE CONDITIONS. DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS TO ASSIST G.C.; THEY DO NOT ILLUSTRATE EVERY SUCH DETAIL 15 VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL OPENINGS WITH ALL DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURED ITEMS WHERE APPLICABLE. 16 VERIFY INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS WITH ALL APPUCABLE DRAWINGS BEFORE POURING CONCRETE. 17 ALL GLASS AND GLAZING SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND WITH U.S. CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. GLAZED OPENINGS LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE ADJACENT FLOOR SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS APPROVED FOR IMPACT HAZARD. 18 LATHING, PLASTERING AND GYPSUM DRYWALL SHALL CONFORM WITH THE APPUCABLE BUILDING CODE. GYPSUM DRYWALL FASTENERS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE JOINTS ARE TAPED. ALL DRYWALL SHALL BE 5/8" THICK, TYPE 'X', UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. USE 5/8" GREENBOARD AT DAMP LOCATIONS. 19 IN ALL INSTANCES, PROVIDE ISOLATION OF ALUMINUM FROM ADJACENT STEEL 20 PENETRATION OF PLUMBING THROUGH FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH NON—HARDENING SEALANT OR GASKETING. 21 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BACKING AND FRAMING FOR WALL MOUNTED METAL UGHT FIXTURES MIRRORS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING SAME. 22 COORDINATION IN ADDITION TO GENERAL COORDINATION. COORDINATE THE INTERFACING OF ALL ITEMS WHICH RELATE TO THE MALL BUILDING AND WHICH ARE COVERED BY SEPARATE CONTRACT. 23 ALL POWER — ACTUATED PINS /ANCHORS SHALL BE "RAMSET' #2230 AT 32" O.C. FOR INTERIOR, NON —LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS PER ICBO #1639. 24 DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE TO FACE OF FINISHED WALLS, COLUMN, GRID LINES AND FACE OF METAL STUD PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 25 UNLESS OBVIOUSLY SHOWN, DOOR LOCATION NOT LOCATED BY DIMENSION SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN WALLS AND SHALL BE LOCATED (4 ") FOUR INCHES FROM THE FINISH WALL TO THE EDGE OF DOOR BUCK. 26 ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS, FLASHING, COUNTER— FLASHING AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN SUCH A MANNER TO BE WEATHERPROOF. 27 PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING FOR ALL NEW SUSPENDED CEIUNGS/SOFI-11S (WHERE REQUIRED) PER DETAILS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEIUNGS SHALL BE SECURED TO MAIN AND /OR CROSS RUNNERS WITH CLIPS (WHERE REQUIRED). 28 ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 29 ALL WORK INVOLVING CUTTING, PATCHING AND NEW OPENINGS AT THE EXISTING ROOF SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD — NOMINATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 30 CONTRACTOR TO POST OCCUPANT LOAD SIGNS COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE CODES. 31 ALL HELD WELDS SHALL BE DONE BY CERTIFIED WELDERS AND SPECIALLY INSPECTED PER APPUCABLE CODES. 32 STOREFRONT GLASS SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED PER CODE. 33 THE MALL DESIGN AND TECHNICAL MANUALS SHALL BECOME A PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. 34 35 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SUBJECT TO FIELD CHECK. 36 THE TENANT SPACE A PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO THE BUILDING, THE PRIMARY PATH OF TRAVEL FROM THE ENTRANCE TO THE TENANT SPACE AND THE SANITARY FACIUTIES, DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND PUBUC TELEPHONES SERVING THE TENANT SPACE MUST BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. PROVIDE EXIT ILLUMINATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES. A SECOND SOURCE OF POWER IS REQUIRED. 37 NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S AND /OR OWNER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. 38 FIRE DAMPER. ASSEMBUES. INCLUDING SLEEVES. AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING /FIRE DEPARTMENTS. 39 ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FLAME SPREAD RATING AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE. 40 BRACING FOR ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR METAL STUD WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE METAL STUD MANUFACTURER. 41 ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEERS PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING AND EXIT SIGNAGE. 42 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS MAY NOT BE INSTALLED IN PLENUM SPACE. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NOTES GENERAL NOTES A HE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE HAS BEEN GENERATED BASED ON A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF RESPONSIBILTY BETWEEN THE OWNER (CHARLOTTE RUSSE HOLDINGS, INC.) AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE ARCHITECT OR PROJECT COORDINATOR MAY NOT BE HELD LIABLE SHOULD ANY DISPUTE RESULT FROM THIS SCHEDULE. B THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LAY —OUT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT. C HE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FOR ALL OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS. HE OWNER'S VENDOR SHALL INSTALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WHERE INDICATED. KEYNOTES (RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ONLY) 1 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID TO INCLUDE UNLOADING, CHECKING IN, AND INSTALLATION OF All OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AS NOTED ON THE FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 2 FOR SENSORMATIC COORDINATION CONTACT SUPPORT TEL 818.988.1922 OR PGR. 818.908.5675. SENSORMATIC ELECTRONIC CORPORATION, 25 MAUCHLY SUITE 329, IRVINE, CA 92618. THE GC WILL BE SUPPUED WITH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WHICH GC MUST FOLLOW. LANDLORD NOTES 11 15 1 THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE A PRE — CONSTRCUTION MEETING WITH THE LANDLORD'S ON —SITE REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO WORK START. 2 THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR WILL REPAINT AND /OR REPAIR THE LANDLORD'S PROPERTY (BULKHEADS, REAR CORRIDOR, ETC.) DAMAGED DURING TENANT IMPROVEMENT. 3 SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY —IN CEILING GRID, LIGHTS AND HVAC EQUIPMENT ETC. MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR ROOF. 4 ALL MATERIALS USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE MUST BE ASBESTOS FREE. 5 TENANT MUST SUBMIT SIGN MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. SIGNS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LEASE EXHIBIT. 6 ALL /ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS MUST BE SEALED WATERTIGHT. VERIFY LANDLORD'S ON —SITE REP. CRITERIA IF LANDLORD'S SELECTED ROOFING CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO DO ALL ROOF WORK AT THE TENANT'S EXPENSE. 7 TENANT SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS SO THAT ODORS AND /OR UQUIDS WILL NOT PENETRATE THE CONCRETE SLAB. 8 TENANTS MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT ON —SITE REPRESENTATIVE FOR REQUIRED INTERFACES TO LANDLORD'S CONTROL SYSTEMS AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 9 ALL CEILING MATERIAL MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF CLASS 'A' FIRE RATING. 10 ALL SUPPORT WIRES MAY ONLY BE CONNECTED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST AND /OR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY PENETRATION OR MODIFICATIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL OR CONCRETE MUST BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD'S ON—SITE REPRESENTATIVE. 12 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS, UTIUTY LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. 13 TENANT SHALL NOT PENETRATE LANDLORD'S METAL ROOF DECK WITH ANY TYPE FASTENERS. 14 IT IS TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF LANDLORD'S DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, ROOF AND BUILDING STRUCTURE. TENANTS MUST COMPLY WITH TITLE III OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE CODES. 16 THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR WILL REPAINT AND /OR REPAIR NEUTRAL PIER WHERE APPLICABLE. 17 TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION DEPOSIT WITH LANDLORD'S ON —SITE REPRESENTATIVE PER CENTER REQUIREMENTS. 2�3 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT, 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 ligY -1'000 rB \T CEO! b RESPONSIBILTY SCHEDULE LANDLORD & BUILDING DEPT. NOTES SHEET NUMBER T -2 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08115- METAL DOOR FRAMES 2.02 MATERIALS 1. Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Systems: System with profiles as indicated on Drawings; provide extruded aluminum type glass stops of profile to suit frame design. Aluminum Type: As recommended by manufacturer for application indicated, but not less than extruded aluminum, ASTM B221, 6061 or 6063 alloy and T5 or T6 temper. 2. Finish: manufacturer's standard "clear anodized finish" unless otherwise noted on construction documents. OR ANODIZED. Finish: Anodized coating conforming with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, Architectural Class 1, 0.7 mil or greater. Color: As selected by Architect. Architect reserves right to reject units of color or texture variations which are visually objectionable, but only where variation exceeds range established by manufacturer prior to P work. 3. Doors and Frames: (Where occurs per construction documents): Barrier -free doors meeting code requirements for providing access for people with physical disabilities; by entrance manufacturer. Type: Medium stile with 10" bottom rail or as indicated on drawings. Metal and Finish: Match aluminum storefront system.KAWNEER 190 IS NARROW STILE. NARROW �� STILE= 2 . KAWNEER 800 HAS SPECIAL BARRIER -FREE OPTIONS. a. Hardware: Provide complete hardware system except as indicated; match window wall system finish unless otherwise directed by Architect. Coordinate with Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Pivots /Closers: Center -hung pivots with concealed adjustable type closer, maximum 5 pound operating pressure when installed in final application. Security Locks: Manufacturer's standard. Cylinders: Provided under Section 08710. Push /Pulls: Manufacturer's standard as selected by Architect; match finish of similar hardware as specified in Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Weather - Stripping (for exterior application only)., Sweep Strips: Manufacturer's recommended standard type, to suit application Thresholds (for exterior application only): Maximum 1/2" height above adjacent surfaces, with maximum 1/4" vertical section and remainder maximum 1:2 slope. C.Glazing Accessories: as recommended by manufacturer to suit locations and applications for dry glazing installation. 1. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80 -90 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long by 3/8" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. Spacer Shims: Neoprene or EDPM; 45 -55 Shore A durometer hardness; 3 long by 3/32" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. Edge Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 60 -70 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long with minimum two per jamb located _ at top and bottom edges of glass; ASTM C864. Glazing Gaskets: Black color, Exterior neoprene or EDPM; interior neoprene, EPDM or vinyl; miter corner joints; ASTM C509 or C864. D. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners: Aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel of type which will not cause electrolytic action or corrosion. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for assembly or for application of hardware. Exposed fasteners shall be Phillips flat-head screws or Allen screws with finish matching item fastened. Provide concealed fasteners for glazing stops Steel Reinforcement and Brackets: Manufacturer's standard with minimum 2 oz. hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM Al23, applied after fabrication. Flashing: Provide sub -sill flashing members; minimum 22 gage sheet aluminum of sizes and shapes indicated and as required to drain water to exterior; match adjacent aluminum member finish. Anchoring Devices: Corrosion resistant type capable of supporting entrance system and superimposed design loads; design to allow adjustments of system prior to being permanently fastened in place. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront systems to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation; provide for thermal movement. B.Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit entrance assemblies in place. Reinforce work as necessary for performance support. for requirements and for pP t. Provide internal reinforcing hardware. Provide structural reinforcing within framing members where required to maintain rigidity and as required to accommodate design loads. C.Non- Automatic Doors: Comply with the adopted Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines relating to access for persons with disabilities. P 1. Clear Opening Width: Minimum 32" each door. D. Accurately fit together joints and corners; match components ensuring continuity of line and design; ensure joints and connections are flush, hairline and weather proof_ E. Allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to exterior. F. Fit and assemble work at shop to greatest extent possible; disassemble only as required for shipment and erection. G.Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint or preformed separators which will prevent corrosion. H.Separate metal surfaces at moving joints with plastic inserts or other non - abrasive concealed inserts which permanently prevent "freeze -up" of joint. I. Fabricate doors and apply hardware in shop. Disassemble only as required for transportation and installation. q P J. Apply coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces to be in contact with cementitious and with dissimilar materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install aluminum framed storefront assemblies, including 9 entrances, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet design requirements indicated, for weathertight installation. B. Ensure assemblies are plumb, level and free of warp or twist; maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location: 1/8" in 12' -0 ", with maximum 1/2" variation in total length. Maximum Offset Between Members: 1/16 ". C.Use sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten assemblies to building. D.Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. 3.02 CLEANING A.Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of components, exercising g care to avoid damage of finish. Mark glass after installation by crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass; do not apply markers to surface of glass. Remove nonpermanent labels immediately after sealant cures; cure sealants for high early strength and durability. 3.03 PROTECTION A.Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or dams ed durin construction eriod, includin natural g during period, including causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION 08410 SECTION 08710- DOOR HARDWARE 3.1.1 HARDWARE GROUPS: HW -1 (GLASS DOORS) Door 1A: 1 Cylinder (Mortise) 1E-74 C181 626 2 *1 Blank Cylinder 1E04 626 *2 Thumb Turn 1E- A2/A4-C1$1 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls RM5012BTB with 13HD Hardware 626 (finish 32D) 2 Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 *2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 Door 1B: *2 Blank Cylinder 1 E04 626 *2 Y 2 Thumb Turn 1E-A2/A4-C181 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls RM5012B (finish 32D TB with 13HD Hardware 626 ) 2 Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 *2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 9 *Hardware per Glass Door Mfr. or Approved Equal. HW -2 (ROLL -UP GRILLE)- (NOT USED) SPECIFICATION INDEX 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 081 15 METAL DOOR FRAMES 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09271 GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09305 CONTROL JOINTS AND METAL TRIMS 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09638 STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09666 RESILIENT FLOORING 09910 PAINTING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing custom metal fabrications only at the approval of the Architect. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. C. Assemble and anchor components with approved fasteners pre - finished to match metal work. 3.2 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS A . The items furnished under this section are, but not limited to, the following: 1. Free Standing Display Fixtures 2. Recessed /slotted wall standards 3. Brackets, "U Rails" and "U Rail" shelves 4. Mirror Supports /Stands 5. Corner Angles g Decorative Brackets 7. Column Covers 8. Tube Steel Columns and Base Plates END OF SECTION 05500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies. Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569 (ASTM A 569M . ( ) 2.2 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Timely S series; TA8 trim with 20 Ga. galvinized finish for Y �� �� 9 painting. ri id, neat in appearance, and free PP rigid, Fabricate steel frames to be from defects, warp, or buckle. C. Prepare doors and frames to receive concealed hardware. P 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide manufacturers standard anchorage hardware reinforcement items. Fasteners at 11" o.c. or at each clip around perimeter of frame. P ART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Place steel frames to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect frames from the work of other sections. C. Clean and prepare frame and door for primer and painting. END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08115 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. B. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for Y Y types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. 1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire -rated doors (with „ supplementary doors' UL or FM labels indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware ) provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". C. Items of hardware not definitely specified herein but necessary for completion of the work shall be provided. Such items shall be of type and unlit suitable to the service required and comparable to adjacent hardware. quality q P j Where size or shape of members is such as to prevent the use of types specified, hardware shall be furnished of suitable types having as nearly as operation type specified. practicable the same P eration and quality Y as the yP P ecified. D. Hardware supplier shall be a direct factory contract distributor who has in his employment an experienced certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (A.H.C.), who is available at all reasonable times during the course of this work. Have consultants name, address, and phone number available for p consultation to the owner, architect and contractor_ 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finish. C. Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule in manner indicated below. 1. Submit five (5) typewritten copies of the schedule of hardware. Schedule shall be arranged sequentially by door number with the hardware type identified. Hardware shall not be ordered for purchase until the schedule has been reviewed by the Architect. 2. Submit catalog cuts of each item. 3. Check door thicknesses, details of trim, clearance for hinges, strikes, closers, fastener requirements, and fire rating requirements before preparin• schedule. 4 . Submit keying schedule. Y g 5. Review of the schedule by the Architect shall not be construed as y certifying the schedule as being complete. D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory- prepared for the installation of hardware. 1.03 KEYING A. All locks shall be 'Best' 7 -Pin, Interchangeable Core Cylinders. B. KEYS: Provide 6 sets of all keys to owner PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISHES A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3, 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door Y and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's cutting fitting required instructions and recommendations. Wherever cuttin and fittin is re uired to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application specified in the PP � lication of surface protection with finishing work P Division -9 sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check each operating item of and eacoor, o A Ad t d hk h ti it f hd d h door, t ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the J P y y application. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in each space or area. Clean operating items to function finish of opera ems as necessary o restore proper uncon and hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE CODE: Approved Substitutions: 1. Hager Stanley, P.B.B. 2. Best (No substitute) ) 3. Dorma, Norton 7500, Yale 4400 4. Trimco, BBW, Rockwood 5. Pemko Reese, NGP 6. American Device 7. Schlage (No substitute) S. Adams -Rite Or equal 9. A.B.H. Rixson, G -J 10. Dorma Rixson, Dor- o -matic 11. Forms & Surfaces (No substitute) 12. Detex (No substitute) 13. Von Dupren 14. Glynn- Johnson 15. Cal -Royal 16. Monarch (No substitute) 17. Kawneer (Or equal) .. , ® Hardware per curtain /roll -up grille manufacturer -Straight lattice, galv. steel, open style curtain constructed 9 9 � P Y of solid nAsteel rods spaced 2" on center with aluminum link and spacer tubes connected with aluminum vertical links. - Curtain: mill finish with all exposed components clear anodized -Locking: best c tinder on inside and outside center of bottom bar g' Y and thumb -turn a ress on the inside transom center. 9 - Curtain will consist of solid aluminum lock protection panels to P P prevent theft of attempted entry - Grille coil shall face the inside of the store „ -Steel tube requirements: (min) 4 X4 X5/16 -Width and height shall be field verified and coordinated with general contractor and architect. HW -3 (BACK EXIT DOOR) --- (60 -MIN.) SECTION 05400 - COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer, fabricate, and erect cold- formed metal framing to withstand design loads within the following limits: 1. Exterior Load - Bearing Walls: Lateral deflection of L/360. 2. Interior Load- Bearing Walls: Lateral deflection of L/360. B. Calculate structural characteristics of cold- formed metal framing according to AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." C. Engage a qualified professional engineer to prepare design calculations. D. Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." E. Protect cold- formed metal framing from corrosion and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G60 zinc coated; structural quality; of grade required by structural performance. B. Steel Studs and Track: Fabricate with flange width of 1 -5/8 inches , design uncoated steel thickness of 0.0451 inch and of depths indicated. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36 B. Cast -in -Place Anchor Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon -steel hex -head bolts and studs; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened -steel washers. Hot -dip galvanize according to ASTM A 153. g g C. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant coated, self - drilling, self- threading steel drill screws. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 or DOD -P- 21035. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,1 FRAMING A. Install framing and accessories level, plumb, square, and true to line, and securely fasten. Temporarily brace framing. B. Fasten framing members by welding or screw fastening. C. Fasten reinforcement plates over web penetrations larger than standard punched openings. D. Studs: Install, align, and securely anchor continuous tracks to supporting structure. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Space studs as indicated; plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track. 1. Install and fasten horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. 2. Install miscellaneous connections, accessories, and supplementary framing. END OF SECTION 05400 SECTION 06402- INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data for granite counter top materials, Casework Shop Drawings and Samples showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of finish. B. Quality Standard: Woodwork Institute of California's "Manual of Millwork." C. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet -work is completed and HVAC system is operating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. B. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. Y C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2. D. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. E. Hardd PI Y F. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 1. Patterns and colors as indicated on drawings and selected by Architect. G. Low Pressure Decorative Melamine Laminate: Comply with ALA latest edition. 1. Colors as indicated on drawin s and selected by Architect. g Y 2. Black at cashwrap and backwrap. 3. White at back areas and offices. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. Y B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. C. Hardware Items: 1. Hinges: Blum Modul 125; Modul Zero - Protrusion at slide -out CPU compartments. 2. Drawer Slides: Accuride Type 3832, Black. 3. Pulls: "Ives" No. 36 Aluminum wire pull -626 or equal with matching shoulder washers. 4. Locks: "Best" L series with interchangeable cores. 5. Grommets: 3" black 6. Bumper Rails: C/S Acroyyn model DB -034F; 1/8 inch thick, 1 1/2 inch wide. 7. Casters: Faultless swivel casters #FL121 -2.5 or hafele 50mm twin- wheels with plastic press -fit sockets. Provide one caster with brake at each hanger container. 8. Air Vents: 0.50 inch perforated alluminum sheet with 1/4 inch square holes; black finish. 2.3 INTERIOR WOODWORK A. Complete fabrication before shipping to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble only as needed for shipping and installing. Where necessary for fitting at Project site, provide for scribing and trimming. 1. Assemble casings in plant, unless limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, members, flat members except for members with ends exposed in finished P P Work. C. Install glass to comply with FGMA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. D. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish: Premium Grade, made from species as indicated on drawings. E. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish: Premium Grade, made from any closed -grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. F. Laminate -Clad Cabinets (Plastic- Covered Casework): Premium Grade; WIC Section 15 1. Construction Style: Frameless 32mm system; multiple, self- supporting sections. 2. Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay. 3. Laminate Cladding: Horizontal surfaces other than tops, GP -50; vertical surfaces, GP -28; Edges, GP -50 semiexposed surfaces, thermoset decorative overlay. 4. Melamine Surfacing: Per ALA Standards; at semi - exposed surfaces. Color: black at cashwrap / backwrap and white at backrooms /offices 5. Exposed Panel Edge Surfacing: 1/8" PVC; color to match adjacent surface. G. Plastic- Laminate Countertops: Premium Grade. P 1. Laminate Grade: GP -50_ 2. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with other trades for site applied finishes to installed cabinet work. B. Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for grade specified. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, seal cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Install trim with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. F. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall. END OF SECTION 06402 "Monarch" 1 Exit Device F- 19- R- BA -MAL 16 Monarch (No substitute) 1 Surface Mounted Alarm EA -500 12 Detex (No substitute) ( ) 1 Cylinder 1E72-626 12 "Detex" w/ ECL -1595 spacer (No substitute) 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 10 x 34 630 4 1 Door Viewer 976U 626 4 1 Set Seal 588W17 Black 5 1 •••r B• •m • Pe - • Re- - N HW -4 (SALES TO CORRIDOR) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 -- 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -5 (STORAGE)-(NOT USED) ( ) ( ) SECTION 08305- SECTION 08305- METAL ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies(when required). Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and P labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. 16 -Gnu a steel frame with 14 ua a door anal. Galvanized steel 16-Gauge guage panel. drywall bead B. Prime -coat of baked -on electrostatic powder. C. Hinge. Double acting concealed spring hinge to allow opening of 175 degrees_ D. Lock. Flush screw- driver operated with steel cam. 2.2 Product Metal access door as manufactured by Milcor LP (800)528 -1411. Style DW- Flush Door 22x22 product #3203 -018 Part 3- Execution A. Place steel frames to comply with manufacfactureR's recomendations. B. Protect pre - finished door from the work of other sections. END OF SECTION 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 1 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 P HW -6 (CORRIDOR TO BREAK/STORAGER) - 20 -MIN. ( / ) ( ) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Pull Plate 626 4 1 Push Plate 626 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -7 (CL•SET)- NOT SED) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Passage AL- 10- S- SAT.626 7 (No substitute) 1 Kick Plate K0050 -10 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 HW -8 RESTROOM ( ) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Passage AL- 40- S- SAT.626 7 (No substitute) 1 Kick Plate K0050 -10X34 630 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Sign ( MEN / WOMEN) 527/528 x 754 BLUE 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -9 (FITTING ROOMS) 1 Spring Hinge BB1250 -4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 2 Butt BB1191 -4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 Lockset (all doors) AL80PD /Saturn 26D 7 2 Hinge door Stop (at accessible fitting room door) DP57 -1030 626 1 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 HW -10 (FITTING ROOMS TO DISPLAY) -(NOT USED) SECTION 08410- 0- ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS 1 Mortise Lock Dead Bolt Best 38H -7 -L -626 (No Exterior Trim 1 Top and Bottom Geared Pivot Hager #500.°� �JED 1 Half Dome Floor Stop Rockwood 400 or Equal , 6�VZ�� 1 Knob Ives #521 -3/4 B -260 or Equal. �� ®� CO J u� - 6 206 1 - - 1�� � 1 �� �@� " a 0 NI KEYING SCHEDULE (COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE) 1 KEY #1: ALL PERIMETER DOORS (ENTRY DOORS /ROLL -UP GRILLE, BACKDOOR PANIC DEVICE), AND CASH /WRAP DRAWER (AT MOTHER STATION) 2 KEY #2: ALL FITTING ROOM DOORS. HARDWARE NOTES (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 1 COORDINATE ALL KEYING WITH OWNER. 2 PROVIDE LEVER HARDWARE /HANDLES (626 OR 630 FINISH). 3 PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE w /PUSH BAR. 4 PROVIDE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL /SEAL ASSEMBLY RATED FOR 20 OR 60 MINUTES WHERE THE DOOR MEETS THE STOP AT JAMBS AND HEAD. 5 HARDWARE SHALL BE LISTED FOR USE ON FIRE EXITS. 6 PROVIDE DOOR RINGER /BUZZER, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7 PROVIDE SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOOR THAT IS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED AND OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS ". 8 PROVIDE A SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOORS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "DOORS MUST REMAIN IN OPEN POSITION WHILE STORE IS OCCUPIED ". 9 PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "NOT AN EXIT ". SIGN IS O.F.C.I. 10 PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "EMPLOYEES ONLY ". SIGN IS O.F.C.I. 11 ALL STOREFRONT ROLLING GRILLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A KEY LOCK ON BOTH THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF CONDITION SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION ON A CASE -BY -CASE BASIS SO THAT THE STORE IS KEPT WITHIN LOCAL CODES AND ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR EXITING. IF KEY LOCKS ARE NOT ALLOWED, APPROPRIATE PLATES SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO HAVE A BOTTOM PLATE INSTALLED TO FILL THE VOID LEFT BY THE GATE. THIS BOTTOM PLATE IS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT SURFACES OR IS TO BE FABRICATED USING THE MATERIAL AS THE ADJACENT SURFACES. 12 PROVIDE DOOR SIGNS FOR RESTROOMS REFER TO DETAIL 22A4 -1. 13 PROVIDE SIGN ON BACK OF REAR EXIT SERVICE DOOR PER DETAIL 5A7 -1. END OF SECTION 08710 T SECTION ION 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS & FIXTURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: Provide aluminum framed storefront system, with hardware, anchorage, glazing, and accessories as required for complete installation. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.General Design Requirements: Comply with recommendations of g q PY AAMA Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual, except where more stringent requirements are specified or required by applicable codes. B.(For Exterior Application Only) NOTE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE.Design Criteria: Strength: Design system to withstand wind loads acting normal to plane of wall as required by Code but no less than following minimum requirements: Wind Loads: Minimum 20 psf acting inward and outward. Deflection: Maximum L 175, ASTM E330. Safety / Y Factor: Design for specified pressures with no glass breakage, no 9 P P 9 9 permanent damage to fasteners, and no permanent deformation of framing in excess of 0.2% of member clear span. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration, ASTM E331, with no water on exposed interior components; static pressure differential of 20% of inward wind load, with minimum 6 psf load. Air Leakage: Maximum 0.06 cfm /sf, ASTM E283, at differential static pressure of 6.24 psf at fixed glazing and not more than 0.3 cfm /sf at doors. Safety Glass Standard: CPSC 16 CFR 1201, and ANSI Z97.1.CHECK 20 RECOMMENDED WHERE PLASTERED SURFACES ARE AFFECTED. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Energy requirements regarding energy performance of aluminum framed storefronts for re 9 9 gy P exterior applications only. 1. Manufacturer shall be responsible for providing information required by authorities necessary to verify conformance. Entire assembly, including glass and glazing, shall be certified by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) and shall bear NFRC Label indicating energy performance technical information. 1.04 WARRANTY 1. Special Warranty: Provide for correcting failures including wind damage and water penetration to interior surfaces, excessive deflections, and deterioration of finishes, weather - stripping and accessories. Special Warranty Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS SECTION 05505 - METAL FABRICATIONS Sc FIXTURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing details of fabrication and installation. B. Submit color samples as indicated (on metal) of specified colors for approval by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36; thickness and Configurations as indicated. B. Cold-Formed Structural -Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Screws, bolts, washers and nuts: Steel with rust resistant coating; provide with countersunk heads at exposed locations. P P 2.3 WELDING RODS „ A. Conforming with American Welding Society Specifications for Arc Welding Electrodes" of classification numbers suitable for work to be done. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal display fixtures and decorative items as shown on drawings and in conformance with Architect or Owners Representative approved shop drawings. B. All exposed surfaces shall be smooth with no visible weld joints or file marks. Use filler as required to eliminate dents, file or grinder marks and pits in weld joints. C. All exposed edges shall be eased slightly to avoid "sharp" edges. 2.5 FINISH A. Verify that all surfaces and welded joints are smooth, clean and free of surface blemishes. B. Exterior items shall be hot -dip galvanized prior to finishing. C. Prior to the application of finish system pre - assemble multiple section components to verify configuration is in conformance with approved shop drawings. D. At exterior locations apply high performance organic coating in conformance with AAMA 605.2 -92, 70% PVDF. At interior locations apply Silicone Polyester paint system including paint manufacturers recommended preparation and primer. Unless otherwise noted, color shall match "Frosty Nickel" by Abacus Coatings, color No.13 -9150. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: CIVIA C OR T LAN 0 M OR G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVED MAY 2 8 2000 PERMIT CENTF SPECIFICATIONS DOOR HARDWARE SHEET NUMBER SP -1 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09271- GYPSUM FABRICATIONS SECTION 09385- DIMENSION STONE TILE SECTION 09638- STONE PAVING AND FLOORING SECTION 09666- RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09910 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and Shop Drawings. B. Surface - Burning Characteristics: ASTM E $4, flame- spread rating of 25 or less and smoke - developed rating of 4-50 or less. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS- REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS A. Custom fabricated round column cover (where occurs) 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units as large as possible to minimize joints, with smooth g p j finished surfaces, and with the following dimensional tolerances: 1. Edge 1 g e Strai 1/16 inch . g htness: Plus or minus / 2. Overall Assembled Dimension: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. 3. Chords, Radii, and Diameters: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install glass- reinforced gypsum units level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. B. Install to the following tolerances: (Panel 8 inch. 1. Plane Alignment Panel to Panel): : 1 / g 2. Deflection: Not greater than the length of the assembly divided by 240. 3. Joint Alignment: Not more than 1/8 inch. 4. Joint Width: Not more than 1 /4 in ch, C. Patch fastener holes with bedding compound applied flush with finish face. Sand patch smooth and level. D. Attach pieces at joints with adhesive, and band or brace together until adhesive is cured. E. Finish joints to comply with ASTM C 840. Provide smooth and contiguous surfaces. END OF SECTION 09271 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and material Samples. B. Stone Tiles: Minimum abrasive hardness of 10, as determined per ASTM C 241. C. Stone Tiles: Static coefficient of friction of minimum 0.6, as determined per ASTM C 1028. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION STONE TILE A. Granite dimension stone tile: ASTM C 615; types as indicated on drawin s. drawings. B. Limestone dimension stone: ASTM C 568, Category II (Medium g ry ( Density); types as indicated on drawings. 2.2 DIMENSION STONE TILE - SETTING AND - GROUTING MATERIALS A. Materials complying with ANSI standards. B. Mapei "Ultra /Flex II" mortar and KER 800 unsnaded polymer- modified grout for small j oints. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Setting -Bed Accessories: Complying with ANSI A108.1A and as follows: 1. Cleava a As T e No. 15 ) or Type I (No. felt, ASTM D 226, Asphalt Membrane: g P polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick. B. Cementitious Backer Units: Complying with ANSI A118.9, of thickness indicated. C. Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip -and stain - resistant, not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. D. Required Floor Sealer: #511 impregnator by miracle sealant company. Must cure for a minimum of 12 -24 hours. Website www.miraclesealants.com. Colorless, slip- and stain - resistant sealer not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with parts of ANSI A10$ series of tile installation standards in "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated. B. Comply with TCA's " Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. C. Apply sealer to cleaned stone tile flooring according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: Minimum value per ASTM C 1028 of 0.6 on flat surfaces and 0.8 on ramps. B. Submit grout samples showing the full range of colors available. C. Submit stone samples at least 12 inches square. Include 2 or more samples in each set showing the full range of variations in appearance. D. Do not set stone flooring when air temperature or material temperature is below 50 deg F (10 deg C). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STONE " Fossilstone Quar A g stone: Solnhofen ry Rou h. g A. Fla B. Pattern: Random, polygonal pattern composed of units not less than 1 sq. ft. or more than 3 sq. ft. in area. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Latex - Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and latex additive to comply with written instructions of latex additive manufacturer. 1. Latex Additive: Mapei KERALASTIC. B. Sand Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10. C. Latex Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. 1. Use sanded grout; color to match stone. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Cleaner: Specifically formulated for stone types, finishes, and a applications indicated. B. Required Floor Sealer: #511 impregnator by miracle sealant company. Must cure for a minimum of 12 -24 hours. Website www.miraclesealants.com. Colorless, slip- and stain - resistant sealer not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. 2.4 STONE FABRICATION A. Cut stone to fit stone pattern indicated and to minimize field cutting. B. Cut stone to produce joints with a minimum of 1 4 inch and a P / maximum of one (1) inch width. C. Pattern Arrangement: Fabricate and arrange stone units as indicated on Drawings and directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond, including curing and sealing compounds, form oil, and laitance. B. Execute stonework by skilled mechanics experienced with the kind and Y P form of stone and installation method indicated. C. Field -cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce neat joints. 3.2 INSTALLING STONE A. Saturate concrete with clean water before placing setting bed. Remove surface water before placing setting bed. B. Apply cement -paste slush coat before placing setting bed. Limit area of slush coat to avoid its drying out. Do not exceed 1/16-inch ry g / thickness for slush coat. C. Spread and screed setting bed to uniform thickness at elevations required for accurate setting of stone. Mix and place only as much mortar setting bed as can be covered with stone before initial set. D. Place stone before initial set of cement occurs. Apply 1/16-inch-thick, slurry bond coat to back of each stone. E. Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of mortar. F. Vertical dimension from stone to stone shall exceed ADA Requirements. 3.3 GROUTING STONE PAVING AND FLOORING A. Grout stone joints to comply with ANSI A108.10 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, taking care not to smear grout on adjoining stone and other surfaces. After initial set of grout, finish joints by tooling to produce 9 j Y 9 P a slightly concave polished joint, free from drying cracks. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean stone paving and flooring as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Clean stone paving and flooring after setting and grouting are complete. C. Apply sealer to cleaned stone flooring, END OF SECTION 09638 STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Samples: Submit samples for colors and patterns. B. Closeout submittals. 1. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for materials. Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to performance. 2, Warranty: Submit warranty documents. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced (min. 5 years) to perform work who has specialized in the installation of work similar to B. Regulatory Requirements: that required for this project and who is acceptable to product mfr. 1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide linoleum flooring with the following fire performance characteristics: a. Critical Radiant Flux: Class 1 Rating per NFPA 253 (ASTM E 648) (0tts /cm or greater). b. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662 (NFPA 258). b. Smoke 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ordering: Comply with mfrs ordering instructions. B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: Deliver materials in mfr's g' PP g' g' g' original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials in temperature Conditions: 68' F (20' C) for 72 hours prior to, during and after installation. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS SITE CONDITIONS / A. Environmental Requirements /Conditions: per mfr's recommendations, areas to receive flooring shall be clean, fully enclosed, weathertight and maintained at a uniform temperature of at least 68'F (20' 20 C P ( C) for 72 hours prior to, during and after installation. Condition flooring materials for the same uniform temperatures. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Concrete Curing: Do not install flooring over concrete substrates until substrates have cured and are dry to bond with adhesive as determined by flooring mfr's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.06 WARRANTY ' A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, mfr's warranty document executed by authorized official. Mfr's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of , other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Issue warranty in the legal name of the project Owner. 2. 5 year limited warranty commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. 3. Owner is sole authority who will determine acceptability of mfr's documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mfr's/Products Data Sheets: Subject to compliance with specified requirements, provide products specified on construction documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions are acceptable for product installation in accordance with mfr's instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. General: Prepare floor substrate in accordance with mfr's instructions for warranty requirements. 2. Floor Substrate: Prepare floor substrate to be smooth, rigid, flat, level, permanently dry, clean and free of foreign materials such as dust, paint, grease, oils, solvent, curing and hardening compounds, sealers, asphalt and old adhesive residue. 3. Concrete Floor Substrate: Concrete floor substrate shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi. leveling compounds shall be with Portland cement based compounds. Do not use or install flooring over gypsum -based leveling or patching materials. a. Reference Standard: Comply with ASTM F 710 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. b. Moisture Test: Test each concrete floor substrate, regardless of age and grade level, for moisture. Moisture emission from concrete shall not exceed 3.5 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. If test results exceed limitation, do not proceed with flooring in installation until , P g corrective action has been completed. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Adhesive Flooring Installation: Cut required length of linoleum flooring from roll. Scribe and cut flooring material to shape of surfaces, including walls and partitions. Apply adhesive and lay sheet flooring into wet adhesive within 10 to 15 minutes and roll with ❑ 100 lb. roller. 2. Adhesive, Seamless Flooring Installation: Rout out seams and heat weld together with complementary colored heat welding rod of complimentary composition in accordance with resilient flooring mfr's recommendations. 3. Adhesive Material Installation: Use trowel as recommended by flooring mfr for specific adhesive. Spread at a rate of approx. 150 sq. ft. /gal. as recommended by flooring mfr. B. Installation Techniques: 1. Do not install resilient flooring over expansion joints. Use expansion joint covers manufactured for use with resilient flooring. C. Finish Flooring Patterns: As indicated on construction documents. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide mfr's fie service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of installation in accordance with mfr's instructions. 3.05 CLEANING A. Cleaning: Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with mfr's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. 1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaning methods recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. 2. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring mfr. 3. Damp -mop resilient flooring to remove black marks and soil. B. Protection: Protect installed flooring finish surfaces from damage during construction. 3.06 INITIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A. General: Include in Contract Amount cost for initial maintenance procedures, and execute procedures after flooring installation as recommended by flooring mfr. B. Drying Room Film: Expose installed linoleum to either natural or artificial light to allow "drying room film" on installed linoleum flooring to disappear prior to initialing protection procedures. END OF SECTION 09666 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and color Samples. B. Furnish primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Paint all exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, labels, and materials obviously intended to be left exposed such as brick and tile. Do not paint concealed surfaces, with the following exceptions: 1. Label mechanical piping in accessible ceiling spaces. 2. Paint the back side of access p anels. E. Deliver to Owner a 1 -gal. container, properly labeled and sealed, of each color and type of finish coat paint used on Project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT A. Manufacturer's best - quality, VOC compliant, paint material of the various coating types specified. B. Benjamin Moore or as approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, environmental and substrate conditions, product mixing, and application. 3.2 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic: 2 coats over rust - inhibitive alkyd primer. B. Zinc - Coated Metal: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic: 2 coats over galvanized metal alcyd primer. (Etch surface prior to appliction of primer.) 3.3 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Glass Reinforced Gypsum Fabrications: As follows: 1. Flat Acrylic: 2 coats. B. Gypsum Board: As follows: 1. E shell Acrylic: 2 coats over pigmented acrylic rimer. p warranty C. Plaster: As follows: 1. Flat Acrylic: 2 coats over alkyd primer. D. Woodwork and Hardboard: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over acrylic primer. E. Ferrous Metal: As follows: 1. Low- Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over rust - inhibitive alkyd primer. F. Zinc- Coated Metal: As follows: 1 • Low-Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over alkyd primer. (Etch surface P PP of primer.) prior to application ) END OF SECTION 09910 PAINTING 09910 - 2 D p 4 ® P LIpAl�� CODE99 ® 8® ° , UN �' ® � ( @� m �q� 1 tD ®~ Co ®r 2:53 SECTION 09260- GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Where STC -rated assemblies are required, provide materials and q identical to assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a 9 g Y qualified independent testing agency. C. Where fire - resistance -rated assemblies are required, provide materials and construction identical to assemblies tested according g to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Steel framing components for suspended and furred ceilings complying with ASTM C 645 and ASTM C 754. 1. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, .062 inch 9• P thick. 2. Hangers: Wire, ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 12 Ga. 3. Car in Channels: Cold - rolled steel, 1 -1 2 inches dee ry g / P 4. Furring Channels: Steel studs, 0.0179 - inch - thick, Steel rigid hat - shaped channels, 3/4 -inch- double -leg configuration or as indicated on drawings. 5. Hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 653, G40. 6. Direct -hung grid suspension system for interior ceilings. B. Steel framing for partitions complying with ASTM C 645. 1. Studs and Runners: In depth indicated; 25 Ga. or as indicated. 2. Rigid Hat - Shaped Furring Channels: In depth indicated and 0.0179 -inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Furring Brackets: Adjustable serrated -arm type fabricated from corrosion - resistant steel sheet 0.0329 -inch thick. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep, with single- or double -leg. 5. Z- Furring: Z- shaped members with face flange of 1 -1/4 inch, wall- attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and in depth required by insulation. 6. Hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 653, G40. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum board products in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, Type X in thickness indicated, with manufacturer's standard edges. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047, formed from steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc or plastic. B. Gypsum Board Joint Treatment Materials: Comply with ASTM C 475. Paper reinforcing tape and drying -type, ready - mixed, all- purpose compounds. P C. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9, thickness as indicated on drawings. D. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Isolate steel framing from building structure, except at floor, t prevent structural movement from transferring loading to partitions. 2. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Isolate the perimeter of non -load- bearing gypsum board partitions where they abut structural elements, except floors, by providing a 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide space between gypsum board and the structure. Trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 2. Where STC -rated gypsum board assemblies are required, comply with ASTM C 919 for location of edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies. 3. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11. 4. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten gypsum panels to supports with screws. 5. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws and face layers to base layers with adhesive and face layers to base layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. END OF SECTION 09260 ^ C SECTION 09305- METAL FLOOR TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ACCEPTED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3.2 TRANSITIONS STRIPS edge strips. Provide anodized aluminum edge strip with 1 8" A. Metal ed 9 P 9 P / reveal at top edge and integral provision for anchorage to substrate. Heights to match tile, stone or marble thickness. CTC14 for 1/4" height, CTC1 132 for 5/16" and CTC38 for 3/8" height. B. Stone /tile to carpet and vinyl to carpet transition. Provide anidozed aluminum edge strip with 1/4" reveal at top edge, for carpet protection and integral provision for anchorage to substrate. Heights to match tile, stone or marble thickness. CTC38Ct for 3/8" height or CTC1132CT for 11/32" height. C. Additional products as indicated on construction documents. D. MANUFACTURER: Ceramic Tool Company N16 W23250 Stoneridge Drive Waukesha WI 531$$ 800.236.5230 Tel: 414.513.9331 Fax: 414.513.9332 PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Metal trims and transitions: Provide prefabricated CTC joint as indicated on drawings and to comply with details, and if not shown and detailed, at locations to comply with recommendations in "TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" vertical and horizontal joint design essentials EJ171 -98. B. Provide smooth shapes as indicated on floor plan. C. Protect metal trim from the work of other sections. END OF SECTION 09305 METAL FLOOR TRIM 09511- S E C TION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and material Samples_ B. Acoustical Panel Ceilings: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. " C1 �� USG Interiors, Auratone, Fissured, 24 " x 48 �� x 5/8 ", Class A square edge, lay --in; color: white. " B. "C6" Armstrong Tegular Cortega, 24" x 24" x 5/8 , Class A, angled tegular edge, lay -in; color: white. 2.2 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Chicago Metallic, Series 1200, direct -hung suspension system, with intermediate -duty structural classification according to ASTM C 635. B. Or as indicated on Finish Schedule- C. Zinc- coated carbon -steel wire hangers, braces, and ties complying with ASTM A 641 , Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- diameter wire. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following: 1. CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 2. CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings." 3. ASTM C 636, "Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations." 4. U.B.C. Standard 25 -2, 1997 Edition. B. For systems requiring seismic restraint, comply with the following: 1. CISCA's "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies." 2. ASTM E 580, "Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint." END OF SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 2 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 4 4' . 40 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 iAX -1 2008 ERM1T GE ± l_ SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER SP -2 CHARLOTTE RUSSE The information contained in this Guide will help everyone successfully complete a Charlotte Russe/ installation. PLEASE READ AND FOLLOW THE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. BRING IT WITH YOU TO THE JOB SITE FOR REFERENCE DURING INSTALLATION. The local FSP should keep a copy of the Installation Sign -Off sheet for their records. If you have a problem at the job site, please call Micheal Upton at 949 - 770 -1880 or Cecilia Moreno at 949 - 754 -0550 ext. 1496 while on site. We can usually resolve issues with a phone call to Charlotte-Russe Corporate Office. PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY CHARLOTTE RUSSE /SENSORMATIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEM INSTALLATION REGIONAL ACCOUNT SPECIALIST Equipment configuration changes, shipments, returns, surveys, deliveries missing equipment Call Pacific Standard Time 9am -4pm SERVICE CALLS: PROJECT MANAGER Reports, Project Management Technical Information Project Book, Communication Equipment Out of Box Failures, Repairs PRE INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Micheal Upton Project Manager or Cecilia Moreno Regional Account Specialist will get the site GC name and number and the store opening date, door size, and system type to the FSP. SENSORMATIC INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES 1. FSP to call GC to set up time and date of the installation. Give a copy of the contractors responsibilities to the GC "Super" on site. Discuss trench depth, verify latapoxy will be on site at the time of installation, and coordinate exact time of installation. Please be prepared with all the tools, ladders and equipment needed to install the system. 2. *IMPORTANT* IF THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT PREPARED TO INSTALL LATAPDXY OVER OUR ANTENNAS AT THE TIME OF OUR INSTALL, DO NOT INSTALL, RESCHEDULE OUR INSTALLATION. OUR ATENNAS MUST NOT SIT IN THE FLOOR UN- INSTALLED, DAMAGE WILL OCCUR. CALL MICHAEL UPTON WHILE ON SITE IF THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT PREPARED (949)770 - -1 860. 3. Before setting up the system verify that the GC has made the proper calculations in regards to the trench depth. It must not exceed 1/2 in depth. 4. The GR -15 and paddle antennas should be completely tested prior to installation in latapoxy. Verify resonation of E -field and RF paddle operation. 5. If the site is using a vortex bar it is to be installed via the monofilament installation kit provided. Install vortex bar at a maximum of 8ft. off finished floor. The monofilament guide wires should be evenly spaced apart to insure a sag free installation. 6. Once tested, install antennas in a bed of latapoxy and test again before covering with latapoxy . 7. Sensormatic FST to oversee the GC "Super" installing Latapoxy 300 over system. 8. Once covered, test again. 9. Install the Power Pack above ceiling near A/C Location (Per Charlotte Russe Blue Prints). 10. Install (1) one Alarm Console per system (Do not combine alarm consoles). Install alarm(s) at 1 1 ft on each side of doorway (per Charlotte Russe Blue Prints). ALARM CONSOLE MUST BE EXPOSED ON WALL, TO BE SEEN FROM INSIDE THE STORE. 11. Install power detachers where instructed by on site GC and store personnel. Holes for the power detachers are precut by the GC. 12. Once system installation is complete, retest system. 13. Sensormatic FST and GC "Super" must sign the Sign -off Sheet and fill-in the actual thickness obtained & state that the system is operational and fax to Shannon Meade at 949- 754 -0525. 14. Schedule yourself back to the location before turnover to reset the system, once Latapoxy is dry and the floor material is installed. 15. CE to report back to Cecilia Moreno at 1496 and confirm that the system is working and install is 100% complete. 3/4" CONDUIT FROM TRENCH TO ABOVE CEILING NO THIN -SET MORTAR TO BE USED ABOVE SENSORMATIC. 2 Fv EXISTING SLAB. A SCALE: NOT TO SCALE A rA A wry d v OF CONDUIT. 0 .. 13" WIDE MAX. SENSORMATIC FLOOR RECESS CECILIA MORENO Ph: 310 -619 -2304 Fax: 310 -619 -2312 800 -241 -6678 Michael Upton Ph: 949 - 770 -1880 Cell: 714- 267 -1885 Fax: 949 - 454 -8105 VM# 800- 327 -1765 ext. 5936 NATIONAL SERVICE CENTER 800- 327 -1765 ext. 2283 12" METAL FREE -- 2 ZONE. OF DOOR tl • GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES 1. The GC is to READ all Sensormatic requirements prior to construction. 2. Sensormatic will ship EAS equipment and Latapoxy -300 directly to the Charlotte Russe site. The GC needs to accept all equipment deliveries. 3. Latapoxy Quantities: (3) three buckets for any door requiring one system, (4) four buckets for doorways requiring 2 systems. These quantities will be sufficient if the below guidelines are followed. NOTE: The coverage depends on the humidity, air temperature, and Latapoxy material temperarture. Follow guidelines on bucket. 4. The Sensormatic FST will contact GC to discuss the requirement for the in -floor Sensormat II EAS system or overhead MicroMax with Vortex Bar EAS system. 5. The GC is to measure the flooring height of the Mall and compare it to his requirements for the store tile, this difference may allow him to adjust the Trench Depth from 1/2" to an average 1/4 "- 5/16" of a depth or eliminate it completely. 6. If the Trench is already a 1 /2" Deep and you have done the above calculation you can back -fill the cavity with any self - leveling concrete material prior to Antenna installation. This will reduce the need for ordering additional Latapoxy 300. 7. The typical trench is 13" wide by the length of the door with an initial depth of 1/2", this will allow for the installation of the GR -15 E -field Antenna 1/8" deep and the RF Paddle Antennas 1/4'' deep. 8. While Sensormatic is still on site, the general contractor will encapsulate, encase and surround the EAS antennas in the floor with Latapoxy -300. LATAPDXY MUST BE UNDER THE SYSTEM AND ON TOP OF THE SYSTEM. LATAPDXY MUST BE USED TO SET THE TILE. NO THINSET CAN BE USED TO SET TILE ON TOP OF THE SENSORMATIC ANTENNAS, AS IT WILL AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEM AND RENDER IT USELESS. Refer to the attached memo for the typical thickness of materials and Latapoxy. 9. If Ardex is to be used as a floor finish (not an approved floor covering) USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. The top of the finished Latapoxy should be no lower than 1/4" below finished Mall floor, a 1/8" would be preferable. 10. General Contractor "Super" and the Sensormatic FST must sign the Sign -Off Sheet and fill in the actual thickness obtained stating that the system(s) operational. 11. Provide an access hatch next to the exit for the Sensormatic power pack. The minimum size required is 24 "x24 ". 12. Provide conduit from the power pack to the floor antennas. Maximum length for this conduit is 30' due to system limitations. The size of the conduit should be 3/4 inch. 13. Provide duplex receptacle in the ceiling within (3') three feet of the Sensormatic power pack for the system, the electrical requirements 110 VAC, 3 wire, 24 hour, UN- switched circuit. There should be less than 0.5 VAC between neutral and ground. Maximum power draw of system is 2.1 amps. LINE OF DOOR CLOSURE. SEE FLOOR PLAN. FLOORING MATERIAL PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CHIP AWAY ±1/2" TO PROVIDE MN. 1/2" DEEP LEVEL SLAB. SEE G.C. INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITY. WIRE CLOTH AND ANTENNA PAD PROVIDED BY SENSORMATIC, INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALL WIRE CLOTH AND ANTENNA AT TIME OF INSTALLATION WITHOUT ALLOWING ANTENNA TO SIT IN FLOOR UN- INSTALLED. DAMAGE WILL OCCUR, INSTALL IMMEDIATELY. 1/8" LATAPDXY 300 LEVELOR UNDERNEATH AND OVER TOP OF WIRE CLOTH. (1) GC TO INSTALL LATAPDXY FOLLOWED BY SENSORMATIC'S INSTALLATION OF WIRE CLOTH AND TESTING. (2) LATAPDXY 300 SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER'S VENDOR. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE QUANTITY REQUIRED TO OWNER'S VENDOR. ONLY LATAPDXY 300 SHALL BE USED ABOVE SENSORMATIC- NO THIN -SET MORTAR. (3) 10 NOTE: HERE IS A LIST OF APPROVED ADHESIVES THAT CAN BE USED WITH THE SENSORMATIC ANTENNAS. YOU MUST USE THIS APPROVED MATERIALS TO SET AND ENCAPSULATE THE SENSORMATIC ANTENNAS AND USE IT TO SET THE TILES OVER THE ANTENNA NOTHING OTHER THAN THE APPROVED ADHESIVES CAN BE USED BETWEN THE ANTENNAS AND THE TILE. TILE FLOORING: LATAPDXY 300 EPDXY ADHENSIVE (LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL,INC. 800- 243 - 4788). SUMMITVILLE 5 -300 (SUMMITVILLE TILES INC. 216- 223 - 1511). HYDROMENT ULTRA -SET CERAMIC TILE ADHENSIVE (BOSTLK 800- 726 - 7845). WOOD FLOORING: HYDROMENT ULTRA -SET HARDWOOD ADHESIVE (BOSTLK 800- 726 - 7825). P-88 WOOD FLOORING ADHENSIVE (CAPITAL ADHENSIVES 800 - 831 - 8381). CS MASTIC (KENTUCKY WOOD FLOR INC. 502 -451 -6024) VCT FLOORING: HYDROMENT ULTRA -SET HARDWOOD ADHESIVE (BOSTLK 800 - 726 - 7825). NOTE: REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ROLL -UP DOOR Artir A WA zir C." TRENCH 13"W. x LENGTH OF DOOR x 1/2" DEEP (HATCH AREA). SCALE: 1/2" = PLAN VIEW ELEVATION SENSORMATIC INSTALL DIAGRAM CHARLOTTE RUSSE THICKNESS & OPERATIONAL SIGN -OFF SHEET, DISCLAIMER: IT IS NOT RECOMENDED TO COVER ANY SRM RF SYSTEM WITH CONCRETE OR ANY NON - APPROVED MATERIALS. CHARLOTTE RUSSE ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY. THE DIAGRAM BELOW SHOWS THE RECOMMENDED THICKNESS OF ALL MATERIALS USED. THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF THE EXISTING MALL FLOORING WILL DICTATE THE DEPHT OF YOUR TRENCH. THE MAXIMUM DEPTH OF THE TRENCH IS ONE -HALF INCH (1/2 "). IF NO TILE IS TO BE USED, THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF ARDEX TOPPING THAT CAN BE USED OF SENSORMATIC SYSTEM IS ONE- QUARTER (1/4 "). IF YOU NEED TO BUILD UP THE AREA FOR ANY REASON YOU MUST ONLY BUILD UP THE LATAPDXY 300 OR THE SUB - SURFACE, THE LATER IS PREFFED. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE DIRECTIONS WILL RENDER THE SYSTEM INOPERATIVE. co m So I, THE UNDERSIGNED HAVE TUNED AND TESTED THE BURIED COMPONENTS AND ALL AREA IN WORKING ORDER. STORE# CITY STATE DATE System Operating within spec.'s YES NO With tile Yes NO (Circle One ea.) G.C. Job -site "Super' SIGNATURE Print G.C. "Super" NAME Sensormatic "Installer" SIGNATURE Print Sensormatic "Installer" NAME FILL OUT SIGN -OFF SHEET AND FAX TO SHANNON MEADE AT 949 -754 -0525 FLOORING PER FINISH SCHEDULE, ACTUAL THICKNESS* LATAPDXY 300, ACTUAL THICKNESS * RF PADDLE 1/8" GR -15, LATAPDXY 300, ACTUAL THICKNESS * GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAN COPY LENGTH OF OPENING e NOTE: THE CAVITY MUST BE FLAT & LEVEL, IF BACK- FILLING IS REQUIRED, FILL CAVITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SENSORMATIC ANTENNAS. THIS IS THE ONLY APPROVED METHOD OF BACK- FILLING. ONCE THE CAVITY IS BACK - FILLED, THE CAVITY MUST HAVE A LAYER OF APPROVED ADHESIVE* AS A BASE TO INSTALLING ANTENNAS, ONCE ANTENNAS ARE INSTALLED IT MUST BE COVERD BY APPROVED ADHESIVE*. TILE MUST BE SET WITH THE SAME APPROVED ADHESIVE *. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN - 6 2008 City Of Tukwila B ILD _ NG DIVI ION 12" METAL FREE ZONE (START TRENCH BEHIND METAL FREE ZONE) 3/4" CONDUIT FROM TRENCH TO ABOVE CEILING TERMINATES NEAR ACCESS LOCATION. ANTENNA CONFIGURATION SENSORMATIC POWER PACK (ABOVE CLNG.). S110V RECEPTACLE CLG. HEIGHT AT ENTRY SEE CEILING PLAN NOTE: SEE SHEET A2 -1 FOR ALARM LOCATION. 3/4" CONDUIT FROM TRENCH. ENTRY COL. PER FLOOR PLAN. WORK CLOTH (OFCI). s SENSORMATIC PAD INSTALLATION BY GC. GC SHALL OBTAIN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FROM 'SENSORMATIC' PRIOR TO STARTING SENSORMATIC WORK. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 C ca A REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 r- '4.b70 twc - 1 ZOOS Nrt CE SENSORMATIC DETAILS SHEET NUMBER SP -3 Co Co v- Co C) 0 F- U z Q LL1 L,� EXIT PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 "= 1' -0" MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION IBC 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. IBC 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot- candle at the walking level. IBC 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways.. 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings...for exit discharge doorways... ..r .•... .-•• ••-•.-..- -... . ........ .... EXIT REQUIREMENTS AND NOTES: DISTANCE EQUAL TO, NOT LESS THAN 1/2 OF THE LENGTH OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIMENSION OF THE AREA, NOT TO EXCEED 200 FEET. (250 WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM) EXIT SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH KITCHENS, STORE ROOMS OR SPACES USED FOR SIMILAR PURPOSES. CBC 1014.2 EXIT DOOR SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE. CBC. 1008.1.2 I I I I L J__J_ l � ----I .# t / / / / / �/ �/ �/ r / / / / / / / / / /-- - - - -, -A / G / ■■ ICI •x P °� 100 0..009d ' AA 1111 ..00 000000 00 __ —.. . 000000000000 . 000000000Cj7, r/1 1111111111111 ' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o O d- o ar o a tr o u o o atr o aot oo au 000 ao o - a u o . p o o o° o 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 00000 0 00 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0b ■■ . p000bb0000000000000000000000000000000000000y . o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 a 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '� , .}J 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c . p° Q0000000 0000000 00000000000000000000000000y D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0� nnnnonnnnnnnnoo _o- DDDnnnna pooa0000000000000O000000300000000000000003Oy @, QAa00000000000 00000000000000aoo00000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000 a 000000000000000000b 0bb0000n00000000000b0b oy 0 o O o 0 0 o O o o O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Go000° 0000000000000 0000000000000000000000D , �� , I� , III p 0 000 0 000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0ay 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. - i a.� ■ a.: i a: a a: i a.:.i a.: i a.: i a.: i a. , , ', r S o 0 0 0 0 0 0 . -` ,. . 'n000000092. Iv d00000OO C1 — S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 by I r oOOOObooc �� 1 , J ( :./ , ,, .� wit REVIEWED FOR. F(1R �E��� Ply �C� C��� COMPLIANCE. APPRO VED .11114 - 6 2008 c��v of T��►o�a BUILD1N DT IIO NORTH DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA M O R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVED HAY 282008 PERMIT CENTER EXIT PLAN SHEET NUMBER L -1 co Co Co z 0 F- 0 z r 2 V J w w 1 O co 00 0 00 00 �Asrge srdim ►i7� i7i�i7i7i7i�i7i�iti7i�i7� • I i: 1 :: 00 0 + 0 0 00 0 CORRIDOR i - ■ 4 ►/ r 4 A ivy CORRIDOF.-" SCALE: 1I4 "- 1 -0" 00 4' -8" 4'4" 5' -7" 1 rn 3 H �w!w!w!w!wl ....l w......*! i. ! t.i CORRIDOR _ FSM - FSM FSM EHI FSM a FSM 12' -10" B.O. (E) FSM GENERAL NOTES EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN • - FSM • I = / / L -i r /- �f, H II I 1 II h 1 FS M ® F SM 4 FSM - FSM MI FSIM F FSM ��� \ \ \ , \ I -- I SM ® +_ — -1 \ 1 \ � J 1 ' ' \ L J DEMOLITION / EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN A. THE INTENT IS FOR THE ENTIRE DEMISED SPACE TO BE CLEARED OF ALL PARTITIONS, FIXTURES, FINISHES, AND SIGNAGE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THIS DEMOLITION PLAN OR ON THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING PLANS. THIS PLAN DOES NOT INDICATE ALL ITEMS (LE. DUCTWORK, FLOOR IRREGULARITIES) THAT MAY REQUIRE DEMOLITION. PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION WORK AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT. C. DO NOT INCLUDE ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED OCCURRING BEYOND (OUTSIDE) THE LEASE /DEMISED SPACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE OWNER (CHARLOTTE RUSSE). (PROVIDE A SEPARATE /ALTERNATE BID FOR WORK OUTSIDE THE DEMISED SPACE, WHEN REQUESTED). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING /FIELD CONDITIONS AND INSPECT SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. NO ADDITIONAL COSTS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR CONDITIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO BIDDING. DEMOLISH EXISTING CEILING GRID, PANELS, GYPSUM BOARD, SOFFIT, METAL FRAMING, LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC DIFFUSERS, SPEAKERS, AND ANY ABANDONED SUPPORTS (I.E. CONDUITS AND CEILING WIRES). RAISE OR MODIFY ANY FIRE SPRINKLER LINES, AS REQUIRED, TO PERFORM ALL WORK. RE— INSTALL PER FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PREPARE FLOOR SURFACE FOR STONE AND CARPET FLOORING. PROVIDE LEVELING CONCRETE AND GRINDING /SMOOTHING OF ANY EXISTING IRREGULARITIES. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE TO MALL PROPERTY DUE TO THE TENANT'S WORK. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE DONE TO BULKHEAD OR NEUTRAL PIERS. 1 I _J G. REMOVE EXISTING IRREGULARITIES IN FLOOR (I.E. ANCHOR BOLTS AND CONCRETE POURS; CORE DRILL ONLY). ANY AND ALL UNDER —SLAB LINES (PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL) BEING ABANDONED ARE TO BE CLEANED AND CAPPED BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE SLAB AND THE CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE PATCHED. LEVEL FLOOR AS REQUIRED. ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH PASSES THROUGH THE WORK AREA AND SERVES OTHER TENANTS OR THE MALL SHALL REMAIN. ANY DAMAGE TO SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE (I.E. WATER MAINS, FIRE SPRINKLER MAINS, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC.). 24 -0" 9 ,_ 1 „ (E) GYP. CLG. 9 ,_ 6 " (E) B.O. BRACE FSM a FSM a FSM d FSM L r k 11' -0" (E) GYP. CLG. 16' -7" K. L. M. N. P. Q. R. S. T I I I III \ I II \ III \I II \ C L 12' -0" FSM a FSM a FSM FSM FSM MIME FSM a FSM a FjM a FSM a FSM a FSM FSM FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSh FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM EH L L n B.O. E METAL DECK 36' -5" R x . : - rv��� v� rr hwart /( i • • il le if - l���i. SIZ v - I l tit ' l 'w'� yatif • v tiSti f °- • ► • •"w • �vyvyvi '"" •" • °I *rya+ . ►ti '► -�wY - i �itl �i i�. ��. ���♦ iti���i� i7i�7i71�i7i�i`• ��i7i7iTi7i7ti�i�i��tit�i��t� tti��i11i7i1G I i77itil► ri7iTi7itit• �i�li7i�i iTi�itl�itil�i��t� • 7i iTiTi7i� w �TYt7 ti1-' ilt itit ♦t♦'_till�i�i�i�i�ii7i� ��� 1 M M ® FSM _ FSM FSM ® FSM ® FSM _ FSM FSM _ FSM ® FSM ® FSM I I J J ii T1 7 (E) GYP. CLLG. 24' -0" (E) MALL CORRIDOR (E) 4X2 LAY IN CLG. - 13' -3" i r ANY AND ALL WORK REQUIRING LOUD NOISES (I.E. JACK HAMMERING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH MALL'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM)— THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ANY ACM FOUND ON THIS PROJECT. ADVISE LANDLORD /OWNER IF ASBESTOS MATERIAL IS FOUND IN DEMISED SPACE. B.O. (E) BRACE 45' • CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT AND REVIEW DRAWINGS WITH CODE AUTHORITIES AND SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR INSPECTION, ETC., AS REQUIRED. THE PROCEDURES TO BE USED FOR THE WORK SHALL PROVIDE FOR SAFE CONDUCT OF THE WORK, CAREFUL REMOVAL, AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS, PROTECTION OF PROPERTY WHICH IS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK IN PROGRESS.DURING REMOVAL, OPERATIONS, ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY SHALL BE PROTECTED. HE WORK SHALL PROCEED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE ANY SPREAD OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND FLYING PARTICLES AND SO THAT ANY RELATED EFFECTS OF DEMOLITION OR REMOVAL DO NOT INTERFERE WITH SURROUNDING EQUIPMENT, PERSONNEL, OR BUILDING(S). CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ITEMS FROM THE SITE, UNLESS MALL'S REPRESENTATIVE HAS DIRECTED THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ITEMS TO THE MALL. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL PUBLIC AREAS CLEAN OF DEBRIS. COORDINATE WITH MALL /OWNER FOR LOCATION OF TRASH DUMPSTERS. PROVIDE BARRICADE, AS REQUIRED, TO PROTECT THE PUBLIC FROM WORK AREA (WHEN APPLICABLE). MATERIALS NOT EXPLICITLY DENOTED TO BE RETURNED TO THE MALL /OWNER SHALL BE SCRAPPED AND DISPOSED OF OFF THE PREMISES BY THIS CONTRACTOR. O. REVIEW MALL STRUCTURAL AND UTILITY PLANS, VERIFY ALL UTILITY, SEWER, OR OTHER SERVICES BEFORE CORE DRILLING, SAW — CUTTING, AND /OR TRENCHING. PROVIDE BACK FILL COMPACTION INFORMATION TO THE LANDLORD AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT, WHEN REQUIRED. MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS AT ANY EXISTING DEMISING WALLS, AT THE BULKHEAD, AND MALL CORRIDOR WALLS. MALL BULKHEAD, FASCIA AND /OR SOFFIT, AND THE SUPPORT SYSTEM AT THE STOREFRONT ARE TO BE KEPT INTACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. (E) GYP. CLG. 13' -3" 16' -9" (E) GYP. CLG. (`4� 9,_4» ' (E) 4X2 LAY IN CLG. 8 '_ 0 " (E) GYP. CLG. B.O. (E) METAL DECK - T u FSM a FSM ■ FSM a FSM ■ FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM ■ FSM a FSM a IF a FSM ■ FSM a F. i FSM ■ FSM a FSM a FSM A FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM LI J FSM a FSM a F FSM a FSM 16'-4" (E) METAL DECK FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM FSM a FSM FSM a FSM EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN KEYNOTES 1O LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 0 (E) DEMISING WALL. SEE WALL TYPES ON A1-1 03 (E) LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. ® (E) 8" X 6 1/2" WF STEEL COLUMN (TYP). 0 (E) 21 1/2" X 13" WF STEEL COLUMN. © (E) UNABLE TO VERIFY COLUMN SIZE. 07 (E) DIAGONAL BRACING FROM COLUMN TO BEAM. 0 (E) 16" STEEL I —BEAM © 15' —O" (TYP). O9 (E) STEEL I —BEAMS 0 13' -7 ". 10 (E) 2" VENT PIPE ® 12' -6 ". 11 (E) UNABLE TO VERIFY BEYOND THIS POINT. 12 (E) 6" SPRINKLER MAIN 0 12'-7". @ (E) 3" SPRINKLER MAIN © 12' -10 ". 14 (E) 3" SPRINKLER MAIN © 13' -7 ". 15 (E) 3/4" WATER LINE © 8' -2 ". 16 (E) MALL BULKHEAD © 12' -10 ". PER LANDLORD NEW BULKHEAD HEIGHT TO BE 13' -11" G.C. TO VERIFY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 17 (E) END OF TENANT STOREFRONT FINISH. 18 (E) 6" ROOF DRAIN ® 12' -7 ". 19 (E) ROOF DRAIN THROUGH DECK ABOVE. 20 (E) 6" TOILET EXHAUST DUCT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 21 (E) TENANT A.H.U. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. M 130' -7" 24' -0" EXISTING HELZBERG DIAMONDS SPACE #572 FSM a FSM FSM 12' --10" B.O. (E) FSM EXISTING FOREVER 21 SPACE #568 9 , -7 " B.O.(E) BRACE 45' M a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM 12' -5" FSM a FSM NEW TENANT CHARLOTTE RUSSE SPACE SPACE #568 B.O. MALL CONDUIT FSM a FSM EXISTING RAVE GIRL SPACE #560 FSM a FSM a FSM EXISTING ABERCROMBIE AND FITCH SPACE #556 Li FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM FSM FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM 22 (E) WATER HEATER UNDER SINK. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. I I 23 (E) 3" MALL CONDUITS ® 12' -5 ". 24 (E) 3" MALL CONDUITS © 14' -6 ". 25 (E) 3' —O" X 7' —O" EXIT DOOR. TO BE REMOVED. 26 (E) NEUTRAL PIER TO BE REMOVED. 27 G.C. TO INFILL EXISTING OPENINGS. G.C. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING ® 70' -0" 24' -0" FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM • a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM WALL LEGEND (� 13' -3" `+' (E) GYP. CLG. I I 1 3 ' -7 B.O. (E) FSM FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM IiIM FSM MM.I FSM Imo. FSM a FSM a FSM a FSU. i FSM a FSM FSM ■ FSM ■ FSM I! FSM El= FSM ■ FSM a 13' -3" (E) GYP. CLG. 12' -10" B.O. (E) FSM FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM EXISTING DEMISING WALL GENERAL NOTES - EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN FSM a FSM RIM FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM I II I © FSM a FSM a FS!{ FSM a FSM 0sw6:r,��sw71 TT 7 �- 7 '�' '�' '�' '�' '�' '�"�"�' 77 777 7 77777 TT 7 77 7'•►"7 7 7 TT T T77TT T7 7 7 TT77 T7 T /�=sc. TT T 7 77 T7 T7 TTTTT T 77T 7T7T7T7 TTTT T7T T TT 77T T 7 TT 7 T 7 7T 7 T T 7 TT 77 TT 77 7 7 77 7T 7 T TT T �! T 7 a*• t.es �' t. a' ttt/!`t'! t l ♦�• •�► ! _ _ ? C _ ? tt ? 7t 4 7 t lit !P t ttt t t tt11�t t�� t �I ♦� t P' ♦ t tt' ? _ _ F t� lT .go - - - - - - ����va����w������asw� :����'%�C���.�ri�4ii ��r - - - ����'' - - - - - ss�s� �� _ _ s��i _ . :�� ��v�i� _ . ���w�wt� - - - ��i� . � ��i�w �a� _ �a��li�s�"�J► - - - �� ��� ��w.�� ��� . . ,�w:.�►w.w�.�ww�w'�,�w�ww�l►��� +�w.��w.��w�w.��. �� �.� .. �a�a���� ..���.� �.w�w��.���w�ww�w _ w 00 00 0 0 REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND ON FLOOR PLAN SHEET Al —1 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. EXISTING DEMISING WALL OR WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED /REMOVED THIS PLAN WAS PREPARED BY INFORMATION GATHERED FROM ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING SOURCES AND MAY NOT INDICATE "AS— BUILT" CONDITIONS. SOURCES: LANDLORD PROVIDED LEASE DRAWING; CRITERIA; LANDLORD'S SHELL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS; SITE VISIT AND DOCUMENTATION BY OWNER'S DESIGNERS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR /ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING DEMOUTION OF SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. . CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON —SITE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR ALL SCHEDULING AND PHASING OF PROJECT. . COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON SITE REP. FOR ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DEMO THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY L.L. 12' -0" 11' -0" (E) GYP. CLG. t 1 12 ' -7" • B.Q. (E) ROOF DRAIN 12' -0" (13' -11" NEW HEIGHT) (E) B.O. BULKHEAD FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM a FSM rh 11' -0" (E) GYP. CLG. 20' -11" B.O. (E) METAL DECK 12' -0" (13' -11" NE (E) B.O. BUL 12' -0" (E) GYP. CLG. • FSM - .Ii FSM a FSM IMO= EXISTING MALL NORTH NOTES: 1. G.C. SHALL QUALIFY IN THEIR BID IF EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT NOTED EQUIPMENT NOTED ON PLANS ARE IN FACT EXISTING. 2. MALL SLAB REPLACEMENT MUST MEET TENANT CRITERIA COORDINATE WITH MALL'S OPERATIONS MANAGER. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR /ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING THE DEMOLITION OF THE SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 e 1 rr REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 ;;: 1 *5 7-',raBVIVT Calm. EXISTING CONDITIONS / DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET NUMBER AO -1 SYMBOL 5-0" CLR. = CLR. rZZEfki I ■ - 2' -91/ " TYP. I . R.O. TYP. OF I({"P ( (16) \A3 -3 �P. OF (16) FITTING ROOM 102 5 -5" 9 A3 -31 3 - 2" . V - 6" BI EAKISTORAG I 17' -9" 20' -1" 2' -2" . 3" -11" 1 1 1 SHOE STORAGE 1 1 103 I _ 5' - 0" CLR. NON -RATED CORRIDOR 107 JA I 174 / / 4'-10" \ A3-3 16 , A4 -3 . 4 4 ' -5" HOLD .5 ". ' -5" HOLD .5 ". 4' -5" HOLD 5" 4' - 5" HOL 6 -3" HOLD ■ =MI %%� MIAMI www.l l — / ■ / % %%% W !' MOW iwirwrww� �rriww�' ® rr riirrr_ ww�►r, w r"` C — ME= iiiiwiiiJ �wwiiiiiwiiYi /w.�wwr 1 1 �I r r Li, / � 4 r ir�iiiiiwii. ...ri iiiiiiwiiii riiiiiiriirw.Art. rir�rwwrrirwJ/rirr KrrriwriiAt /iiiriiii.•iiwr / - - - - 1�1 t , 4I, fi , 1,. -,------- .A Ili I /' — — — ---- - — — — — — / = I �! r — /�/ Iii /�► /� / / �� /% :. / , A. !Q N /Q ell 2 11 3 -0 TYP. / PI N . — —. 2 M ' �" id pi / 3 . " TYP. / / • � 1 � 3' a" TYP. 3 � X" 3' -c' TYP. 0J. G ., 1f+ / / i / / 1'� G 1 _ 1 :. 1 i ` _ ® J► FOOTWEAR 3' -O" TYP. DENIM WALL 3' -0" TYP. 129' -8" FINISH INTERIOR DIMENSION A3 -2 OF CASHWRAP `3 r 114" � DENIM WALL i 0 0 0 .00 .p o . o o . o of .poo..o..00 . p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c .p000000ooacg .p 404040000 Cb .P000000000 C�j o0000000o C) 666b OObbb d b V U if trQb b 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Op DO 00000000000000000000000000000000000000 O 00 OD ;0;10000000000000000000000000 , .09d : I ,, .°, 0 0 0 0 0 Op pn00000000OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO: .•"000OOOOD b o 0000000000000003000000000000000000000000oy ' b0000000000000000000000000000000000000000ooy p].nn o-p r n �onnnnn g nnnnp nhhq,� �p q.q�p�yrnnnp... b b0000000000 0 0 0 0 000000000000000000000000 0 0 0 o p, p, 9o000000000000000000000000000000000000O0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 OOOOOOOi - - - - - - - -•RR _ -- 0000000CD 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 b 0000000Q3 00000000) 071nrInrinehrt 17 h._ .ft.i9 ACCESSORIES 18' -10" DAUGHTER STATION #4 II DAUGHTER STATION #3 MOTHER STATION ' -11" 13' -3" 13' -3" DAUGHTER STATION #1 SALES AREA 101 3 -0° TYP. 2' -1O" 3 -0" TYP. SIM /OPP 11' -7" 1 1 \ A4 -1) \ A4 - 11 A4 (2) EQ.11' -10" 112" 1 I W / - - - - r rr� f / / / 111) if i rrr A i t_ _ u? u u? % 7 47 ■ / �' 2-5" n O %01 N ! g I I � � A I N I NJ �r �' — — -- — -- / -- ..� Irrwrww •r. �w/ wrw/, i/ r/ / / /I %� /! / /w / /IYSw / / / / / /�► / /w/ % % YY/ w/ YwYr i%/ w� riwwww .. rYY /Yw / /Jrw / /wrtrrr /r w/ �YwwrJ, /rJ, % //// / /////// /////// / / / / / / / / /:s / / / /r / / /Y / / / //s! / %// %! / /Y / / / / / / / / %! / / / / / /Y/ / / / / /f %wY / /// I / / % / / / / / / /Y // / % / / / % / / / / / / /Yw / / / /� %/� wi ■ iisi : —= =CM - - -- - - - MINICEIENA =: - — = — — — — — — CM — — — _ ■ — _ _ =ilWNE•M MIMPIMPIPINFIMWWIPM . . FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 114 " = 1' -0" WALL TYPES LEGEND POCHE RATING 1 HR 1 ` HR N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4' -8° WALL DESCRIPTION EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED DEMISING WALL. GC SHALL MAINTAIN FIRE - RATING. GC SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR DEMISING WALL PROVIDING 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. AS REQUIRED. BD. ON BOTH SIDES. EXTEND - DRYWALL FULL HEIG ON LANDLORD SIDE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. 24' -0" EARL PAR1 SHILL P 25' -7" 3 24' -0° HIT FLOOR TO DECK AND FIRE SEAL PER UL ASSEMBLY. COORDINATE FINIS NEW FULL HEIGHT STUD WALL. GC SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" FIRECODE GYPSUM BOARD ON EACH SIDE OF 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS. EXTEND STUDS FULL HEIGHT AND PROVIDE DRYWALL UP TO 14' -O" AT STOCKROOM SIDE PER DETAIL 3A4 -2. DE..t!I ,5148" E 3 C8" x'5 GAM ET, FRAMING TO 6" ABOVE HIGHEST ADJACENT CEILING. BRACE PARTITION AT DOUBLE CEILING CONDITION PER DETAIL. FOR WALL THICKNESS, REFER TO DIMENSION FLOOR PLAN. FOR WALL STANDARD CONDITION, REFER TO DETAIL. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR STRAPPING. NEW LOAD BEARING PARTITION (STORAGE ABOVE ON CEILING JOISTS). GC SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" FIRECODE GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE OF 3 5/8" X 20 GA METAL STUDS FINISH FLOOR. FOR CEILING JOISTS AND FRAMING CONNECTIONS, REFER TO DETAILS REFERENCED. NEW PLUMBING PARTITION. GC SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" GREENBOARD. BD. ON ROOM SIDE. METAL STUD FRAMING (6" X 20 GA.) AT 1 6" o.c. PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. NEW NON -LOAD BEARING FURRED -OUT PARTITION. GC SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" FIRECODE GYP. BD. AT ROOM SIDE OF 3 5/8" x 25 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING AT 1 6" o.c. (FOR WALL STANDARD CONDITION, REFER TO WALL STANDARD DETAIL). NEW PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION. GC SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE AND ON TOP OF 3 5/8" x 25 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING AT 16 "o.c. HEIGHT IS 7' -6" AFF, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON FLOOR AND CEILING PLANS OR ELEVATIONS. NEW PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION. GC TO PROVIDE 6' -6" AFF TO TOP AND BOTTOM AT 1' -0" AFF. PROVIDE ONE LAYER 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP BD. ON EACH SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM OF 3 5/8" x 25 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING AT 16" o.c. PROVIDE BACKING AS INDICATED. ES 12' -6" HOLD DETAIL 1 A4 -2 SIM, 9A4- 2,18A4 -2 SIM, 25A4 -2, 30A4 -2 11 A4 =2, 15A4 18A4- 19A4 -2, 25A4 -2, 30A4 -2 3A4 -2, 4A4 -2 SIM, 5A4 -2, 13A4 -2, 18A4 --2 4A4 & 5A4A2. 8/11/44 2 1 2A4-2,13A4 2, 1 6A4-2, 18A4 -2, 20A4 -2, 27A4 -2 8A4 -2 SIM, 13A4 -2, 1 5A4-2, 22A4 -2, 26A4 -2 27A4 -2 8A4 -2, 13A4 -2, 15A4 -2 22A4 -2, 26A4 -2, 27A4 -2 8A4 -2, 1 2A4-2, 1 3A4-2 27A4 -2 6A4 -2, 13A4 -2 7A4 -2, 13A4 -2 93 -3 FINISH INTERIOR DIMENSION UL DESIGN U465 U465 RESTROOM/ STORAGE RM. RESTROOM/ STORAGE RM. 15' -6" HOLD MISC. FOR PENETRATIONS SEE 25A4 -2 O R PEN ETRATONS 25A4 -2 24' -0" DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NO. DOOR TYPE A B B B DOOR SIZE (WIDTHxHEIGHTxDEPTH) (2) 6' -0 "x 9' -0" (VERIFY OPENING SIZE) " HOLD 2' -8" x 6' -0" x 1 3/4" 3' -0" x 6' -0" x 1 3/4" 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" 3' —O" x 7' —O" x 1 3/4" / 3 x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" DOOR MATERIAL ALU M HCHB HCHB SCHB SCHB SCHB SCHB FRAME MATERIAL ALUM HM HM HM HM HM HM 11" HEAD 27A4 -1 N/A N/A 17A4 -1 SIM. 16A4 -1 SIM. 16A4 -1 SIM, 17A4 -1 24' -O" u J • 31' -7" 2-5" 15' -6° HOLD 5" 15 HOLD 1' 20' - 6" HOLD 7 1'4" 15' HOLD 15' HOLD DETAILS JAMB 2A4 - 27A6 -1 27A6 -1 17A4 -1 16A4 -1 16A4 -1 1 7A4- 1 3. G.C. TO VERIFY, PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL, WITH LANDLORD WHAT DEMISING FINISHES G.C. WILL BE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING. 4. G.C. TO VERIFY WITH LANDLORD LEASE LINES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SILL 23A4 -3 N/A N/A 27A4 -3 27A4 -3 27A4-3 27A4 -3 1. HOLD DIMENSION TO BE EXACT FINISH DIMENSION AS NOTED ON PLANS. (NO EXCEPTIONS). 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR /ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. 18'-6" HOLD RATING (MIN.) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A A. HARDWARE (FOR GROUP & NOTES REFER TO SP - GROUP 1 NOTES HW- 1 HW -9 HW -9 HW -4 HW -8 HW -8 HW--6 1,7,8 1,2 1,2 1,5,10 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12 1,2,5,9,10 12' -0" 7" (2) EQ. 11-4" 1/2" GLASS PNELS REMARKS GLASS DOORS R.O. IS 2' -9 Y" X 8' -1" RA, IS 3' -1 Y" X 8' -1" NEW HM DOOR AND FRAME nswcz SYMBOLS: T.G.= TEMPERED GLAZING SCHB= SOLID CORE /HARDBOARD FACES W.D. =WOOD GL= GLASS ALUM= ALUMINUM H.M.= HOLLOW METAL rICHB HOLLOW CORE /HAPBOAIID FAGS (41ST. O (E) EXISTING) GE L = FLOOR CONSTRUCT! IT IS NOT ANTICIPATED THAT MORE THAN FOUR EMPLOYEES WILL BE WORKING AT ANY ONE TIME. FOR FLOORING /FINISHES AND KEYNOTES, REFER TO SHEET Al -2. C. FOR FURNISHINGS. FIXTURING AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO SHEET Al -3. FOR WALL TYPES, LEGENDS AND DOOR SCHDEULE. REFER TO SHEET A1 -1. DOOR PUSH /PULL PER SPECIFICATIONS. (1) KEY CYLINDER FOUND ON (1) DOOR; EA. DOOR TO HAVE THUMB TURN ON INSIDE OF ENTRY. FOR PUCK EE 22A6 -1. DOOR TYPES DOOR NOTES: 12 -0 C. PLASTIC LAMINATE 1 /4" A. FRAMELESS GLASS ALLUMINIUM ENTRY DOOR 3" FROM TOP OF DOOR OOR JAMB, SEE 27A6 -1. 26 LASS PANELS DUSTLESS AND FLR. SLEEVE IN OPEN i POSITION z W /DUST &- GUARD. L. 7 \ ( A4 -11 SIM. 1 ( 7 1 / A4 -1) i A3 -1 SIM /OPP lP1 A� a Zkr a d sk sk 30 Nfc 5 \ 1 NEUTRAL \A4 -1 PIER 1 /4" B. PAINT OIL -BASED 1 /4" SEMI -GLOSS D PAINT OIL -BASED 1 /4" SEMI -GLOSS NORTH 1 0"x34" OR 34 "x34" KIC PLATE (WHERE OCCURS) PEEP HOLE 1 0"x34" OR 34 "x34" KICK PLATE (WHERE OCCURS) A. FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS ON SHEET SP -1. 6. FOR ADA DOOR CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DETAIL 18A3 -3 1 REVI W ED FOR CODE O MPLIANCE AP RAVED JUN - 6 2008 City pf Tukwila BUILDING G DIVISION DELTA 1: 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA ' M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 RECEIVED MAY 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEF FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN SHEET NUMBER Al -1 MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE FURNISHINGS L6 I PLASTIC LAM. MATERIAL MELAMINE P1A I PAINT P105I PAINT CEILING FLOOR B9 F5 F5.1 PLASTIC LAM. METAL FINISH METAL FINISH SOLID SURFACE ACRYLIC PAINT PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW 816 - 2B AQUA MARINA 2019 50 18 LEMON DROP FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN P106 PAINT P107 PAINT P108 PAINT W2 FRP W71 WALL COVERING ACOUSTICAL TILE C6 I ACOUSTICAL TILE PLASTIC PANEL RUBBER SHEET VINYL VCT F (MATCH MALL STD. WOOD BASE FITTING ROOM 1021 F70 7 TYP. IN ALL FITTING RM. - T-- -T ° / P1A; cH ACCESSORIES ::'1g, ' •O O oo••a••aocb . b o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 cb DAUGHTER STATION #3 1 DAUGHTER STATION #3 i .p0000000aocp' i .'po00000000cp � p000000000 n P 0 6a 004 WTJ oao . 66 t .00000000OOd a6.600 o - ' �]�Sbtr�c - - 6oro 66 o . b000000000000000000000000000000000000 0ao00ap . b0000000000000a0oao00oo00000000000000.0000 .0000 0aaa0000O000 000000000000000000000.�OOOO . p0000o0000000000000p ''ood0o0000oo00D0000oao p0000a0000000000000, �'�p .. oo D0000a0000ao•oao00b .bo00000oa0o0aa00ooaO b O :'Oaa0 000000000 0000p '..O_o_a_n -0 O o 4.QS1A O o c n n n o O n n n n ,� . b o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 0 o 0 0 0 O O O O O . O O O O .90000 oc0000000000000000000000030000 0o0000 0000000000000000000000000000000000 .0000 0000000000000000000000000000000000 .0000ob 0oo0000000000000000000000000000000.30000p d000000000000000a000000000a00000aoo 000000p goa000OOOD000OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO000 00000O q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cp R FF/4Y Mlf1 R R Mfi1 FY,'1 A R/T'Hlffiftri{]j fl fl lfl -i f l r O O a o o o o 0000000 0000000 1 d 0 0 0 0 0 0 a dj 1 I r -7 Q o 0 0 o o D o cn MOTHER STATION i DAUGHTER STATION #1 1 SALES AREA 1101 F87/ 1 / j / 1 1 1 1 / / / / / 1 1 1 21 - / / / / / 1 1 1 T YP. / / / / 1 / 1 / I / L .LLWM MI:d SIMULATED WOOD RUBBER TILE MFR./ SUPPLIER WILSONART WILSONART NEVAMAR CARDINAL AVONITE PULP STUDIO, INC. BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW WHITE DOVE - INTERIOR READY MIXED BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW 1 814 - 1B JET STREAM BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW 1 815 - 18 SWISS BLUE o /M.R. GYP BD. MDC WALLCOVERINGS USG INTERIORS ARMSTRONG POLYGAL BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR PREVIEW ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG L.M. SCOFIELD CO VERIFY w /MALL PER BASE MANE. STOREFLOORS STOREFLOORS COLOR / NUMBER SLATE GREY D91 -60 FROSTY WHITE 1573 -60 BLACK OR WHITE WZ- 000 -1T SHIBUI WOODPRINT MXT -003T SILVER ALU METALX LS #6000 -T353 -GRAY ALUMINUM BREAK METAL CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. FOUNDATIONS ALGODON F1 -7713 SATIN WHITE TRANQUILITY ORIGAMI 5924 TR 586- STANDARD WHITE WHITE DOVE- INTERIOR READY MIXED WF -03 /CHARCOAL GRANITE GRAY 88701 STERLING 51904 CHERRY RED 51816 CEMETONE CLEAR VERIFY SEALED /CLEAR VARNISH ARMSTRONG NATURAL CREATIONS BLUE CHIP PATTERN FINISH DESCRIPTION TEXTURED TEXTURED POWDER COAT XUTE- WEIGHTS, RICE PAPER SERIES EGGSHELL ON WALLS FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN ALPHA 3191 AURATONE, FISSURED CORTEGA ANGLED TEGULAR TOP SET FLAT OR LOW -SHEEN CONECTION CORLON IMPERIAL TEXTURE IMPERIAL TEXTURE SEMI -GLOSS /CLEAN AND SEAL VERIFY SELECT GRADE MAPLE MAPLE INTERLOCKING RUBBER TILE 54" WIDE SHEET 12x12x1/8 12x12x1/8 VERIFY 91 OMMx1820MM x5MM THICK TO 54" AFF 6 HIGH, CONT. ROLL 3/4 "x6 "HIGH 3/8" THICK CC -1 F.R. PER ASTM D635 CLASS I CLASS I SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #6. SEE NOTE #3. SEE NOTE #6. SEE DETAIL 10A4 -1. CONTACT CHARLOTTE PIERCE 310 -815 -4999 SEE NOTES #9 AND 10. WWW.POLYGALCOM 1 -800- 537 -0095 CONTACT MALL MGR. WOOD BASE. SEE DETAIL 21A4 -3. OWNER FURNISHED CONTACTOR INSTALLED. CONTACT: AMY KIWNGSWORTH 770.512.0021 CONTACT: AMY KILLINGSWORTH 770.512.0021 )PtA > )PIA) PIA \ PIA' P1A ,P1A F87 FLOOR FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4°-= 1 %.0" PORCELAIN TILE STOREFLOORS INDIAN STONE POLISHED 18 "x18" CONTACT: MARIAN B BARTON 770.512.0021 (1 (1p1A) FLOOR FINISH PLAN KEYNOTES (P1A (P1 ® LANDLORD /MALL LEASE LINE /POP -OUT LEASE LINE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ® (NOT USED) PRE - MANUFACTURED GRILL GUIDE COLUMN COVER WITH ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH (C.F.C.I). ® DEMISING WALL. REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND ON SHEET Al -1. 4® STRUCTURAL MALL COLUMN (TO REMAIN). PATCH AND REPAIR FIRE PROOFING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF (E) REQUIRED RATING. WHERE AND IF OCCURS STOREFRONT COLUMN. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4 -1 AND 6A4 -1. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM COLUMN SUPPORT. SEE SHEETS A4-1 AND A4 -4. SALES AREA COLUMN COVER. SEE DETAIL 3A4 -1. LINE OF MALL FLOORING TRANSITION TO TENANT'S FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL. TRANSITION STRIP, REFER TO DETAIL 23A4 -3 AND 26A4 -3 AT ENTRY. FOR SIMULATED WOOD FLOORING TO STONE /HARDSURFACE, SEE DTL 26A4 -3. FOR STONE FLOORING AND STONE, SEE 25A4 -3. FOR FLOORING AT BASE, SEE DETAIL 21A4 -3. FOR FLOORING AT RUBBER /VINYL SEE 28A4-3. 10 REAR EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE MOUNTED ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR. SEE DETAIL 5A7 -1. 11 ILLUMINATED LIGHTBOX WALL (OFCI). SEE SHEET A1-3 AND 25A5 -1. 12 NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM BY G.C. 1/2" GLAZING BY G.C. ® FOR FIXTURING, MIRRORS, AND FURNITURE, REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL MIRROR LOCATIONS AND AT FIXTURING AS INDICATED OR REQUIRE" 14 "TTB" TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ® ELECTRICAL PANELS, EQUIPMENT, AND TRANSFORMER. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 16 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (0_F_C.I_) LOCATE AT 36" ON-CENTER, SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL 12A4 -2. 17 SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER. VERIFY LOCATION, QUANTITIES, AND HEIGHT WITH FIRE MARSHALL. 18 ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH MOUNTED AT 18" AFF. SEE DETAIL 29A6 -1. 0 ROUNDER HOLDER (C.F.C.I.). SEE DETAILS 12A5 -1 AND 17A5 -1. 20 NEW FLOOR DRAIN. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 21 SHOE AND STORAGE SHELVING. SHELVING AND LAYOUT BY OWNER'S VENDOR. SHELVING ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION BY GC. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. FIXED UNITS TO BE ANCHORED TO WALL (TYP). ® SENSORMATIC LOCATION. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT FROM FLOOR RECESS TO STUB -OUT AT CEILING SPACE AT ELEC. OUTLET. CHIP -OUT CONCRETE FLOOR AS INDICATED FOR A MIN. CLR. LEVEL DEPTH OF 3/8 ". SEE SHEET SP -3. 23 FITTING ROOM CLOSET ROD. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL 21A6 -1. 24 25 26 27 zs 29 3a 31 32 33 35 UPPER CABINET (DASHED) AND LOWER CABINET. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEETA1 ---3 AND ELEVATION 23A6 -1. PAINT DOOR AND FRAME OIL -BASED SEMI - GLOSS. 54" HIGH WAINSCOT AT WALLS. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAIL 10A4 -2. CASHWRAP AND BACKCOUNTER. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND MILLWORK SHEET A6-1. FOR ELECTRICAL STUB -UP LOCATION, SEE FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN SHEET A1-1. STEREO AMPLIFIER ON SHELF AT 5' -0" AFF. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL 24A6 --1. SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (EXTRAS MOUNTED) IN STORAGE ROOM. SEE DETAIL 22A5 -1. WALL COVERING IS O.F.C.I. GC SHALL PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING. 4" SIMULATED WOOD PLANK (F70) BORDER. 6" 0 DRAWING TUBE (C.F.CI.). GC SHALL PROVIDE 6" DIA. x 24" PVC TUBE AT 30" AFF WITH CAPPED BOTTOM. MOUNT VERTICALLY ON WALL WITH (3) SCREWS ANCHORED TO WALL STUD. (MEN /WOMEN) RESTROOMS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES SEE ELEVATIONS AND TYP. PLAN ON 30A3-3. (NOT USED) CONTINUE RUBBER FLOORING UNDER COUNTER. RESTROOM WALLS TO HAVE WATER RESISTANT DRYWALL WITH A 4 " -O" NON- PERMEABLE FINISH WAINSCOT. rIEINJTEDTRLOGINVI0LIMED MIND" SI lTrr'SEEEPLUMBING DWWIN 37 DUAL- HEIGHT DRINKING FOUNTAIN. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND CLEARANCES SEE ELEVATION DETAIL 29A3 -3. 39 G.C. TO ALIGN SIMULATED WOOD AT THE CORNER ENDS OF ENTRY PLANK. 40 (E) DIAGONAL BRACE TO BE EXPOSED & PAINTED PIA. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NO. ROOM 1 1031 iDIM )PIA) )PIA) SALES AREA F85/F87/F88 F61 FITTING ROOM 1 MEN SHOE STORAGE I F5.1 B9 WOMEN BREAK /STORAGE NON -RATED CORRIDOR A1113---24 FLOOR I BASE F70 F61 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5.1 89 F5.1 B9 P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED C P1A 11 ' NORTH SOUTH SEE A3 -2 SEE A3 -2 P1A P1A /W2 P1A /W2 P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED SEE A3 -2 SEE A3 -2 P1A P1A/W2 P 1A /W2 FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED TYP. 31 tkElPIE ��� MR , CODE APPROVED JUN - 6 2008 PROVIDE /INSTALL SATIN SILVER COLOR METAL TRANSITION STRIP BETWEEN FLOORING OF DIFFERENT TYPES. 2. FLOOR AND BASE IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE SHEET VINYL FLOORING WITH A 6" HIGH COVED BASE. REFER TO DETAIL 22aA4 -3. 3_ PROVIDE A 48" HIGH WAINSCOT ON ALL WALLS AS INDICATED. WAINSCOT SHALL BE FIBER - REINFORCED PANEL (F.R.P.) REFER TO DETAIL 10A4 -2. 4. FOR TYPICAL RESTROOM SIGNAGE, REFER TO DETAIL 22A4 -1. 5. PROVIDE 6" WIDE x 16 GA. METAL STRAP /BLOCKING AT WALLS WITH MIRRORS OR AS INDICATED ON SHEET A5 -1. 6. PAINT TO BE FLAT AT CEILING, EGGSHELL AT WALLS IN SALES AREA ONLY. USE SEMI -GLOSS AT WALLS IN BACK AREA AND OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS AT ALL DOORS AND FRAMES (USE PRIMER & PAINT, THREE COATS TYP). G.C.'S PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OWNER WITH ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT FOR EACH COLOR AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. G.C. TO PROVIDE PAINT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT. 7. GROUT COLOR SHALL BE: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS POLYBLEND #386 OYSTER GRAY, 1/8" JOINT TYPICAL CONTACT: 1- 800- 272 -8786. 8. G.C. TO PROVIDE CHARLOTTE RUSSE WITH QUANTITIES FOR THE FOLLOWING: ALL STONE FLOORING, VINYL FLOORING, WOOD BASE, AND WALL COVERING (O.F.C.I.). 9. TYPE II CLASS A FIRE SPREAD RATING ASTM E84 AND E84 -91A FABRIC - BACKED VINYL WALL COVERING. 10. NFPA CLASS A, UBC CLASS 1. FLAME SPREAD 5, SMOKE DENSITY 5. SAMPLE IGNITION WAS OBSERVED AT 44 SECONDS. MAXIMUM FLAME FRONT ADVANCE OF 1 FOOT WAS OBSERVED AT 50 SECONDS. GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR FINISH PLAN I A. IT IS NOT ANTICIPATED THAT MORE THAN FOUR EMPLOYEES WILL BE WORKING AT ANY ONE TIME. B. FOR FLOOR DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A1-1. C. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, REFER TO SHEET Al -1. D. FOR DOORS AND DOOR SCHEDULE, REFER TO SHEET Al -1. WALLS EAST SEE A3 -2 SEE A3 -2 P1A P1A /W2 P1A /W2 IR SEE A3 -2 SEE A3 -2 P1A P1A /W2 P1A /W2 P1A /W2 ON WALL AS P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED INDICATED P1A /W2 ON WALL AS P1A /W2 ON WALL AS INDICATED INDICATED CEILING WEST MATERIAL /COLOR NOTES SEE SHEET A2 -1 1,5,6,7,8,9,10 SEE SHEET A2 -1 5,6,7,8,9,10 C1 1,6,8,9,10 C6 2,3,4,6,8 C6 2,3,4,6,8 P1A 3,6,8 P1A 3,6,8 NORTH DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: IA c0R M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DELTA 1: REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 05.19.08 RECEIVED NAY 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEP FLOOR FINISH PLAN / ROOM AND FINISH SCHEDULES/ KEYNOTES SHEET NUMBER Al -2 CO CC) CO 0) z 0 z ♦ 2 VJ W J H W CIS IW1 HW36)/(HW1 1 4) 4 ( HW1 MR08. (ST04) TYP_ OF MIRROR NW18L (HW19 OF MIRROR (MS05) (MS23) cp aaaa RaaaaRaaaaa�aa aar TYP. OF 16 (M7 _cow � I ■ (MW18R (MW03) (HW21) (HW19)� ( HWI9) T ILS01i (STO.) TY (ST04,i TYP- (ST04) TYP. .4S23) Q (STO4) TYP- 005) (HW1 (ST04) TYP_ (ST04) TYP. (ST04) TYP. .o0 0 o Oc0 i .'boo ollYa 0 dc6 oocp .po00000000c 1 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 cb 1 .'b000000000 � .0000000000 - OIIIID IIOObt L5 L5: 0 .0000000000 o 0 C5'O - O C5UO strb - 5 tO"f5b A.30 t70-i3Lr0 -4Lr0- of C Mw k7 00000000000005000000000000000oo0o0o0000000p . p0000000000o0o000DOOOOOO000OOOOOOO5OOOOO000y .00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0p, .13 0000000000000000000000 .Wb} - 00000000000000009 •O555050 550 c) ono 0 5 0 000 4 0 o I';. o o o o o o o o o o o o o o0y' . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ..... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0'p_ • 0Ou:]0nnnnn nnn oO_CIo OA nnn nnn 0400 nnnnn nnn00_0.00¢ .p o 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 Ob .4Q400 DOO 00000000000000000000000000000 p. c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OD G 000000000000003000000000000000000000000 Oy (MW10) O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O G O O 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0, G 000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000D TYP .II F(3) 60000000000000000000000000000000000000000b . 00o0000000000a0000000it n aio nfi ono i o a noO OOn 80000000 a000000003 40000000 -- . GOOOOOOO r0000000c S %4� %' NI I J j (ST04) TYP- (HW16.) Ij (Hwi9) (M R04) TYP. (ST04) (ST041 TYP- OF MIRROR - • Ali CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE JUN - 6 2,008. city of glialharg 1 FURNITURE, FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 1' -0" FIXTURE /RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE STO1 STO2 STO4 LSO1 LSO2 DESCRIPTION STANDARDS 1- r a w Z FURNISHED IJ- INSTALLED REMARKS SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 6' -0" SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 5' -0" SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 8' -0" 20' -0"x10' -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 16' -0"x10' -0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 24'- 0°x10' -0° LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 8'4 LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 6' -0'x9' -0° LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 12' -0°x9-0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS 4' -0"x9-0" LIGHT BOX WITH STANDARDS WALL STANDARD JIG SINGLE TOWER 68' 4-WAY 68" ROLLING RACK LINGERIE 4 -WAY 68" HT ROUNDER 36 ", W /SIGN ADAPTER ROUNDER 42 ", W /SIGN ADAPTER DUAL FIXTURE REV. 2 -2003 LOBBY SIGN HOLDER PANTY TABLE 36' COUNTER ROLLING RACK 9" SHOE RISER DOUBLE EARRING HOLDER 20" SINGLE T- HOLDER 17" DOUBLE T- HOLDER BASKET- PLEXI 2 -SIDED SLATWALL W/MIRROR & SIGN HLDR HANGING WALL UNIT 4-SIDED EARRING TOWER WINDOW STAND SET 48"/36742" 10' SLIP OVER PEG HOOK TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12A4-2. MR01 GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12A4 -2. MR02 GENERAL SALES AREA SEE DETAIL 12A4-2. MR03 MR04 MR05 MR06 MR07 MR08 MR09 WITH NEW SIGN HOLDER ADAPTER HWO6 WITH NEW SIGN HOLDER ADAPTER HWO7 HWO8 HWO9 HW10 CLEARANCE DEPARTMENT, WHERE OCCURS HW11 HW12 HW13 HW14 HW15 NESTING TABLES HW17 HW18 HW19 HW20 RECT. MIRROR FRAME ONLY (SALES) RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR RECTANGULAR MIRROR RECTANGULAR CORRIDOR MIRROR RECTANGULAR FITTING ROOM ENTRY SHOE MIRROR FITTING ROOM MIRROR MIRROR 12'x36° U -RAIL 14" U -RAIL WITH PLEXI FROSTED (SLIP -OVER FACEOUT W /OUT PROTECTOR 14" FACEOUT 14" SLIP -OVER FACEOUT BOW RAIL SINGLE HAT FACEOUT TRIPLE HAT FACEOUT SIGN HOLDER (8.5 x 11) FITTING ROOM BAR CORNER ANGLE 60° CORNER ANGLE 42° FITTING ROOM PUCK PLATE 4'x6" FROSTED ACRYLIC SHELF SET 2" DECORATIVE PUCK FROSTED PLEXI SHELF TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD • • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • HW04 HARDWARE 2 "x36" U -RAIL TBD • • 1 G.C. TO UNPACK ALL HARDWARE, TYPICAL. M MWO2 • • • • • • • • MS-10A-1 365x86 ". SEE 3A5-1. FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. 1 MS -10B -1 48586' SEE DETAIL 4A5 -1. MS-10A-2 12"x60 ". SEE 1A5-1. FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. 1 MS -10B -2 245;60" FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. 60'x86' FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. MSO2C MS03A MS03B SEALANT ALL AROUND WIJ -MOLD AT TOP & BOTTOM. 1 MSO4A 24" X 86' SEE 2A5-1. FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR, MIRROR BY G.C. 1 MSO4B MWO3 1 SHELF PER RF-3A,3B DBL. TOWER/MIN. 2 PER WALL AREA MWO4 SALES WALL MWO5 MWO6 MWO7 MWO8 AF -1 HAT STAND MWO9 AF -1 HAT STAND MW10 ALL RF /AF FIXTURES MW14 SEE DETAIL BA5-1 MW16 60' SEE DETAIL 10A5 -1. MW17 MW18 L SEE DETAIL 7A5-1. MW18 R 12"x36"x120" SHELF 12 "x48 "x120" SHELF 24 °x36 "x120" SHELF 24"x48 "x120" SHELF 24 "X48 "X96" SHELF 18"x36 "x120' SHELF 18"x48 "x120" SHELF 18 "x36" x120° SHELF W/ 3 HANG BAR LEVELS 18"x48"x120° SHELF W/ 3 HANG BAR LEVELS MANAGER'S DESK 20" STEREO SHELF OVAL ROOM RUN BAR AND SUPPORT FITTING ROOM BENCH FITTING ROOM DOOR ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR 3-CASH REGISTER CASH WRAP 5-CASH REGISTER CASH WRAP BACKWRAP COUNTER WOOD BINS FOR HANGERS FITTING ROOM BENCH BACKWRAP COUNTER WITH CASH REGISTER CUSTOM MILLWORK BREAK TABLE FITTING ROOM DOOR FITTING ROOM DOOR TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • DESCRIPTION MIRRORS 0 w W 0 FURNISHED re W } 0 INSTALLED REMARKS LSO LWO1 LWO2 LWO3 LWO5 HWO1 FF01 FF02 FF03 FF04 FF05 FFO6 FF07 FF08 FF09 FF10 AF01 AFO2 AFO3 AF04 AF05 READY -TO -WEAR FIXTURES ACCESSORY FIXTURES AF06 AF07 AF08 AF09 HWO3 HW22 LIGHT BOX SIGN HOLDER 11x17 TBD • • • TABLES TB01 !RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR TBD • • TB03 TB04 SMALL RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR. SMALL RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR TBD TBD • • • • TB02 !RECT. NESTING TBLS & SIGN HLDR TBD • • FURNITURE FRO1 1 MANHATTAN BENCH 30° x30" I TBD BODY FORMS CPX2 CPX4 NMX1 NMX2 BODY FORM #1 BODY FORM #2 BODY FORM MAGNETIC ARMS #1 BODY FORM MAGNETIC ARMS #2 TBD TBD TBD TBD • • • • • • • FIXTURE/RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE HWO5 HW21 !CADDY PUCK PLATE HOLDER TBD • SEE DETAIL 22A6-1. SEE DETAIL 27A5-1 SEE DETAIL 16A6-1. HW25 1245[14" FROSTED ACRYLIC SHELF TBD • HW27 8" HOOK FOR ACRYLIC WALL TBD • HW36 TBD SEE DETAIL 26A5-1. LIGHTINALLSYSTEM ST12 TOP DOOR/LIGHT BOX LOWER DOOR/LIGHT BOX SPANNER/ LIGHT BOX LEFT HAND POST/ LIGHT BOX RIGHT HAND POST/ LIGHT BOX CENTER POST/ LIGHT BOX 10' SOFFITS/ LIGHT BOX-CLOSURE TRIM END RANGE/ LIGHT BOX TOP DOOR/ LIGHT BOX TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD • • 0 • • • 0 FIXTURE/RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION SHELFMASTER FURNISHED ce INSTALLED REMARKS SHOE STORAGE SHOE STORAGE SHOE STORAGE (BOOTS) SHOE STORAGE (BOOTS) STORAGE ROOM OR LAYAWAY STORAGE ROOM OR LAYAWAY MISCELLANEOUS SHELF WITH POLE HUNG • SEE DETAIL 23A6-1. SEE DETAIL 24A6-1. SEE DETAIL 21A6-1. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM, SEE DETAIL 29A6-1. SEE DETAILS 22A6-1 AND 27A6-1 SEE DETAILS 22A6-1 AND 27A6-1 SEE DETAILS 4A3-3, 30A6-1. SEE SHEET 226-1, 27A6-1 18"x24"x132" WALL MOUNTED 2'-0" Q.C. 4 RAIL HANGING SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL 20A5-1. MS15 12' LADDER AND HOLDER TBD EMPLOYEE LOCKERS TBD 10 ROUNDER HOLDER DISK HOLDER TBD SAFE TBD 10 MS11 !EMPLOYEE BULLETIN BOARD TBD 10 STEREO AMPLIFIER TBD MS13 6' LADDER AND HOLDER TBD 10 MS14 8' LADDER AND HOLDER TBD 1* MOP AND HOLDER 6° DRAWING TUBE TBD MS18 POLICY SIGN STOREFRONT CEILING GRID MS20 REFRIGERATOR MICROWAVE MS22 ALARM KEY PAD MS23 FIRE EXTINGUISHER TBD MS24 Z-RACK • • • • • • • • • • • • 'PENCO' MULTIPLE TIER 12x12x12, 72" HIGH SEE DETAIL 17A5-1. • 1 1 SHELF BY MILLWORK VENDOR, SEE DETAIL 24A6-1. rSEE DETAIL 11A7-1. 'TRIMCO', OR EQ., 2x4 GRILL (9-5034-0O52-01), WHITE FIXTURE/RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE co DESCRIPTION LIGHTINALLSYSTEM ST21 LOWER DOOE/LIGHT BOX ST22 SPANNER/LIGHT BOX ST23 LEFT HAND POST/LIGHT BOX ST24 RIGHT HAND POST/LIGHT BOX ST25 CENTER POST/LIGHT BOX TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD FURNISHED • • • • • cc INSTALLED • • • • • REMARKS ST26 ST27 10' SOFFITS/LIGHT BOX CLOSURE TRIM END FLANGE/LIGHT BOX TBD TBD OV'15 NORTH GC TO UNPACK AND CHECK IN ALL HARDWARE WITHIN 48 HOURS OF DELIVERY PER CHARLOTTE RUSSE FIXTURE INVENTORY CHECKLIST LOCATED IN THE STORE OPENING PACKET. THE GC IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS FIXTURE FORM AND FAX TO CHARLOTTE RUSSE STORE PLANNING AT 858.875.0333 ATTN: LICELY BARBOA EXT. 2420. CONTACT THE PROJECT MANAGER IF THE STORE OPENING PACKET IS NOT AT THE STORE AT TIME OF FIXTURE HARDWARE DELIVERY. G.C. TO UNPACK AND PLACE ALL ITEMS THAT ARRIVE WITH FIXTURE DELIVERY. Owl 4) fall 4) (MW18L) owl 6) 2 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM PLAN 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: IA AR C1-11TECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 PERMIT CENTER FURNITURE, FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN co co co 0) 0 SHEET NUMBER A1-3 I 10' -0" LAY -IN 10' - 0" LAY -IN c I B B B 16' B 16' -4 P1A OPEN TO DECK (I) a c O TYP 0 RL B B 20 24 0 H B B 11' -0" B.O. GYP. BD. RL 0 O I B 9' -0" SOFFIT I!I RL BB3 RL P1A � j 1° Y SOFFIT P1A 0 BB3`' O H I I 3 c B B 4 3 3 3 B 3 3 3 3 (L4) .4)1 4 6' -6" GYP. BD. 9' -6" B.O. W 1U GYP. BD. 10' -6" RL I!I RI 131 RL I!I RL 10' -0" I!I RL I!I RL 10' -6" GYP. BD. I!I RL TYP. TYP 3 - 3 11' -6" 131 RL (x RL I!1 RL f 131 RL RL I!I RL I!I RL P1A B.O. SOFFI V.1 II C,1 I!I RL 10' -6" GYP. BD. Y 1 C . 1 10'$" 12' -0' M 131 RL RL 131 RL I!I RL RL I!I RL C,1 I!1 RL RL I!I RL 131 RL I!I RL 14 TYP. M 1 V.1 I!1 RL I!I RL RL I!I RL I!I RL I!I RL 10'-0" I C . 1 TY ?. I!I RL I!I RL I!I RL 9' -6° B.O. SOFFI II C RL I�I RL I!I RL I I 12'- V 28' -0' I!I RL I!1 RL RL RL 11' -6" LAY -IN TYP. 131 RL RL ILI RL 131 RL RL I!I RL 30'- 1I I!I RL 4 1 0'-4" GYP. BD SS.5 SS.5 1 , 30' -0" 1Vf 131 RL RL ���V,1 1 � 1111 •\ • T Y T C. C. 1 T 10' -6" TYP. 131 RL I!I RL I!I RL 131 RI I!I C.1 RL RL I!I RL I!I RI RL RL 1!I RL I!I RL RL I!I RL clk 10' -0" B.O. BAND I!I RL [ml RL RL I!I RL 10'-6" 1Y -4" B.O. SOFFIT El RL 13 RL I!I RL RL RL PIA I 10 -1 X.1 a RL 131 RL B.O. DOLYGAL I!I RL I!I C.1 9' -6" 12' -11° B.O. STOREFRONT GLAZING 13' -5" B.O. DISPLAY 10' -6" B.O. SOFFIT Y 9' -6" B.O. BAND olk 9 -0" B.O. UGH BOX SOFFIT PIA PIA L_ 12' -11" B.Q. STOREFRONT GLAZING 44 10' -0" B.Q. BAND 131 I!I RI, 131 • (0 _ 12' -11" B.O. STOREFRONT GLAZING 13' -5 B.O. OF DISPLAY dddh 10' -0" B.O. SIGN • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . ■ AB 12' -11" Y B.O. ENTRY 0 13' -5" B.O. DISPLAY TYP. 10' -0" B.O. BAND oik 9 -0" B.O. LIGHT BOX SOFFIT 12' -11" B.O. STOREFRONT GLAZING 10' -0" B.O. BAND IUUU••• I I DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: Nip C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT VIEWED FOR C. COMPLIANCE APPROVED 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 I GYP. BD. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" KEY NOTES - CEILING PLAN O SIGN #1 (O.F.O.I.). REFER TO ELEVATION 1A7 -1 AND DETAILS 2A7 -1 AND 3A7 -1. O2 BLADE SIGN REFER TO DETAIL 9A7 -1, GC TO PROVIDE ATTACH PER LANDLORD'S DIRECTION. TEMPLATE TO GC SHOWING BOLTING PATTERN BY SIGN VENDOR. 0 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL LAY —IN CEILING SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3 O SUSPENDED GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 2A4 -3, 3A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3 ® DASHED LINE INDICATES A METAL STOREFRONT CEILING GRID (O.F.C.I.) G.C. SHALL TRIM GRIDS AS REQUIRED. REFER TO DETAIL 21A4 -1 AND FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1--3. ® FOR COLUMN DETAILS, REFER TO SHEET A4 -1. ® SENSORMATIC HORN WITH DIGITAL INDICATOR BY OWNER'S VENDOR — SENSORMATIC. VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER_ ® LINE OF 1/2" GLAZING, EXTEND UP TO SOFFIT /VALANCE. ® FOR PENDANT FIXTURE HEIGHT, SEE DETAIL 14A4 -3. ® LIGHT FIXTURES IN FITTING ROOM TO BE CENTERED ON BACK WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE (WHERE MIRROR IS SHOWN) OR PLACE CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE WALL IF T —BAR INTERFERES_ 11 (NOT USED). GC SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE — TREATED T &G PLYWOOD AT TOP OF RESTROOM FRAMING IF NONE EXISTS. REFER TO DETAILS 15A4 -2 AND 22A4 -2. ® STUD BOXED HEADER BEAMS AND COLUMNS SUPPORT. 13 2'X4' SUSPENDED ACRYLIC LAY —IN CEILING SYSTEM. CEILING GRID IN THIS AREA ONLY SHALL HAVE "WHITE" METALLIC FINISH WITH ACRYLIC LAY —IN PANELS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 14 MOUNT TRACK LIGHTING PER DETAIL 11A4 -3. CEILING FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL SM MOUNTING CEILING, RECESSED WALL, SURFACE FIXTURE /DESCRIPTION ATLAS FAP62T 6" COAXIAL LOUD SPEAKER SENSORMATIC HORN WALL MOUNTED (O.F.C.I.) OPEN TO DECK CEILING NOTES /REMARKS 0 0 SEE SP -3 GYP. BD. LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND SCHEDULE V tot AB B BE BB3 C.1 H J M RL SS.5 V.1 X.1 X2.1 EM SYMBOL • 0 131 I EXIT LAY -IN MOUNTING BAND RECESSED CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING PENDANT COVE SURFACE CEILING RECESSED CEILING RECESSED TRACK HEAD CEILING RECESSED CEILING RECESSED COVE SURFACE CEILING SURFACE CEILING OR WALL SURFACE CEILING OR WALL SURFACE GYP. BD. LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION COOL WHITE FLUORESCENT U —LAMP IN SIGN BAND RECESS FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE 4' FLUORESCENT STRIPLIGHT 8 “x8" RECESSED, 1 —LAMP FIXTURE WITH WIDE FLOOD REFLECTOR RECESSED, 2 —LAMP FIXTURE WITH WIDE FLOOD REFLECTOR T6 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE TRACK FIXTURE 8 “X8" SQUARE HORIZONTAL LAMP OPEN DOWNLIGHT VERTICAL COMPACT FLUORESCENT 2' FLUORESCENT STRIPLIGHT EXIT SIGN W/ BATTERY BACKUP. EDGE LIT. RED —FACE EXIT LIGHT W/ BATTERY BACKUP. SEMI — RECESSED — SELF CONTAINING EMERGENCY LIGHT GYP. BD. MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION BY SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR LIGHTOLIER SW4S232HPFUNVO2 LIGHTOLIER SW4S232HPFUNVO2EM SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14, A4 -3 LIGHTOLIER INTENSE LIGHTING INTENSE LIGHTING NORDIC LIGHT 3—W—AJ—RGO CON—TECH RL8SQF CONTRAST LIGHTING LIGHTOLIER JUNO NXESB1RWH JUNO NXPB3RWH JUNO N7WH LAMP QTY. 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 CODE WATT/LUMENS COLOR U936—CWHO FLUORESCENT FLUORESCENT BONGO — PLD—G451 PDL—MFL96 FLUORESCENT 32W T8 39W, T4, WIDE FLOOD LAMP, CMH 70W, T6, WIDE FLOOD LAMP, CMH METAL HALIDE (2) 4—PIN 42W 4—PIN TTT 32W FLUORESCENT 17W T8 (INCLUDED) L.E.D. (INCLUDED) STANDARD LAMP 5.4W INPUT 600 120 59 120 59 120 42 120 32 120 39 120 140 120 70 120 84 120 32 120 17 120 12 120 12 120 13.6 120 BALLAST DESIGNATION N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A GYP. BD. NOTES SURFACE MOUNTED OR CHAIN HUNG AT SURFACE MOUNTED OR CHAIN HUNG AT WITH EMERGENCY POWER KIT 00 INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP 00 WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP 00 WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP coo B.O. SOFFIT A. FOR CEILING DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A2-2. B. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEER'S PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING, AND EXIT SIGNAGE. C. SOUND SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. DESIGN, LAYOUT, AND INSTALLATION BY OWNER'S VENDOR. GC SHALL CONTACT ”MUSAK” TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. SPEAKERS SHOULD BE INTEGRATED INTO THE CEILING AND MAY NOT BE AUDIBLE IN THE COMMON AREA (MALL) OR ADJACENT SPACES. D. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND BALLASTS FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED (IF NECESSARY), INSTALLED, WIRED, AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE. ANY AND ALL CORDS AND WIRES SHALL BE CONCEALED E. INDICATED LIGHT CIRCUITS CONTROLLED BY PHOTOCELL—ON TIME SWITCH OFF. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS. F. G. H. GENERAL NOTES - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN J. ALARM SYSTEM FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING WHEN CONDUIT IS REQUIRED. RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; WIRED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE TRADES. REQURED 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN SHOW WINDOW CEILING, PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. CONNECTION TO SIGN SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM EITHER END. VERIFY LOCATION AND PROVIDE N.E.C. REQUIRED DISCONNECT. K. BATTERY BACKUP SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S VENDOR; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GC. L. SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY—IN CEILING GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, OR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, OR EQUIPMENT. M. PROVIDE BACKING FOR CHANDELIER (WHEN OCCURS), 200 LB. CAPACITY. N. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. 0. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS GYP BD CEILINGS IN THE SALES AREA, OVAL ROOM, AND FITTING AREA SHALL BE CONCEALED SCREW—ON TYPE (NO FRICTION ALLOWED) WITH COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. P. G.C. TO CENTER FIXTURE ON CENTERLINE OF DOOR, TYPICAL. Q. NO EXCEPTIONS. JUN 6 1008 City Of Tukwila REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVED MAY 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (RCP) CO 0 0 SHEET NUMBER A2-1 2' -0" TART fLG_.GRII1 0" CLG. GRID CV 3 3 CO 4 4 �4 �, 2' -0" START CLG. GR 4' -Q " TYP. EIREE 28' -0 EQ. 14' -0" CLG. GRID CEILING DIMENSION PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 "= 1'- 0" 9' -0" TYP. EQ. 9' -10" TYP. 1' -10" 1' -10" RL 2' -8 2' -0" 2' -0" 4' -0" _, 3' -0" IL 12' -0' O Q V.1 „ C.1 "' , C.1 1 C.1 2 �DIMENSIbN CO.�TROL LINE 30' -0" Md�i 11 4 1, 10' -7' 5" 1 /\ 1 / // 1 / B \ \ SM i/ Y A 7 14�— "--`- RL w � r / 1 / J CO I= RL /J' M /•te / EQ �/ > EC,. EQ. ril // // fj. 1/ 'IR Ex..' = ::.:="' Pa --k. RL r ? I/ • • RL T I/ /b- i II 1 - K / _ I r ¶ E __ I ' 111 ci La RL SM - 2'4 - --_-6' -0"- 2' 7 R ... . • NORTH LIGHT FIXTURES IN FITTING ROOM TO BE CENTERED ON BACK WALL WHENEVER POSSIBLE (WHERE MIRROR IS SHOWN) OR PLACE CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE BACK WALL IF T--BAR I NTERFERES. L -•1_ 3'-0" 6" TYP. 1'-4" a 3' -0" 2' -1" GENERAL NOTES - CEILING DIMENSION PLAN A. FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, REFER TO SHEET A2-1 , REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. B. FOR CEILING LEGEND, REFER TO SHEET A2 -1, REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. FOR CEILING HEIGHTS, REFER TO SHEET A2 -1, REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. D. FOR CEILING KEYNOTES, REFER TO SHEET A2 -1, REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 6" TYP. 12" 6" TYP. 1'-4" 0 c, w ■ \ • • • • • • • • • • • ■ • • • ▪ LV 47 • • ■ ■ ■■ ■■ ■1 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA M O R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 co 00 co 0) z 0 z Q W LU Q REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVED PINY 2 8 2000 PERMIT CENTF CEILING DIMENSION PLAN SHEET NUMBER A2-2 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C 1\Y GO C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 ININNIIIIMEMMMEM STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER A3 -1 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVE HAY 2 8 2008 PERIUIIT CENTFF 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL CP o I N.5 154 30 20 =, I 10 STOREFRONT /SECTION KEYNOTES (SHEET A3 -1) 0 LANDLORD/MALL LEASE LINE /POP -OUT LEASE UNE. G.C. TO VERIFY LEASE LINE LOCATION WITH MALL PRIOR TO CONSTRU`` II ION. 0 NEUTRAL PIER, BY LANDLORD, REFER TO NEUTRAL PIER DETAILS. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAINT NEUTRAL PIER AS NEEDED. ® MAIN STOREFRONT SIGN #1. REFER TO DETAILS 1A7 - 1, 2A7 - 1 AND 3A7 - 1. 0 APPLIED VINYL GRAPHICS, SIGN #3. REFER TO DETAIL 4A7- 1. ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER CEILING PLAN. SEE SHEET A2 -1. 6 BREAK METAL SEAM LOCATION, SEE DETAIL 10cA4 -1. O a7 3/4"x3/4"x1 8" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM CHANNEL REVEAL BETWEEN MALL N. PIER /BULKHEAD AND TENANTS FINISH. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3 AND DETAIL SHEET A5 -1 SHALL PROVIDE � MIRROR LOCATION. E ET GC S LL BACKING. 0 1/2" GLAZING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. REFER TO SHEET A4 -1 FOR DETAILS. 10 PRE MANUFACRED GRILLE GE U CTH ANODZE ALUM FURNIS HED AN INSTALLED BY UID G.C. FU HEIGHT OVER NO WI HORIZONT AL SEAMS. INUM FINISH (C.F.C.I) TO BE 11 TRANSLLCCOt�ITRBACTOR. WALL DISPLAY UNIT PROVIDED BY OWNER'S SPECIAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY 13 LIGHT FROSTED VINYL FILM AT INSIDE OF UPPER TRANSOM FASARA: SH2MA MM. (NO SUBSTITUTE). :::: 14 4 - #1O SCREWS STUD TO STUD TYPICAL. 15 ATTACH TRACK TO BEAM WITH 2-#10 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. TYPICAL. a # 16 MALL BULKHEAD. GC SHALL ADD 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. AT BACK OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD FRAMING CONTINUOUS TO DECK AND FIRE SEAL AT DECK- IF REVD. ® CONT. 150F12S -33 HAT CHANNEL WITH 2 - #10 EACH BRACE LOCATE AT MIDLENGTH OF BRACE. 18 362S162-33 METAL FRAMING AT 16 ON- CENTER TRACKS SHALL BE 362T12S -43 MIN. ® 36 ONDIAGOI AL BRACE ® 48" O.C. WITH (4) #10 SCREWS EACH STUD /JOIST TYP. UNO. SEE 22/A4 -4 FO TOP 20 MALL STRUCTURE /DECK /STRUCTURE ABOVE. (V.I.F.) 21 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 1A4 -3 AND 5A4 -3. 22 SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. REFER TO DETAILS 2A4 -3, 3A4 -3, AND 5A4 -3. ® CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. METAL FINISH (C.F.C.I.) TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS. 24 GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED ON WALLS AT 7' -8" A.F.F. (U.N.O.) G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AT WALL LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL 27A5 -1. ® SENSORMATIC HORN IS O.F.O.I. 26 ROLL -UP GRILLE HOUSING. 27 ROLL -UP GRILLE COLUMN. REFER TO DETAIL 6A4 -1. 28 (E) MALL JOIST. 29 G.C. TO INFILL SAW TOOTH MALL BULKHEAD AND SMOOTH OUT FINISH. 3p NOT USED - ° S C �U 5 �•R�- 0. '• ED 3 ■" - E API R T• Al 2A4 @ GLAZING CLIP BY G.C. CF. CI. SEE SEE DET. 24/A4-1. 33 TENANT'S G.C. TO VERIFY ATTACH METOD WITH MALL OPERATION MANAGER PRIOR START OF Q CONSTRUCTION. a 4 - #10 SCREWS STUD TO STUD TYPICAL. 11' -5" 31 5' -1p° A3 7-0" -1 7-11" 3O o ' 5" I 6' -3" 12' -T" 2g ,} BREAK METAL TRANSOM n O �•� BREAK METAL TRANSOM BREAK METAL TRANSOM BREAK METAL TRANSOM O BREA METAL TRANSOM BREAK METAL TRANSOM BREAK METAL TRANSOM +' T.O. (E) MALL BULKHEAD ` 13 TYP. 13 TYP 0 O O 13 TYP. O 0 13 TYP. T.O. (E) MALL BULKHEAD 13' 11° Q 13 TYP. a O 13 TYP. I I _._. 13_1-11" . (E)MALL BULKHEAD 1 11 B 13'-11" oO oO oO - oO I I I `I•' B.O. MALL B ULKHEAD `f' B.O. E MALL () BULKHEAD - 1 1 1 a (� s .......... ...... '...'..... '. ' .. .... l.. ,��;� ; .;�: .. . ,- I ) ` . ; . . . �. �,.... .... ...................... . . '' . ' .. ' . .. "..... ........................ ...... .................... .................. ............... O.STOREFRONT I .... ............... .... ..... ............................... ............................... I '.'...'.'.'. f.'.. .... . ............................... .... 1 . .'...'.'..'.'.'.....'.......... ...'1' .. ...................... ... .......... ....... 0 0 ...... — . ......................... ...... 0 1 ......................... E P ri � 4. EQ. ' B.O.MULLION /SIGN L4D ■ / EQ. EQ. yr B.O. MULLION /SIGN CO *B O BLA[ I� 7 / a 3 u 0 ` P ` ■ Eq. MEIN ■ I 0 • � i . F' C■ t 40 i 41111111 0 [ 1 7 [ ] / EQ. EQ. 2 a . E EQ. I I I! I■ I Iii■ - x i /�+° l otterusse cam N _ kJ »� ( s�ielo cc ' charlotterusse.cnm ( f ch arlotterussemm 0 -0 �h..l._._._w° p - *, I \ 15 A.F.F 15 � 1 ' -0"CLR.OPENING I. ® - I - X N A4 -1 A4 -1 STOREFRONT ELEVATION __ __ �� ST ELEVATION `' �j SCALE: 1/4"-=1I-0" SCALE: 1/4"=1 - 13' -5" CD e 10 e . e D 12 sik 0 z1 z1 I 20 © 2 21 30 ! CL OF MIRROR 0 1 2 ) I lD ® I o ir B.Q. DISPLAY i 1 S B.O. TOREFRONT � � I l SOFFIT a — 11' -6" ^.�;......'...._�._._._._._.. . 11'-6" I � I I E0. �, EQ. � - ���- �- ��� . ..................... .:.....:..:.....:.:....:...:...:.......:..::.. .J .. .. � LAY -IN 1 n . I ®� ----- 10' -0" . .. .. \ _ - -0 n B.O. BAND 4401•0" / / B.O. BAND O. B i ... .i..'.', . .', .'. -ter . 1.4%.4 z ( I . . ... . ........ ..... _ ' 07 I f - i \ ] ........ :.:.......:..:.. :..:.:.:.:..:... :..:... _. \ Q Viii TYP. EQ. EQ. / EQ. E Q. :.:.;..:.:.:... :.:.....:.,.'. '.'.'.'.. :...:.;.:.:..;..........:.:. '..'.:.'.'..:.:.:.:.:.:.._.:.:. :.... I E p 7 . moaexxuisnahsdb . 15 Cli) A F A.F.F F61 - 4 TYP. 0 TYP. ® ` - F61 a F61 Wi✓ A 4 -1 A4 -1 BACK OF STOREFRONT ELEVATION 27 BACK OF OF STOREFRONT ELEVATION 7 SCALE: / 20 14' -9" N. O 20 -------r\ �a'i - �' A � �p� coDE Wog" 0 - 6 ®�� 20 2p AIM 4) 201-11' B .O. (E) METAL DECK 19'•4° / B.O. (E) JOIST 20 • 18 �TYP. 19 13 -11" O 14' ^9n r P O.(E)MALL CLG. 13' -11" B.O. (E) MALL CLG. - . - - 1 1 - - J 13' -11" B 0 (E) -L 33 ` J./ B.O. (E) L BULKHEAD 18 O I Q B.O. (E) MALL BULKHEAD I; : : - - - • 21 11'-6" _._/. - BULKHEAD 21 _ 11' 6" 1 f $k �. -. -. -. 1 . 18 SOFFIT 12' 11' SIM. 1 I. • ODSPLAY i $ 1 ` SOFFIT L40 ® .` 12' -11° 1 I 1 ���� �. O ® _ _ _ _ B.O. ENTRY SOFFIT 21 - L40 ® \ I I I I I I w' L40 ® .. .. . r \ ® B.O. ST B.O. STOREFRONT " ® " e 11 6 `• ( I 1 1 B.O. STOREFRONT SOFFIT A4 -1 0 l 0 4 9 • LAY - IN LAY- IN fl-AX �.1 LA - - 1 0'-4" P1 A i I I 13 13 \ 10' O f / / 0 AL \ I o10'0" f� `iii' � � I i 1 19 B.O. MULLION � -- 1 \ � --- -- 1 -0 � " , _ _ . . / BOS IGN . . P1A $ 19 z5 28 , 9._0. = .. B.O.BAND 19 --- - - - -- T. 0. DOOR ak A4 -1 BEYOND I a� A4 -1 SIM. SIM. A4 -1 A4- 0 BEYOND 1 . TYP. g a P107 - - 0 L4D BEYOND - a BEYOND a s 4.7\* Sn�,n,' I MALL I O 'DISPLAY' I MALL I A4 - 1 I ® AI I CHARLOTTE RUSSE SPACE I 29 I ENTRY I 15 I MALL I A4 -1 0'4" 15 A4 -1 0'-4" \ _ ` A4 - 1 F61 T.O. MULLION T.O. MULLION F61 I a F.F. -- J F.F. - P F.F. SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW WITH ILLUMINATED WALL 30 SECTION ENTRY 20 SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW 10 SCALE: 1/2 " 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C 1\Y GO C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 ININNIIIIMEMMMEM STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER A3 -1 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVE HAY 2 8 2008 PERIUIIT CENTFF 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL 9'-0" B.O. SOFFIT W71 OPEN - - OPEN FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"= 1 4 0'-0" F.F. 0 SEE RCP LAY-IN SEE RCP / B.O. SOFFIT SCALE: 1/4"= V- 0" GRAIN CASH WRAP ELEVATION OPEN ° T Y P OPEN a a,ttoY& - TYP. F61 )TYP. INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: 1/4"= 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA SCALE: 1/4"= V- 0" OPEN OPEN MOTHER STATION DAUGHTER STATION #1 GRAIN ‘1, 10'-0" B.O. LAY-IN 13 B.O. DISPLAY S 12'-11" B.O. STOREFRONT 7 SOFFIT •T 0 10 B.O. MULLION SIM/OPP. F.F. 2 24 0 . _J • 10 B.O. LAY-IN FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"= 1 0" 11 '-6" B.O. LAY-IN $ 101" -6 B.O. SOFFIT 11 GYP. BD. OPEN 0 3" TYP. 9'-0" B.O. SOFFIT \-F B.O. GYP. BD. SCALE: 1/4= 1'- 0" SCALE: 1/4"= 1" - 0" 0 3'LOTTYP:, o 9PENTO FJ,TTING \ROOM AftEitk / 00 00 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OPEN (FTip P1A - • • ...... • • • • • TYP. 3"7 3'-0" TYP. TYP. _OPEN PE OPEN OPEN: FITTING ROOM ELEVATION OPE / / • • OPEN TYP. F61 TYP. • • ...... • 1 1 1 • • • • ... • • • • • • • • 1 • 1 • 1 1 • 1 ® TYP. DPEN OPEN OPEN • A3-3 ... I . . . „ ( P1A OPEN P A / - OPEN - OPEN OPEN PIA P1A • • .... • • • • ..... • • • • • • • ............. 1 • PIA OPEN TYP. OPEN OPEN • OPEN F61 TYP. (7) W71 TYP. TYP. P107 DENIM WALL PIA TYP. 1V-0" GYP. BD. • - • - • - • - • _ • _ 0 0 F.F. B.O. SOFFIT 6-6 B.O. GYP. BD. 10'4? B.O. LAY-IN 11'-0" GYP. BD. dim 9'-0" IV B.O. SOFFIT F.F. co 18 19 20 q17)k (1 q) 11'-6" B.O. LAY-IN 010 F.F. SCALE: 1/4"= 1 0" SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" .7•=1-■-■-• . . ... SCALE: 1/4"= 1'- 0" ...... • • P( KIT 10 '-6" ' B.O. SOFFIT / B.O. WOOD 9'-6" TRIM , • • • • • " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " • • • • • • • • • 1 • 1 • • • • • • • • INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALES AREA •11 GYP. BD. 10 oto B.O. LAY-IN \_ B.O. SOFFIT FITTING ROOM ELEVATION GYP. BD. 9 3.0. SOFFIT! WOOD TRIM 6'-6" 1.0. GYP. BD. • ..... • • • - • • - • DENIM WALL TYP. FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 0 TYP. ACCESSORIES PIA (Op 3" TYP. 0 0 P108 BEYOND P1A 9A3-3 . ./ .... . • • • • . • • • • • • " •••••1 \ 8 \ 0 \ / \ / \ / OPEN TO SAL'S ■REA / \ / \ coF MIRROR fr EQ. 12\ A4-2 . — .7 ... 7 . FOOTWEAR OF MIRROR EQ • • EQ. 2 ..• ..... • 0 00 - 7' cv P1A _ CO \ --=•-‘ • ...... 1 1 1 OPEN P1A P1A CT) ( W71 / TYP. PN TYP. 0 TYP. rh V-0" P1A TYP. 10 B.O. LAY-IN 6 DJ TYP. PIA 0 10 F61 TYP. 1 1 , . - (I) 13' B.O. (E) MALL BULKHEAD i . r —1 \ ‘ \ 43 13'-5' ‘. B.O. DISPLAY L Oi 12'-11" B.O. STOREFRONT SOFFIT L I0'-O" B.O. MULLION TYP. P106 TYP. B.O. LAY-IN •IV-6" B.O. SOFFIT c :: 0.-0" F.F. Ak■ 1 B.O. SOFFIT l i p , 10'4' B.O. SOFFIT 9I-6" B.O. WOOD TRIM c F.F. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES (SHEET A3-2 ONLY) O SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON-CENTER, TYPICAL REFER TO DETAIL 12A4-2. • GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED AT 6"-9" A.F.F. ON DOOR (O.F.C.I.). GARMENT PUCK MOUNTED ON WALLS AT 7'-5" A.F.F. (U.N.0.) C.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AT WALL LOCATIONS. SEE DETAIL 27A5-1. O LIGHTBOX (O.F.C.I.). O CASHWRAP (0.F.C.I.). SEE DETAIL 13A6-1. O MIRROR LOCATION. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3 AND DETAIL SHEET A5-1. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. ® FITTING ROOM LOUNGE POLE IS O.F.C.I. ROD MOUNTED AT 5'-6" AFF. SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. CADDY AT 5'-O" AFF. SEE DETAIL 16A6-1. O WALL COVERING IS O.F.C.I. GC SHALL PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING. O PAINT DOOR AND FRAME OIL-BASED SEMI-GLOSS. O CORNER GUARD IS O.F.C.I. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN SHEET Al -3. 0 STRAPPING FOR STANDARDS. REFER TO DETAILS 12A4-2. 0 STRAPPING FOR MIRRORS. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A5-1. ® LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14A4-3 ® LEASE LINE 3 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 • —1 53 CE- STORE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS / SALES AND FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A3-2 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FM: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 MAY 2 8 2008 ' ERMIT CENTER STANDARD WALL SECTIONS/ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLANS SHEET NUMBER A3 -3 0 0 FLUORESCENT 0 0 0 0 SEE RCP 3 LIGHTS TO BE O IN ALLED TIGHT 1 IN t' Fi , SEE RCP : : ® ti SEE RCP SOFFIT /HEADDER. TYP. SEE RCP 0 SEE 1 r I 1' -6" i - LAY -IN - - - - V-6" I_u, 1 _ LAY-IN \ .. LAY-IN N CP T � / � P1 A , SEE RCP : . :: $ B.O. SOFFIT • 1 F� ■1�E rSIM. - • ° ; P1A SEE RCP B.O.SOFFIT TYP. ®�... P1A . GYP. BD. ( P1A SEE RCP ` = (- \ .. EQ. 4 C12`; PlA 2' -0" SEE RCP \ r _ T - 0° GYP. BD. 9 GYP. BD. it P1 A,, 0 11 O TYP. 11 TYP. CO co \ ' 5 1 2" \ P1A ® P1A' \\ (P107 � F61 \ ,) f P. '� TYP. 3' -O 11" NOTES: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO 1 INSTALL PULL STRING TO EACH REGISTER WELL AND BACKWRAP. THESE PULL STRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLE THESE PULL STRINGS MUST INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGISTER INSTALLER ARRIVAL- NO EXCEPTIONS" EQ. EQ. EQ. J 0 13 / / $ - P1 A \ / BEYOND 15 I `-' _ J SA _ES I I I CASHWRAP 0 I SALES , F61, BEYOND I CASHWRAP r'� `F61 0'-0" 1F.F. \ ! 0 " o 0' -0" rk F.F. Y F. j ' F .F. SECTION AT DENIM WALL / FRAME WALL 26 CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP ELEVATION 21 SECTION AT FOOTWEAR WALL 1-1 WALL SECTION AT DISPLAY WALL SCALE: - SCALE: 1/2"= V- 0" SCALE. 1/2"= 1 NTS ® RID RID RCP WALL SECTION KEYNOTES ( SHEET A3-3 ONLY) 0 SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS (O.F.C.I.) SPACED AT 36" ON- CENTER, TYPICAL. REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. 0 SUSPENDED LAY CEILING. FOR WALL FINISH SEE Al - 2 AND A3 - 2. ® LAY -IN TILE(S). SET IN "WHITE" METALLIC FINISH CEILING GRID. 5 CASHWRAP SOFFIT LIGHTS. O ® 0 LIGHT FIXTURE PER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, SHEET A2 -1. 0 MIRROR PER FIXTURE PLAN, SHEET' Al -3. ® CASHWRAP AND BACK CABINET (O.F.C.L), REFER TO MILLWORK SHEET A6 -1. GARMENT PUCK. O.F.C.- G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING. 9O L 10 GYP. BD. COLUMN COVER BY GC. 11 3 „ x 3" CONT. CORNER ANGLE, TYPICAL. 12 (NOT USED) Iti SEE RCP 51M. SEE LAY -IN / 2 `° PULL SIDE i r 24° EXTERIOR DOOR INTERIOR DOOR 48" MIN. 48° MIN. 48" MIN. ? 0 PULL 24° PULL SIDE 36" "' -- - � P1A) SEE RCP _ = \ _ 1 I +� �1 �/ �� ' �,� ``� ° iy: O a O 0 ° O w ° ,y; a z LA o \ // i 2 5 � � GYP. BD. O ° 18" 11 TYP. `° ; L MIN. ± 4 MIN. : �� "� /\ /\ / \ EQ. EQ. 10 1A / \ / X / 10 ( g � PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPACE IF THEPUSH DOOR HAS BOTH ALATCHAN❑ A CLOSER r ' PIA,' 11W I , SIDE � J PUSH SIDE _ ♦ cv ce1 I ? I . ? t: * 0 PIA 11 " � � �� +, ` . ;�� ,k� 14 +� • I I ( \ 13 PROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL SPACE IF DOOR IS EQUIPPED W/ BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES DOORS AT OPPOSITE WALLS MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH 54" MIN. PUSH SIDE FRONT APPROACH / .. V-0" THAT ARE HAND WITHOUT REQUIRING LARGE BOW KEYS (2 SHALL HAVE LEVER 6 FEET, 8 INCHES AT LEAST ONE OF EFFORT BEING APPLIED DOORS ARE REQUIRED, OPENED UNINTERRUPTED INSTALLED ON THE * 48" A LATCH LATCH APPROACH AND A CLOSER HINGE APPROACH ® VERTICALLY MOUNTED FLUORESCENT STRIPS BY LIGHTBOX MFR. SEE RCP. WA UNIT BY OWNER'S VENDOR. IN TA Y G.C. S 14 ILLUMINATED WALL U B O E S INSTALLED BY G C SEE SHEET A1 15 G.C. TO PROVIDE CONT. BRIDGING /BACKING FOR ILLUMINOUS WALL SUPPORT BRACKETS AT HEIGHT INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. ' Ra IEWEP �O E CODE COIF APPROVED JUN - 1008 L OIN u S1 B UILD% 5 � ... 1. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 INCHES AND 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE SHALL OPERATE SIMILARLY, EXCEPT THAT WHEN BOLT AND UNLATCHING OPERATION IS KEY OPERATED FROM CORRIDOR OR EXTERIOR SIDE OF UNIT DOOR, LIEU OF LEVER TYPE HARDWARE ON THE CORRIDOR SIDE. SEPARATE DEAD LOCK ACTIVATION ON ROOM SIDE OF CORRIDOR DOORS IN HOTELS OR MOTELS 2. EVERY REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAY SHALL BE OF A SIZE AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET IN WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE EXIT WAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES. 3. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING WIDTH SHALL BE MEASURED WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. REVOLVING DOORS SHALL NOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. 4. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 5. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10 INCH HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE 6. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT, WITH 1/4 INCH MAXIMUM VERTICAL CHANGE AT EDGE. MAXIMUM BEVEL ALLOWED IS 45 DEGREES. ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE OPERATED THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS INCH) FULL BOW OR 1 1/4 INCH (HALF BOW) SHALL BE PROVIDED IN HANDLE OR LARGE THUMB TURN IN AN EASILY REACHED LOCATION. IN HEIGHT. WHEN INSTALLED IN EXIT DOORWAYS, EXIT DOORS SHALL BE A PAIR OF DOORS SHALL MEET THIS OPENING WIDTH REQUIREMENT. AT RIGHT ANGLE TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED NOT SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR. P1A BEYOND 15 F61 `BEYOND -I- / F 6 1 ' - I F61 - ,- SHEE �-. (ID SHEET \ \ ' " " F.F. / SEE / SEE A1 Al - 1 A.D.A. DOOR CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS Q SECTION AT ACCESSORIES WALL SALES AREA COLUMN ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2"= V- 0" SCALE: 1/2"=11-0" SCALE: NOT TO SCALE O F BACK WALL/ T 6 . :;0 4 7 i 401 POLICY SIGN, T.O. SIGN +5' -0" A.F.F. C.F.C.F.. ( ) 3 A.F.F. FULL - HEIGHT WALL. T.O. AFF 6- TYPICAL FITTING ROOM KEYNOTES NOTES: OVER TOP OF PARTITION. 5/8" GYP " BD. 0/ 3 5/8 MTL. STUDS, TYP. (DBL. STUDS AT WALL 1 -�P 2'- 1 /4" R.O. 4 FITTING ROOM DOOR HOOK HW1 SEE ( / ) DETAIL 7A5 - 1. � 27 WRAP WALL COVERING AND UNDER BOTTOM - ® PROVIDE 6" x 16 GA. STL BACKING BEHIND GYP. BD., ® 24" x 60" x 1/4" POLISHED GLASS MIRROR WITH ® WOOD BASE WITH BEAD OF SILICONE AT WALL TO BASE. TYP., AT HOOK AND BAR. POLISHED /EASED EDGE. NOTE: WALL COVERING EXTENDS ® ® CLOTHES BAR /HOOK. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. 10 TREND AND INFO. SIGN 8 1/2 x 11" BEHIND MIRROR. 09 FITTING ROOM BENCH. PUCK S' - 0" A.F.F., TYP. ® ®WALL BUMPER AT DOOR KNOB. ® 5 EE DETAIL 26A5-1. / " (NOT USED) WALL SCONCE. 7Q ® POLICY SIGN. (4' - 0" A.F.F. , TYP. FOR ADA) 1' - O a - 1 1 4" R / DOOR PUCK /PLATE SEE DETAIL INTERSECTIONS). I 11" 8 1/2" X 11 TREND AND INFO. SIGN. SEE DETAIL 26A5 -1. / 0 . I , '. 7A5 -1 AND 226 - 1. ` , A6 -1 1 ® BENCH, SEE SHEET A6 -1. `, GARMENT PUCK `� ', i t -TYP. POLICY SIGN, BAR, SEE DETAIL 8A5 -1. SEE NOTE � y �� v c EI+_ TYP. C L OF BACK WALLI 7 ®7 10 MIRROR 0i TYP. 1 0 W71 O l.L BELOW. WALL BUMPER AT d 4�D � � - P I MIRROR \ j x , I ■ - / ■ - - • • ; . ^ 1 -A . . • - .. - • N � ' N / / - : • . .. _ •.' o iv . , / \ / N 1 • • • DOOR KNOB LEVEL. •UCK- • EQ. 'I EQ. / \ T.O. SIGN +5 -O (C.F.C.F.)• FITTING ROOM BENCH (TYP) ( ...Ea... E t Q.. I I CO \ / ALIGN . - . - . - . I OF MIRROR , WITH WALL - SEE SHEET Al -1 FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND. _ _ OWN BY MILLWORK s VENDOR. G.C. ( 512 o SHALL PROVIDE N BACKING PER DETAIL 3OA6 -1. j 29 • 1' -O" A6 -1 EQE a� co I i 29 Q \ \ / \ • : • i ri ( .- .- � .. ` ■ ►\ 9 � �. ` ��. \ PUCK. TYP. WRAP SIDE OF WALL WITH WAINSCOT. TO SHEET A1-2. 6'- 6" H. DIVIDING _ - - : \ / . : , \ / � E� QE�i� Q; i_ D r, °- o ~ \ \ � ® • ; 6_1 ; - WALLS B.O. WALL ; ` ` \ _ AT 12 AFF. G.C. WALL EQ. EQ. POLICY SIGN, SIGN* ,� �. _, "' \ n ® - • 6 -.1 . :. SEE SHEET Al -i FOR WALL BAR, SEE SHEET ` P . I COVER AROUND TOP (O.F.C. )5 SEE • T � �� \ r � Z1�� _ �.. E I!� - �� a _ --- � p j UNER PARTITION, AL GN SEE DETAIL 7A4 -2. MIRROR WITH WALLS NOTES: PROVIDE A CONT. CAULK JOINT AROUND MIRROR POLICY SIGN, AND BAR AND HOOK. FOR TYPICAL ELEVATION, SEE DETAIL 14A3 -3. MIRROR, OR, APPLY SEE NOTE BELOW. I F61 \ I 0 O F61 Q F61 \ \ f 9 z \ F61 I 0 0 \ 0 0 • TYPE LEGEND. 2 ' " ' " -O 6 _ A5 1, (O.F.C.I N ' m \ 6" 6 BASE PER ROOM 8 1 /2 X 11 TREND AND INFO. SIGN. SEE DETAIL \ \ \ ELEVATION FINISH SCHEDULE. YP. • SIDE WALL FRONT WALL SIDE WALL TYP. BACK WALL SIDE WALL FRONT WALL SIDE WALL BACK WALL / / 8' -4" / / TYPICAL DUAL - HEIGHT FOUNTAIN 29 A ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 24 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 14 ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM PLAN 9 TYPICAL FITTING ROOM PLAN 4 SCALE: 1/4"= V-0" • SCALE: 1/2 =1 0" SCALE . 1/4 = l' CEIUNG ■/ 1/ •/-- ■/-- V ■/- ■-- --"■Th GENERAL NOTES- RESTROOM i 7 ���� SE C � P ..� � /��II� �����- .4 - TOILET: • RECEPTACLE OUTLETS: I WHITE VITREOUS CHINA SIPHON ACTION BOWL; CLOSE ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS a� I '� �\ '-' Q • 0 0 1-5-1 H © H H B L COUPLED TANK WITH OLSONITE #95 WHITE ELONGATED THAN 15° AFF. SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ETC. USED TO SEAT, NO COVER, WITH STAINLESS HINGES; 1.5 GALLON OPERATE LIGHTS, HEATINGICOOLINNENTILATION EQPT. j FLUSH CONTROLS OPERATED SHALL NOT LESS THAN 36° AND NO MORE C I L L H 8EAF� T RRND H MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE THAN OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH OF 3LBF, OPERABLE WITHOUT EXCESSIVE BODY FORCE. RESTROOM KEYNOTES K HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF TANK. I L 1 : t- \ '" J w \ I L SEMI-GLOSS PAINTED FINISH ON 5/8" GREEN BOARD, R R CD \ SEE PLUMBING DWGS- • GRAB BARS: A B C D E F G H BRAILLE SIGNAGE (WHERE REQUIRED). © 3' 0" X 7' 0° DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. WHITE TRIM CAP. LIGHT AND FAN SWITCH- MOUNTING HIEGHT PER ADA N 1 -1/2" 0 S.S. GRAB BAR, TOP OF BAR 33° AFF, TYP. REQUIREMENTS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. SEE DETAIL 26M-2. RESTROOM SIGNAGE ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. SEE DETAIL 22M-1. O FLOOR DRAIN. SEE MECHANICAL /PLUMBING DRAWINGS- 20" x 36 °MIRROR (MIRROR AND TOWEUSOAP ° DISPENSERS, MAX. 40 AFF, TOP OF MIRROR AT 74 P MOP HOLDER, WHERE OCCURS. SEE FIXTURE PLAN. Q TOILET PAPER DISPENSER . TO CONFORM AND PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION R GC SHALL PROVIDE (2) SURFACE MOUNTED SPECIFICATION 42FR1428;16 CFR, PART 1201 STANDARDS WITH (3) 12"x 36' WHITE MELAMINE CRITERIA II. SHELVES MOUNTED ABOVE TOILET IN RESTROOM(S). MAINTAIN REQUIRED 24" HT. CLR., INSULATE PIPE AS LOWEST SHELF AT 6'-8" AFF. REQUIRED PER CODE. �.T 0 . • • : - ^ • SI : N 39" "MAX. M E M 1 M - © / _ n / ,' -. i �I 1 1/2 "0 STAINLESS STEEL, SPACE BETWEEN WALL AND GRAB BAR 1 1/2 "; BARS MAY NOT ROTATE. •ACCESSORIES: m R co "ea \ \ c '`' , ) ` . .� � \\ ` / / f 05' 0" / 48 C. MIN. 48" 6 " 3 ' - O" ., y \ o ~ g = - ALL OPERABLE PARTS TO BE 40' MAX A.F.F. TOWEUSOAP DISPENSERS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 40" AF TOILET PAPER HOLDER ROLLS TO BE WITHOUT. U 3'_5 1 "MAX. J _ 1 _ ' " J , 12 " N a [ W _�� / / 1 / � ' . C . . - 28" MIN. \ -- o C _ '� ' \ __ ] F 24" MIN. I i / j 2" MAX / K K K _ m = m \ \ TI r I I l (NOT USED). HOSE BIBB. SEE PLUMBING D' , INGS. DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE ELEVATION 29A3-3. 8 1/4 " MINI_ \ 48 " MIN. 1 4 I / I/ 7 --o " / K \ � SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURjCLING U 1 1/2' 0 S.S. GRAB BAR, BOTTOM OF BAR 39 °AFF MIN. T " 18 MIN. CLR. \ \ \ \ A WATER A CLOSET LAVATORY •I` B C PLAN. f TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM ELEVATIONS 1 _ _ _ • , I , P. RESTROOM PLAN 5 SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N A R C H I T E C T 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FM: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 MAY 2 8 2008 ' ERMIT CENTER STANDARD WALL SECTIONS/ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLANS SHEET NUMBER A3 -3 "x "x NOMINAL DDO' DIM. 0 �p y , " T.S. 3 6 3/8" HEADER. BREAK METAL - / MI r 4:3 �� 1 -6 ALUMINUM BREAK METAL COL. ENCLOSURE GC; R ZONTAL SEAMS FINISH L NO HO�� ATTACH PER ODOR MFR. RECOMMENDATIONS. N N I / I I 3/18' , " TYP. ( (I • ` — (E) BULKHEAD r `� _ 0 B Q MALL BULKHEAD COVER. • DOOR HEAD II ` 11: Il (E) A OR STRUCTURE 8" 5 8 3/4 REVEAL u � / WHITE CEILING HOOK WITH DRYWALL TOGGLE FOAT R 4 LOCATIONS GRID, FOR EACH GRID, BY GC. DRYWALL CEILING X11 jll ABOVE (V.I.F.). ) / 6x. '4 "x4" LONG 2 SCHEDULE. DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE BLOCKING (FIRE ALUM. BREAK SEALANT / '^ ! „ PLATE AT FLOOR w/ 1 /2 TREATED) q I ( �� ' MAC..... BOLT /( IN 30F TOP PIVOT BEYOND. (MALL) (4) EXP. BOLTS, REFER TO 6A4 -1. WELD 10 TOGETHER. SEE SHEET FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. 7 � 1 1/2" LONG SLOTTED 1/2" PLATE WITH 1/2" 'HILT!' KWIKBOLT EXPANSION ANCHORS (ICBO #4627) PER I ' I I VERTICAL HOLE AT COL. NOTE: PROVIDE SLIP JOINT. ", V A4 -1 A4 -4 FOR DETAILS. r • : _ .. • • METAL COVER ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE PER MFR.'S RECS, BY GC. + p ^ I I �- - =� ICI I T.S. COL. 4x4x5/16 TYP. I • TOP RAIL WITH PIVOT HOUSING. 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED C 400 SEE CLG. PLAN + '._.- PLAN. I INTERIOR DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL TUBE STEEL COLUMN. 1 M ALUMINUM STOREFRONT � / / / / / 1 � Z / A 16 3 " \I\_______ L40 NOTE: HEAD I I .. .. ... J SYSTEM BY GC. TS COL. 4x4x1/4 : I . ° : ' . .` : :. .:_.� • - .: � : I 1' -4" \ R � re) NON - SHRINK GROUT ON MIN. 4" THICK CONCRETE SIMILAR - GLAZING AT DOOR N • I \■ . 11I� SLAB ( MIN. )' STORE (STORE) I I DISPLAY SOFFIT F87 , SEE 6A4-1. 1/2" GLASS DOOR AND e ' �1 4 . • . W a a m M 7 w I ° d 4 y9 0 II ° � I �� 14 .e a • °v: • • 3 J -TRIM WITH FRAME WITH JAMB ANCHORS AT 1 1 O.C., P AI N T OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. FOR FITTING ROOMS DOOR FINISH REFER TO A6 -1. bLALAN I ANU BACKER ROD N BLOCKING (FIRE r • • - 4 •• . 4 . ° o a • a o • - A . 4- - . - 4 ° • '° • � . e : •o ' • . - • ° . . • • 4 . ' . •. • 4' • 4 ° . • • 4 .. BOTTOM RAIL, SEE 17A4 -1 AND 27A4 -1. 1, TREATED) CEILING PANEL GRID / PER CEILING PLAN. STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD 26 CEILING PANEL HOOK 21 KNOCK DOWN H.M. DOOR JAMB 16 STOREFRONT VALANCE 11 STOREFRONT T.S. COLUMN PLAN AT ENTRY COLUMN SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: HALF -SIZE SIGN SPEC: BRAILLE SPECS: NOMINAL DOOR ' IM. (E) MALL DUCT REVIEWED FOR -. ®�� ®� SUN - 6 2008 CI Of 'TlD11la BUILDING . P ION � � ii 4 1 /2" ALUMINUM BREAK METAL COL. ENCLOSURE BY GC; FINISH L40 (E) BULKHEAD MALL 3/4" ANOD. REVEAL BLACK ALUM. 13'-1 1/8" THK. SIGN PANEL a CONTRACTED GRADE 2 *WHITE CHARACTERS ON = DOTS: -1 /1 O "o.c. EACH BLUE FIELD CELL (FED. STD. COLOR 15090) / 10" BETWEEN -2 2 =AD TO DOOR w PERM. CELLS ADHESIVE - RAISED MIN. •BRUSHED ALUM. SIGN, WHERE INDICATED \ .. COL. . I METAL FRAMING/ BACKING CONT. MTL. BLOCKING 5/$,. I " DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. A4 O 3 -5 8" STUDS TACK WELD TOGETHER. TOGETHER. S E E SHEET A4 -4 FOR I I B.O. `I'B.O. ((E MALL BULKHEAD ALUM. BREAK A F FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. ,�"� �/ r_4.10- --- v } X i X X M ETAL CCER ER m ADHESIVTO II J _ f u I 1 . :.•. . / / / f RECOMMENDATIONS��1 � I IN II X 5/8" MOISTURE ti '+�' �•� ALUMINUM STOREFRONT RESISTANT GYP. BD. 4 ,. `V .I 1/4" ALUM. " L BY G.C. SIGN #1, SEE 2A7 -1. 9' -0" DBL. 20 GA. STUDS AT JAMBS TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). GLAZING F C L PANEL IED , "J" u - 1 SYSTEM TO BE FURNISHED AND II 6 TALL INT /j \. = I I P1A INSTALLED BY G.C. SYMBOL IN WHITE , , '. a 15 1" HIGH BRAILLE • N MOLDING AND 1/4" CONT. SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES WHITE GRAPHICS ON CHARCTERS: BLUE BACKGROUND • 'MEN' .WOMEN NOTE: MOUNT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. v in B.D. SIGNBAND METAL OVER BY GC. NOTE: HEAD SIMILAR HOLLOW METAL FRAME (THREE - PIECE) WITH (3) JAMB ANCHORS MIN., PAINT OIL -BA SED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. (' A4 -1 '' ���+ , SIM. BREAK SUBTRATE 'TENANT] BREAK METAL HDR. FINISH BY GC. j 1 j j IM ALL MEN'S/WOMEN'S ADA DOOR SIGNAGE 2 2 HOLLOW METAL DOOR JAMB 17 SECTION AT SIGNBAND 12 CORNER STOREFRONT MULLION 7 TEMPERED SCALE: 3/4" =1' - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' -- 0" 1/2" CLEAR GLAZING. STOREFRONT ALUMINUM 1/4" BUTT JOINT DOOR TYPE, REFER TO TO �} :. 6 // UD 20 . M JIA13'..11" (E) MALL BULKHEAD. SIM. sorp.,25/01 - REFER GRID TO FL00' LAYOUT PI SYSTEM C CONT. 1/4" SEALANT AND BACKER ROD "x "x FLOOR PLAN AND DOOR SCHEDULE. THRESHOLD L40 i• _ ----- 2 1/2" x 25 GA. METAL STUD FURRING, TYP. FLAT STUD AS NECESSARY. `- '� I 1 3 6 3/8" HEADER. WOOD ONE LAYER OF FIRE -C DE GYP. (16" ELEVATION. E CLG.). FINISH PER (E) MALL STRUCTURAL (E) B.O. MALL I IJLKHEAD GLAZING CLIP TO F TREATED E NG. SADDLE (WHEN OCCURS)- SET IN SEALANT. SHEET VINYL. FLOORING, FEATHER UP FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED CREATE FLUSH CONDITION aI COLUMN (V.I.F.). iB= GRID I ER PER STRUCT. WITH ._...... -" .. ��._ ., 1 -�,: .T:,�=,4,.., ., : _ 13'- 5" .., i B.O. DISPLAY I SOFFIT ' GARMENT PUCKS, WHERE OCCURS PER FIXTURE - a■ 12 "-m11" DOOR TOP RAIL NI SHED ALUMINUM FI FINISH. 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED PLAN. GC SHALL PROVIDE 4 b C BACKING. CORNER BEAD, TYP. _ •' B.O. STOREFRONT l ' SOFFIT 5/8" FIRE CODE G P. BD. o /6" x 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 16" o.c.- TYP. CONT. FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH MIRRORS, WHERE OCCURS AT THRESHOLD (MIN. 3P-0" `r�� TRANSITIO METAL SHIM PIECE w/ CONT. SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. LEASELINE PER FIXTURE PLAN. GC SHALL PROVIDE BACKING. N Arleardiallgtiltr 26 4 GLAZING. :. • • 4 a ' ° °. ' 4 • ° 4 , .. °' a ' • (E) CONCRETE SLAB. - / / 3" MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH / SALES AREA COLUMN 3 DOOR SILL THRESHOLD 18 SECTION AT STOREFRONT VALANCE 13 ALUMINUM DOOR HEAD 28 SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0' SCALE: 3 =1 - 0" ,( ELEVATION RUBBER NEOPRENE GASKET (TYP.) 4 1/2" LANDLORD /MALL LEASE 1 3/4" 1 ti "MAX. I I I Y4 CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, LINE /POP -OUT LEASE LINE. LOCATION VERIFY H LINE TO CONSTRUCTION. 1/2" 2" TEMPERED / GLASS. TENANT MALL .. i� TYPICAL EACH SIDE. / BLACK GASKET " 1 3/4 ANOD. ' ,.. i l � IN I ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY GC. 4" CENTER GLAZED SYSTEM A I V /// ALUM. SF SYSTEM. I TENANT ` 1 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED I MALL I GLAZING. TENANT CEMENT o •-- CONT. EXPANSION BOTTOM CORNER PIVOT WITH P BOTTOM PIVOT /CLOSER p „ ,��,,���,,,,,�,,,�� „�,,,�,,�� 1 BRUSHED FINISH TENANT I MALL 3/4” REVEAL /NEUTRAL PIER, BY LANDLORD, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAINT NEUTRAL PIER AS NEEDED. FLOOR PIVOT (90' HOLD ,”" I I �� , , I OPEN) WITH DUSTLESS THRESHOLD a FINISH FLOOR • w M IA FLOOR SLEEVE. T I 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM BREAK METAL BY GC. - _ 1 /2" TEMPERED GLAZING'' ���� , /p / / / /� / / /m // /app / / /��� / /N / / /� / /��/ ..'r..��.•*��W����� ' Oa TYPICAL SEAM AT STOREFRONT WINDOW ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE TYPICAL FOR ALL MUWON APPLICATIONS. , - 7 _ j I I FINISH FLOOR a ' - F.T. SE M -. I I 111 CONT. SEALANT,TYP. CLEAR AND. ALUM. 1 " TEMPERED � BLACK GASKET IA v _1 1 /2" TEMP. GLAZING I MALL � —mop-. ' /2 GLASS. .r ~ ' - - „R _ Y. =t✓ • , .• 5 'f .. �_;: :,* PLAN GLAZING CLIP TO P • I - METAL FINISH ( C.F.C.I.) - -' r�.��� i 1, ! 1, , • • a .Q . 4 _ - 4 . . d • .4 . • .1 • v 4 • . d 4 • • . • ° • d METAL MATCH ALUMINUM STO R EFRONT FINISH 3 5/8" x 25 GA. H TO BE FURNIS ED STANDARD MTL. AND INSTALLED BY FURRING G.C. L40 CONT SEALANT TYP. � ' - ' /`' / !_ L / EQ. /4 HORIZONTAL / T • ----- ----- -- l= EQ. / VERTICAL CONTINOUS Y MAX. FINE b TYPICAL REVEAL AT STOREFRONT CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO 4 1 /2 .� / 10 SIM. MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL ALL SEAM LOCATIONS. / — 4" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SF SYSTEM INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE SPECIFICATION FINISH FLOOR 1- :: FURRING AS NECESSARY. . A4 -1 STOREFRONT DOOR SILL 29 TYPICAL GLAZING CLIP AT BUTT JOINT 2 4 ALUMINUM SF MULLION ----- _----------- 1r --- 7 ----------------- �" 'I SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: HALF -SIZE c TYPICAL SEAM AT STOREFRONT a :r. •• •� 1 a I I I � 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM i BREAK METAL BY GC. I ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE ' TYPICAL FOR ALL APPLICATIONS. )1 F.T. SHIM Ailtli 1 .1 I NMI TYPICAL OUTSIDE CORNER SEAM "MAX. CONT. SEALANT TYP. 1/2" GLAZING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY G.C. REFER - TO SHEET A4-1 FOR DETAILS. Qd Y4 CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, i TYPICAL ALL SEAM 1 LOCATIONS. � ! 0.063 MAX. ALUMINUM I1! I� i L; — BREAK METAL BY GC. TYPICALFOR ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE ALL APPLICATIONS. _ G e \ . ...... .�. �: :r. ••� ' y. . y . - • - - ... • •. • .. �: :• :<...... • ••�• .. ♦. __�..• .�. �� FURRING AS NECESSARY SEE SHEET A1-2 FOR WALL TYPES. v .:� •. \ Qe TYPICAL INSIDE CORNER SEAM Q 4 • a • 1 • • NOTES: ALL BREAK METAL AND ALUMINUM STOREFFRONT SYSTEMS AND GLAZING BY GC. NO EXCEPTIONS TO DETAIL. STOREFRONT BASE MULLION 15 TYPICAL BREAK METAL DETAILS 0 PLAN AT NEUTRAL PIER 5 SCALE: 3 1 0 SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: HALF -SIZE 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 - y 1 70 'U$T CEN s F co co a7 z 0 F- czc w STOREFRONT GLAZING / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -1 MAXIMUM WIDTH OPENING OF STUD SIZE O'- O " -4' -O" 2 -600 XC18 GA. 1 1/2" GRAB BAR SUPPORT SCALE: 3" = 1' - OR SECTION ELEVATION HEADER IN METAL STUD WALL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE December 20, 2000 Nonbearing Wall Rating -- 1 HR. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1' - 0" 1/8 -12 (2) 400 XC 20 GA. Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI /UL 263 Design No. U465 RATED WALL, UL STYLE #U465 NOTE: GRAB BAR AND SUPPORT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A 250 LBS. POINT LOAD, MIN. PROVIDE DBL. 20 GA. MTL. STUD BLOCKING AT GRAB BAR. OPTIONAL: PROVIDE 20 GA. x 6" METAL BLOCKING AT GRAB BAR. FOR WALL TYPE, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN AND WALL TYPES LEGEND. GRAB BAR, TYP. 3 5/8 "x20 GA. METAL Ay ' FRAMING. V CONT. TRACK. 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners (not shown) -- Channel shaped runners, 3 - 5/8 tn. wide (min), 1 -1/4 In. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C Is used) gals steel. attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 In. OC max. 2. Steel Studs Channel shaped, 3 -5/8 in. wide (min), 1 -1/4 in. legs, 3/8 In. folded back returns, farmed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) gaiv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. 3. Batts and Blankets* (Optional) -- Mineral wool or glass fiber baits partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 4. Gypsum Board* 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 In. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC In the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (furring channels). wallboard is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO -- Type AG - BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS CO LTD ---- Type DBX - BPB AMERICA INC BPB CELOTEX Type 1. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY -- Types AR, C, IP -AR, IP -X2. IPC -AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. CONTINENTAL GYPSUM COMPANY -- Types CG -C, CG5 -5, C06-6, CG9 -9, CGTC -C. G - P GYPSUM CORP, SUB OF GEORGIA - PACIFIC CORP -- Types 5, 9, C, DGG, DS, GPFS6. JAMES HARDIE GYPSUM INC -- Type Max "C" or Fire X. LAFARGE GYPSUM, DIV OF LAFARGE CORP -- Types LGFC2. LGFC2A. LGFC6. LGFC6A, LGFC-C, LGFC -C /A. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -- Types FSK -C, FSK -G, FSW -C, FSW -G. FSW . PABCO GYPSUM, DIV OF PACIFIC COAST BUILDING PRODUCTS INC -- Type PG - REPUBLIC GYPSUM CO -- Type RG - SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY CO LTD -- Type EX - STANDARD GYPSUM L L C -- Type SG - TEMPLE - INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP -- Type TG - UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type AR, C, FRX -G, IP -AR, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX. SHX. WRC or WRX. YESO PANAMERICANO S A DE C V -- Type AR, C, IP -AR, IP -X2. IPC -AR, SCX. SHX, WRC or WRX. WESTROC INC -- Type Westroc Flreboard. 4A. Gypsum Board* (As an alternate to Item 4) --- Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4 with screw length increased to 1 -1/4 in. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY -- Types AR. IP - AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Types AR, IP - AR. YESO PANAMERICANO S A DE C V -- Types AR, IP - AR. 4C. Gypsum Board* (As an alternate to Item 4, 4A and 4B) -- 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, installed as described in Item 4 with Type 5 -12 steel screws. The length and spacing of the screws as specified under Item 4. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY -- Type FRX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO -- Type FRX. 5. Joint Tape and Compound Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound. applied in two coats to Joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 In. wide. embedded In first layer of compound over all Joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. 6. Furring Channel (Optional - Not Shown) -- Resilient 25 MSG galv steel furring channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S -12 panhead steel screws. Not for use with Type FRX gypsum panels. 26 27 30 11 A4 -2 STOREFRONT LIGHT BOX AT HEAD SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" PAINT (SEE FLOOR PLAN A1-2) " BASE 7 SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" REVEAL AT STOREFRONT LIGHT BOX 1' -2" 10" EEYOND I 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. TYPICAL System NON-L -5001 (Formerly System No. 147) F Ratings: 1 and 2 Hr. (See Item 1) T Ratings: 3/4, 1 and 1- 1 /2Hr. (See Item 3) L Rating At Ambient: 2 CFM /sq. ft. L Rating At 400 F': Less than 1 CFM /sq. ft. MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16 "o.c. REFER TO A3 -1. 3 "x3" CONT. ANGLE. 9' - 0" T.O. LIGHT BOX TRANSLUCENT, BACKLIT WALL DISPLAY UNIT PROVIDED BY OWNER'S SPECIAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3 -5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 16" o.c. MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16 "o.c. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. TYPICAL 3- 5/8" STEEL STUD REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. SECTION A -A 21 22 1.Wall Assembly: The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard /stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs: Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nominal 2 by 4 in. lumber spaced 16 in. OC with nom. 2 by 4 in. lumber end plates and cross braces. Steel studs to be min. 3 -5/8 in. wide by 1 -3/8 in. deep channels spaced max 24 in. O.C. B. Wallboard, Gypsum *: Nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam. of openings is 14 -1/2 in for wood stud walls and 18 in. for steel stud walls. The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is 1 hr. when installed in a 1 hr. fire rated wall and 2 hr. when installed in a 2 hr. fire rated wall. 2.Through Penetrants: One metallic pipe or tubing to be centered within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe: Nom. 12 in. diam. (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Copper Tubing: Nom. 6 in. diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. C. Copper Pipe: Nom. 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3.Pipe Covering *: Nom 1 or 2 inch thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min. 3.5 pcf) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory- applied self - sealing lap tape. Transverse joints sealed with metal fasteners or with butt strip tape supplied with the product. When nom 1 in. thick pipe covering is used, the annular space between the pipe covering and the circular cutout in the gypsum wallboard layers on each side of the wall shall be min. 1/2 in. to max. 3/4 in. See Pipe and Equipment Covering Materials (BRGU) category in Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. The hourly T rating of the firestop system is a 3/4 hour when nom. 1 in. thick pipe covering is used. The hourly T Rating of the firestop system is 1 hr. and 1 -1/2 hr. when nom. 2 in. thick pipe covering is used with 1 hr. and 2 hr. fire rated walls, respectively. 4.Firestop System: Installed symmetrically on both sides of wall assembly. The details of the firestop system shall be as follows: AFill, Void, or Cavity Materials * - -Wrap Strip- -Nom y in. thick intumescent elastomeric material faced on one side with aluminum foil, supplied in 2 in. wide strips. Nom 2 in. wide strip tightly wrapped around pipe covering (foil side out) with seam butted. Wrap strip layer securely bound with steel wire or aluminum foil tape and slide into annular space approx. 1 - 1/4 in. such that approx. 3/4 in. of the wrap strip width protrudes from the wall surface. One layer of wrap-strip is required when nom. 1 in. thick pipe covering is used. Two layers of wrap strip are required when nom. 2 in. thick pipe covering is used. Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. -- FS -195+ BFII, Void, or Cavity Materials * -- Caulk- -Min Y4 in. diem. Continuous bead applied to the wrap strip /wall interface and to the exposed edges of the wrap strip layer approx. 3/4 in. from the wall surface. Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. - -CP 25W8+ * Bearing the UL Classification Marking. PIPE /CONDUIT PENETRATION SCALE :1 1/2" = 1' - 0" 2 CONTINUOUS 18 - GA. DEEP LEG TRACK 1/8 OPTION: (4) 6/320 P.A.F (2 EA. SIDE) MTL. SOFFIT OR WALL NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH TO MALL /ROOF DECK DIAG. BRACING & FULL HGT. STUD SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" FULL - HEIGHT PARTITION TO DECK SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" CEILING: LAYER %" FIRE CODE GYP BD AT ROOM SIDE OF 6" JOISTS. ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN -REFER TO A2 -1. SPRINKLER HEAD (PER SPRINKLER SHOP DWGS.) SEAL EXPOSED FLOOR. BASE TO MATCH LANDLORD'S CORRIDOR. NOTE: NEW RECESSED REAR EXIT DOOR SCALE: 1/7 = 1' - PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE N TENANT > 1/8 " OPTION: (4) 5/320 P A F. (2 EA. SIDE) WIRE WHERE OCCURS SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" 2 24 WALL AT DOWN "RIB" (2) 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. CONTINUOUS 2"x2"x18 GA. ANGLE WALL AT UP "RIB" NOTE: FOR RATED CONDITION, REFER TO DETAIL 9A4 -2. 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. 0 4' -O" O.C. WITH (1) 3/16 "0 P.A.F. 0 EA END ` 1 3 5/8" ATTACH 2 - 24 CONTINUOUS 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK (2) 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. CONTINUOUS EXIT CORRIDOR (E) TRUSS OR W.F. • (E) METAL DECKING UNISTRUT P1723 1"0 WASHER 3/8 "0 THRU BOLT UNISTRUT AT 36" o.c. a 3 5/8 "x 25 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING (E) JOIST BOTTOM CHORD OR BEAM FLANGE 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS PRESSED INTO DECK RIB. DO NOT FASTEN TO EXISTING DECK. DIAG. BRACING & FULL HGT. PARTN. OPTIO '4) 5/320 P.A.F. 16" (2 EA. SIDE) EXISTING METAL OR CONC. DECK (FLOOR DECK) (WHERE OCCURS). SCREWS TO PRESSED STUDS AT 32" 0 /C. 16 GA. x 3" MIN. SLIP TRACK CHANNEL. REFER TO DETAIL 9A4 -2. MTL. STUDS AT 16" o.c. GYP. BD. (NOT SHOWN) TO UNDER SIDE OF METAL DECKING (WHERE REQUIRED). EXISTING METAL OR CONC. DECK (ROOF OR FLOOR DECK) (WHERE OCCURS). 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS PRESSED INTO DECK RIB. DO NOT FASTEN TO DECK. ASSEMBLY SHOWN DOTTED AS OCCURS PERPENDICULAR TO DECK "RIBS ". SCREWS TO PRESSED STUDS AT 32" o.c. FOR FURTHER INFO. REFER TO DETAIL 9A4 -2 FOR SLIP JOINT. (N) 1 -HR WALL SEE WALL LEGEND: MALL STUDS WITH 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. (GC. PROVIDED). PAINT TO MATCH LANDLORD'S. REFER TO CEILING PLAN (N) 1 -HR. CEILING: WITH 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. 4 ' -0 " T.O. CORNER GUARD 6" x 6" x 4' x 16 GA. SHEET MTL. CORNER GUARD. ALL FINISHES TO MATCH LANDLORD STANDARD. 5/8" PLYWD. TO 4' -0" A.F.F. BY TENANT. 6" BASE (E) FINISH FLOOR 1. ALL RECESSED WALL SURFACES MUST BE PAINTED BY TENANT TO MATCH LANDLORD'S FINISHES. (1) 3/16 "0 P.A.F. 0 EA. EN / #8 SCREWS 0 24" O.C. 0 0 3 5/8 "x 25 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING 16 18 2 2"x 18 GA. ANG "(5/320 P. 16 (2 EA. SID 20 8 5/8" FIRE -CODE GP. BD. PAINT (SEE FLOOR PLAN A1-2) P107 SCALE: 3" ^ 1' - 0 M SCALE: HALF -SIZE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 3/4" = 1' - REVEAL AT STOREFRONT LIGHT BOX 1 1 /, 1 1111111110. iiirMririr rririiirriMuALI riririuia►rMWMMIririiir LIJ 1 1 .1/4" / / 36" ON CENTER (EXACTLY)4,36" ON CENTER (EXACTLY) ) U.N.Q. REFER TO U.N.O. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN TYP, SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD EXTEND WALL FULL HEIGHT (WHERE INDICATED) #10 SCREWS 0 EACH JOIST. WALL CONDITION 101 RESTROOM FINISH FLOOR NOTE: FOR SIZE AND GAGE OF TYPICAL STEEL STUDS, SEE WALL TYPES LEGEND. SPECIAL SIZES ARE CALLED OUT ON PLAN AND /OR DETAILS. NOTE: CENTER WALL STUD UNDER EACH JOIST ABOVE. FOR TYPICAL FRAMING SEE 13A4 -2. SECTION AT RESTROOM n 7 5/8" GYP. BD., TYP. AT SIDE WALL CONDITION J 101 I I 6" BASE 5/8" FIRE- CODE GYP. BD. TYPICAL 3 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16 "o.c. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. LIGHT BOX KEYNOTES Ill STEEL STUD. H 13 6 in 11 C.R. 3 5/8" x 25 GA. STANDARD MTL FURRING OR FRAMING AT 16" o.c. MAX. TOGGLE BOLT (C.F.C.I.) (TYP. OF 6) 'HILTI' TGI BOLT 1/4" w /PHI SCREW #00077327. G.C. SHALL INSTALL ALL 6 TOGGLE BOLTS ON EACH STANDARD. 6" x 20 GA. CONT. MTL STRAP AT (2) LOCATIONS. (1) AT 7 " -9" AFF TO TOP OF STRAP AND (1) AT 2' -3" TO BOTTOM OF STRAP. SCREW EACH STRAP TO EACH STUD WITH MIN. (2) SCREWS. MIN. (2) SCREWS. SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARD PER FIXTURE PLAN, SHEET Al -3. (POWDER COAT FINISH -SATIN NICKEL). 12 UNPUNCHED STEEL STUD TRACK - ATTACHMENT REQ'D. 1 /2" DIA. EXPANSION BOLTS 0 4B" o.c. (2 MIN.) OR 3 /8"x 3/4" LONG POWDER DRIVEN PINS 0 12" o.c. FASTNER SHALL HAVE ICBO REPORT FOR SAME INSTALLATION. MULTIPLE OR INTERSECTING STUDS WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN OR DETAILS. CONNECT WITH #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS 0 24" o.c. STAGGERED SPACING. AT INTERSECTING STUDS (1) ROW OF SCREWS. ® #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL SCREWS EA. SIDE, EA. STUD. (2) #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS. (4) #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL SCREWS. #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL SCREWS 0 12" o.c. AT DOUBLE STUDS. ® STUD BLOCKING / BRIDGING. TYP. STEEL STUD WALL -SCREW CONNECTION 13 3/4" CEMENT BACKERBOARD 6 "x1 3/8' GA. STEEL JOISTS AT 16" o.c. - 1 "x4" FIRE TREADED PLYWOOD PAINTED EDGE CONNECTION, #8 SCREWS 0 6" O.C. #10 SCREWS 0 8" o.c. LAY IN CEILING (DRYWALL AT 1 -HR CEILING CONDITION ONLY). FOR HEADER CONDITION REFER TO DETAIL 27A4 -2. WALLS: C3 5/8 "x20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" o.c. WiTH 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD. AT EACH SIDE (GREENBOARD AT RESTROOM SIDE) 20 GA. CONT. STEEL BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI DN32 PB WITH 1 1/4" PENETRATION AT 32" o.c. (ICBO #2388). ATTACH DRYWALL W / #6 PACKERIZED SCREWS AT 7" O.C. TOP, BOTTOM, AND STUDS. GA FILE #WP -1070 & UL DESIGN #U465. 14 z Ix 0 0 U- 0 I- ce W L W re PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - CONT. TOP TRACK (18 GA. MIN.). CONT. BOTTOM TRACK (20 GA. MIN.). TYPICAL WALL FURRING SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" z UL ASSEMBLY SYSTEM HW -O -0001. SEE DETAIL 30A4 -2 FOR 1 -HOUR RATED CRITERIA. SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" / SECTION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' - 0" DIVISION BAR CAP MOULDING AT TOP AND BOTTOM, WHITE. FRP (WHITE) SECURED TO WALL w /PANEL FASTENERS. ELEVATION OF WAINSCOT FINISH TO EXTEND OVER TOP OF PARTITION. FINISH TOP OF PARTITION w /(1) LAYER 5/8" FIRE- CODE GYP. BD. PARTIAL HT. WALL, BRACE BY PERPENDICULAR SIDE WALLS IN ALL CASES. 3 5/8 "x 25 GA. (MIN.) MTL. STUDS AT 16 "o.c. FOR HEIGHT, REFER TO FLOOR AND CEILING PLANS. 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. EA. SIDE. (OR FIRECODE). BASE AND FLOOR FINISH PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 1" POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24 "o.c. MAX. TO CONC. SLAB (ICBO #1639). FINISH TOP OF PARTITION w /(1) LAYER 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. PARTIAL HT. WALL TO BE BRACED BY PERPENDICULAR SIDE WALLS IN ALL CASES. PROVIDE 20 GA. x 6" MIN. MTL. BLOCKING (AS REQ'D) AT FIXTURES. 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" o.c. MAX. UP TO HT. SHOWN. (6' -6" OR 8' --O ") (1) LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. EA. SIDE AND BOTTOM. NOTE: WRAP W.C. AROUND TOP AND BOTTOM OF PARTITIONS. BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. FINISH FLOOR PARTITION (BETWEEN FITTING ROOMS) 7 SCALE :1 1/2" = 1' - 0" FRAMED SOFFIT. REFER TO SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS. CONT. 2 "X2" 20 GA. METAL ANGLE. SCREW ATTACH TO EACH DEMISING WALL STUD (WHEN WALL HAS STANDARDS). DEMISING WALL /DRYWALL. (V.I.F.). 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. 0/ 3 5/8" x 25 GA. (MIN,) MTL. FURRING AT 16" o.c., FOR STANDARDS REFER TO DETAIL 12A4 -2. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL, BASE, AND FLOOR MATERIAL 1 " POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24" o.c. (MAX.). (E) CONC. SLAB. DEEP LEG DEFLECTION OR SLIP TRACK. EXISTING METAL DECK. FIRE SAFING INSULATION IN "RIB" OF METAL DECK. METAL TOP CHANNEL MTL. STUDS AT 16 "o.c. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. COVER. 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. WALL FACING. REFER TO DETAIL 18A4 -2 FOR SIMILAR CONDITION. SLIP JOINT AT DECK (1 -HR, FULL HEIGHT) ELEVATION '- BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 6 FF 10 EXISTING DEMISING WALL TOP TRACK BY LANDLORD (V.I.F.). 4 I- W w U, W W U, (E) CONCRETE SLAB UL DESIGN #U465 1 -HR RATED, SEE 30A4 -2. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO DETAIL 25A4 -2. EXISTING DEMISING WALL (1 -HR RATED) SCALE:1 1/2"=l'-O" • rn W • Lei I- = C, W 0 SEALANT, TYP. (E) CONCRETE SLAB t u t 1 1 -HR SATED WALL UL DESIGN #U465 SEE 30A4 -2. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIREMENTS, SEE 25A4 -2. NEW DEMISING WALL (1 -HR RATED) SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' - 0" STOCKROOM/ BACK AREA SALES TO STOCK WALL SCALE:1" =1' - 0" co tr) W ac a 11111111111WWWI NOTE: WHERE NO CLG. OCCURS, T.O. GYP. BD. AT 10' -0" (U.O.N.) z 0 z W U ATTACH STUD TO o= RUNNER w /(4) ti. #10 TEK SCREWS Ix PER STUD. UL DESIGN #U465, SEE 30A4 -2. TYPICAL WALL PARTITION SCALE: 1 1/2" = (OPTION 1): DEEP LEG TOP TRACK (18 GA. MIN.) ATTACH TO STRUCTURE w /SCREW AT 24" o.c. 2 - #8 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE. 4 - #10 TEK SCREW AT EA. CONNECTION. HOLD STUD 1/2" BELOW TOP OF TRACK In W Ix I All acr SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" SOLID BLOCKING SOLID BRIDGING ;SALES LEASELINE (SEE FLOOR PLAN). SEAL AT DECK. PROVIDE FIRE SAFING MATERIAL IN "RIB" OF DECK IF NONE EXISTS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN RATING. EXISTING FULL HEIGHT METAL DEMISING WALL STUD. VERIFY SPACING. ADJ. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE DRYWALL AND FIRE SAFING (N.I.C.). G.C. SHALL PATCH & REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. TO MAINTAIN 1 -HR. RATING. SEALANT, TYP. WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. LEASELINE r- (SEE FLOOR PLAN) (E) STRUCTURE (VERIFY IN \ FIELD) FIRE /SMOKE STOPPING BY \ TENANT DEMISING WALL TOP TRACK (V.I.F.) FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS BY LANDLORD (VERIFY) SIZE AND SPACING(3 5/8" OR 6" STUDS). TENANT'S GC SHALL PROVIDE NEW 5/8" FIRE - CODE GYP. BD. FOR 1 -HR RATING /FULL HEIGHT WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING, SEE SCHEDULE (E) STRUCTURE (VERIFY IN F t FIELD). TYPICAL PARTITION TO STRUCTURE 3 5/8 "x25 GA. METAL BRACING AT 48" 0 /C. CONT. DEEP LEG SLIP TRACK OR OPTIONAL FLEX. DEFLECTION CHANNEL ATTACHED w /(2) #6X1 1/8" SCREWS AT 8' -O" 0/C MAX. FOR CEILING, REFER TO CEILING PLAN AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. WALL PER FLOOR PLAN WITH 5/8" FIRE CODE GYP. BD., REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. (E) CONCRETE SLAB. FOR BRACING TO STRUCTURE REFER TO BRACING DETAIL. EXTEND STUDS FULL HT. TO STRUCT. OR OPTIONAL; PROVIDE 25 GA. MTL. STUD DIAG. BRACING AT 48" o.c. ALT. SIDES. SOLID BLOCKING. FOR CEILING, REFER TO CEILING PLAN. (1) LAYER 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. EA. SIDE OF 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" o.c. (ICBO #4943P OR APPROVED EQUAL). WALL BASE AND FINSH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 20 GA. CONT. BOTTOM TRACK WITH 'HILTI' DN32 P8 WITH 1 1/4" PENETRATION AT 32" o.c. (ICBO #2388). ALL OR PARTITION PER FLOOR PLAN. I TOP OR BOTTOM CHORD ABOVE (WHERE OCCURS). WHERE NO CLG. OCCURS T.O. GYP. BD. AT 10' -O" (U.O.N.). FOR CEILING, SEE CEILING PLAN. ASTENING CTION (ICBO #1639) . (AT CONC. DECK Y.) (OPTION 2) BRACES STAGGERED AT 48" o.c. EACH SIDE AND AT ENDS OF WALLS, TYP. 04.24.08 DATE: JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVIEWED Foy CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City Of Tukwila BUILDIN • DIVISION JUN - 6 2008 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 N _ 1 I;;. CEN WALL / FRAMING DETAILS / UL ASSEMBLIES MMMMMMOEMMMMMMMM SHEET NUMBER A4 -2 VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE: FULL -SIZE VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al -1 4 4 SCALE: FULL -SIZE iir� :_i■■r�sii"i _ VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al-1 SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: FULL -SIZE LOPE IN MIN 3 -0" VINYL TO STONE (S TOCK 4 4 a ti d LOPE IN MIN 3 ,_ 0 „ 7 VINYL TO STONE ar DV l r.A VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION MORTAR BED (LATECRETE) SLOPE TO MEET FLOOR. NOTE: CTC IS CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY. TEL: 800.236.5230. VINYL FLOORING, FEATHER UP TO TRANSITION IN 36" MIN. CTC# 38 CT CARPET TRIM -CLEAR ANOD. FINISH. SEAL I SALES' DOOR TYPE, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND DOOR SCHEDULE 1/4" WIDE VINYL STRIP J VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al -1 VINYL TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION (E) CONCRETE SLAB PREPARE SLAB TO RECEICE VINYL FLOORING RUBBER TILE, REFER TO Al -1 1/4" WIDE VINYL STRIP (E) CONCRETE SLAB PREPARE SLAB TO RECEICE VINYL FLOORING RUBBER TILE OVER VINYL FLOORING DETAIL WOOD FLOORING, FEATHER UP TO TRANSITION IN 36" MIN. SEAL (FLUSH FINISH) MORTAR BED (LATECRETE) SLOPE TO MEET FLOOR. 27 28 29 26 BASE DETAILS NOTE: DETAIL PER MFG. (CTC) - INSTALL PER MFG. RECOMMENDATION. WIRE TIE DETAIL (ROOF /FLOOR DECK) SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" SCALE: HALF -SIZE 6 " AFF ® COVED VINYL BASE VINYL BASE DETAILS SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" PROVIDE SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD. SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH GROUT. 1/8" THK. ALUM. ANGLE, SHOT PIN INTO CONC. SLAB "CTC" CLEAR EDGE, GROUT COLOR TO MATCH STONE. ► � I ay TENANT FIN. 4 MORTAR BED (LATECRETE) SLOPE TO MEET WOOD FLOOR NOTE; CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY (CTC) TEL.: 800.236.5230 FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE: FULL -SIZE CTC "DXJ" SERIES CAULK OINT NOTE: CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY "CTC" TEL: 800.236.5230 CTC "DXJ" SERIES CAULK OINT. r 4 -a . • . a . a .4 a • • s• �' a 4 a •.a _ e . ••_. COLD JOINT AT HARD SURFACE SCALE: FULL -SIZE NOTE: TRANSITION STRIP MAY OCCUR BETWEEN SIMILAR FLOORING MATERIALS. INTENT IS TO CREATE VISUAL LINE. 4• SCALE: FULL -SIZE P/f F61 Q FINI SH FLOOR, REFER TO PLAN GAP PER O 6" WOOD BASE FLOORING MFR. SPECIFICATIONS - 4 - ®RUBBER /VINYL APPLIED BASE 1 S a .e NOTE: "CTC" CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY HEIGHT AS REQUIRED. TEL. 800.236.5230. 8 STONE TO STONE TRANSITION CONT. SEALANT. COLOR TO MATCH WALL. 6" HIGH X 4" WOOD BASE. PAINTED SEMI- GLOSS ENAMEL FRP WAINSCOT METAL EDGE TRIM. 6" BASE, REFER TO ELEVATIONS. SHEET VINYL BASE CONTINUOUS UP WALL 6 ". VINYL TILE FLOORING PER FINISH SCHEDULE. FOR TRANSITION LOCATION REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE MALL TILE TO TRANSITION POINT. EXISTING MALL FINISH, MATCH MALL COLORS, MATERIALS AND FINISHES 1.1 • A FINISH TRANSITION MUST BE ACHIEVED IN ALL CASES, FEATHER UP AS REQUIRED. - (E).4S)4W= QLFr.: : CF : 1O. • _4.- 'Ya •(E) • COIVTROLED CRACK OR' •� 4 - dL .JQ ' I NT. ° . e a ,;. • • STONE OR HARD SURFACE, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. 1/8" THICK BRUSHED ALUMINUM FLAT. USE "CTC" CLEAR EDGE. —STONE OR HARD SURFACE FLOORING. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. GROUT COLOR TO MATCH HARD SURFACE FLOORING. NOTE: TRANSITION STRIP MAY OCCUR BETWEEN SIMILAR FLOORING MATERIALS. INTENT IS TO CREATE VISUAL LINE. 25 21 DAL -SEAL TS SINGLE SHEET WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, UP WALL 6" MIN. (AT WET AREAS). VERIFY SPECIFICATION WITH LANDLORD'S REP. (OPTIONAL: MAPEI "PRP -345 ") FINISH FLOORING PER FLOOR PLAN, MORTAR BED AS REQUIRED. CONCRETE SLAB SILICON JOINT SEALER -COLOR TO MATCH GROUT COLOR. THIN SET BED a _ 4 (F); SAW- CIJT.;CCINTROL J04N1 -(E°) - COLD JOINT. 'NOTE: FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING JOINTS. FINISH FLOORING PER FLOOR PLAN. THIN SET BED. CONCRETE SLAB. SILICON JOINT SEALER -COLOR TO MATCH GROUT COLOR. 24 FOR WALL TYPE REFER TO SHEET Al -1. LINE OF WOOD TRIM ABOVE 3/4" WOOD FRAME /TRIM BY G.C. PAINT P1A SEMI - GLOSS. WALL COVERING STOPS AT INSIDE CORNER OF WALL. SEE CEILING PLAN SEE CEIUNGIL PLAN SMOOTH DRYWALL FINISH 'P1A' SEE ELEVATIONS I SALES FLOORI IFITTING ROOMS FITTING ROOMS LINE OF WALL WOOD TRIM A CD CD WALL COVERING (W71) FOR MATERIAL FINISH REFER TO SHEET A1-2. DETAIL PLAN OF WOOD TRIM r A .........wri SEE CEILI G PLAN SHEET A2 -? � 6 5/8" 22 DETAIL 1 0" L OF WOOD TRIM AT CEILING 3/8"-1/2" DIA. THREADED ROD w /(2) HEX NUTS, TYP. AT 48" o.c. SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING SYSTEM, REFER TO DETAIL 2A4 -3. SEE CEILING e t ; PLAN SEE CEIU PLAN 3/4" WOOD FRAME /TRIM BY G.C. PAINT SEMI GLOSS 'PIA.' SALES AREA 17 (E) BOT. CHORD OF TRUSS OR BEAM FLANGE. 16 "UNISTRUT" OR SIM. CLAMP TO (E) FLANGE PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS. 9' -6" LIGHT TRACK AT SUSPENDED CEILING TOP CHORD CONNECTION BOTTOM CHORD CONNECTION AM) (AT JOIST GIRDER) DECK CONNECTION NOTE: SEE SHEET A2 -2 FOR B.O. FIXTURE SOFFIT RADIUS AND ORIGIN. PENDANTS AT FITTING ROOM SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - a TYPE 'M' TRACK FIXTURE ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS RUNNER AS INDICATED. OFFSET LIGHT FIXTURE ON MAIN RUNNER TOWARD MIDDLE OF STORE (AWAY FROM DEMISING WALLS). EXISTING STEEL TRUSS TOP CHORD OR WF. WIRE TIRES- PROVIDE MIN. (3) LAPS AROUND WIRE AND (1) LAP AROUND CHORD. HANGER WIRE 'HILTI' EB 'EYE' OR EQUAL 'JIF -E' SCREW OR EQUAL 1/4"0x2" LONG ZINC PLATTED SELF - TAPPING, SELF DRILLING EYE LAG SCREW. EXISTING STEEL TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD OR WIDE FLANGE BEAM. WIRE TIRES- PROVIDE MIN. (3) LAPS AROUND WIRE AND (1) LAP AROUND CHORD. HANGER WIRE EXISTING DECK ABOVE. EXISTING MTL. DECK. 'HILTI' EB 'EYE' OR EQUAL 'JIF -E' SCREW OR EQUAL 1/4 "0x2" LONG ZINC PLATTED SELF - TAPPING, SELF DRILLING EYE LAG SCREW. WIRE TIES- PROVIDE MIN. (3) LAPS AROUND WIRE. HANGER WIRE. I FITTING ROOM I I *SEE CEILING PLAN CENTER PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES BETWEEN FITTING ROOM ENTRY PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES AS SPECIFIED ON CEILING PLAN. 13 24" DIA. CIRCLE FOR LAYOUT PURPOSES ONLY. INSTALLER TO PLACE LIGHTS (5) EQUALLY AROUND LAYOUT CIRCLE. CENTER LAYOUT IN SOFFIT AS INDICATED. 14 11 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" 1 1 1 1 1 SUSPENDED CEILING AT WALL WALL MOLDING 4 O 4r I 4 4N09 , 110 , 7 ,,- a � 2" WALL MOLDGINS (PERIMETER CLOSURE ANGELS) SPREADER BAR .VV 0 O ik co`'� ;, o'J 6 1pp8 oiltog 050 105.01A SCALE: 1 °=1' -0" tiff \ ` 7- SECTION AT CEILING SOFFIT SCALE: 3" = 1' - SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0° • SECTION AT BAND SECTION AT CEILING SOFFIT CASHWRAP LIGHT COVE 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING AT 4' -O" o.c., REFER TO BRACING DETAILS. SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" L SEE CEILING D) ENSION PLAN (A242) tt SEE CEILING DIMENSION PLA (SHEET A2 -2) SUSPENDED LAY -IN CLG. SYSTEM. 3' -0" (SEE SHEET A2 -2) LAY -IN CEILING NOTE: REFER TO DETAILS 1A4-3 AND 2A4 -3 SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING SYSTEM, REFER TO DETAIL 2A4 -3. SEE CEILING PLAN 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD., TYP. BLOCKING, AS REQUIRED. 25 GA. MIN. MTL. FRAMING CONT. 20 GA. ANGLE AT EACH SIDE AT CURVED SOFFIT OR BOTTOM TRACK AT STRAIGHT SOFFIT. CORNER BEAD, TYP. SEE CEILING PLAN SEE CEILING PLAN SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEILCN SYSTEM, REFER TO DETAIL. (1) LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. AT NON- CURVED CONDITIO OR USE (2) LAYERS 3/8" GYP. BD. AT RADIUS CONDITION OVER 6" x 25 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 12" TO 24" o.c. (AS REQUIRE D6. SMOOTH DRYWALL FINISH, SEE REFLECTED CLG. PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. CONT. BOTTOM TRACK (US FLEX -TRACK OR 20 GA. FLEXIBLE MTL, ANGLES AT CURVED /RADIUS BAND CONDITION). SEE CEILING PLAN SHEET A2 -1 SEE CEILING e l ; PLAN SUSPENDED LAY -IN CLG. SYSTEM. _ SEE CEIUNG PLAN 3" x 3" CONT. METAL ANGLE. 5/8" GYP. BD. TYP. PERIMETERS AND LIGHT FIXTURES: HANGER WIRES AT 48" o.c. MAX. 8" FROM WALL, 2' x 4" LIGHT FIXTURES IN T -BAR CLG: LIGHTS WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 LBS. USE (2) BLACK 6 GA. SAFETY WIRES AT DIAGONAL CORNERS, LIGHTS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS. USE (4) TAUT 8 GA. WIRES (1 AT EACH CORNER) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, ENSURE WIRES CAN SUPPORT 4X WEIGHT OF FIXTURE. 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 24" o.c. 3 5/8" ALTERNATING MTL. BRACING AT 48" o.c. 3 -5/8" x 25 GA. MTL FRAMING AT 16" o.c. BRACING AT 48" o.c. SUSP. LAY -IN CLG. j SEE RCP LAY -IN SEE RCP B.O. SOFFIT LIGHT FIXTURE PF s( TYP. GYP. BD. CEILING SUSPENSION SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" C GYP. BD. CLG. NOTE: CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C635 & C636 AND ASCE /SEI 7 -05 SECTION.13.5.6 TYP. LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM SCALE: 3" =1' - r (4) TURNS IN 1 1/2" MTL. STUD COMPRESSION STRUT FASTENED TO MAIN RUNNER, EXTEND TO ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 12'- 0"o.c. EA. WAY AND 6' -0" MIN. FROM WALL 3" MAX S AX I K ACOUSTIC LAY -IN CEILING PANEL SEE SCHEDULE MAIN RUNNER, PROVIDE PERIMETER SPACER BAR #8 GA. HANGER WIRES AT 4' -O" o.c. EACH WAY. 1 1 /2" C.R. CHANNEL AT 4' -0" o.c. 7/8" FURRING CHANNEL AND FURRING CHANNEL CLIP (OR DBL. 18 GA. TIE) AT 16" o.c. 5/8" FIRE -CODE GYP. BD. 'L' CORNER BEAD, MTL. STUD BACKING. ATTACHMENT TO BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING MIN. 200 LBS. MAX. EACH END OF WIRE. NOTE: FOR WIRE TIE CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE, REFER TO DETAIL 13A4 -2. MTL. STUD SIZES: 8' MAX: (1)3 5/8 "x20 GA. 10' MAX: (2)1 5/8 "x20 GA. 15' MAX: (2)2 1 /2 "x20 GA. 20' MAX: (2)3 5/8 "x20 GA. ORIENTATION OF STUDS (1) #12 GA. DIAG. WIRES AT 48 "o.c. EA. WAY, 8" MAX, FROM WALL (4) #12 GA. DIAG. WIRES AT 45 TO MAIN RUNNER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS 12'- 0'o.c., FIRST POINT OF BRACING LOCATED WITHIN 4' -O" OF EA. WALL SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CLG. #8 WIRES AT 4' -O" o.c. EACH WAY, 8" MAX. FROM WALL, ENSURE MIN. 6" CLEARANCE FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPEWORK AND DUCTS. ONS r GA. GA. GA. GA. AX. AX. GA. 4 ES S IN OF N DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: C O R T L A N D IA PM1 O R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 co co co Ld7 co r J o CL O c e CO 0 L Lll w zC!) w C!) 0 F- M W REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 DELTA 1: 05.19.08 RECEIVED NAY 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR BASE DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -3 t STRUCTURAL NOTES NOTES: ( NOTES: NOTES Applies unless noted otherwise on drawings N 1. DOUBLE STEEL STUD COLUMN. 1. STEEL STUDS COLUMNS 2. 3116" THICK X 6" LONG 2 = � ► = i . STEEL STUDS GENE .BUILDING CODE LOADS: LATERAL: STRUCTURAL S ALL CONSTRUCTION PE OTHERWISE SHALL BE A ALL STRUCTURAL ROL WITH AN ASTM SPECIE! UNLESS NOTED OTHER CONCRETE INSTALLATI ER. 1372) OR APPROVED SIMPSON 'SET SYSTEM EQUIVALENT. ALL BOLT STEEL WASHERS AT SH OTHERWISE. STEEL ERECTION N PER OSHA, STEEL MEMB UNTIL ALL BOLTS OR WE WELDING: UNLESS NOTED OTHERV' SHALL BE PERFORMED EXPERIENCE IN THE TYF THOSE ISSUED BY AN AC HYDROGEN RODS UNLE THESE DRAWINGS DO NI SHOP WELD OR FIELD W SHOWN ON THE SHOP D COLD FORME GENERAL: ALL COLD FORMED STE SSMA. COMPONENTS SI MANUFACTURERS RECC 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR TI AND ICBO ER NO. 4943P i HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50 KSI FO MINIMUM YIELD STRENG' WEATHER AND WHEREVI WHERE WELDING IS SH( LIGHT GAGE STRUCTUR EXPRESSED APPROVAL COLDFORM TRACKS AN 114" X 3" X 3" PLATE WAS SCREWED COLD FORME HEX HEAD 'GRABBER" SI EQUIVALENT. SCREW SI BEYOND THE CONNECTS BE INSTALLED WITH A MI MIL THICKNESS I GAGE 27 MIL -22 GA 5' 33 MIL - 20 GA 6 43 MIL -18 GA 97 WALLS: STRUCTURAL STEEL 5Tl NOTED BELOW TYPICAL ALL STUDS SHALL BE SE UNLESS NOTED OTHERV' BRIDGING SHALL BE INS MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR WALLS WITH NO AX EQUAL TO 10' -0° HIGH, A ADDITION, BRIDGING SH DRAWINGS. SOLID BLOC DRAWINGS. FOR NON -BE SSMA STRUCTURAL STE STUD SIZE -MILS S 3 5/8° - 3625162 -33 16° 6" - 6005162 -43 16" SHOP DRAWING SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BY ARCHITECTURAL SP THE CONTRACTOR SHA ACCORDANCE WITH CO VERIFY ALL DIMENSION MANUFACTURER OR FAE FROM CONTRACT DOCU FLAGGED BY SUBMITTIN REVIEW, UNLESS NOTES THE ENGINEER HAS THE DOCUMENTS AT ANYTIM THE SHOP DRAWINGS D INCORRECTLY AND ARE CONSIDERED CHANGES ENSURE ITEMS ARE CO THE ADEQUACY OF ENG DESIGNING OR SUBMITT REVIEWING IS INTENDE DRAWINGS. RESPONSI GENERAL NOTE THE STRUCTURAL CONS WHERE NOTED, THEY D PROVIDE ALL MEASURE MEASURES SHALL INCLU CONSTRUCTION EQUIPM RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OF CONSTRUCTION, OR SHALL OBSERVATION VI WHERE REFERENCE IS ti SHALL BE THE LATEST EI OTHERS AND SUBMITTE[ RECOGNIZED BY THE BU NOTES AND DETAILS ON AND TYPICAL DETAILS. SIMILAR WORK ON THE F WHERE DISCREPANCIES SPECIFICATIONS, THE GI CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ST ESTABLISH AND VERIFY PLUMBING AND ELECTRIC PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTIC TYPICAL DETAILS MAY N CONSTRUCTION MATER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE OPTIONS ARE FOR CONT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Al WORK WITH ALL RELATE SPECIAL INSPE SPECIAL INSPECTION IS INSPECTIONS CONDUCT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED INSPECTION IS REQUIRE 1. EXPANSION, EPDXY, A ON STRUCTURAL DRAW!I PERFORMED AT THE CO A. INSPECTION OF HOLE B. INSPECTION OF HOLE C. INSPECTION OF ANCH RECOMMENDED INSTALL 2. WELDING: A. VISUAL INSPECTION C B. NON - DESTRUCTIVE TE INDEPENDENT TESTING I C. VERIFICATION OF VAL D.ALL STRUCTURAL STE LAB TO PROVIDE SHOP V SUBMITTED TO ENGINEE DUTIES AND RESPONSIB A. THE SPECIAL INSPEC TO THE APPROVED DES( B. THE SPECIAL INSPEC DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIC ENGINEER OF RECORD P SHALL BE INITIATED BY C. THE SPECIAL INSPEC TO THE ENGINEER OR A IMMEDIATE ATTENTION DESIGN AUTHORITY AND D. CONTRACTOR SHALL SPECIAL INSPECTION. A AND /OR OTHER EQUIPM OBSERVATION. INSPECT EQUIPMENT. E. UPON COMPLETION 0 AND SIGN THE APPROPR WORK IS IN CONFORMAN WORKMANSHIP PROVISI FOR ADDITIONAL INFOR ENGINEER PRIOR TO ST PLAN NORTH ENLARGED STOREFRONT ENTRY COLUMN LAYOUT AND FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = 1' - 0" 1 1 • 53 5' -9" DOUBLE 60 [ HEADER. SEE COLUMN BAS SEE 26 A4-4 DOUBLE 6005162 -43 HEADER. SEE 28 A4-4 SIM. COLUMN BASE SEE 26 A4-4 4 9 ' L. cfl 30 C® Deco hyOce WO DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 CO CO CO 0) z 0 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 2 CENT STOREFRONT SUPPORT DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A4 -4 5/16 ! l 3 5/8" 20 GA. CONT. SOLID 3/4" PLYWOOD BY FIXTURE VENDOR =-------- TOP VIEW WALL SURFACE I'/1'% 111;0 OP + 1/4 MIRROR BY G.C. $ 5/8" (4) 5.5mm0 / SCREW HOLES GC SHALL PROVIDE + III% oil ® MASTIC METAL STRAP MIRROR FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR 1 1/2" ' \ BACKING (12" x 18 GA. MIN.). DI k / / n 11 n 0A SECTION 3" = 12' SCALE • °II • o o o 1p 3 5/8 CONT. BLOCKING; TYP. LOCATIONS. F _ t, `, "x 20 GA. SOLID AT 5 N �'i �' I i 1 % 4 N/ G A5 / -1 ' �' SIM. �q RA" Q° � - i I �'' I RECESSED MECHANICAL WALL ANCHOR TO SOLID BLOCKING. ' ' "x n `° a o ;r, a a ; ; , a � 1 2" METAL FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR. FINISH L39 STRAP BACKING ll I R H 1/4" MIRROR SECURED TO " 3/4" PLYWOOD W/ MASTIC FBI BY G.C. � LI STRAP BACKING _ r ~ N 103" AFF x BLOCKING; TYPICAL OF 5 . NOTE: MOUNT MIRROR AT 18 A.F.F AT LIGHT BOX WALL ISOMETRIC 7 5 $ 1 / " ® ELEVATION 3/8 " = 12 " SCALE 7 f9 U- ¢ _ ' N -� EP r / • \ / 1 I / ' i I � r j I I � � / / �, 3/4" F.T. PLY. PANEL. FRONT VIEW MIRROR ELEVATION (MRO4) FITTING ROOM TREND & INFO. SIGN (HW36) 26 0 RECESSED ANCHOR. I ( � I I ■ / / � � I 1 p I I I ��T, "� I \ \ 1 o ATTACHED PIPE ASSEMBLY. -� „ - 18 PIPE EXTENSION SCALE: AS NOTED SCALE: 3" =1' - 0" 4 " 3 /16 " 3/4 1/8 » 3 4 PLYWOOD BY / 10 -10 " - o, � 96 "x48 "x3/4" PLYWOOD PANEL. I. , g' _g" Ef� PAINT TO MATCH WALL SURFACE (SEMI -GLOSS, OIL BASED PAINT). 55" AFF WALL SURFACE OK] 100 + r I% II 1, FIXTURE VENDOR 36" 36" 36 36 24 24" 20 20" / I GC SHALL PROVIDE y 1/4" MIRROR BY G.C. u� ►- r T ALL SURFACE ' � I \ • I o Li; ,. � a 9 0 0 IAA 12.I !.:,` MIRROR _ ^ C I • 3/4 FOAM INSULATION OVER I TOP METAL STRAP BACKING (12 " x 1$ FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR. SURFACE MOUNTED ( O. .I. ) D FSG a _ rn y r ;. ': FURRING PER WALL LEGEND ONE LAYER OF 5/8" HOOK GA. MIN.). OA SECTION 3" = 12" v �� ■� BASE ■ s ■ a �- SCALE mil I PIPING NOTE: STRAP BACKING 0 � - _ N `" 3 5/8" 20 GA. CONT_ SOLID aZ —,$ 1 \ � \ R \ M\ ►I / / //Aro 3 ■ ■ , ? / / / ot - "x • FIRE -CODE GYPSUM, ��ti BOARD. FINISH PER �� ELEVATION FINISHED FLOOR / ISOMETRIC ELEVATION _ 3 2" METAL FRAME BY / FIXTURE VENDOR. FINISH L39 f x BLOCKING; TYPICAL OF 5 az a 8 —,9 3 " WALL PER PLAN r 1x4 WALL b © - - ■ • "* Ali FIN. FLR. WALL FRAMING AND GYP. Bb- PER FLOOR PLAN. \ io �; ° -It CI _ ( A 7' _8 I o --- � 1 EQ. , EQ. A.F.F. ' —O " 1/4" MIRROR SECURED TO / 3/4" PLYWOOD w /MASTIC MATCH pll L39 r ��r��.. / / 1 - fi " BY G.C. / " / 3 NIP SECTION K • GARMENT PUCK. O.F.C.L- G.C. TO ■ I ■ a o a "' �BOTTQM LEDGERS , SCREW TO EACH WALL STUD. 0' -O" T ^ / /i���� NOTE: • G.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MATERIALS. • G.C. TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BACKING FOR SUPP AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE BACKING. v � - or 12 GA. PLATE. ■■ a o ' NOTE: • G.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MATERIALS. G.C. TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BACKING FOR SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. STRAP BACKING NOTE: DOOR (WHERE OCCURS) *AT SALES AND FITTING WALLS AREA, ROOM LOBBY MO UNT HOOK ON " a0. • "'\ / / q NOTE: GC TO MOUNT MIRROR A F F LIGHT BOX WALL v� ■; 3/16 0 CORRIDOR SIDE OF DOOR. HOLES, TYP. FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION _ l - e ` I -,z a \ up \h I SIDE SECTION /ELEVATION FRONT (U.N.0). ELEVATION �} ♦ \ SECTION _ . _.. T I 0 N = 12" ®ELEVATION 3/8' SCALE WALL MOUNTED PUCK (HW19) 04) 22 SECTION-ROUNDER STORAGE M( S08) 17 ROUNDER STORAGE (MS08) 12 FITTING DOOR HOOK (HW17) 7 MIRROR (MR09) 2 Z ROOM D ELEVATION SCALE: 3 1' D X 28" w/BUMPER GC SHALL PROVIDE METAL WALL SURFACE 3/4" PLYWOOD BY n 48 24 " / 1 -6 " STRAP BACKING (12 x 18 P5+� ; r po f 0 LE,� FIXTURE VENDOR " 1' / a = K i GA. MIN.). 1 /4 MIRROR BY G.C. MASTIC GC SHALL PROVIDE x �, i DRB i MIRROR FRAME BY : J N • METAL STRAP BACKING (12" x 18 .. FIXTURE VENDOR. ' \ •* IM PLAN 1/2 VIEW GA. MIN.). ®SECTION 3" = 12 SCALE . STRAP BACKING III 3/4' 2' -0" az c8 az — << ,�i�i�i.r.w % 0 l - - t /- ./ / / � - „Z— a — ` 9 __ 6" • 1 3 x 2 METAL FRAME BY / FIXTURE VENDOR. . FINISH L39 3 " 3 3 AT AT � i I / t /. 0 2' / 1 /4" MIRROR SECURED TO 3/4" PLYWOOD w /MASTIC 3 A. ELEVATION V w 12 GA. METAL - /. STRAP BACKING 0 7A 1 -- DRB / A NOTE: GC TO MOUNT MIRROR AT 18" A.F.F AT LIGHT BOX WALL Vets TUBE NOTE: o /�»>�����.! ALL METAL SURFACES SHALL MATCH FIXTURE FINISH L39 TYPICAL i A or: i'F 1 a Q — aZ 4 cc ® ELEVATION \ 3/ ; = 2" SCALE FRONT CARRIAGE MIRROR ELEVATION (MRO2) 3 FITTING ROOM ROOM BAR (HW14) 8 MOBILE SHELVING ELEVATION 28 SCALE: 1 SCALE: 1/2" 1' 0" NOTE: 1111 Illii ■ ' . . ' . a . • - 3/4" PLYWOOD BY BY TO *1 101 !d��l FIXTURE VENDOR WALL SURFACE GC SHALL PROVIDE 1/4" MIRROR BY G.C. MASTIC POST OF SHELVING UNIT (SHELVING UNIT NOT SHOWN) METAL STRAP MIRROR FRAME BY FIXTURE VENDOR. (12" x 18 IM in GA. MIN. ANTI -TIP RAIL MOBILE CARRIAGE O ( �� � , ' I� 0 SECTION 3" = 1 " SCALE STRAP BACKING ,Z— ,L " x a Z - ug � / / / � 3 2 METAL FRAME % FINISH E VENDOR. / L39 3 1/4 MIRROR SECURED L I a l % A NOTE: GC TO MOUNT MIRROR AT n 18 A.F.F AT LIGHT BOX WALL /�� ./' ./' ./ ./' ./'�'� R o N END STOP ,r � \ \ \ t: \ ® ELEVATION 3/8" = 12" SCALE MIRROR ELEVATION (MRO3) 4 ' . WALL STANDARD HEIGHT TBD BY VENDOR GARMENT MOBILE TRACK AND CARRIAGE SCALE: AS NOTED SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 0 00 1/4"X1-3/4" : SEE FLOOR PN. COIL o . C .. N ;° , 2 ° • • • . u7 ---� 1/8 ALUM., MILL FINISH, / !1 �l L39 \ MOE TRACK �••• P .: N11° `I► ti' 0 0 o fl FIN. FLR. 0 0 II II ' -- FIRST HOLE FOR ATTACHMENT LOCATED 2 1/8" FROM THE T.Q. STANDARD; EA. HOLE FOUND AT 12" o.c. THEREAFTER. LOCATE STRAP BLOCKING AT TOP AND BOTTOM OR PROVIDE 1"x 4" F.T. WOOD BACKING AT MIN. (4) LOCATIONS INCLUDING TOP AND BOTTOM WHERE ATTACHMENT OCCURS. = J-II- D .._.. ii J _' - � \ ANTI -TIP RAIL \ CORNER ANGLE (HW15) 10 MOBILE TRACK 30 LUMINOUS WALL PANEL 25 HANGING FIXTURE (MS05) 20 SCALE: 1/2" 0 SCALE: 1 1' 0" SCALE: NOT TO SCALE DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 NO Fr—RMIT CEN FIXTURING AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A5 -1 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL T ♦ '03 I. 1 w_ '03 03 1 WIRE PULL 20 20 X 30 HANGER BIN BY OWNER. \ Eli Q • ut/I 6Z 19 - 19 I 1 - • OD A61 0 TOP OPE I • . ..I . I - 77 - 1 h L. - •. : . . • 7777 I II I 0 - - - -� ,I \ I U f sl 19 . • . • . • 7� �, Cc Cc u u � � I—_ _II =� i O 13 12 I— _IL_ ri • u Z /l £L M A6-1 A6 -1 '4 £L MI 0 DAUGHTER STATION WORK SURFACE VOLUME CONTROLS #4 DAUGHTER STATION OWORK SURFACE ( e #3 F L I I•.: ° . 19 . 20 4 I 4=� LJL — 15 • • _ m - 13 O GWORKSURFACE A6-1 WORK SURFACE ©QQ 0 VOLUME CONTROLS . . L 1 1 3/4 �■ A6 -1 • / / co 0 19" 58 1/2" 1 2 1- I—J—J 12 13 1 .t/1 6Z L—J1_ J • I .. • . N� 2 00 - - - • . • • _ - FITTING ROOM SIDE CORRIDOR SIDE NOTE: DOOR & FRAME PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. KNOCK DOWN H.M. DOOR JAMB (MW18 /MW06) SCALE 3" = 1' - 0" -) L J La CO Lel W 6: eo N SECTION AT DESK/CABINET (MW -01l SCALE: 1/2" =1' - BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -04) SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' - 0" 0) 12 1/2" 2 ' —o " 11" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" E: 1 1 1 1' -3" 24" 2' —O" C BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -14) PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER ENTIRE DOOR. DOOR STOP, ADJUST TO ±105' DOOR OPEN. FINISH TO MATCH JAMB (AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR. DOOR SWINGS IN TO FITTING ROOM). SPRING HINGE, TOP & BOTTOM. FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS BY G.C., TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. ADJ. SHELVES ON RECESSED STANDARD/WHITE MELAMINE. 1/4" HARDBOARD BACK PANEL/WHITE MELAMINE. PLASTIC LAMINATE AT ALL FACES OF CABINETS. 4" P.L. BACKSPLASH. P.T.M.L.P SUPPORT LEG AT DESK. SEE ELEVATION FOR HEIGHTS. SOLID SURFACE BENCH TOP. BULLNOSE EDGE (1 /4 "R.) R 3/4 CLEAT ANCHORED TO `° WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D). METAL STUD FRAMING PROVIDE CONTINUOS SOLID WOOD BACKING AT BENCH PERIMETER GYP. BOARD PER PLAN 1x1 POLAR CLEAT FASTENED TO BENCH WITH #6 1-1/2" MINIMUM (3) PZ PER SIDE AND ATTACH TO WALL WITH (3) #8 2 1/2" 8x11 -5/8" CORBEL BRACKET FASTENED TO BENCH WITH (2) #8x3/4" FASTENERS AND TO WALL WITH (2) 8x1 -1/2" FASTENERS BENCH TOP. 2 28 29 30 a C, w a RUN BAR AND SUPPORT (MW -03) SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" a 0 10 DOOR PUCK /PLATE (BY OTHERS) SEE 7A5 -1, MOUNT ON CORRIDOR SIDE. a N CI CSI a SEE Al -1 a 0 10 GHTI SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" a N \ \ SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" EQ 10" l 0 . PHONE, D.,TA 30" ELEVATION AT DESK PLAN STEREO SHELF PLAN /ELEV. METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SCALE: FULL - SIZE 15" EQ EN ELEVATION (4 7 1 /4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI W68 60" FRAME AT CORNER N cJP N EQ STORAGE ROOM RONT VIEW / EQ 0 TYP. Inc\ MW -01) MW -02) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AS NECESSARY. gik 6' -6" B.Q. GYP. BD. 6 LAMINATE VALANCE SATIN CHROME ROD 3/4" LAMINATED PLYWOOD SUPPORTS AT EACH END AND AT CENTERLINE FOR RAIL SPANS BETWEEN 5'--O" AND 10' -O ". C.S. SCREW TO BACKING. 1 X BATTEN NAILER. SCREW TO BACKING AT SOFFIT AND REAR WALL, EA. SIDE OF CENTER SUPPORT. FITTING ROOM CADDY, SEE 16A6 -1. ELEVATION FROM CORRIDOR FITTING ROOM EXTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) NOTE: LAMINATE SHALL BE 0 SEE Al -1 } 3/4" CONDUIT TO J -BOX STUB -UP INTO CLG. 6" OR AT 1O' -6" AFF. SEE CEILING PLAN 1 1/2" 5' -6" CL ROD CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 CABINET (ELBOW CATCH) PLASTIC LAMINATE, TYP. w /WHITE MELAMINE INTERIORS. ADJ. SHELVES. BRUSHED ALUM. WIRE PULLS. CABINET LOCK (NATIONAL #8703) 24" DEEP DESK. NOTE: SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DRAWER AT DESK SAFE (2) 3" BLACK GROMMETS. WALL SURFACE. 1/4 LEDGER AND BRACE. DUPLEX OUTLET FROM STEREO. (1) DEEP DOUBLE GANG BOX FOR STEREO HOOK -UP. SHELF 18" x 20" x 3/4" PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO WALL BY GC. 1 5' - 6 " 21 22 23 Y % OF OUTLET /J- -BOXES T.D. SHELF NOTE: 1. USE WHITE LAMINATE ON ALL SIDES OF SHELF. 2. (2) VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH BOXES TO BE LOCATED IN MOTHER STATION OF CASHWRAP 24 25 3/4" MAPLE (UNFINISHED), ATTACH TO WALL. PLYWOOD BACKING TO BE PROVIDED IN WALL BY G.C. 5' -6" B.O. ROD 5' -O" T.O. CADDY DISK HOLDER a a a c ID a 0 Y B.O. CADDY SCALE: 1 "= 1'- 0" SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1 /2 SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1' -0" PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW SATIN CHROME ROD ABOVE ( 1/4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI DISK HOLDER 26" SATIN CHROME ROD. SEE 21A6- 1. 3/4" MAP /IND 2/S SIDE WITH 1/4" X 3/4" SOLID MAPLE CAP AT EXPOSED EDGES, TYP. (2) ADJ. SHELVES FITTING ROOM CADDY HW21 a N I :4y \ \ \ OPEN inJ n / N I N " FITTING ROOM INTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) COUNTER TOP EDGE DETAIL HANGER BIN STORAGE SECTION TYP. V eD SECTION AT ACCESSIBLE COUNTER NOTE: ALL EXPOSED MAPLE WOOD SURFACES TO BE STAINED TO MATCH FORMICA "SAND STREAM" SECTION VIEW ELEVATION FROM FITTING ROOM CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - MATERIAL PER ENLARGED PLAN W6$5/ ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SIM. 1 /4" REVEAL COUNTERTOP L37 BIN BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME a V V 16 17 18 19 a N r CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP ENLARGED PLAN SCALE: 1/2" =1' - 0" CASHWRAP ELEVATION (SIDE VIEW SCALE: 1/2" =1' - a <L37) C� SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" GRAIN 36" 26" 26" 10" T' 4' / a to TOP 36" 10 37 10" 68" GRAIN CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION 17 32" \ \ Cr 36" 6" 3 / •( / 48" 42" n 32" SECTION AT CASH/WRAP STATION a TOP MOTHER STATION TOP MOTHER STATION HOOD 0 ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME ACRYLIC LENS W68 SLIDE -OUT TRAY FOR FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE. SIM. /OPP. 14 15 232" • .131" M F- M 128" DAUGHTER STATION #1 WORK COUNTER a a O CO SCALE: 3/4" = 3 1/4" I_ n n TOP 1 /2" HOOD GRAIN TOP EQ CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION CASHWRAP TOP I / \ _ I 1 \ / CO 36" 3 1/4" GRAIN DAUGHTER STATION #1 18 A6 -1 a M 3" f/- a N, L2) BASE AC% „t. \9 Co v io 06:10 - Ic5?? 12 13 ca a MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES A. THE MILLWORK VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THE JOB SITE WITH A TEMPLATE OF THE CASHWRAP FOOTPRINT FOR LAYOUT. GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE OWNER'S MILLWORK VENDOR. B. ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRING OCCURRING WITHIN THE CASHWRAP MODULES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER'S MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. FOR LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL BOXES REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (E-SHEETS). C. ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE STUB -IN POINT AND BETWEEN CASHWRAP STATIONS SHALL BE DONE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (IN THE FIELD). MILLWORK KEYNOTES O1 LINE OF FLOORING MATERIAL BELOW CASHWRAP. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL STUB -UP AT CASHWRAP MOTHER STATION. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O ACCESSIBLE /CUSTOMER SHELF AT 34" MAX. REFER TO COUNTER SECTION. O KEYBOARD, CPU, MONITOR, CUSTOMER DISPLAY, 2 CASH DRAWERS, AND PRINTER (ALL ONE UNIT, BY OWNER). Q SIGN # 5 BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. Q SCANNER LOCATION (RECESSED /FLUSH) (GLASS SIZE: 6 1/2" x 6 1/2 "). O HAND -HELD SCANNER AT MOTHER STATION ONLY (RECESSED /FLUSH). POLICY SIGN (5" x 7 ") HOLDER (GLASS SIZE: 5 1/2" x 7 1/2"). SEE DETAILS 14A7 -1 AND 15A7 -1. O PROVIDE ALUM. ANGLE (CLEAR ANODIZED) AT BOTTOM EDGE. (USE MIN. OF 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" ANGLE). 10 FLOOR - MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX /STUB -UP LOCATION. 11 12" x 12" REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL AT BASE AND BACK WALL FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESS. 12 POWER DETACHER /DETAGGER. 13 PEN /PENCIL HOLDER. 14 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY /CHASE. 15 FOR ALL CASHWRAP MODULE INFORMATION, DRAWERS, TISSUE HOLDERS, SLIDE OUT TRAYS, ETC. REFER TO OWNER MILLWORK DRAWINGS. 16 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 17 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP. 18 BACKLIT ACRYLIC FACE -PANEL WITH METALLIC FRAME. 19 PIN PAD LOCATION. 20 SEAM LOCATION PER MILLWORK VENDOR L37 L37 16 29 1/4" SCALE: 1/2" =1' - O' a to SCALE: 1/2" = I - n SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PULL STRING TO EACH REGISTER WELL AND BACKWRAP. THESE PULL STRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. THESE PULL STRINGS MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGISTER INSTALLER ARRIVAL- NO EXCEPTIONS' L) CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION EQ. 60" EQ. TYP GRAIN cam• W 58 1/ BASE 73 1/2" HOLD CABINET ELEVATION FRONT VIEW' HOLD CABINET ELEVATION (REAR VIEW) X5I 58" L37 BEYOND 20 A6 -1 GRAIN 29 1/4" 1_37 LU w U a 1.0 512) HOOD GRAIN 15 1/2" w a C.7 L3 11 5 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 tio MILLWORK CABINETWORK PLANS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A6 -1 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL '03 1 w_ '03 03 FITTING ROOM SIDE CORRIDOR SIDE NOTE: DOOR & FRAME PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. KNOCK DOWN H.M. DOOR JAMB (MW18 /MW06) SCALE 3" = 1' - 0" -) L J La CO Lel W 6: eo N SECTION AT DESK/CABINET (MW -01l SCALE: 1/2" =1' - BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -04) SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' - 0" 0) 12 1/2" 2 ' —o " 11" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" E: 1 1 1 1' -3" 24" 2' —O" C BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -14) PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER ENTIRE DOOR. DOOR STOP, ADJUST TO ±105' DOOR OPEN. FINISH TO MATCH JAMB (AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR. DOOR SWINGS IN TO FITTING ROOM). SPRING HINGE, TOP & BOTTOM. FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS BY G.C., TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. ADJ. SHELVES ON RECESSED STANDARD/WHITE MELAMINE. 1/4" HARDBOARD BACK PANEL/WHITE MELAMINE. PLASTIC LAMINATE AT ALL FACES OF CABINETS. 4" P.L. BACKSPLASH. P.T.M.L.P SUPPORT LEG AT DESK. SEE ELEVATION FOR HEIGHTS. SOLID SURFACE BENCH TOP. BULLNOSE EDGE (1 /4 "R.) R 3/4 CLEAT ANCHORED TO `° WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D). METAL STUD FRAMING PROVIDE CONTINUOS SOLID WOOD BACKING AT BENCH PERIMETER GYP. BOARD PER PLAN 1x1 POLAR CLEAT FASTENED TO BENCH WITH #6 1-1/2" MINIMUM (3) PZ PER SIDE AND ATTACH TO WALL WITH (3) #8 2 1/2" 8x11 -5/8" CORBEL BRACKET FASTENED TO BENCH WITH (2) #8x3/4" FASTENERS AND TO WALL WITH (2) 8x1 -1/2" FASTENERS BENCH TOP. 2 28 29 30 a C, w a RUN BAR AND SUPPORT (MW -03) SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" a 0 10 DOOR PUCK /PLATE (BY OTHERS) SEE 7A5 -1, MOUNT ON CORRIDOR SIDE. a N CI CSI a SEE Al -1 a 0 10 GHTI SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" a N \ \ SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" EQ 10" l 0 . PHONE, D.,TA 30" ELEVATION AT DESK PLAN STEREO SHELF PLAN /ELEV. METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SCALE: FULL - SIZE 15" EQ EN ELEVATION (4 7 1 /4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI W68 60" FRAME AT CORNER N cJP N EQ STORAGE ROOM RONT VIEW / EQ 0 TYP. Inc\ MW -01) MW -02) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AS NECESSARY. gik 6' -6" B.Q. GYP. BD. 6 LAMINATE VALANCE SATIN CHROME ROD 3/4" LAMINATED PLYWOOD SUPPORTS AT EACH END AND AT CENTERLINE FOR RAIL SPANS BETWEEN 5'--O" AND 10' -O ". C.S. SCREW TO BACKING. 1 X BATTEN NAILER. SCREW TO BACKING AT SOFFIT AND REAR WALL, EA. SIDE OF CENTER SUPPORT. FITTING ROOM CADDY, SEE 16A6 -1. ELEVATION FROM CORRIDOR FITTING ROOM EXTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) NOTE: LAMINATE SHALL BE 0 SEE Al -1 } 3/4" CONDUIT TO J -BOX STUB -UP INTO CLG. 6" OR AT 1O' -6" AFF. SEE CEILING PLAN 1 1/2" 5' -6" CL ROD CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 CABINET (ELBOW CATCH) PLASTIC LAMINATE, TYP. w /WHITE MELAMINE INTERIORS. ADJ. SHELVES. BRUSHED ALUM. WIRE PULLS. CABINET LOCK (NATIONAL #8703) 24" DEEP DESK. NOTE: SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DRAWER AT DESK SAFE (2) 3" BLACK GROMMETS. WALL SURFACE. 1/4 LEDGER AND BRACE. DUPLEX OUTLET FROM STEREO. (1) DEEP DOUBLE GANG BOX FOR STEREO HOOK -UP. SHELF 18" x 20" x 3/4" PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO WALL BY GC. 1 5' - 6 " 21 22 23 Y % OF OUTLET /J- -BOXES T.D. SHELF NOTE: 1. USE WHITE LAMINATE ON ALL SIDES OF SHELF. 2. (2) VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH BOXES TO BE LOCATED IN MOTHER STATION OF CASHWRAP 24 25 3/4" MAPLE (UNFINISHED), ATTACH TO WALL. PLYWOOD BACKING TO BE PROVIDED IN WALL BY G.C. 5' -6" B.O. ROD 5' -O" T.O. CADDY DISK HOLDER a a a c ID a 0 Y B.O. CADDY SCALE: 1 "= 1'- 0" SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1 /2 SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1' -0" PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW SATIN CHROME ROD ABOVE ( 1/4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI DISK HOLDER 26" SATIN CHROME ROD. SEE 21A6- 1. 3/4" MAP /IND 2/S SIDE WITH 1/4" X 3/4" SOLID MAPLE CAP AT EXPOSED EDGES, TYP. (2) ADJ. SHELVES FITTING ROOM CADDY HW21 a N I :4y \ \ \ OPEN inJ n / N I N " FITTING ROOM INTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) COUNTER TOP EDGE DETAIL HANGER BIN STORAGE SECTION TYP. V eD SECTION AT ACCESSIBLE COUNTER NOTE: ALL EXPOSED MAPLE WOOD SURFACES TO BE STAINED TO MATCH FORMICA "SAND STREAM" SECTION VIEW ELEVATION FROM FITTING ROOM CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - MATERIAL PER ENLARGED PLAN W6$5/ ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SIM. 1 /4" REVEAL COUNTERTOP L37 BIN BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME a V V 16 17 18 19 a N r CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP ENLARGED PLAN SCALE: 1/2" =1' - 0" CASHWRAP ELEVATION (SIDE VIEW SCALE: 1/2" =1' - a <L37) C� SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" GRAIN 36" 26" 26" 10" T' 4' / a to TOP 36" 10 37 10" 68" GRAIN CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION 17 32" \ \ Cr 36" 6" 3 / •( / 48" 42" n 32" SECTION AT CASH/WRAP STATION a TOP MOTHER STATION TOP MOTHER STATION HOOD 0 ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME ACRYLIC LENS W68 SLIDE -OUT TRAY FOR FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE. SIM. /OPP. 14 15 232" • .131" M F- M 128" DAUGHTER STATION #1 WORK COUNTER a a O CO SCALE: 3/4" = 3 1/4" I_ n n TOP 1 /2" HOOD GRAIN TOP EQ CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION CASHWRAP TOP I / \ _ I 1 \ / CO 36" 3 1/4" GRAIN DAUGHTER STATION #1 18 A6 -1 a M 3" f/- a N, L2) BASE AC% „t. \9 Co v io 06:10 - Ic5?? 12 13 ca a MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES A. THE MILLWORK VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THE JOB SITE WITH A TEMPLATE OF THE CASHWRAP FOOTPRINT FOR LAYOUT. GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE OWNER'S MILLWORK VENDOR. B. ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRING OCCURRING WITHIN THE CASHWRAP MODULES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER'S MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. FOR LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL BOXES REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (E-SHEETS). C. ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE STUB -IN POINT AND BETWEEN CASHWRAP STATIONS SHALL BE DONE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (IN THE FIELD). MILLWORK KEYNOTES O1 LINE OF FLOORING MATERIAL BELOW CASHWRAP. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL STUB -UP AT CASHWRAP MOTHER STATION. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O ACCESSIBLE /CUSTOMER SHELF AT 34" MAX. REFER TO COUNTER SECTION. O KEYBOARD, CPU, MONITOR, CUSTOMER DISPLAY, 2 CASH DRAWERS, AND PRINTER (ALL ONE UNIT, BY OWNER). Q SIGN # 5 BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. Q SCANNER LOCATION (RECESSED /FLUSH) (GLASS SIZE: 6 1/2" x 6 1/2 "). O HAND -HELD SCANNER AT MOTHER STATION ONLY (RECESSED /FLUSH). POLICY SIGN (5" x 7 ") HOLDER (GLASS SIZE: 5 1/2" x 7 1/2"). SEE DETAILS 14A7 -1 AND 15A7 -1. O PROVIDE ALUM. ANGLE (CLEAR ANODIZED) AT BOTTOM EDGE. (USE MIN. OF 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" ANGLE). 10 FLOOR - MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX /STUB -UP LOCATION. 11 12" x 12" REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL AT BASE AND BACK WALL FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESS. 12 POWER DETACHER /DETAGGER. 13 PEN /PENCIL HOLDER. 14 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY /CHASE. 15 FOR ALL CASHWRAP MODULE INFORMATION, DRAWERS, TISSUE HOLDERS, SLIDE OUT TRAYS, ETC. REFER TO OWNER MILLWORK DRAWINGS. 16 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 17 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP. 18 BACKLIT ACRYLIC FACE -PANEL WITH METALLIC FRAME. 19 PIN PAD LOCATION. 20 SEAM LOCATION PER MILLWORK VENDOR L37 L37 16 29 1/4" SCALE: 1/2" =1' - O' a to SCALE: 1/2" = I - n SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PULL STRING TO EACH REGISTER WELL AND BACKWRAP. THESE PULL STRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. THESE PULL STRINGS MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGISTER INSTALLER ARRIVAL- NO EXCEPTIONS' L) CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION EQ. 60" EQ. TYP GRAIN cam• W 58 1/ BASE 73 1/2" HOLD CABINET ELEVATION FRONT VIEW' HOLD CABINET ELEVATION (REAR VIEW) X5I 58" L37 BEYOND 20 A6 -1 GRAIN 29 1/4" 1_37 LU w U a 1.0 512) HOOD GRAIN 15 1/2" w a C.7 L3 11 5 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 tio MILLWORK CABINETWORK PLANS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A6 -1 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL WIRE PULL 20 X 30 HANGER BIN BY OWNER. \ Q — 1 I I 1 I 1 I I OD OPE I GRAIN/ ,I \ I U f sl . I 7� �, Cc Cc u u II 1 FITTING ROOM SIDE CORRIDOR SIDE NOTE: DOOR & FRAME PROVIDED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. KNOCK DOWN H.M. DOOR JAMB (MW18 /MW06) SCALE 3" = 1' - 0" -) L J La CO Lel W 6: eo N SECTION AT DESK/CABINET (MW -01l SCALE: 1/2" =1' - BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -04) SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' - 0" 0) 12 1/2" 2 ' —o " 11" PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" E: 1 1 1 1' -3" 24" 2' —O" C BENCH AT FITTING RM (MW -14) PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER ENTIRE DOOR. DOOR STOP, ADJUST TO ±105' DOOR OPEN. FINISH TO MATCH JAMB (AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR. DOOR SWINGS IN TO FITTING ROOM). SPRING HINGE, TOP & BOTTOM. FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS BY G.C., TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. ADJ. SHELVES ON RECESSED STANDARD/WHITE MELAMINE. 1/4" HARDBOARD BACK PANEL/WHITE MELAMINE. PLASTIC LAMINATE AT ALL FACES OF CABINETS. 4" P.L. BACKSPLASH. P.T.M.L.P SUPPORT LEG AT DESK. SEE ELEVATION FOR HEIGHTS. SOLID SURFACE BENCH TOP. BULLNOSE EDGE (1 /4 "R.) R 3/4 CLEAT ANCHORED TO `° WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D). METAL STUD FRAMING PROVIDE CONTINUOS SOLID WOOD BACKING AT BENCH PERIMETER GYP. BOARD PER PLAN 1x1 POLAR CLEAT FASTENED TO BENCH WITH #6 1-1/2" MINIMUM (3) PZ PER SIDE AND ATTACH TO WALL WITH (3) #8 2 1/2" 8x11 -5/8" CORBEL BRACKET FASTENED TO BENCH WITH (2) #8x3/4" FASTENERS AND TO WALL WITH (2) 8x1 -1/2" FASTENERS BENCH TOP. 2 28 29 30 a C, w a RUN BAR AND SUPPORT (MW -03) SCALE:1 1/2" = 1' - 0" a 0 10 DOOR PUCK /PLATE (BY OTHERS) SEE 7A5 -1, MOUNT ON CORRIDOR SIDE. a N CI CSI a SEE Al -1 a 0 10 GHTI SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" a N \ \ SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" EQ 10" l 0 . PHONE, D.,TA 30" ELEVATION AT DESK PLAN STEREO SHELF PLAN /ELEV. METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SCALE: FULL - SIZE 15" EQ EN ELEVATION (4 7 1 /4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI W68 60" FRAME AT CORNER N cJP N EQ STORAGE ROOM RONT VIEW / EQ 0 TYP. Inc\ MW -01) MW -02) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE BACKING AS NECESSARY. gik 6' -6" B.Q. GYP. BD. 6 LAMINATE VALANCE SATIN CHROME ROD 3/4" LAMINATED PLYWOOD SUPPORTS AT EACH END AND AT CENTERLINE FOR RAIL SPANS BETWEEN 5'--O" AND 10' -O ". C.S. SCREW TO BACKING. 1 X BATTEN NAILER. SCREW TO BACKING AT SOFFIT AND REAR WALL, EA. SIDE OF CENTER SUPPORT. FITTING ROOM CADDY, SEE 16A6 -1. ELEVATION FROM CORRIDOR FITTING ROOM EXTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) NOTE: LAMINATE SHALL BE 0 SEE Al -1 } 3/4" CONDUIT TO J -BOX STUB -UP INTO CLG. 6" OR AT 1O' -6" AFF. SEE CEILING PLAN 1 1/2" 5' -6" CL ROD CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 CABINET (ELBOW CATCH) PLASTIC LAMINATE, TYP. w /WHITE MELAMINE INTERIORS. ADJ. SHELVES. BRUSHED ALUM. WIRE PULLS. CABINET LOCK (NATIONAL #8703) 24" DEEP DESK. NOTE: SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DRAWER AT DESK SAFE (2) 3" BLACK GROMMETS. WALL SURFACE. 1/4 LEDGER AND BRACE. DUPLEX OUTLET FROM STEREO. (1) DEEP DOUBLE GANG BOX FOR STEREO HOOK -UP. SHELF 18" x 20" x 3/4" PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO WALL BY GC. 1 5' - 6 " 21 22 23 Y % OF OUTLET /J- -BOXES T.D. SHELF NOTE: 1. USE WHITE LAMINATE ON ALL SIDES OF SHELF. 2. (2) VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH BOXES TO BE LOCATED IN MOTHER STATION OF CASHWRAP 24 25 3/4" MAPLE (UNFINISHED), ATTACH TO WALL. PLYWOOD BACKING TO BE PROVIDED IN WALL BY G.C. 5' -6" B.O. ROD 5' -O" T.O. CADDY DISK HOLDER a a a c ID a 0 Y B.O. CADDY SCALE: 1 "= 1'- 0" SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" METALLIC FRAME FOR ACRYLIC PANEL SCALE: FULL -SIZE SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1 /2 SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" 1' -0" PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW SATIN CHROME ROD ABOVE ( 1/4" AT H/C DOOR 1/4" FINISH OPENI DISK HOLDER 26" SATIN CHROME ROD. SEE 21A6- 1. 3/4" MAP /IND 2/S SIDE WITH 1/4" X 3/4" SOLID MAPLE CAP AT EXPOSED EDGES, TYP. (2) ADJ. SHELVES FITTING ROOM CADDY HW21 a N I :4y \ \ \ OPEN inJ n / N I N " FITTING ROOM INTERIOR DOOR ELEVATION (MW18 /MW06) COUNTER TOP EDGE DETAIL HANGER BIN STORAGE SECTION TYP. V eD SECTION AT ACCESSIBLE COUNTER NOTE: ALL EXPOSED MAPLE WOOD SURFACES TO BE STAINED TO MATCH FORMICA "SAND STREAM" SECTION VIEW ELEVATION FROM FITTING ROOM CONTINUOUS FRAME JAMBS & HEAD LAMINATE PLASTIC ON ALL SIDES OF 1 3/4" H.C.H.B. DOOR. GARMENT PUCK, MOUNT AT 6' -9" A.F.F. CENTER ON DOOR. FACE OF DOOR ALL SIDES. CUSTOM 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME (NO SUBSTITUTE) BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH TO BE 'ALUMATONE'. INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NOTE: FOR DOOR SIZE, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON Al -1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - MATERIAL PER ENLARGED PLAN W6$5/ ACRYLIC PANEL FACE (VERIFY THICKNESS). SIM. 1 /4" REVEAL COUNTERTOP L37 BIN BY MILLWORK VENDOR. FINISH ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME a V V 16 17 18 19 a N r CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP ENLARGED PLAN SCALE: 1/2" =1' - 0" CASHWRAP ELEVATION (SIDE VIEW SCALE: 1/2" =1' - a <L37) C� SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" SCALE: 1" = 1' - 0" GRAIN 36" 26" 26" 10" T' 4' / a to TOP 36" 10 37 10" 68" GRAIN CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION 17 32" \ \ Cr 36" 6" 3 / •( / 48" 42" n 32" SECTION AT CASH/WRAP STATION a TOP MOTHER STATION TOP MOTHER STATION HOOD 0 ELECTRICAL CHASE BY MILLWORK VENDOR METAWC FRAME ACRYLIC LENS W68 SLIDE -OUT TRAY FOR FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE. SIM. /OPP. 14 15 232" • .131" M F- M 128" DAUGHTER STATION #1 WORK COUNTER a a O CO SCALE: 3/4" = 3 1/4" I_ n n TOP 1 /2" HOOD GRAIN TOP EQ CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION CASHWRAP TOP I / \ _ I 1 \ / CO 36" 3 1/4" GRAIN DAUGHTER STATION #1 18 A6 -1 a M 3" f/- a N, L2) BASE AC% „t. \9 Co v io 06:10 - Ic5?? 12 13 ca a MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES A. THE MILLWORK VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE THE JOB SITE WITH A TEMPLATE OF THE CASHWRAP FOOTPRINT FOR LAYOUT. GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE OWNER'S MILLWORK VENDOR. B. ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRING OCCURRING WITHIN THE CASHWRAP MODULES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER'S MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. FOR LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL BOXES REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (E-SHEETS). C. ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE STUB -IN POINT AND BETWEEN CASHWRAP STATIONS SHALL BE DONE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (IN THE FIELD). MILLWORK KEYNOTES O1 LINE OF FLOORING MATERIAL BELOW CASHWRAP. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL STUB -UP AT CASHWRAP MOTHER STATION. REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. O ACCESSIBLE /CUSTOMER SHELF AT 34" MAX. REFER TO COUNTER SECTION. O KEYBOARD, CPU, MONITOR, CUSTOMER DISPLAY, 2 CASH DRAWERS, AND PRINTER (ALL ONE UNIT, BY OWNER). Q SIGN # 5 BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. Q SCANNER LOCATION (RECESSED /FLUSH) (GLASS SIZE: 6 1/2" x 6 1/2 "). O HAND -HELD SCANNER AT MOTHER STATION ONLY (RECESSED /FLUSH). POLICY SIGN (5" x 7 ") HOLDER (GLASS SIZE: 5 1/2" x 7 1/2"). SEE DETAILS 14A7 -1 AND 15A7 -1. O PROVIDE ALUM. ANGLE (CLEAR ANODIZED) AT BOTTOM EDGE. (USE MIN. OF 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" ANGLE). 10 FLOOR - MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX /STUB -UP LOCATION. 11 12" x 12" REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL AT BASE AND BACK WALL FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESS. 12 POWER DETACHER /DETAGGER. 13 PEN /PENCIL HOLDER. 14 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY /CHASE. 15 FOR ALL CASHWRAP MODULE INFORMATION, DRAWERS, TISSUE HOLDERS, SLIDE OUT TRAYS, ETC. REFER TO OWNER MILLWORK DRAWINGS. 16 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 17 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP. 18 BACKLIT ACRYLIC FACE -PANEL WITH METALLIC FRAME. 19 PIN PAD LOCATION. 20 SEAM LOCATION PER MILLWORK VENDOR L37 L37 16 29 1/4" SCALE: 1/2" =1' - O' a to SCALE: 1/2" = I - n SCALE: 1/2" = 1' - 0" ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PULL STRING TO EACH REGISTER WELL AND BACKWRAP. THESE PULL STRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. THESE PULL STRINGS MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGISTER INSTALLER ARRIVAL- NO EXCEPTIONS' L) CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION EQ. 60" EQ. TYP GRAIN cam• W 58 1/ BASE 73 1/2" HOLD CABINET ELEVATION FRONT VIEW' HOLD CABINET ELEVATION (REAR VIEW) X5I 58" L37 BEYOND 20 A6 -1 GRAIN 29 1/4" 1_37 LU w U a 1.0 512) HOOD GRAIN 15 1/2" w a C.7 L3 11 5 DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 tio MILLWORK CABINETWORK PLANS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A6 -1 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE #568 SOUTHCENTER MALL Charlotte Russe solicits your understanding and cooperation. • Fitting rooms are under security supervision. • Fitting room attendants will be checking merchandise. • Shoplifters will be proscecuted! Thank You The Management Charlotte Russe requiere de su entendimlento y cooperacion. • Los vestidores estan bajo supervision. • La persona encargada del vestidor revisara la mercancia. • Quien robe sera sujeto a la ley! Please do not leave personal items unattended in the fitting rooms. We will not be responsible for lost or stolen purses and /or valuables while customers are in the fitting rooms. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BACKING AT SUPPORT FOR BLADE SIGN BRACKET 1 1/2" SQUARE TUBE MOUNTING BRACKET BY SIGN VENDOR. 1/4" THICK SANDBLASTED CLEAR ACRYUC GRAPHIC PANEL 1/2" THICK CLEAR ACRYUC SIGN #4 - DOUBLE -FACED BLADE SIGN (NON - ILLUMINATED) 4 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. 2 7 /8 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL, TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. NOTE: #210 -324 "FROSTED CRYSTAL" VINYL OR APPROVED EQUAL APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE. INSIDE FACE OF GLASS (INSIDE STORE). SIGN #3a AND 3b - ELEVATION (VINYL LETTER) I. SCALE: 1 1/2 "= 1' -13" CASHWRAP SIGN (ENGLISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 5/16" PLEXIGLAS NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. REFUNDS /EXCHANGES are made on regular priced items within 30 days with receipt and tags attached. Sale items can be exchanged dor merchandise only. SPECIAL OCCASION merchandise is not returnable. GIFT CERTIFICATES /CREDIT SLIPS are redeemble for merchandise only. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. 7 REEMBOLSO 0 CAMBIO DE MERCANCIA en 30 dias con su recibo y etiquetas puestas. Mercancia de yenta son cambiables solamente, MERCANCIA DE OCACION ESPECIAL no es retornable. CERTIFICADOS DE REGALONALE DE CREDITO Son cambiables solo por mercancia. • I III II iI I I „Li III11F, F III I�IIIII IIIIIIi I I I I I I I I • I I I I .II FIIIF IFF • NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. CASWRAP SIGN (SPANISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE (4) 5.5mm0 SCREW HOLES 15 PLAN U, SEE A3 -1 B.O. SIGNBAND ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4 "= I' - SCALE: HALF SIZE " EQ. FRONT VIEW EQ. 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN #1 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) NOTE: G.C. TO WRAP HEADER WITH BREAK METAL OVER SUBSTRATE. SEE 12A4 -1 3" STEEL STUD SUPPORT (BY G.C.). SEE SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x x6%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET 1 /2" STL. BOLT TS 3X3X1 /4 BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 11 EQ. IIETro . "A NOTES: ._ .125" ALUM. BACKING ,. IS 1. VINYL LETTERS AND NUMBER COLORS AS NOTED. 2. FIRST, SURFACE APPLICATION. 3. VINYL GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY SIGN VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. 4. VINYL TAPE COLOR SHALL BE 3M SCOTCHCAL VINYL FILM "BLACK" (SCOTHCAL ELECTRO CUT). '-2" VARIES 12' -6" 0 ri .. TOP VIEW SPACE 568 REAR DOOR VINYL GRAPHIC SIGNAGE (NON- ILLUMINATED) SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS PAINTED MATTEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALLUMINUM" W/ WHITE ACRYLIC FACES AND CRONE SILVER TRIMCAP. NEON TUBE SUPPORT TYPE 'AB' FIXTURE, SEE A2 -1. (2) 1 /2 STL. BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET TS 3x3xY4x6%fs" PROVIDED BY (G.C.) 4"X6"X3/1 6" ALUMINUM TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM ". 4" CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR EQ. VINYL TAPE # (SEE NOTE #4) LOCATED ON BACK FACE OF REAR EXIT DOOR. FONT: FUTURA BK BT. ELECTRICAL FEED - TS 3X3X1/4 SLEEVE PROVIDED BY G.C. SLOTED HOLE 6' -O" A.F.F. r o o EQ. EQ. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE SIGN SUPPORT TS 3X3X1/4 TO BE DRILL AND TAP AT JOB SITE FOR 1 /2" STL. BOLT (TYP. 3 PLACES) DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 CO CO r CO 07 0 I C!) CO SIGNAGE / GRAPHICS SHEET NUMBER A7-1 LJ LETTERS PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM" WITH ACRYLIC FACES AND CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP. A m r Ar le AfIe AggiLAill s ' . > r / � ` / �� ir r r �� - I r Charlotte Russe solicits your understanding and cooperation. • Fitting rooms are under security supervision. • Fitting room attendants will be checking merchandise. • Shoplifters will be proscecuted! Thank You The Management Charlotte Russe requiere de su entendimlento y cooperacion. • Los vestidores estan bajo supervision. • La persona encargada del vestidor revisara la mercancia. • Quien robe sera sujeto a la ley! Please do not leave personal items unattended in the fitting rooms. We will not be responsible for lost or stolen purses and /or valuables while customers are in the fitting rooms. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BACKING AT SUPPORT FOR BLADE SIGN BRACKET 1 1/2" SQUARE TUBE MOUNTING BRACKET BY SIGN VENDOR. 1/4" THICK SANDBLASTED CLEAR ACRYUC GRAPHIC PANEL 1/2" THICK CLEAR ACRYUC SIGN #4 - DOUBLE -FACED BLADE SIGN (NON - ILLUMINATED) 4 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. 2 7 /8 "HT. VINYL LETTERS WITH SANDBLASTED LOOK CENTERED ON GLASS PANEL, TYP. SEE ELEVATIONS. NOTE: #210 -324 "FROSTED CRYSTAL" VINYL OR APPROVED EQUAL APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE. INSIDE FACE OF GLASS (INSIDE STORE). SIGN #3a AND 3b - ELEVATION (VINYL LETTER) I. SCALE: 1 1/2 "= 1' -13" CASHWRAP SIGN (ENGLISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 5/16" PLEXIGLAS NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. REFUNDS /EXCHANGES are made on regular priced items within 30 days with receipt and tags attached. Sale items can be exchanged dor merchandise only. SPECIAL OCCASION merchandise is not returnable. GIFT CERTIFICATES /CREDIT SLIPS are redeemble for merchandise only. NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. 7 REEMBOLSO 0 CAMBIO DE MERCANCIA en 30 dias con su recibo y etiquetas puestas. Mercancia de yenta son cambiables solamente, MERCANCIA DE OCACION ESPECIAL no es retornable. CERTIFICADOS DE REGALONALE DE CREDITO Son cambiables solo por mercancia. • I III II iI I I „Li III11F, F III I�IIIII IIIIIIi I I I I I I I I • I I I I .II FIIIF IFF • NOTE: GC TO SILICONE AROUND ALL EDGES OF FITTING ROOM POLICY SIGN. CASWRAP SIGN (SPANISH) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE (4) 5.5mm0 SCREW HOLES 15 PLAN U, SEE A3 -1 B.O. SIGNBAND ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4 "= I' - SCALE: HALF SIZE " EQ. FRONT VIEW EQ. 4 "x 6 "x 3/16" ALUMINUM TUBE SIGN SUPPORT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN #1 - ELEVATION AT MAIN STREET STOREFRONT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) NOTE: G.C. TO WRAP HEADER WITH BREAK METAL OVER SUBSTRATE. SEE 12A4 -1 3" STEEL STUD SUPPORT (BY G.C.). SEE SHT. A4 -4. TS 3x3x x6%" PROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLER TO DRILL AND TAP AS NECESSARY TO ATTACH SIGN SUPPORT WITH (2) 1/2" BOLTS PER SIDE (2) 1/2" STL BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET 1 /2" STL. BOLT TS 3X3X1 /4 BY G.C. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR 11 EQ. IIETro . "A NOTES: ._ .125" ALUM. BACKING ,. IS 1. VINYL LETTERS AND NUMBER COLORS AS NOTED. 2. FIRST, SURFACE APPLICATION. 3. VINYL GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY SIGN VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. 4. VINYL TAPE COLOR SHALL BE 3M SCOTCHCAL VINYL FILM "BLACK" (SCOTHCAL ELECTRO CUT). '-2" VARIES 12' -6" 0 ri .. TOP VIEW SPACE 568 REAR DOOR VINYL GRAPHIC SIGNAGE (NON- ILLUMINATED) SIGN SUPPORT PANTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, BRUSHED ALUMINUM. CHROME SILVER TRIMCAP INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS PAINTED MATTEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALLUMINUM" W/ WHITE ACRYLIC FACES AND CRONE SILVER TRIMCAP. NEON TUBE SUPPORT TYPE 'AB' FIXTURE, SEE A2 -1. (2) 1 /2 STL. BOLTS PER EACH BRACKET TS 3x3xY4x6%fs" PROVIDED BY (G.C.) 4"X6"X3/1 6" ALUMINUM TUBE BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. PAINTED MATTHEWS VOC 281 -342, "BRUSHED ALUMINUM ". 4" CHANNEL LETTERS BY SIGN CONTRACTOR EQ. VINYL TAPE # (SEE NOTE #4) LOCATED ON BACK FACE OF REAR EXIT DOOR. FONT: FUTURA BK BT. ELECTRICAL FEED - TS 3X3X1/4 SLEEVE PROVIDED BY G.C. SLOTED HOLE 6' -O" A.F.F. r o o EQ. EQ. 4X6X3/16 ALUM. TUBE SIGN SUPPORT TS 3X3X1/4 TO BE DRILL AND TAP AT JOB SITE FOR 1 /2" STL. BOLT (TYP. 3 PLACES) DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07 -1081 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 CO CO r CO 07 0 I C!) CO SIGNAGE / GRAPHICS SHEET NUMBER A7-1 V 1 j NORDSTROM I71,275sf 3 LEVELS WARS 174.6300 3 LEVELS 1 E 11111111 Lc■=-=.==--- POST OFFICE 4000sf CHEESECAKE FACTORY 11556sf macy 250,407sf 4 LEVELS FIDELITY SERVICES PAD 2 7200s ENCLOSED MALL I LEVEL ENO_ SRI MALL 3 LEVELS BANK OF AMERICA 7509sf FUTURE RETAIL 65.237sf 2 LEVELS 276,466sf 3 LEVELS KEY BANK FIRESTONE 7 1 C ] l 44 Q Q 4 (E) TARGET M a STRANGER BOULEVARD THE OLIVE GARDEN 7.405 SF C � 5 ,(0 SITE PLAN r Westfield, LLC r b4 by 41 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. 12TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES CA. 90025 (310) 478 -4456 C c > c VT v 0 0 POST OFFICE J This drawing is diagramatic and shows only approximate conditions, locations, quantities and proposed elements. The size, location, existence or identity of any element or specific occupant may be added eliminated or modified at the sole and absolute discretion of the Landlord. Failure to verify actual conditions shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of the tenant. 1 00' 200' SCALE r i r ( J esl/le[t[ Southcenter VICINITY MAP 633 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED f JUN - 6 2006 City Uf Tukwila BUILDIN OM S SOUTHCENTER Apr 18, 2008 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15000 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS I. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER TRADES. 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A FULL SET OF BID SET DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS) AND THE COORDINATION OF HIS WORK AND INSPECTIONS AND THE WORK AND INSPECTIONS OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES ON SITE CONFORMING TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S TIME SCHEDULE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 5. WHEN USED, THE TERM "PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR" SHALL BE INTERPRETED AS MEANING "FURNISHED AND INSTALLED" WITH THE EXCEPTION WHERE ITEMS ARE "PROVIDED BY TENANT" WHICH MEANS "FURNISHED ONLY" (INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR), EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD, AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT TYPE, SIZE AND LOCATION, ETC. OF EXISTING PIPE AND DUCTS IN THE TENANT SPACE PRIOR TO BID. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS STILL RESPONSIBLE 1 FOR PROVIDING THE SYSTEM AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT FOR SERVICE. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CORE DRILLING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. PATCHING SHALL MATCH, FINISH OF SURROUNDING AREA. C. CODES 1. ALL WORK LL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE M. SLE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY THE TENANT TO THE CONTRACTOR. D. LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE OF PROJECT. E. DRAWINGS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. BECAUSE OF THE SMALL SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE ALL DUCT AND PIPING OFFSETS, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED. 2. THE LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS BASED ON A PARTICULAR MAKE OF EQUIPMENT. IF ANOTHER MAKE OF EQUIPMENT IS USED WHICH REQUIRES MODIFICATION OR CHANGE OF ANY DESCRIPTION FROM THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AS PART OF THIS WORK, FOR MAKING ALL SUCH MODIFICATIONS AND CHANGES, INCLUDING THOSE INVOLVING OTHER TRADES WITH THE COST THEREOF INCLUDED IN HIS BID. IN SUCH CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK SHOWING ALL SUCH MODIFICATIONS AND CHANGES. HIS PROPOSAL SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. F. EXISTING SHELL SPACE CONDITONS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING MECHANCIAL WORK SHOWN ON THE MECHANCIAL DRAWINGS AND THE MECHANCIAL DEMOLITION SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, HVAC UNITS, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED UNLESS NOTED FOR REUSE OR RECONFIGURATION ON PLANS. ROOF PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE BY A ROOFING CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF (ABOVE THIS SPACE) NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK OR PART OF THE LANDLORD'S OR ANOTHER TENANT'S ACTIVE SYSTEM MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL /FLOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND /OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL. 3. ACTIVE LANDLORD OR OTHER TENANT SERVICES ENCOUNTERED IN WORK SHALL BE PROTECTED AND SUPPORTED. IF EXISTING SERVICES NOT ANTICIPATED REQUIRE RELOCATION, CONTACT THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO ACTIVE LANDLORD OR OTHER TENANT SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. 4. TIE -INS AND MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING LANDLORD SERVICES MUST BE DONE WITH MINIMUM INTERRUPTION OF LANDLORD OPERATION AND DURING HOURS SPECIFIED BY THE LANDLORD. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING EXACT WORKING HOURS OF THIS WORK WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID, ALL PREMIUM TIME REQUIRED TO PERFORM MODIFICATIONS DURING OTHER THAN NORMAL WORKING HOURS. ALL SUCH WORK MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. G. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. H. TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM STANDARD FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. J. REC K. GU L. OPE 2. TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR SCHEDULES SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR OTHER DEFICIENCIES OR DEVIATIONS IN THE SHOP DRAWING FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. THE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT. 4. N. HAN SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DUCT FABRICATION DRAWINGS TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. SUBMISSIONS MUST BE EARLY ENOUGH TO ALLOW THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER EIGHT WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS USING THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE ALL DATA THAT PERTAINS TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. THE SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO CUTS OR CATALOGS INCLUDING DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF EQUIPMENT SHALL SHOW MAJOR DIMENSIONS, ROUGHING -IN DATA, CAPACITY, CURVES, PRESSURE DROP, CODE COMPLIANCE, MOTOR AND DRIVE DATA AND ELECTRICAL DATA. OBSERVE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS WHEN REQUIRED. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL AND SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THEY ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS TAKE PLACE. LACK OF SUCH CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION WITHOUT REVIEW BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS MUST APPEAR IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS LEFT ON SITE AT JOB COMPLETION. ORD DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: A. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. B. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. C. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. D. EXACT ROUTING OF ALL SANITARY AND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING UNDER FLOOR. ARANTEE C. 0. ACCESS DOORS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PROVIDE EXTENDED WARRANTIES AS SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. IN CASE OF REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OR EQUIPMENT DUE TO FAILURE WITHIN GUARANTEE PERIOD, GUARANTEE ON THAT PORTION OF WORK SHALL BE EXTENDED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF SUCH REPLACEMETN OR REPAIR. RATIONS MANUALS 1. ONE COPY OF EACH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED ON JOB SHALL BE COLLECTED AND INSERTED IN A 3" THREE RING BINDER AND TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT. EACH NOTEBOOK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, PAMPHLETS OR BROCHURES APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS AND WARRANTIES OBTAINED FROM EACH MANUFACTURER OF PRINCIPAL ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT. EVES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE FLOOR OR WALL. CONFORM TO U.L. ASSEMBLY RATING OF FLOOR OR WALL. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PART STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVAN MINIMUM. DUCT SLEEVES TO BE MINIMUM 14 GAUGE STEEL. GERS ITIONS SHALL BE FOR OTHER THAN CONCEALED IZED STEEL HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING OR DUCTWORK. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, ACCESS DOORS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND /OR OTHER TRADES. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI- ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED FROM ONE ANOTHER. FURNISH STEEL ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES, MIN. 16" X 20" OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONCEALED VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SERVICE OR INSPECTION. LOCATION, TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBER AS DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO SUIT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL INSTALL ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. ACCESS DOORS LOCATED IN FIRE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING -FLOOR OR CEILING -ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE RATED, UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC., LISTED AND LABELED. 3. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE FLUSH TYPE, MANUFACTURED FROM NO. 14 GAUGE STEEL, COMPLETE WITH FLUSH FLANGE TYPE FRAMES MANUFACTURED FROM NO. 16 GAUGE STEEL, PROVIDED WITH ANCHORS. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN WALL OR CEILING MATERIALS SHOWN IN ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES. P. ELECTRICAL MOTORS FURNISH, INSTALL AND ALIGN ALL MOTORS REQUIRED FOR THIS EQUIPMENT. UNLESS THEY ARE FACTORY INSTALLED ON THE UNIT, ALL STARTERS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING AND SAFETY SWITCHES FOR SUCH MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. STARTERS SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF MOTORS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST NEMA, ANSI, ISEE STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ALL MOTORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION ON VOLTAGE VARIATION OF PLUS OR MINUS 10 %, 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE; HAVE A SERVICE FACTOR OF NOT LESS THAN 1.15. Q. LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) WIRING 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING REQUIRED FOR HIS EQUIPMENT. THIS WORK INCLUDES ALL TRANSFORMERS AND DEVICES TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. 2. ALL WORK IS TO CONFORM TO THE LATEST ADDITION N.E.0 AND TO DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 3. ANY CONDUIT REQUIRED BY CODE OR THE LANDLORD WILL BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. A. B. D. E. SCOPE OF WORK SHOP DRAWINGS DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION 1. THE F.P. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: (REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR EXACT RESPONSIBILITIES) A. INSTALLATION OF NEW WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA -13, LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, AND INSURANCE CARRIERS FOR THE MALL AND TENANT. B. TAPS, RISERS, LATERALS, BRANCHES, VALVES, ALARMS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. C. DESIGN DRAWINGS, CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS. D. PERMITS, FEES, AND CHARGES. E. TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES. F. COST FOR SHUT DOWN FEES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR THAT DOES THE ACTUAL SPRINKLER WORK IS REQUIRED TO BE A LANDLORD APPROVED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 4. RELOCATION OF EXISTING MAINS, LATERALS, BRANCHES AND RISERS TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. 1. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR HIS WORK. SUBMIT SIX (6) COPIES TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL. NO WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER APPROVES HEAD AND PIPING LOCATIONS. 2. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING COORDINATED DRAWINGS, CALCULATIONS, HEAD TYPES AND COLORS TO ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. NO WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPROVALS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. 3. A COPY OF THE LETTER OF APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE RATING BUREAU SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE LANDLORD'S AGENT AND TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EQUIPMENT 1 SPRINKLER HEADS: GENERAL PIPING 1 A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM STUB IN SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD. SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 130 SQ. FT. IN "SALES" AREAS AND 100 SQ. FT. IN "STOCK" AREAS. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD. 2. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, STORAGE DECK, ETC. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, SPRINKLER LINES, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. HORIZONTAL SPRINKLER RUNS AT MERCHANDISE SOFFITS SHALL BE PLACED INSIDE SOFFIT STRUCTURE. VERTICAL DROPS FROM CEILING TO MERCHANDISE SOFFIT SHALL BE LOCATED FLUSH AGAINST DEMISING WALLS. 3. WHERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DESIGN. RELOCATE ALL MAINS AND BRANCHES INTERFERING WITH CEILING HEIGHTS, EQUIPMENT, AND MAJOR COMPONENTS INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND MALL COMMON AREAS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED PIPING. 4. LOCATIONS OF ALL HEADS SHOULD BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL AND THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BEFORE INSTALLATION. HEADS MUST BE LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF CEILING TILES AND IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN WITH OTHER CEILING FIXTURES. ADDITIONAL MONIES WILL NOT BE ALLOCATED FOR ADDITIONAL HEADS REQUIRED BY FIELD FIRE INSPECTOR AFTER BIDS ARE ACCEPTED. HEADS IN MERCHANDISE BAYS SHALL BE CENTERED SIDE TO SIDE AND FRONT TO BACK. 5 PROVIDE AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY THE MALL, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 6. SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN STOCK, CORRIDOR ON TOILET ROOM CEILINGS OR WALLS BELOW 8' -0' ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR ARE TO BE PROTECTED WITH APPROVED GUARDS. PIPING: 1. SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A -53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B -36 -10-70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE. 2. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. 3. GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 4. VICTAULIC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE, WHERE APPROVED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD. F. TESTS A. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW (EXISTING HEADS SHALL BE REPLACED AS NECESSARY), U.L., F.M. LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY CENTRAL SPRINKLER CO., GLOBE, GRINNELL, RELIABLE, STAR, OR VIKING. B. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED FOR 165'F UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. C. ALL SALES FLOORS HEADS ARE TO HAVE BE FACTORY APPLIED COLOR FINISH TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING FINISH. VERIFY HEAD TYPES AND COLORS WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND SUBMIT WITH SPRINKLER DRAWINGS FOR PERMIT. D. SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. FINISHED CEILING (SALES AREA) - FULLY RECESSED /CONCEALED TYPE 2. FINISHED CEILING (NON -SALES AREA) - SEMI - RECESSED TYPE 3. NO- CEILING - CHROME UPRIGHT TYPE. NOTE:SEMI- RECESSED HEADS SHALL PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 1" BELOW LEVEL OF CEILING OF SOFFIT. ALL HORIZONTAL SPRINKLER RUNS AT SIDEWALL SOFFITS SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN SOFFIT FRAMING. 1. WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEM SHALL SHOW NO SIGNS OF LEAKAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS OR TO THE BUILDING, OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM. ALL REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES" SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. A. SCOPE OF WORK C. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:(REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR EXACT RESPONSIBILITIES) A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. B. HVAC EQUIPMENT ROOFTOP UNITS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES. DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. HYDRONIC PIPING AND INSULATION (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). REFRIGERANT PIPING (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS. CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. OPERATIONS MANUALS. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND RELATED DIAGRAMS. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. CONNECTION TO ANY LANDLORD ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 1. PRIMARY HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS. A. PRIMARY HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE BY CARRIER AS SCHEDULED. ALL COMPRESSORS ARE TO INCLUDE A 5 -YEAR EXTENDED WARRANTY. B. EQUALS EQUIPMENT AS MANUFACTURED BY TRANE OR YORK ARE ACCEPTABLE. C. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES, APPURTENANCES, AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. D. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MUST HAVE A CONDENSATE DRAIN AND BE TRAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS DATA. SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. E. SECONDARY DRAIN PANS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED BENEATH ALL INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VAV BOXES. SECONDARY PANS ARE TO PROTECT ENTIRE UNIT. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS, AS REQUIRED. CONDENSATE SHALL BE DIRECTED TO MOP SINK OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. 2. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES (VAV) NOT APPLICABLE A. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE VAV BOXES COMPLETE WITH CONTROLS, HEATING COILS (FANS AS REQUIRED). ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS FLEXIBLE DUCT /PIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3. TOILET EXHAUST FANS A. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE A TOILET EXHAUST FAN UNIT COMPLETE WITH GRAVITY BACK DRAFT DAMPERS. ALL DUCTWORK, ROOF OPENINGS AND CAPS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE EXHAUST SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO PLANS FOR APPLICABILITY. 4. BASEBOARD, CABINET, AND UNIT HEATERS NOT APPLICABLE A. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE ELECTRIC HEATERS COMPLETE WITH ELECTRIC HEATING COIL, CONTROLS, AND INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. 5. INLINE PUMPS A. WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS PROVIDE AN INLINE CLOSE COUPLED PUMP(S), BRONZE FITTED, PUMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH BRONZE CASE WEARING RINGS, BRONZE SHAFT SLEEVE AND MECHANICAL SHAFT SEAL RATED FOR. PUMPS TO BE SO CONSTRUCTED THAT THEY MAY BE MOUNTED IN A HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL PIPE LINE. MOTOR TO BE 1750 RPM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLERS, FAN POWERED VAV BOXES, ETC.) AND STRUCTURE. B. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. C. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID "GROUNDING" THE ISOLATOR. D. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. E. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. 7. CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT A. THIS CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED OR IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14" HIGH, OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED. INSULATE UNDER THE COMPRESSOR SECTION TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE "DEAD' LEVEL. ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. METAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED 1. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO APPROVAL BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. ALL DUCT MAINS ARE TO BE RECTANGULAR UNLESS NOTES OTHERWISE. ALL DUCT BRANCHES TO DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE ROUND RIGID DUCT. (FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO THE DIFFUSER ARE NOT ALLOWED ON THE SALES FLOOR) 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS WITH GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS" OF THE LATEST EDITION. CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REFERENCED STANDARD FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES AND INTERVALS. 3. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: (VERIFY WHETHER RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT IS POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE PRESSURE). A. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE, POSITIVE PRESSURE B. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE, NEGATIVE PRESSURE. PRESSURE TEST DUCTS FOR LEAKAGE. REMAKE LEAKING JOINTS AND APPLY SEALANTS AS REQUIRED TO FABRICATE A SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 5% LEAKAGE OR LESS AS STATED BY PRESSURE CLASS RATINGS IN SMACNA STANDARDS. 4. AS A MINIMUM, CROSSBREAK ALL FLAT SURFACES OR REINFORCE WITH A BEAD APPROXIMATELY 3/8" WIDE X 3/16" DEEP ON 12" CENTERS TO PREVENT VIBRATIONS. 5. INSTALL DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS. 6. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. 7. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE AS MINIMUM 1-- 1/2"X1-1/2" X1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. 8. ALL TRAVERSE JOINTS AND SEAMS IN SUPPLY AIR DUCT SHALL BE SEALED AIR TIGHT WITH DAP CMC DUCT SEALER. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. 9. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. 10. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS. 12. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLERS, FAN POWERED VAV BOXES, ETC.) AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. B. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE - COATED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. C. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IS TO BE RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. 13. FIRE DAMPERS A. PROVIDE PRIMARY FIRE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODES. DAMPERS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL FLOW OF AIR AS REQUIRED. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL LABELED. B. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE THE BLADES OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM AND A 165'F FUSIBLE LINK, TYPE A, AS MINIMUM. C. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING AND SLEEVES FOR DAMPER MOUNTING PER UL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS IN AN ACCESSABLE LOCATION FOR ALL FIRE DAMPERS. DOOR IS TO BE 20 GA GALVANIZED DOOR WITH QUICK -OPENING LATCH AND PIANO HINGE. 14. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT A. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE 1" INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH IN THE BID. B. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN VERTICAL APPLICATIONS WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 5' -O" IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE LOCATION. 15. SUPPLY AIR TAKE-OFF FITTINGS A. PROVIDE CONICAL OR "BELL - MOUTH" TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE 45' RECTANGULAR TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO RECTANGULAR BRANCHES. 16. DAMPERS A. PROVIDE MANUAL LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS IN EACH BRANCH DUCT AND AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO FACILITATE AIR BALANCING. B. WHERE ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPER IS RESTRICTED, YOUNG'S REGULATORS SHALL BE USED. C. ALL RECTANGULAR DAMPERS IN OUTSIDE AIR, RELIEF AIR, OR RETURN AIR DUCTS ARE TO BE OF OPPOSED BLADE TYPE. ALL OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DAMPERS MUST ALSO BE OF THE LOW LEAKAGE TYPE. D. ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS NOT FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE HONEYWELL DAMPERS. 17. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS A. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS GRILLES AND REGISTERS AS SCHEDULED. DEVICES TO BE COMPLETE WITH DAMPERS FRAMES AND ALL ACCESSORIES. FINISH AS INDICATED. B. INSTALL ALL AIR DEVICES AS LOCATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: TITUS IS SPECIFIED, EQUALS BY METALAIRE OR KRUEGER IS ACCEPTABLE. 18. MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT NOT APPLICABLE A WHERE DUCTWORK IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS MEDIUM PRESSURE, IT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS FOR A PRESSURE RATING OF 3 INCHES WATER COLUMN MINIMUM OR LARGER AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. B ALL GAUGES AND REINFORCEMENT MUST MEET WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT AND WITH THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. C ALL OTHER ITEMS FROM METAL DUCTWORK SPECIFICATION SECTION APPLY TO THIS SECTION 19. DUCTWORK INSULATION A. INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A. B. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INSULATE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED WITH 1 1/2" THICK, FOIL FACED FIBERGLASS INSULATION. C. ALL ROUND AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK ABOVE THE CEILING SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1" THICK, 1 -1/2 LB. DENSITY (R =5.6) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER. VAPOR BARRIER IS TO BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL JOINTS MUST BE TAPED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. D. DUCKWORK LOCATED IN THE CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL NOT BE INSULATED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. INSULATE ALL DUCT DROPS OR THE FIRST 20 FEET OF DUCT AT THE HVAC UNITS IN ALL CASES. E. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 411, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 20. SYSTEM CLEANOUT A. DUCTWORK AND AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT IS TO BE CLEANED OUT AND BLOWN OUT BEFORE PAINTING IS STARTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. FILTERS MUST BE IN UNITS AT ANY TIME FANS ARE OPERATED. D. HYDRONIC PIPING NOT APPLICABLE 1. PROVIDE A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A HYDRONIC SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. PIPING A. HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER AND /OR CONDENSER WATER SHALL BE ASTM A -120, SCHEDULE 40, ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH PLAIN ENDS. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS WHERE PIPE IS 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND FITTINGS OR INSTALL TYPE "K" ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE WITH SILFOS JOINTS FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER PIPE. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. UNIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WHERE SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. B. ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOUT LEAKAGE AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. C. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REPLACE STRAINER SCREENS. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER AND VENT ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH WATER FROM THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED TO DO SO FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. D. PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE, THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, AND PROPER FILLING OF THE TENANT'S SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THAT THE TENANT'S SYSTEM IS READY TO BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. 3. VALVES A. GATE VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, BODY AND UNION BONNET OF ASTM B 62 CAST BRONZE WITH THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, RENEWABLE SOLID BRONZE WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, SCREWED BONNET AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. BALL VALVES ARE ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTION. B. GATE VALVES, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEATS AND SOLID WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. C. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, CAST BRONZE BODY AND CAP CONFORMING TO ASTM B 62 WITH HORIZONTAL SWING, Y- PATTERN, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AND HAVING THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. D. SWING CHECK VALVE, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL SWING, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS AND CAPABLE OF BEING REFITTED WHILE THE VALVE REMAINS IN THE LINE. E. COMBINATION BALANCING AND SHUT -OFF VALVES: BELL & GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WITH LOCKING SETPOINT. A CIRCUIT SETTER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH 0 & M MANUAL. F. FLOW METER: BELL AND GOSSETT THERMOFLO INDICATOR MODEL TFI. E. 4. PIPING SPECIALTIES A. PRESSURE /TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS ( PETE'S PLUG) - 1/4 INCH NPT FITTINGS TO RECEIVE EITHER A TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH 0.D. FITTING AND CAPS SHALL BE BRASS WITH VALVE CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG, 0'F TO 200'F. B. STRAINERS - "Y" PATTERN STRAINERS, 125 PSIG, CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN, THREADED FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER. SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR HEATING AND 1/8 INCH FOR CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDE WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE WITH HOSE END FITTING. C. THERMOMETERS - DIE CAST ALUMINUM, 9" INDUSTRIAL MERCURY THERMOMETER, FULLY ADJUSTABLE WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC WINDOW AND BRASS SEPARABLE SOCKET. D. MANUAL AIR VENTS - 1/8" COIN -OPERATED VENT. PROVIDE AN AIR CHAMBER CONSISTING OF A 3/4" NIPPLE AND BUSHINGS. 5. GENERAL INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLINGS AT CHANGES IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION WITH FITTINGS. B. BRANCHES TO UNITS BELOW MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM BOTTOM OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE, PITCH DOWNWARD TOWARD UNITS. BRANCHES TO UNITS ABOVE MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE PITCHED UPWARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN 1" TO 10 FEET. C. HANGERS SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE INSULATED PIPE. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND PIPE INSULATION. D HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED FROM ONE ANOTHER. E SEE PLANS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. F ALL PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLED SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE PIPING AND WELDING CODES. G. INSTALL VALVES AT LOW POINTS FOR DRAINING EACH SYSTEM AND INSTALL MANUAL VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING IN THE SYSTEM TO PROPERLY REMOVE ENTRAPPED AIR. 6. INSULATION A. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER, VALVES, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSULATED. FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 2 INCHES, INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK (K =0.23 ® 75'F FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. FOR PIPE SIZES 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER, INSULATE WITH 1 -1/2 INCH THICK (K =0.23 0 75'F) FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. B. INSULATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR PIPING 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE HARD AND NON -COMPRESSIBLE. C. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 TO CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NFPA. REFRIGERANT PIPING 1. PROVIDE A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM BETWEEN INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNITS, IF APPLICABLE. PROVIDE OIL, REFRIGERANT CHARGE AND TEST SYSTEM. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. MATERIALS 1 A. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" DRAWN COPPER TUBING (ASTM B88), WROUGHT COPPER OR CAST BRONZE FITTINGS (ANSI B16.22), WITH SILFOS -5 SOLDERED JOINTS. B. SERVICE VALVES, CHARGING PORTS, FILTER - DRIER, SIGHT GLASS, AND A THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE (TXV) SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR EACH SYSTEM AS A MINIMUM. 3. INSTALLATION A. SIZE LINES WITH ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE NEEDS OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED, FIELD CONDITIONS, AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS WITH AN INERT GAS AT 250 PSIG. REDO LEAKING JOINTS AND RETEST UNTIL SYSTEM IS TIGHT. EVACUATE GAS AND CHARGE SYSTEM. RE -TEST SYSTEM AND CHECK FOR LEAKS WITH HALIDE LEAK DETECTOR. ALL LEAKING JOINTS MUST BE COMPLETELY RE- DONE UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST. C. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE INSULATION IS APPLIED, PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS NECESSARY. D. REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 INCH THICK RUBATEX OR ARMSTRONG REFRIGERANT PIPE INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. F. SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL ('ABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING SHALL BE MADE BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. 2. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION. 3. BALANCE AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES TO WITHIN + 5% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS, PULLEYS, OR THE ADDITION OF DAMPERS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 4. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR. INSTRUMENTATION LIST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TESTED. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH LEG. MOTOR AND FAN RPMS, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AT FULL COOLING. WATER BALANCE DATA INCLUDING GPM WITH INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE READINGS (WHERE APPLICABLE). MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. 1 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. REPORT SHALL INCLUDE VAV BOX AIRFLOW SENSOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE READING AT MAX. AND MIN. COOLING. 5. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTERLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE REPORT. 6. THREE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. 7. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED IN THESE DRAWINGS. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT THE TENANT DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 8. FINAL BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS. G. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, THE TENANT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED HVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS AT NO COST TO TENANT. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: ENEEMEMENNEEMEMEME D_$ Ecoollance M•Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m- corporations.com 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 co to � co J W � U Z < a LLI Z 0 z z cn 2 U H Z � ~ J O 0 H Q M W co co APR 2 4 2008 REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER M -1 ; LEGEND SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEN r SYMBOL TYPE UNOCCUPIED O UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD ® SEMI — RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD • CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD THERMOSTAT SCHEDULE MODE OCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED WINTER 70'F 55 "F SUMMER 737 UNCONTROLLED MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND EXISTING TO REMAIN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DIFFUSER SHADING X NEW SUPPLY AIR DENOTES BLANK OFF EXISTING TO REMAIN SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER EXISTING TO REMAIN RETURN GRILL NEW RETURN AIR GRILL NEW DUCTWORK EXISTING TO REMAIN DUCTWORK 20/16 0 TEMPERATURE �'J CONTROLLER RS TEMPERATURE SENSOR SD DUCT SMOKE OKE I MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER DETECTOR • APPROVED FIRE DAMPER r m OPENING FOR AIRFLOW POINT OF CONNECTION UNDERCUT DOOR EXHAUST FAN J j J TURNING VANES iii SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION BRANCH DUCT 1 I SPIN —IN FITTING AND VOLUME DAMPER :. ?: EF -1 75 CFM EF 1 •75 .CFM •- -.© SD -1 445 CFM 8 "TH R 6 "0 6 "0 0 O w --r • • O O (E) CU -1 ON ROOF 4'00TFM 0 i 1 SD ! 1 305 6FM 10 "o O ISD -1 U 400 LFM (E) AHU -2 3950 -CFM ' •• 1 STRIP HEATER, VERIFY SIZE AND SINGLE POINT CONNECTION SD -1 305 CFM ..",�.. f 4' Y '� n Y >: __.X � . I h 1� Y 1 f_ l_ X , , ,..'y ,!� IS. }•.. �'. �` l.� 1`. J`. � �; �',Y,''� , r _. _ ...... L. T I I 1 1.01 RG -2 10 "0 (E) CU -1 ON ROOF (E) `AH.U.41 3915 CFM —+-2 r -STRIP HEATER, VERIFY SIZE AND -$INCL -E -POIN'T �E ION ,,f/ [ - • to O I- 4) • R 1 17 ' T Ti • -- I SJ L „0 O • • 225 CFM xtS ' X ?!.. ii.2:' N.A., XY.X.X..x '. n.a: <: I'z1 .'1��.'\ 4 Y .:1�4 i�lr �rS�ra /Y',C � ✓�� \. =�� Y f4..lr I I I � 1 °; I! '• L J. . -.._. .9 47 . O • • RG— R O -1 PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT TO CHARLOI IE RUSSE OF CONDITION OF UNIT AND ANY RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTE MAKE, MODEL, CFM SETTING, AMPERAGE, AND REFRIGERANT READINGS. ;•i HVAC PLAN KEYED NOTES: 0 THE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM (AHU-1 & 2, CU -1 & 2) SHALL REMAIN ESSENTIALLY UNDISTURBED EXCEPT THAT AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY SURVEY THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO INSURE PROPER HEATING /COOLING CAPACITY AND WORKING CONDITION. PROVIDING EQUIPMENT IS SERVICEABLE. THE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM SHALL BE RECONDITIONED AS FOLLOWS: - CHEMICALLY CLEAN CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR COILS - PRESSURE CLEAN FAN SCROLLS, BLOWER ASSEMBLY AND HOUSING — CHECK ENTIRE ASSEMBLY AND RESECURE SHEET METAL PANELS AND FRAMEWORK WITH NEW FASTENERS - CHECK CONDENSATE PAN AND INSULATION LININGS, REPLACE AS NEEDED - CHECK CONDENSATE DRAIN AND PIPING FOR PROPER DRAINAGE AND LEAKS; REPAIR OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE LEAK —PROOF OPERATION — REPLACE FILTERS - CHECK BLOWER SHAFT AND BEARING — LUBRICATE AND /OR REPLACE IF NECESSARY - REPLACE ALL BELTS - ADJUST BLOWER RPM AS REQUIRED - CLEAN INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF UNIT; SAND, TOUCH —UP PAINT ANY BARE OF RUSTED AREA — CHECK AND VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF MODULATOR DAMPER MOTORS , DAMPERS AND LINKAGES - CHECK COMPRESSOR OPERATION, INCLUDE AMPERAGE AND MEG READINGS - VERIFY THAT REFRIGERATION PRESSURES ARE WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION FOR EFFICIENT OPERATION - CHECK ALL CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES; VERIFY PROPER OPERATION, INCLUDE ALL THERMOSTAT RELAYS, HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE SAFETIES, ETC. INSPECT AND TIGHTEN ALL CONTROL AND LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS AND WIRING, REPLACE IF NECESSARY - CHECK SHEAVES AND PULLEYS FOR UNUSUAL WEAR AND ALIGNMENT— REPLACE OR ADJUST AS NECESSARY - CHECK ELECTRIC HEATERS, CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES (IF APPLICABLE) EXISTING DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR STREAM. UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL SHUT DOWN SUPPLY AIR FANS, NOTIFY LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (IF REQUIRED). VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. ® EXISTING RETURN / OUTDOOR AIR CONNECTED TO REAR OF AHU TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED. ENSURE ALL DAMPERS AND ACTUATORS ARE IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION, CLEAN AND REFURBISH TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. SD'11 445 CFM 2 "0 SD -1 445 CFM SD -1 445_ CFM_ I lit 12 "0 1 -1=v1 SQ —I� 445 C M- O 1 I . �} ) ti' � . �j • 4 Y a' Y Y ' ✓� Y 4 r 20/16 ;:....:.- A 12 "0 L. 50=1 - 445 CFM 12' - ii 1 . SD 445 CFM I O I ---•-• - _•- -- •_• , I C f• T � h �' x x v v ,,{{ � .•T � 4 / v� S. Y �, ,. .r '>!'x � • �! �.' v �� �xx Y�' .< k �< ti - x x k - . .. r' x �C �C Y x k ). , s. MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN SCALE V4 "4-0" ® TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO BE T —LINK PROVIDED WITH LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ABOVE RETURN GRILLES WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. INSTALL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS BY MANAGERS DESK_ SENSORS AND CONTROLLERS WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRING FROM RTU'S TO CONTROLLERS IS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR DETAILS. NOTE: WIRING FROM T —LINK TO CONTROLLER TO SENSOR MUST BE CAT -5, ONLY WIRING TO UNIT MAY BE T'STAT WIRE. O6 CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERCUT RESTROOM DOOR 1" FOR AIR FLOW TO EXHAUST FANS. v F 1 50 =� 445 CFM SD -1 445 CFM •V N -r 16/114 O4 EXHAUST FAN — PENN ZEPHER ZT 75 CFM, .375" S.P. WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER. MANIFOLD AND EXTEND 8" EXHAUST DUCT THRU ROOF TO GOOSENECK TERMINATION. LANDLORD'S APPROVED CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF ROOF DECK. REUSE EXISTING DUCT THRU ROOF IF POSSIBLE. 7® INSPECT EXISTING REFRIGERANT PIPING BETWEEN UNITS TO ENSURE NO PORTION OF THE PIPING IS DAMAGED. PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED THE ENTIRE LENGTH. REPAIR ANY SECTION DAMAGED PIPING AND REPLACE INSULATION AS NEEDED. ®8 PROVIDE NEW COPPER CONDENSATE (1 -1/4 ") PIPING FROM UNIT AND SECONDARY DRAIN PAN. ROUTE TO TOILET ROOM TO DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR DRAIN OR APPROVED RECEPTOR. PIPING MUST HAVE TRAP AT UNIT AND MUST SLOPE 1/8" PER /FT. IF SLOPE CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED PROVIDE IN —LINE PUMP. O9 PROVIDE SECONDARY DRAIN PAN UNDER ENTIRE UNIT IF NONE EXIST. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO BID. DRAIN PAN SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED STEEL A MINIMUM OF 6" DEEP. DRAIN PAN MUST HAVE AUDIBLE ALARM TO NOTIFY TENANT THAT MAIN UNIT DRAIN IS CLOGGED. ROOF NOTE: TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST HIRE THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF REPAIR AND FINISHING OF PENETRATIONS AND EQUIPMENT CURB INSTALLATION. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING DIRECTLY TO THE UPPER LEVEL SLAB OR THE ROOF DECK. NO TENANTS ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENTS SHALL REST ON A JOIST SUPPORTING ANOTHER TENANT'S ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BIDDING. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. �y�y� •yam. �' 1._ '_V l.. l.�Y_��1.�( 1_.Y .1j'�'Y�.Y�C�V �1. 4 T i. AHU -2 SENSOR 1 GENERAL NOTES: • Er ■ 1 012 r. • 12" o tXTTND DUCT MIN. 18" AFTER LAST BRAN,CH DEMOLITION: REMOVE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING SYSTEMS NOT BEING REUSED. . . DO NOT JUST ABANDON. 445 UM 445 CFM 4. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS SHALL BE MAXIMUM 5'-0" LONG AND SHALL MEET INSTALLATION AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL CODES. 8. ALL BRANCH TAKE—OFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. K. o HEATER NOTE: EXISTING UNIT HEATERS AND DUCT HEATERS ARE TO REMAIN 'AND BE REUSED, RELOCATED TO NEW DUCTWORK AS NEEDED. VERIFY SIZES IN FIELD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF SIZE FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ALSO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1. "IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH MAKE THEM READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING ANY EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES". 2. GC MUST FLUSH ALL MECHANICAL PIPING PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO BUILDING SYSTEMS. 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK OR ORDERING OF ANY EQUIPMENT. 6. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS—BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 7. PROVIDE EXTERIOR WRAP ON ALL UN—EXPOSED ROUND, RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE DUCTWORK. DUCTS IN CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL NOT BE INSULATED. WRAP SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATIONS. 9. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO INCLUDE: PANELS, MODULES, RELAYS, WIRING, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, DAMPERS, ACTUATORS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE DESIGN INTENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE CODED NOTES. 10. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL EQUIPMENT POWER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING AND FINAL INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND REPORT ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES FOUND. L 7 0 • • RG- SPRINKLER INSTALLATION NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT HOLES INTO ARCHITECTURAL METAL GRATES MOUNTED ON CEILINGS IN SHOW WINDOW AREAS WHERE IT OBSTRUCTS SPRINKLER OPERATIONS. SPRINKLER CONSTRUCTION NOTES: GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIRE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONFORMING TO LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS, PER LOCAL CODES AND NFPA STANDARDS. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN - ME SALES AREA, AND STORAGE SHALL BE PER BUILDING STANDARD. ALL SPRINKLER WORK TO BE DONE BY LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT TENANT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. NOTE: THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD THE OWNER FIND CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY, HE WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. IF WORK IS REQUIRED BY OWNER IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DIRECTED BY OWNER TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR CAN NOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE, THE OWNER MAY AT HIS DISCRETION TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACK CHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND/OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VISIT THE JOB SITE TO 7 FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, PLUMBING LOCATIONS, ELECTRICAL RUNS AND POINTS OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCT SYSTEMS. ADDITIONALLY, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETC. PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL HVAC WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD CRITERIA. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-008-0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARUNGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Blondes On Edam= M. Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville. OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 514.815.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m-corporations.com CO CO Lip ct Lll CO 0 co APR 2 4 2008 CO CO F— LLI REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 MECHANICAL PLAN SHEET NUMBER M-02 EXISTING AIR COOLED CONDENSER SCHEDULE KEY: C ENT. - CENTRIFUGAL; PROP.- PROPELLER: T.C.- FORWARD CURVE; E.I. - - BACKWARD INCLINED; A.F. -AIR FOIL TAG MODEL NOM. TONS COMPRESSOR CONDENSER FAN ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL DATA NOTES EER STEPS' COMP. NO. HP VOLTS PHASE MCA MOCP UNIT WEIGHT DIMENSIONS L W H DIMENSIONS (F) CU -1 TTAl20A3 10 11 1 1 1 1 208 3 48.1 70 400 LC] 38 35 EXISTING (E) CU-2 TTAl20A3 10 11 1 1 1 1 208 400 51 38 LC) 38 35 EXISTING EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE TAG MODEL AIRFLOW SUPPLY FAN LAI (F) DB /WB LAI (F) DB /WB TOT MHB SFNS MHB ELECTRIC HEATING ELEC TRIC AI PHYSICAL DATA NOTES QUANTITY (CFM) FLOOR ESP HP RPM MODELS KW STAGES VOLTS PHASE MCA MOCP UNIT DIMENSIONS SUPPLY RETURN O.A. (IN H20) WEIGHT L W H (E) AHU -1 TWE120A3 TWE120A3 3015 2948 967 1.2 2 1725 79.9/64.6 57.7/56,3 128 89.5 VERIFY 19 VERIFY 2 208 3 73 80 400 54 37 25 EXISTING (E) AHU -2 3950 2983 967 1.2 2 1725 79.9/64.6 57,7/56.3 128 89,5 VERIFY 19 VERIFY 2 208 73 80 400 54 37 25 EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE SCHEDULE (BASED ON TITUS) NOTES: 1. SYMBOL KEY - FIRST LETTER: S- SUPPLY R- RETURN E- EXHAUST T- TRANSFER. SECOND LETTER: D- DIFFUSER R- REGISTER G-- GRILLE 2. BORDER STYLE - OPERABLE FROM FACE - REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3. DAMPERS - OB: OPPOSED BLADE ROB: RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE B: BUTTERFLY TAG MODEL SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL ACCESSORIES REMARKS FACE NECK SIDE- WALL CEIL- ING DUCT FLOOR STEEL ALUM. DPR. EQUAL GRID FIRE DPR. SD--1 TITUS TMS - *- 24x24 -3 -26 24 "x24" SEE PLAN • • B STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR AHU AS REQUIRED 4D AHU MIXING BOX AND MIXING BOX MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS RG -1 TITUS 50E- 24 -24 -3- 26- AG15 -A 24 "x24" - • • B RG -2 TITUS 50E- 24 -12 -3- 26- AG15 -A 24"x12" - e • B RG -2 TITUS 8R- 38 --20 -- 1 -26- 38 "x20" 36 "x18" • e N/A ROOF TOP UNITS L_ - RETURN/SUPPLY AIR DUCT RETURN TUBE SMOKE DETECTOR ALSO MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN UNIT SAMPLING TUBE L3 x 3 x 3/16 AT 1/1 SLOPE FROM TOP OF SUSPENSION BRACKET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST USING 3/16 FILLET WELD ALL AROUND. (TYP.) \/\ EXISTING AHU SUPPORT SCHEMATIC - SEISMIC N.T.S. . CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY UNIT IS SUPPORTED WITH ANGLED SUSPENSION BRACKETS. (\ SMOKE DETECTOR DETAIL NTS DOUBLE NUT AND SPRING ISOLATOR AT AHU'S SUSPENSION BRACKET. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) RUBBER -IN -SHEAR VIBRATION ISOLATORS EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO S.A. MAIN INSULATED ROUND DUCT VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (MAX. 5 FT.) THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (SD -1) (\ DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL NTS EXHAUST DUCT BY MECH. CONTR. (VERIFY ROUTING AND SIZES IN FIELD) TOILET EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NTS STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) FINISHED DRYWALL CEILING SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR DUCT AIR FLOW CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTING VOLUME DAMPER, LOCATE ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING OR OTHER ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. SEAL WITH MASTIC AND DUCT TAPE 1" WRAPPED ROUND RIGID DUCT TYP. ROUND DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL NTS SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE "A" DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES Design Parameters: City Name Seattle IAP Location Washington Latitude 47.5 Deg. Longitude 122.3 Deg. Elevation 449.0 ft Summer Design Dry-Bulb 85.0 °F Summer Coincident Wet-Bulb 65.0 °F Summer Daily Range 18.3 °F Winter Design Dry-Bulb 23.0 °F Winter Design Wet -Bulb 19.2 °F Atmospheric Clearness Number 1.05 Average Ground Reflectance 0.20 Soil Conductivity 0.800 BTU /(hr- ft - °F) Local Time Zone (GMT +/- N hours) 8.0 hours Consider Daylight Savings Time No Simulation Weather Data noneN /A Current Data is .. 2001 ASHRAE Handbook Design Cooling Months January to December Air System Information Air System Name South Center Number of zones 1 Equipment Class SPLT AHU Floor Area 7258.0 ft Air System Type SZCAV Location Seattle IAP, Washington Sizing Calculation Information Zone and Space Sizing Method: Zone CFM Sum of space airflow rates Calculation Months Jan to Dec Space CFM Individual peak space loads Sizing Data Calculated Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data Total coil load 16.0 Tons Load occurs at Jun 1400 Total coil load 192.4 MBH OA DB / WB 83.5 / 64.8 °F Sensible coil load 177.6 MBH Entering DB / WB 79.1 / 64.6 °F Coil CFM at Jun 1400 7814 CFM Leaving DB / WB 57.7 / 56.3 °F Max block CFM 7814 CFM Coil ADP 55.3 °F Sum of peak zone CFM 7814 CFM Bypass Factor 0.100 Sensible heat ratio 0.923 Resulting RH 50 % ft 452.8 Design supply temp 58.0 °F BTU/(hr-ft 26.5 Zone T stat Check 1 of 1 OK Water flow @ 10.0 °F rise N/A Max zone temperature deviation 0.0 °F Central Heating Coil Sizing Data Max coil load 127.6 MBH Coil CFM at Des Htg 7814 CFM Max coil CFM 7814 CFM Water flow @ 20.0 °F drop N/A Supply Fan Sizing Data Actual max CFM 7814 CFM Standard CFM 7688 CFM Actual max CFM/ft 1.08 CFM/ft Outdoor Ventilation Air Data Design airflow CFM 1933 CFM CFM/ft 0.27 CFM /ft Load occurs at Des Htg BTU /(hr -ft 17.6 Ent. DB / Lvg DB 58.2 / 73.6 ° F Fan motor BHP 2.11 BHP Fan motor kW 1.57 kW Fan static 1.20 in wg CFM /person 21.14 CFM /person ZONE LOADS Window & Skylight Solar Loads Wall Transmission Roof Transmission Window Transmission Skylight Transmission Door Loads Floor Transmission Partitions Ceiling Overhead Lighting Task Lighting Electric Equipment People Infiltration Miscellaneous Safety Factor » Total Zone Loads Zone Conditioning Plenum Wall Load Plenum Roof Load Plenum Lighting Load Return Fan Load Ventilation Load Supply Fan Load Space Fan Coil Fans Duct Heat Gain / Loss as Total System Loads Central Cooling Coil Central Heating Coil » Total Conditioning Key: Positive values are clg loads Negative values are htg loads DESIGN COOLING COOLING DATA AT Jun 1400 COOLING OA DB / WB 83.5 °F / 64.8 °F Sensible Latent Details (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) O ft 0 O ft 0 7258 ft 33801 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 14952 W 45667 7280 W 22235 2800 W 8749 91 17089 22867 0 0 0 0 10% /10% 12754 2287 140295 25153 - 160249 25153 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 7814 CFM 0 1933 CFM 11943 -10344 7814 CFM 5362 0 0% 0 177554 14810 177554 14813 - 0 177554 14813 DESIGN HEATING HEATING DATA AT DES HTG HEATING OA DB / WB 23.0 °F / 19.2 °F Sensible Latent Details (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) 0 ft O ft 0 7258 ft 31952 O ft 0 O ft 0 0 ft 0 0 ft 0 0 ft 0 O ft 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10% 3195 0 35148 0 - 36777 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7814 CFM 0 1933 CFM 96215 7814 CFM -5362 - 0 0 127630 - 0 127630 127630 Positive values are htg loads Negative values are clg loads 0% 0 0 0 0 VANES PRE-ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT DUCT SIZE OVER 36 "X36" DUCT SIZE 36 "X36" OR UNDER TURNING VANE DETAIL NTS SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS VANES R =2" DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Erriphaddo a�ince M•Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m- corporations.com REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 �1T GEES e MECHANICAL DETAILS CO 1.0 CO w rn U Z Q O cn 0 � w U W M o � Q e+� W (n SHEET NUMBER M -3 VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VISIT THE JOB SITE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, PLUMBING LOCATIONS, ELECTRICAL RUNS AND POINTS OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING DUCT SYSTEMS. ADDITIONALLY, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETC. PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL HVAC WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD CRITERIA. MECHANICAL /PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE N/A REMARKS TENANT LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. EXISTING AIR HANDUNG UNITS STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR AHU AS REQUIRED 4D AHU MIXING BOX AND MIXING BOX MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS AHU MIXING BOX MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER ACTUATOR CONDENSING UNITS CURB AND /OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR COND. UNITS AS REQUIRED ROOF TOP UNITS ROOF CURB AND /OR CURB ADAPTER FOR RTU AS REQUIRED STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR RTU AS REQUIRED. V.A.V. BOXES 0 DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 0 0 DIFFUSERS /GRILLES FIRE DAMPERS WALL FIRE DAMPERS AND /OR COMBINATION SMOKE /FIRE DAMPERS LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK HIGH /MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK 0 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM RELIEF AIR /MAKE UP AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS RELIEF AIR /MAKE UP AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER ACUATORS SMOKE DETECTOR(S) IN RETURN AND /OR SUPPLY AIR DUCT ZONE DAMPERS 0 DUCT HEATER(S) FIELD VERIFY UNIT /BASEBOARD HEATER(S) 0 FIELD VERIFY RETURN AIR FAN OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD /FAN RELIEF AIR FAN OR HOOD TOILET EXHAUST FAN(S) TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK WALL OR ROOF CAP AIR BALANCE REPORT 0 AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 0 PLUMBING FIXTURES 0 0 SAN, CW, HW, PIPING AND WATER METER 0 0 I Ni SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS 0 0 f `, MOP BASIN, WATER HEATER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING 0 0 /Q.. 8 GENERAL NOTE IS INTENDED AS A "QUICK" REFERENCE. ALL ITEMS LISTED HERE ARE SPECIFIED AND DETAILED IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS ITEMS THAT ARE CONTRADICTORY THEN IT IS HIS TO INFORM TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SO THAT THESE ITEMS CAN BE CLARIFIED THIS SCHEDULE ON THESE DRAWINGS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONTRACTOR. L_ - RETURN/SUPPLY AIR DUCT RETURN TUBE SMOKE DETECTOR ALSO MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN UNIT SAMPLING TUBE L3 x 3 x 3/16 AT 1/1 SLOPE FROM TOP OF SUSPENSION BRACKET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST USING 3/16 FILLET WELD ALL AROUND. (TYP.) \/\ EXISTING AHU SUPPORT SCHEMATIC - SEISMIC N.T.S. . CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY UNIT IS SUPPORTED WITH ANGLED SUSPENSION BRACKETS. (\ SMOKE DETECTOR DETAIL NTS DOUBLE NUT AND SPRING ISOLATOR AT AHU'S SUSPENSION BRACKET. WELD NUTS TO ROD AFTER UNIT IS SET. (TYP.) RUBBER -IN -SHEAR VIBRATION ISOLATORS EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO S.A. MAIN INSULATED ROUND DUCT VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (MAX. 5 FT.) THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (SD -1) (\ DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL NTS EXHAUST DUCT BY MECH. CONTR. (VERIFY ROUTING AND SIZES IN FIELD) TOILET EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NTS STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) FINISHED DRYWALL CEILING SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR DUCT AIR FLOW CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTING VOLUME DAMPER, LOCATE ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING OR OTHER ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. SEAL WITH MASTIC AND DUCT TAPE 1" WRAPPED ROUND RIGID DUCT TYP. ROUND DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL NTS SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE "A" DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES Design Parameters: City Name Seattle IAP Location Washington Latitude 47.5 Deg. Longitude 122.3 Deg. Elevation 449.0 ft Summer Design Dry-Bulb 85.0 °F Summer Coincident Wet-Bulb 65.0 °F Summer Daily Range 18.3 °F Winter Design Dry-Bulb 23.0 °F Winter Design Wet -Bulb 19.2 °F Atmospheric Clearness Number 1.05 Average Ground Reflectance 0.20 Soil Conductivity 0.800 BTU /(hr- ft - °F) Local Time Zone (GMT +/- N hours) 8.0 hours Consider Daylight Savings Time No Simulation Weather Data noneN /A Current Data is .. 2001 ASHRAE Handbook Design Cooling Months January to December Air System Information Air System Name South Center Number of zones 1 Equipment Class SPLT AHU Floor Area 7258.0 ft Air System Type SZCAV Location Seattle IAP, Washington Sizing Calculation Information Zone and Space Sizing Method: Zone CFM Sum of space airflow rates Calculation Months Jan to Dec Space CFM Individual peak space loads Sizing Data Calculated Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data Total coil load 16.0 Tons Load occurs at Jun 1400 Total coil load 192.4 MBH OA DB / WB 83.5 / 64.8 °F Sensible coil load 177.6 MBH Entering DB / WB 79.1 / 64.6 °F Coil CFM at Jun 1400 7814 CFM Leaving DB / WB 57.7 / 56.3 °F Max block CFM 7814 CFM Coil ADP 55.3 °F Sum of peak zone CFM 7814 CFM Bypass Factor 0.100 Sensible heat ratio 0.923 Resulting RH 50 % ft 452.8 Design supply temp 58.0 °F BTU/(hr-ft 26.5 Zone T stat Check 1 of 1 OK Water flow @ 10.0 °F rise N/A Max zone temperature deviation 0.0 °F Central Heating Coil Sizing Data Max coil load 127.6 MBH Coil CFM at Des Htg 7814 CFM Max coil CFM 7814 CFM Water flow @ 20.0 °F drop N/A Supply Fan Sizing Data Actual max CFM 7814 CFM Standard CFM 7688 CFM Actual max CFM/ft 1.08 CFM/ft Outdoor Ventilation Air Data Design airflow CFM 1933 CFM CFM/ft 0.27 CFM /ft Load occurs at Des Htg BTU /(hr -ft 17.6 Ent. DB / Lvg DB 58.2 / 73.6 ° F Fan motor BHP 2.11 BHP Fan motor kW 1.57 kW Fan static 1.20 in wg CFM /person 21.14 CFM /person ZONE LOADS Window & Skylight Solar Loads Wall Transmission Roof Transmission Window Transmission Skylight Transmission Door Loads Floor Transmission Partitions Ceiling Overhead Lighting Task Lighting Electric Equipment People Infiltration Miscellaneous Safety Factor » Total Zone Loads Zone Conditioning Plenum Wall Load Plenum Roof Load Plenum Lighting Load Return Fan Load Ventilation Load Supply Fan Load Space Fan Coil Fans Duct Heat Gain / Loss as Total System Loads Central Cooling Coil Central Heating Coil » Total Conditioning Key: Positive values are clg loads Negative values are htg loads DESIGN COOLING COOLING DATA AT Jun 1400 COOLING OA DB / WB 83.5 °F / 64.8 °F Sensible Latent Details (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) O ft 0 O ft 0 7258 ft 33801 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 O ft 0 14952 W 45667 7280 W 22235 2800 W 8749 91 17089 22867 0 0 0 0 10% /10% 12754 2287 140295 25153 - 160249 25153 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 7814 CFM 0 1933 CFM 11943 -10344 7814 CFM 5362 0 0% 0 177554 14810 177554 14813 - 0 177554 14813 DESIGN HEATING HEATING DATA AT DES HTG HEATING OA DB / WB 23.0 °F / 19.2 °F Sensible Latent Details (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) 0 ft O ft 0 7258 ft 31952 O ft 0 O ft 0 0 ft 0 0 ft 0 0 ft 0 O ft 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10% 3195 0 35148 0 - 36777 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7814 CFM 0 1933 CFM 96215 7814 CFM -5362 - 0 0 127630 - 0 127630 127630 Positive values are htg loads Negative values are clg loads 0% 0 0 0 0 VANES PRE-ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT DUCT SIZE OVER 36 "X36" DUCT SIZE 36 "X36" OR UNDER TURNING VANE DETAIL NTS SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS VANES R =2" DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Erriphaddo a�ince M•Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m- corporations.com REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 �1T GEES e MECHANICAL DETAILS CO 1.0 CO w rn U Z Q O cn 0 � w U W M o � Q e+� W (n SHEET NUMBER M -3 A. CONDUITS: E. E L E CTRICAL I, SPECIFICATIONS A. PERMITS: A. 1. THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. B. BIDS SHALL BE BASED ON A COMPLETE /FULL SET OF DRAWINGS. C. CONTRACTOR MUST READ THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS COVERING OTHER BRANCHES OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER TRADES. D. PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF LICENSURE, BONDING AND INSURANCE, AND PERFORM ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS AS REQUIRED. CONFORM TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. REFER ALSO TO STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. E. CUT AND PATCH AS REQUIRED, CUT AND WELD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY WITH APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PATCHING SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD. F. INVOICE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, NOT TENANT, FOR COSTS INCURRED DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS DIFFERING FROM THOSE INDICATED. G. ORDER EQUIPMENT WITHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CONTRACT TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT, PROVIDE TO TENANT ALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INFORMATION FOR MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. SCOPE OF WORK: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. ALL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE OBTAINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO AND INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, LOCATIONS CONDITIONS, ETC. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM ANY RESPONSIBILITY IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. B. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TESTING, EQUIPMENT, INCIDENTALS AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 1. MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW (EXCEPT AS NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS) AND AS SUCH APPEAR ON THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) LIST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. C. ALL WORK IS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. D. INCLUDE ANY LABOR AND MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, BUT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. A. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, FEES, ASSESSMENTS AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES THAT RELATE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. B. FURNISH APPROVED CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION AND TURN OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. THE ELECTRICAL PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, NOT SHOWING EVERY ITEM IN EXACT LOCATIONS AND DETAILS. MEASUREMENTS AND LOCATIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL, PLUMBING, HVAC, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL AND OTHER BUILDING DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT FIVE (5) COPIES OF MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW AMPLE TIME FOR REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING TIME DELAYS OR CONFLICTS IN THE JOB PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND APPROVED THEM AND THAT THEY ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. LACK OF SUCH CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION WITHOUT REVIEW BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. WHERE TRADE NAMES, BRANDS OR MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT ORMATERIALS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED ON THE PROJECT. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL /REPLACEMENT AT THE REQUEST OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE). CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD RIGID STEEL, IMC (INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT) OR EMT (ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING) ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. EMT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE AND RIGID STEEL SHALL BE THREADED. B. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES, MOTORS AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT ONLY AND SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE FULL SIZED GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. FINAL TYPE MC /FLEX CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF 6' -0" IN LENGTH (ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HAVE ACCESS PANELS INSTALLED. THE USE OF ACCESS PANELS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONDUIT INSTALLATION AND ALL COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL BASE BID). MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" FOR STANDARD CONDUIT (1/2" IF ACCEPTABLE BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY) AND 1 /2" FOR FLEX CONDUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND INSPECTION AGENCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO-GALVANIZED. FITTINGS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEEL CITY, RACO, T & B, EFCOR OR EQUAL. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT RUNS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. 2. PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC., IF REQUIRED, WILL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. C. TYPE MC CABLE EQUIPPED WITH A GREEN INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR MAY BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS ONLY IF APPROVED BY THE TENANT, LANDLORD AND THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THESE APPROVALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. D. THE USE OF ROMEX, AC, MX, NMC OR BX IS NOT PERMITTED. MAXIMUM CONDUIT HANGER SPACING SHALL BE 8' -0" FOR 3/4" THRU 1-1/4" AND 10'-0" FOR 1-1/2" THRU 4" CONDUITS. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUITS FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. F. LEAVE A #10 AWG PULL WIRE OR NYLON PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. G. SECURE ALL RACEWAYS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IN A RIGID AND SECURE MANNER, USING FASTENERS SUCH AS "CADDY CLIPS" OR EQUAL. H. CIRCUITS DESIGNATED TO HAVE AN ISOLATED GROUND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS. I. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL RACEWAYS WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF OR USE PITCH POCKETS. INSURE THE PENETRATIONS ARE COMPLETELY WEATHERPROOF. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD IS REQUIRED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT LOADS TO STRUCTURE OR TO MAKE HOLES IN EXISTING ROOF. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY REQUIRED ROOF WORK. WIRE: A. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW (EXCEPT AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS) AND SHALL BE SHALL BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. NO STRANDED WIRES ALLOWED FOR #10 AND #12 AWG SIZES. B. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SCOTCHLOCK FOR #8 AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T & B "LOCK -TITE" FOR #6 AND LARGER. C. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS ACCEPTABLE FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS IF INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #310 AND LOCAL CODES. D. E. LIGHTING: CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 120V 120V 208V 208V 1 GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE THW OR THHN. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. INCREASE WIRE SIZES AS FOLLOWS TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP. CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR ASSISTANCE IF WIRE LENGTH FROM SOURCE TO LOAD EXCEEDS MAXIMUMS LISTED: CIRCUIT LENGTH 75 -150 FT. 150 -200 FT. 150 -200 FT. 200 -250 FT. INCREASE WIRE 1 SIZE 2 SIZES 1 SIZE 2 SIZES COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 120/240V AND 120 /208Y WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B -RED, PHASE C -BLUE, NEUTRAL - WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 277Y/480V WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BROWN, PHASE B- ORANGE, PHASE C- YELLOW, NEUTRAL -GRAY, GROUND -GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE. A. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND /0 ARE EXISTING, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, PROTECT, INSTALL, CLEAN AND RELAMP FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. B. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LAMPS. C. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES, INCIDENTAL MATERIALS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR ALL FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. D. PROPERLY INSTALL AND SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES PLUMB AND TRUE, AND FREE OF LIGHT LEAKS. CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY PRACTICES. LEAVE PROTECTIVE FILM IN PLACE ON FIXTURES UNTIL CLEAN -UP. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN RATED CEILINGS TO MAINTAIN THE RATING OF CEILING. SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES FROM THE STRUCTURE WITH THREADED RODS AND UNISTRUT. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. E. PROVIDE AND LOCATE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO MEET LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. F. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE ELECTRONIC HPF, RAPID START, PARALLEL LAMP OPERATION, CBM, TYPE 1 CLASS P, SOUND RATED A, THD[20 %, CCF<1.5, NAECA COMPLIANT WHERE APPLICABLE, ENERGY SAVING BALLASTS. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 150'C FIXTURE WIRE FROM LAMP HOUSING TO INDEPENDENT BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX. HID FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ANSI C82.4 COMPLIANT, HPF, ENCAPSULATED BALLASTS, ADVANCED SERIES 73B OR EQUAL. G. AFTER ALL FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED (INCLUDING FIXTURES INSTALLED BY OTHERS), CLEAN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, REPLACE ALL EXPIRED LAMPS, AND ADJUST DIRECTIONAL LIGHTING AS DIRECTED BY TENANT AND ARCHITECT. H. SIGN DISCONNECT: PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR STORE SIGN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. WIRED GROUND SYSTEM: A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED GENERALLY BELOW. B. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GREEN, WHERE EXPOSED IN PANELS, SWITCHBOARD, OUTLET BOXES, ETC.. C. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. D. RUN A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH CONDUIT, #12 MINIMUM, OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE PENN -UNION OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL" TYPE. CONDUIT GROUND BUSHINGS SHALL BE THOMAS & BETTS OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO #3800 SERIES WITH NYLON INSULATED THROAT. E. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE JUMPERED WITH A GROUND CONDUCTOR. WIRE DEVICES: A. COLOR OF WIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE -NO EXCEPTTIONS. (SEE PLAN NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). 1. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20 AMP, 3 -WIRE GROUNDING TYPE EQUAL TO HUBBELL #5362, MOUNTED AT 15" AFF TO CENTER. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMP SPECIFICATION GRADE, RATED AT 120 OR 277 VOLT, AS REQUIRED, MOUNTED AT 48 "AFF. 3. SPECIAL DEVICES SHALL BE A SPECIFICATION GRADE. B. FLOOR BOXES TO BE HUBBELL #B- 2527/29 WITH S -3925 COVER (OR EQUAL BY STEEL CITY) AND HUBBELL #5362 RECEPTACLE (VERIFY BRASS OR ALUMINUM COVER WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING). C. SURFACE FLOOR BOXES CONCEALED BENEATH CASEWORK OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STEEL CITY #640 OR EQUAL. D. EQUAL DEVICES BY ARROW -HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC, BRYANT, PASS & SEYMOUR OR SIERRA. E. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PANELBOARDS AND SAFETY SWITCHES: A. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS WHICH SHALL BE OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING FULL SIZED NEUTRAL, 25% GROUND BUSSING (PROVIDE SEPARATE GROUND BUS FOR ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS). PANELS TO HAVE HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR AND TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY INSIDE DOOR. ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL WHICH SHALL STATE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS RATED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #230 -70. LOAD BALANCE ALL ELECTRICAL PHASES AT PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS TO WITHIN 10 %. TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. WHEN USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120/277V LIGHTING CIRCUITS, FURNISH TYPE "SWD" BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #240 -83B. SQUARE --D OR EQUAL BY GOULD ITE, CUTLER-HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, CHALLENGER, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. B. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED OR NON- FUSED, AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. (FUSES AS MANUFACTURURED BY BUSSMAN, CHASE SHAWMUT, WESTINGHOUSE, ECONOMY FUSE CO., OR LITTLE FUSE CO. ARE ACCEPTABLE). DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT PUMPS, ETC., SHALL BE FUSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE REQUIREMENTS PER NEC #440 -21 AND #110 -3B. C. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAY BE USED FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. SINGLE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE IN EACH PHASE MATCHED TO MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS (MINIMUM SIZE #1) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HORSEPOWER OR THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND /OR TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTORS. COMBINATION STARTERS, WHEN USED, SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES. BOXES: A. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE -PIECE PRESSED STEEL KNOCKOUT IN DRY LOCATIONS AND LAST WEATHERPROOF IN WET LOCATIONS. B. JUNCTION /PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE. C. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY ON BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE /PROPER BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF WALLS, ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO HAVE SUITABLE BLOCKING BEHIND THEM TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. D. WHERE A 277 VOLT LIGHT SWITCH IS GANGED WITH A 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE, PROVIDE A SUITABLE DIVIDER OR SEPARATE JUNCTION BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES. SERVICES: SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, QUICK MAKE /QUICK BREAK TYPE, FUSIBLE OR NON- FUSIBLE, WEATHERPROOF AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE -D, GOULD ITE, CHALLENGER, CUTLER - HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. PROVIDE (3) SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE INSTALLED. A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE, IF NOT PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD, FROM LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED LOCATION. PROVIDE LIGHTING, POWER AND WIRING, INCLUDING EXTENSION CORDS AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE APPLICABLE TEMPORARY NEEDS. PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY NEC AND LOCAL CODES. ALL TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSING, ETC. SHALL BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. B. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR POWER COMPANY SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD AND POWER COMPANY AS REQUIRED. (PROVIDE EQUIPMENT THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS. PROVIDE "CABLE LIMITERS" IF NECESSARY FOR SYSTEM COORDINATION). FIELD VERIFY EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC., OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. SPECIAL SYSTEMS: A. REFURBISH, REINSTALL AND TEST ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES BEING REUSED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IF REQUIRED OR AS PER DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN'S AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND /OR RELOCATED DEVICES. B. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM LANDLORD'S STUB -IN TO THE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AND FROM BACKBOARD TO ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS. FOR NON- PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND TELEPHONE PLATE. PROVIDE A 3/4" FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD OF SIZE REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. PROMPTLY NOTIFY TENANT WHEN ROUGH -IN INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. C. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM DATA SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LOCATION TO ALL DATA SYSTEM OUTLETS. FOR NON - PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND BLANK PLATE. FOR FLOOR OUTLETS, PROVIDE FLOOR OUTLET BOX AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE AND BLANK PLATE. D. PROVIDE EDWARDS: 340- 4G5 -24VAC BUZZER, 852 WEATHERPROOF PUSHBUTTON, 592 TRANSFORMER. BUZZER SYSTEM WIRE NEED NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNLESS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITIES. STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMER: A. PROVIDE A DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER, IF REQUIRED, OF THE ENCLOSED VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATINGS AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. COILS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 1500C. RISE ABOVE 400C AMBIENT WITH 100% OF RATED LOAD CONNECTED TO THE SECONDARY. CLASS H INSULATION AND MINIMUM OF SIX STANDARD FULL CAPACITY TAPS. (TWO ABOVE AND FOUR BELOW NORMAL). SOUND LEVEL /DECIBELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "NEMA" STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE VIBRATION- DAMPENING MOUNTS. USE FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. (MOUNT TRANSFORMER ON SEPARATE VIBRATION ISOLATORS. THESE ARE ADDITIONAL ISOLATORS AND ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED VIBRATION ISOLATORS). MANUFACTURER'S TO BE SQUARE-D, HEAVY DUTY, ACME, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WESTINGHOUSE. LIGHTING CONTROLS: A. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE CONTROLLED BY A MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (MLCP) FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND DELIVERED FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTROLLER WILL BE PROGRAMMABLE TO CONTROL ACTUATION OF DIFFERENT LIGHTING AT PRE -SET TIMES BY THE TENANT. THE MLCP WILL COME COMPLETE WITH OVERRIDE SWITCHES (WITH SPRINGED COVER PLATES), TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS, IF REQUIRED. INSTALLATION: A. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICE MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT PIPING OR DUCTWORK. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINE PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 3" FROM WATER /GAS LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, DUCTS OR OTHER CODE APPROVED RACEWAY. B. ALL LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (EXCEPT HVAC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING) INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, DAMPERS, INTERLOCKING, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. (ALL LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE POWER SOURCE THRU THE STARTER /DISCONNECT, ETC., TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL HVAC RELATED LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL /TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS). C. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THE ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC., THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL AFTER CONDUIT /CABLE INSTALLATION SO AS TO RETAIN ANY FIRE RATING. D. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSOFAR AS THE WORK IS CONCERNED, SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, SHALL PROPERLY LEAN UP AND CART AWAY ANY DEBRIS AND EXCESS MATERIAL. E. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES AS TO NAME AND /OR FUNCTION: DISTRIBUTION PANELS, LIGHTING PANELS, MOTOR STARTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES. NAMEPLATES ARE TO BE APPROXIMATELY 1" X 2" IN SIZE AND ARE TO BE FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS OR SCREWS. F. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND THE ARCHITECT OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS. G. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES ON DRAWINGS IN THE WORK AS THE JOB PROGRSSES AND TURN OVER THIS "AS- BUILT" INFORMATION OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. H. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL FIXTURES AND /OR EQUIPMENT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM LEAKS, ABUSE, ETC., AND PAY COSTS FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT MADE NECESSARY BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE SAFEGUARDS OR PROTECTION. I. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS WORK JUST PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. J. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY /ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE NEW INSTALLATION. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO BIDS. REMOVE AND /OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE REMAINING IN USE AFTER THE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE ARE TO BE RECONNECTED TO EXISTING OR NEW CIRCUITS AND LEFT IN WORKING ORDER. FEEDERS TO PANELS AND WIRING TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. COORDINATE ANY DISRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE SERVICES WITH THE LANDLORD AND CONTRUCTION MANAGER TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. GUARANTEE: A. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. DEFECTS WHICH APPEAR DURING THAT PERIOD SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. FOR THE SAME PERIOD, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR BY THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND /OR INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FINALLY: A. IT IS THE INTENT THAT THE FOREGOING WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT AND THAT ANY MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT NECESSARY TO FULLY COMPLETE THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN UP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLETS, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. OF ALL DUST, FINGERPRINTS, GREASE, ETC. AT TURNOVER OF THE STORE. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO RETURN TO THE STORE AFTER MERCHANDISE HAS BEEN SETUP TO ADJUST ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. POWER LEGEND SYMBO DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 0 \I=1 BUZZER ABIT ® SENSORMATIC DEVICE 4 120V DOUBLE- DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. 2D AMP, U- GROUND. MOUNT AT +15" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 120V DOUBLE- DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. 20 AMP, U- GROUND. CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE E $ 3 PUSHBUTTON DOOR BUZZER BUZZER /TRANSFORMER LOCATION MOTION SENSING SWITCH JUNCTION BOX, SIZED AS REQUIRED BY CODE 120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. 20 AMP, U- GROUND. MOUNT AT +15" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1 -GANG SWITCH RING AT +15" WITH A 3/4" C.Q. STUB TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR PHONE OR DATA LINE EXHAUST FAN INSTALLED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY ELECTRICIAN 1 -POLE, SINGLE THROW TOGGLE SWITCH 3 -WAY TOGGLE SWITCH i C7 CEILING SMOKE DETECTOR T-I DISCONNECT SWITCH. SIZE AND FUSES AS NOTED CONDUIT RUN BELOW GRADE OR IN SLAB 3/4" CONDUIT WITH 2 #12 THHN (MINIMUM SIZE CONDUCTORS) ® METER JAWS IFS L DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SECURITY ALARM MOTION DETECTOR WP WEATHERPROOF $M MANUAL STARTER FIRE ALARM PULL STATION STROBE /HORN ALARM STROBE LIGHT WATER FLOW SWITCH AND /OR "TS" FOR TAMPER SWITCH 05 SPEAKER LOCATION (QTY AND FINAL LOCATION BY EC) ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM LANDLORD G.C. I OWNER SITE COND. - - FURN INST FURN INST FURN INST EXIST NEW REMARKS MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC ROOM SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT TO LEASE SPACE. SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS TO LEASE SPACE ELECTRICAL PANELS METER REQUIREMENTS TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SOUND SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECURITY SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR HVAC MOTORS HVAC CONTROLS TELEPHONE CONDUIT STUB UP TELEPHONE CABLING TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT GENERAL CONDUIT & WIRING RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES LIGHT FIXTURES LAMPS X X X X X X X X X 1 EXISTING SERVICE TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED. EXISTING CONDUIT TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED. EXISTING FEEDERS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED. SEE POWER PLAN - SHEET E -3. x x X SEE POWER PLAN - SHEET E -3. N/A X DISCARD ALL EXISTING CONTROLS AND WIRING. SEE POWER PLAN - SHEET E -3. X SEE POWER PLAN - SHEET E -3. X REUSE EXISTING CONDUIT. EXTEND TO NEW TELPHONE BOARD. X PROVIDE ROUGH-IN ONLY. CABLE DEVICES BY OWNER'S CONTRACTOR PROVIDE ROUGH- ...I X N ONLY. CABLE DEVICES BY OWNER'S CONTRACTOR -t- _I • X SEE POWER PLAN - SHEET E -3. X SEE LIGHTING PLAN - SHEET E -2. X SEE SPECS, SHEET E -1 SEE LIGHTING PLAN - SHEET E -2. X X SEE SHEET E -5 FOR DETAILS. N/A DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Emphasis Cm M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m— corporations.com APR 2 4 2008 Co CO CD Ln CO r J J 0 Z 2 0 _ O o LU I-- ZU Z 1 w < U F - a M C) a F- Q m w cv, co REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS & SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER E -1 LIGHTING LEGEND SCHEDULE TYPE SYMBOL MOUNTING LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION LAMP BALLAST DESIGNA11ON NOTES QTY CODE WATT /LUMENS WATT COLOR INPUT WATTS VOLTS B BE BB3 B2.1 _ _ - - - - -. Cl . H M RL 55.5 V•1 EM X1 X21 S57 CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING PENDANT CEILING SUSPENDED SURFACE _.__....__.._.......... COVE CEILING RECESSED RECESSED TRACK HEAD FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL 14, A4 -3 FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE __._...__......._._... 4' FLUORESCENT STRIPUGHT 8 "x8" RECESSED, 1 -LAMP FIXTURE WITH WIDE FLOOD REFLECTOR LECTOR !L) ' LIGHTOLIER ' WA4A232UNV02 I UGHTDLIER , WA4A232UNV02EM BONGO - PL.D -0451 LIGHTOUER SW45232HPFUNV02 UGHTOUER SS4S132HPF120S0 AMERLUX LIGHTING SD6- 39- T4 -ESDW- 120/2770 -FL MSRA- 270- T6 -EWF- WF -W NORDIC LIGHT 1085 - 7003- W- AJ -R60 CON -TECH RL85QF CONTRAST LIGHTING INWF2000LU32 /A2450VT r - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- -- -.. __...... .._. UGHTOUER SS25117HPF120S0 t. ..._... _...... _ .... _....., JUNO N7WH i NAVIUTE NXESB- 1R /G -WH NAVUTE NXPB -3 -WH DELRAY 2277 2 2 1 2 _.... 1 1 2 1 2 _.. 1 _.. . _.;.._ 1 2 1 1 1 I FLUORESCENT F032/835/XP/ ECO FLUORESCENT F032/835/XP/ ECO PDL -MFL96 FLUORESCENT F032/835/XP/ ECO FLUORESCENT 32W T8 39W, T4, WIDE FLOOD LAMP, CMH 0W, T6DE FLOOD LAMP, CMH 70W, T6, METAL HAUDE (2) 4 -PIN 42W (GX244 -4) 4-PIN TTT 32W (GX244 -3) 1 --. .. - - -- - -- ... .. --- -- -... FLUORESCENT 17W T8 .. ..._.. STANDARD LAMP 5.4W LE.O. (INCLUDED) LE .D. (INCLUDED) _...... ...... 2277 -WHITE OPAL 1 59 , 120 ' 59 , 120 42 20 59 120 � _.._. . 32 120 39 , 120 140 720 70 120 84 120 120 _..., ; 17 120 = 13.6 120 12 120 ; 12 120 _ .._. _ __ 3 2 12 * * N/A * -.-...-..- * * ... .. .... I N/A N/A N/A . . _ . ELECTRICAL SURFACE MOUNTED OR GRAIN HUNG AT 10' --0" AFF WITH EMERGENCY POWER KIT ...._..._ INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST INCLUDES ELECTRONIC BALLAST * .... _.. .... _... ....._.. ..._. .... __._ WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP. WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP - LETTER COLOR PER LOCAL CODE WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP - LETTER COLOR PER LOCAL CODE * T • -o ' D T6 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE TRACK FIXTURE CEILING RECESSED CEILING RECESSED COVE SURFACE CEILING DR WALL SURFACE CEILING SURFACE CEILING OR FACE PENDANT MOUNTED 8"X8" SQUARE HORIZONTAL LAMP OPEN DOWNUGHT VERTICAL COMPACT FLUORESCENT -- - -- -- - ..... - - -- - - - -- ........ - --- -- - 2 FLUORESCENT STRIPUGHT . CONTAINING EMERGEN ... _ .. SEMI- RECESSED -SELF LIGHT CY EXIT SIGN W/ BATTERY BACKUP. EDGE UT. EXIT LIGHT W/ BATTERY BACKUP 7" DIAMETER FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH OPAL GLASS SHADE AND WHITE FINISH X2.1 \2;, 4 's O BE c I R �C 7C h tr � �.. 1 1_.1r ... !'.�! Y �L.. 1..! L 1 , �' �e _ 3��.� 1� � •. Y Y xl H 7 KX K "X LA-7 E LIGHTING PLAN CODED NOTES 1. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BEAR THE 'UL' LABEL AND BE OF A TYPE APPROVED BY CITY INSPECTION AUTHORITIES. 2. FIXTURES INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES SHALL BE CONNECTED BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND "AF" WIRE RUN TO A BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE FIXTURE. 3. ALL CIRCUITS MORE THAN 150 FEET IN TOTAL CIRCUIT LENGTH SHALL BE #10 WIRE. 4. FIXTURES TO BE SELECTED AND PURCHASED BY THE OWNER — AND DELIVERED TO THE SITE FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTACTOR —SOME FIXTURES REQUIRED ASSEMBLY. 5. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. 6. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE — NO EXCEPTIONS. _ LIGHTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES L EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE WIRED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT LA -1. 3 NEW TOILET EXHAUST FAN ASSEMBLY. WIRE FAN TO OCCUPANT SENSOR. EXHAUST FAN PROVIDED BY M.C. PROVIDE ROUGH —IN AND INSTALL OCCUPANT SENSOR, NOVITAS #01 -200, AUTOMATIC "ON" WALL SWITCH. MOUNT AT +48 ". STRIP FLUORESCENT INSTALLED IN —LINE BEHIND VALANCE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. LIGHT FIXTURE USED AS NIGHT LIGHT, NORMAL LIGHTING AND EMERGENCY LIGHT. TO BE WIRED TO CIRCUIT LA -1 UNSWITCHED. B X2.1 111X31 PROVIDE AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT SIGN. SIGN FIXTURE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY OWNERS SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN CIRCUIT WILL BE VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 3 FLUORESCENT STRIPS INSTALLED VERTICALLY BEHIND LIGHTBOX PANELS ARE TO BE PLUGGED INTO RECEPTACLES, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. AND ARE TO BE LOCATED IN WALL BEHIND THE OPEN AREA, 15" AFF. SEE SHEET E4.0 FOR MOUNTING DETAILS. LIGHT FIXTURE USED AS REGULAR LIGHT AND EMERGENCY LIGHT. BALLAST TO BE WIRED TO KEEP BATTERY CHARGED. LA —'•'23 1 LA -21 L. r X.1 J® I NL LA -19 X? XY.X ?; 7 RL 1 . l�f /`\ ( r 1 1 ! � I :;c : I._._ . ��I _ . _ - ll _ I � 7 ... B T B • I' - -- RL . 28' -0' c1 IIi ill (11 30' -0" RL R UN i!I RAND 1 ) • t S �` .x �fy :. ✓'�''�l. ms' X11 ,r �Y .. � �- �' 4� r r� ¢ \ �... y t LA -2 T ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE V4' =1' -0' - L— LA -1 -4 i P ›'*,)<X rnr X} 7 7;•? ,N&; C.1 (N.5 • - r / I M 1 C:1 C. M I N _..i .. I !L FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON. TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Bonhomie On omenake M•Retail Engineering, Inc_ 750 Braoksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m— corporations.com REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 - 2CL3 E PWt \1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SHEET NUMBER WIRE DEVICE AND PLATE SCHEDULE SWITCHES RATING GRADE COLOR HUBBELL DEVICE HUBBELL PLATE SINGLE POLE 120/277/15A COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION WHITE CS115W P1W ETR H -1,3,5 AMU -2* 208V -- ETR RECEPTACLE NEMA GRADE COLOR HUBBELL DEVICE HUBBELL PLATE DUPLEX 5 -15R COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION WHITE CR15WHI P8W GFCI 5 -15R COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION WHITE CR15WHI HPS1WA QUAD PLEX 5 -15R COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION WHITE CR15WHI P82W HVAC CONNECTION SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT NAME VOLTAGE FLA /KW UNGROUNDED AND GROUNDED CONDUCTOR SIZE CONDUIT DISCONNECT (AT UNIT) CIRCUIT AHU -1* 208V -- ETR ETR ETR H -1,3,5 AMU -2* 208V -- ETR ETR ETR H- 7,9,11 CU -1* 208V --- ETR ETR ETR H -2,4,6 CU -2* 208V -- ETR ETR ETR H- 8,10,12 NOT USED 7 r L F,f �H -30 41 CU -1(E) , 28 r EXISTING 208Y/120V, 30 , 4 -WIRE PANELBOARD - EXISTING PANEL PANEL "H ". SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E -5. -r d e. L J NEW TELEPHONE DATA ROUGH -IN WITHIN 12" FROM THE MLCP CONVENIENT FOR DATA CONNECTION TO MLCP. SEE SHEET E -5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 2' W. X 8' H. X 3/4" PLYWOOD PHONE BOARD PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF FIRE RETARDANT PAINT. MOUNT TOP OF BOARD 8' -0" AFF. EXTEND CONDUIT, WITH PULLSTRING, FROM EXISTING PHONE SERVICE CONDUIT STUB -IN TO THE PHONE BOARD FOR INCOMING SERVICE. NEW DOOR BUZZER PUSHBUTTON AND WIRE. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. DOOR BUZZER MUST BE INSTALLED IN DOOR FRAME AND NOT IN TILT UP PANEL. SIGNALING TRANSFORMER AND DOOR BUZZER INSTALLED ABOVE THE DOOR. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT FLUSH IN SOFFIT ABOVE. PAINT TO MATCH SOFFIT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 3/4" CONDUIT FROM BELOW FLOOR FOR SENSORMATIC. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. , . .I�.... . AHU- (E) 41 Po j I - 1 "DP" RENAMED INSTALL NEW MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (MLCP), PROVIDED BY TENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE SHEET E -5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A NEW BUZZER AT THE CASHWRAP AREA. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EXTEND WIRING FROM SIGNALING TRANSFORMER LOCATED IN THE STOCKROOM. REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E -4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR HARDWIRING SENSORMATIC ELECTRONICS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. STOREFRONT J -BOX IS SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD. SIGNAGE CIRCUIT MUST REMAIN CONNECTED TO LANDLORDS TIMECLOCK CONNECTED TO TENANTS LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL PANEL. �H -30 41 CU -2(E) F 11. (- EXISTING 208Y/120V, 30 , 4 -WIRE PANELBOARD - EXISTING PANEL "LA1" RENAMED PANEL "LB ". SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E -5. EXISTING 208Y/120V, 30 , 4 -WIRE PANELBOARD - EXISTING PANEL "LA ". SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E -5. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR SENSORMATIC HORNS, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. SHOWN ONLY FOR REFERENCE (TYPICAL FOR 2 PLACES). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 15 16 17 18 19 21 GK'S lSX �1i ` _�`1C `eC ?: f'� ?'•xr;. 1i'r�?� ? ?ti.X Y:�� • I \'N<>" T l f \ i 7 -\ T: 'x is nX X'_X ' . a fi x° !X X I �.7• _G . l i POWER PLAN CODED NOTES CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP IS FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR COMPLETE WITH ALL DEVICES INSTALLED WITHIN, COMPLETELY WIRED. WIRING TERMINATES AT JUNCTION BOXES IN BASE OF WRAP DESK. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE POWER CONNECTIONS TO CIRCUITS AT RESPECTIVE JUNCTION BOXES AND TEST DEVICES AND CIRCUITS WITHIN WRAP DESK. EXTEND CONDUIT W /PULLSTRING TO CONNECTION TO RESPECTIVE JUNCTION BOXES WITHIN WRAP DESK. CHANNEL SLAB FOR CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE FLOOR ROUGH -IN FOR CIRCUITS, DATACOM AND SIGNALING WITH POINT OF CONNECTION PROVIDED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. APPROXIMATE STUB -UP LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE SPARE WIRING FOR FUTURE SECURITY CAMERA. INSTALL WIRE NUTS WITH TAPE ON THE ENDS. LABEL WIRING FOR CIRCUIT LB -29. MANAGER'S DESK --- SEE MANAGER'S DESK DETAIL ON SHEET E -4 FOR LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE, DATA /PHONE JACKS AND MASTER LIGHT SWITCH. RJ45 JACK WIRED PER PINOUT #1245 FOR A 56K LINE, TO BE INSTALLED AT THE CASH WRAP. TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT M.I.S. AT CHARLOTTE RUSSE, (858) 587 -1500 EXT.286, TO CONFIRM THE CIRCUIT (56K LINE) IS OPERATING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL THE FOLLOWING AT THE STEREO SYSTEM LOCATION: (1) 2" X 4" DOUBLE GANG BOX FOR SPEAKER WIRES (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR STEREO (2) DEEP SINGLE GANG BOXES FOR VOLUME CONTROLS REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET E -4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DUPLEX JACK FOR TELEPHONE AND 56K LINE WITH RJ45 (CATS) AND WIRE PER PINOUT #1245 FOR A 56K LINE, TO BE INSTALLED AT 42" AFF. EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM ROUGH -IN BOX TO STUB OUT ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO DETAIL 7 ON SHEET E -4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN AT 42" AFF AND INSTALL LOW- VOLTAGE "MLCP ZONE OVERRIDE" (6- BUTTON) SWITCH FURNISHED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR. CONNECT SWITCH IN ACCORDANCE W /DIAGRAM, SHEET E -5. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN WITH COVERPLATE AND 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED OUT ABOVE LINE OF CEILING FOR A/B DATA SWITCH. SEE DETAIL, SHEET E -4. A/B DATA SWITCH, PATCH CORDS AND ALL CABLING BY DATACOM VENDOR. 30 31 3fi liI _ it 1 LB -1& it - f_= •�; Y - six �; � x yc'YS' •V�, � �Y x ,. � ,�s %'� u.'.U`,•. _ , `t ' .. � � �xxr��''�'�. _ . �!S!_y r � .. ��r` rYY_u �.r�._ LB-1 I 1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE 1/4"4-0 EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FOR RTU'S /CU'S, CIRCUIT AS INDICATED. T -LINK CONTROLLER AND SENSORS FURNISHED BY OWNER WITH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. INSTALL OVER MANAGERS DESK. r1=' SPARE 3/4 "C WITH PULLSTRING 1" CONDUIT STUB OUT ABOVE CEILING, (4) 2 PAIR CAT 5E CABLE TO PHONE BOARD. (1) 56K TO JACK AT MANAGERS DESK PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN AT 48" AFF AND INSTALL LOW- VOLTAGE "MLCP STAFF OVERRIDE" (3- BUTTON) SWITCH FURNISHED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR. CONNECT SWITCH IN ACCORDANCE W /DIAGRAM. SEE SHEET E -5. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN'S FOR SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS. VERIFY QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS WITH SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 15" AFF FOR THE REFRIGERATOR AND (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 42" AFF FOR THE MICROWAVE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND NAMEPLATE FOR THE "STEAMER ". EXISTING DISCONNECT SWITCH /BREAKER, FOR RTU /CU'S. SEE HVAC CONNECTION SCHEDULE THIS SHEET. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. DETECTOR TO BE INTERLOCKED W /CONTROLS FOR RESPECTIVE RTU TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. DETECTOR STATES TO BE MONITORED BY LANDLORD'S CONTROL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE LOOP CONNECTION AT JUNCTION BOX AT STOREFRONT. CONNECT TO LL'S SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM, PROVIDED BY OTHERS, ON TELEPHONE BOARD. PROVIDE A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR THE ALARM PANEL ON THE TELEPHONE BOARD. ALARM HORN TO BE MOUNTED ON WALL ABOVE ALARM PANEL. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR (1) MOTION DETECTOR NEAR THE REAR DOOR AND MANAGER'S DESK. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET E -4. ROUGH -IN FOR A DOOR CONTACT AT THE REAR DOOR AT STRIKE SIDE OF DOORHEAD. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. DATA JACK MOUNTED ON PHONE BOARD CONVENIENT TO INTRUSION ALARM CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR A KEY PAD AT 48" AFF NEAR THE STORE FRONT. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E -4. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN AND FINAL CONNECTION TO TANK TYPE WATER HEATER INSTALLED ON PLATFORM ABOVE TOILET ROOM BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE 20A /1P SWITCH AT ROUGH -IN. COORDINATE WORK WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. i t L. I, 1 f LB-10,12114,16,18,22,26,28 (8) #10 THWN CU & (2) #12 ISOLATED GND IN 1 -1/4" C. NOT USED. L ALB -1 3/4" CONDUIT WITH (1) DATA CABLE LB --6,10 (3) #10 THWN CU & (1) #12 ISOLATED GND IN 3/4 "C. WIRING FOR STEREO._ SPEAKER CONTROLS IN 1/2" CONDUIT. (2) #12 THW TO BUZZER TRANSFORMER IN STOCKROOM IN 1/2" C. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E -4 15 41 SEE HVAC CONNECTION SCHEDULE THIS SHEET. I; LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX FOR TYING INTO MALL'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. VERIFY LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. EMPLOY LANDLORD'S APPROVED CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR ON SALES AREA CEILING -AND CONNECT TO MALL MASTER ALARM SYSTEM PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. DETECTOR TO BE CONNECTED TO FIRE ALARM PANEL FOR THE DETECTION OF SMOKE. DETECTORS TO BE MONITORED BY LANDLORD'S CONTROL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE LOOP CONNECTION AT JUNCTION BOX AT STOREFRONT. CONNECT TO LL'S SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 2 (r } )/ ti I 39 (TYP.) / LB -19 I N, 4LB -1 HEATER NOTE: I • l -- T k :- I • I N V1 ,_ 1 LB -9 N LB -24 12 F- 1 it Iii it • v Qi I � IT, POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. 2. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE - NO EXCEPTIONS. \; •E; 1 1 III III III III 'll Ili II EXISTING UNIT HEATERS AND DUCT HEATERS ARE TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED, R "LOCATED TO NEW DUCTWORK AS NEEDED. VERIFY SIZES IN FIELD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD; OF SIZE FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ALSO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ELECTRICAL ;CONTRACTOR. * UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDUCTORS, DISCONNECTS, FUSING, AND OCPD FOR NEC COMPLIANCE. TIGHTEN ALL LUG CONECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS. r 29 / ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL A PULLSTRING IN EACH CONDUIT TO /FROM THE CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP. THESE PULLSTRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS AND MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THEIR ARRIVAL - NO EXCEPTIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND r_F INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATION1S.: MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL r AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. `,4 7 0 44 BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 ..a, M•Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville. OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m— corporations.eom REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 MIENEMEMEE illegiEMEMBEEMMEME SHEET NUMBER IVO F1'IRW111- GEC` R r ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E -3 l PIN CODE #1245 TABLE, MANAGER'S OFFICE PIN PAIR COLOR 1 2 WHITE / ORANGE 2 2 ORANGE 3 3 WHITE / GREEN 4 1 BLUE 5 1 WHITE / BLUE 6 3 GREEN 7 4 WHITE / BROWN 8 4 BROWN ALL WIRING WITHIN CASHWRAP SHALL BE DONE BY STORE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING POWER AND SYSTEMS WIRING TO COUNTER AND MAKE FINAL SINGLE POINT CONNECTIONS FOR POWER AND DOOR BUZZER. DATACOM AND VOLUMN CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY OTHER. TO DRESSING ROOM SPEAKERS TO RETAIL AREA SPEAKERS STEREO RECEIVER DAUGHTER STATION #2 LEFT ELEVATION I BACKWRAP ELEVATION NTS I VOLUME I CONTROL I I VOLUME ICON TR Olj CASH WRAP 13-1/2"/14-1/4" MIXER/ AMP NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. WHERE GOVERNING AGENCY REQUIRES LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT, ELECTRICIAN SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM POINT —TO— POINT, ALL WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. MUSIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM NTS 6'— 6" DUPLEX OUTLET FOR STEREO SOUND SYSTEM 2" X 4" J —BOX FOR FAX LINE TO A/B SWITCH EL. 5' -6" Si q OF OUTLET /J —BOX 4 59 -3/4" t 6 FT. WINDOW LIGHTBOX NTS EL. 5' -0" • / T/ SHELF (1) 2 X 4" SINGLE GANG BOX FOR STEREO SPEAKER WRING SHELF 18" x 3/4" PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO WALL BY (O.F.C.I) NOTE: PAINT SEMI —GLOSS WHITE OR USE WHITE LAMINATE 14 -3/4" DAUGHTER STATION #1 CENTER ELEVATION 3- REGISTER CASHWRAP ELEVATIONS J NTS NOTE: ALL WIRING WITHIN CASHWRAP SHALL BE DONE BY STORE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING POWER AND SYSTEMS WIRING TO COUNTER AND MAKE FINAL SINGLE POINT CONNECTIONS FOR POWER AND DOOR BUZZER. DATACOM AND VOLUME CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY OTHER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL A PULLSTRING IN EACH CONDUIT TO /FROM THE CASHWRAP AND BACK WRAP. THESE PULLSTRINGS ARE FOR INSTALLATION AND USE BY CHARLOTTE RUSSE REGISTER AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS AND MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THEIR ARRIVAL — NO EXCEPTIONS. 13-1/2"/14-1/4"— 12' A.F,F, 20' 00 00 00 LIGHTING NOTE: COORDINATE WITH THE CABINET MAKER. THE VERIFY ACCURACY AND REQUIREMENTS. 0 0 0 0 0 PHONE DATA ci 30' MANAGER'S DESK /STEREO SHELF OE :: F NTS II ALL ROUTING IN CASH WRAP SHALL BE THRU ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, COORDINATE RECEPTACLE FOR SENSORMATIC DETAGGER RECEPTACLE FOR CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLE FOR CALCULATOR RECEPTACLE FOR U.PS. RECEPTACLE FOR FAX /PRINTER JUNCTION BOX FOR INCOMING CONDUITS /WIRING. 60' a (I TEMPERATURE CONTROL(S) 0 SAFE 12' -6" 30--1/4' 30' 42' A.F.F, 11 -3 1/2" 12 FT. ACCESSORY WALL LIGHTBOX NTS RIGHT ELEVATION ( 7 UNDERFLOOR CONDUITS FOR POWER, DATA /PHONE, SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL, COUNTER LIGHTING & DOOR BUZZER. 0 STEREO SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROLS 0 DOOR BUZZER 10 (3) UNDERFLOOR 3/4" CONDUITS (1) POWER, (1) DATA, (1) EMPTY FOR FURURE USE TO BACK WRAP 7-3 1/2" TO LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL INCOMING LINE S 5' -2 1/2" MOTHER STATION 1' -2 1/2" LINE IN MAIN FAX LINES PIN CODE #1245 NTS 0 lo LaJ A/B SWITCH AT MANAGER'S DESK A/B SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM NTS FAX JACK IN CASH WRAP 13 -1 /2'714 -1 /4" EDWARDS #590 TRANSFORMER IN STOCK ROOM ABOVE DOOR. — 120V -6VAC. 120V CKT AS SHOWN ON PLAN NOTE: DOOR CONTACTS AT REAR EXIT DOOR - EDWARDS #725 LOW— VOLTAGE DIXIE BUZZERS. ONE IN STOCK ROOM ABOVE DOOR AND ONE IN CASH WRAP ALL ROUTING IN CASH WRAP SHALL BE IN ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, COORDINATE WITH THE CABINET MAKER. BUZZER WIRING SYSTEM DIAGRAM NTS ALARM PANEL AT PHONE BOARD KEYPAD ❑ AT FRONT OF STORE MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTON AT REAR DOOR MOTION DETECTOR (IR) ® AT REAR DOOR MOTION DETECTOR AT MGR. DESK zz __EI BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM DIAGRAM SIREN IN CEILING ABOVE ALARM PANEL NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. WHERE GOVERNING AGENCY REQUIRES LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT, ELECTRICIAN SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM POINT —TO— POINT, ALL WRING, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 20'-6" 20 FT. ACCESSORY WALL LIGHTBOX NTS DOOR WIDTH 0' TO 10'=(1) JUNCTION BOX & (1) HORN DOOR WIDTH 10' TO 20' =(2) JUNCTION BOXES at (2) HORNS, ONE EACH SIDE POWER PANEL ABOVE FRONT DOOR(S) LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM DIAGRAM NTS SENSORMATIC ALARMS AT CEILING COVE FASCIA. SEE NOTE ON SHEET E3. MOUNT AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DWGS. 3/4" C. WITH PULL STRING STUBBED / DOWN TO FLOOR CAVITY. SEE SENSORMATIC SPECS. RUN IN WIREMOLD RACEWAY ATTACHED TO DOOR MULLION. 2' NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. WHERE GOVERNING AGENCY REQUIRES LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT, ELECTRICIAN SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM POINT —TO— POINT, ALL WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. FIRE ALARM PANEL 0 4' DATA PHONE 3/4" CONDUIT TO LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT ROOM TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT co TELEPHONE BOARD LAYOUT NTS 2' -11 9/16" 4' -11 9/16" . 6' -11 9/16" 10' -11 9/16" i 12 -11 9/16" 14' -11 9/16" 18' -11 11/16" MENIMEMEMENNMEMENE DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 lOnphode a, a.11ft M•Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Pork. OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m— corporations.com REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 R( -12- .? ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS SHEET NUMBER E -4 ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY (TRANSFORMER) 208Y/120V LOADS DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 24.894 [1] 1.25 31.118 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [3] - 0.000 KIT APPLIANCE 0.000 [4 1.00 0.000 RECEPTACLES 6.940 (5] - 6.940 MOTORS 0.000 [6] - 0.000 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [6],[7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 0.000 [6M1] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 1.500 [8] 1.0 1.500 MISCELLANEOUS 10.830 - 1.0 10.830 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 44.164 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 50.388 = MINIMUM = 139.9 Z2 SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 50.388 X 1000 208 X 1.732 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone : O Z N d' [O , CO 1 - AHU -1 (EXISTING) 80/3 HACR 8.760 A 5.770 HACR 70/3 CU -1 (EXISTING) 3 8.760 B 5.770 5 8.760 C 5.770 7 1.050 AHU -2 (EXISTING) 80/3 HACR 8.760 A 5.770 HACR 70/3 CU -2 (EXISTING) 9 8.760 B 5.770 10 , 11 8.760 C 5.770 12 13 1.0 USABLE BUSS SPACE A 1.260 0.000 A 0.000 Z2 USABLE BUSS SPACE 9 14 16 18 20 22 24 15 USABLE BUSS SPACE 1.220 B 0.000 B 0.000 SALES DOWNLIGHTS Z1 USABLE BUSS SPACE 17 Z2 USABLE BUSS SPACE Lo 0.000 C 0.000 Lo USABLE BUSS SPACE 19 12 14 USABLE BUSS SPACE Z1 SALES DOWNLIGHTS 0.000 A 0.000 A 1.260 USABLE BUSS SPACE 21 FEATURE DISPLAY USABLE BUSS SPACE Z2 Z1 TRACK LIGHTING 0.000 B 0.000 B 1.120 USABLE BUSS SPACE 23 SHOW WINDOW LTG. USABLE BUSS SPACE 16 TRACK LIGHTING 0.000 C 0.000 C USABLE BUSS SPACE 25 ENTRY LIGHTING USABLE BUSS SPACE 18 19 0.000 A 0.000 19 0.980 USABLE BUSS SPACE 0.720 26 28 30 27 WINDOW LIGHTBOX USABLE BUSS SPACE 20 21 0.000 B 0.000 21 0.700 USABLE BUSS SPACE 29 USABLE BUSS SPACE WALL LIGHTBOX Z3 0.000 C 0.900 WALL LIGHTBOX 20/1 ROOF RECS. Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA *F Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone - 1 - EM / NL / EXIT SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE LO 0.000 A 1.330 KIT APPLIANCE 0.000 TRACK LIGHTING Z1 N 3 Z4 STOREFRONT SIGN - 0.900 1.200 B 1.050 - 0.000 TRACK LIGHTING Z1 Z1 [6],[7] 5 Z1 CASHWRAP LIGHTING 34.620 [6],[7] 1.436 C 1.260 0.000 [8] SALES DOWNLIGHTS 7 Z1 STOCK LIGHTING - 1.0 0.708 A 1.260 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 53.460 SALES DOWNLIGHTS Z2 SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 53.460 X 1000 9 Z1 SALES DOWNLIGHTS 1.220 B 1.260 Lo SALES DOWNLIGHTS Z1 10 11 Z2 SALES DOWNLIGHTS Lo 1.176 C 0.546 Lo WINDOW LIGHTBOX Z4 Z3 12 14 13 Z1 SALES DOWNLIGHTS 1.260 A 1.260 LO FEATURE DISPLAY 15 17 Z2 Z1 TRACK LIGHTING PHONE BOARD 1.540 B 1.120 B 1.000 SHOW WINDOW LTG. Z4 16 TRACK LIGHTING 16 17 0.388 C 0.888 LO 0.180 ENTRY LIGHTING Z4 18 19 Z2 TRACK LIGHTING 18 19 0.980 A 0.720 0.540 WINDOW LIGHTBOX Z4 20 21 Z3 TRACK LIGHTING 20 21 0.700 B 0.360 0.900 WALL LIGHTBOX Z3 22 23 Z3 WALL LIGHTBOX 22 23 1.260 C 0.252 0.540 WALL LIGHTBOX Z3 24 25 Z1 FITTING ROOM LTS. 24 25 1.060 A 0.000 0.360 SPARE 0.360 26 27 Z1 FITTING ROOM LTS. 26 27 0.660 B 0.000 0.360 SPARE 0.360 28 29 CASHWRAP SPARE 28 29 0.000 C 0.000 0.360 SPARE 0.360 30 31 CASHWRAP SPARE 30 31 0.700 A 0.000 0.000 SPARE 0.000 32 33 SPARE SPARE 32 33 0.000 B 0.000 0.000 SPARE 34 35 SPARE 34 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 USABLE BUSS SPACE SPARE 0.000 A 0.000 SPARE USABLE BUSS SPACE 0.000 38 39 USABLE BUSS SPACE SPARE 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE USABLE BUSS SPACE 0.000 40 41 USABLE BUSS SPACE SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE USABLE BUSS SPACE 0.000 42 ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY (TRANSFORMER) 208Y/120V LOADS DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 0.000 [1] 1.25 0.000 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [ - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [ - 0.000 KIT APPLIANCE 0.000 [4 1.00 0.000 RECEPTACLES 0.900 [5] - 0.900 MOTORS 0.000 [6] - 0.000 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 52.560 [6],[7] - 52.560 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 34.620 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 0.000 [8] 1.0 0.000 MISCELLANEOUS 0.000 - 1.0 0.000 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 53.460 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 53.460 = MINIMUM = 148.4 SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 53.460 X 1000 208 X 1.732 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone V Z iN 1 SALES RECEPT. 1.080 A 0.000 SPARE 3 MICROWAVE 0.750 B 0.720 C/W -B/W RECEPT. 5 REFRIGERATOR 0.900 C 1.000 LO P.O.S. STATIONS 7 WATER HEATER 1.500 A 1.000 LO P.O.S. STATIONS 9 SOFFIT FIXTURE 0.720 B 0.700 Lo SENSOR DE- TAGGER 10 11 MANAGERS DESK Lo 0.180 C 0.700 Lo SENSOR DE- TAGGER 12 13 MUSIC SYSTEM 0.500 A 0.720 LO FAX/PRINTER 14 15 PHONE BOARD Lo 0.120 B 1.000 LO CALCULATORS 16 17 LTG. CONTROL PNL. LO 0.180 C 1.000 LO U.P.S. 18 19 SOFFIT FIXTURE 0.540 A 1.000 STEAMER RECEPT. 20 21 STOCK/FITT. RM. REC. 0.900 B 0.360 SOFFIT FIXTURE 22 23 LAV. REC / STOCK 0.540 C 1.000 LO SENSORMATIC SYS. 24 25 AHU ROOF RECEPS 0.360 A 0.360 CASHWRAP 26 27 CU ROOF RECEPS 0.360 B 0.360 CASHWRAP 28 29 SECURITY CAMERA 0.360 C 0.360 CASHWRAP 30 31 SPARE 0.000 A 0.000 SPARE 32 33 SPARE 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE 34 35 SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 SPARE 0.000 A 0.000 SPARE 38 39 SPARE 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE 40 41 SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 42 GROUND A B +12V 0 MASTER 0 0 PHONE IN IN FAX B A/B SWITCH TELEPHONE LINE SWITCH MOUNT IN MANAGERS OFFICE 120V POWER CIRCUIT: LB -17 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL & SWITCH SYSTEM BUS WIRING GREEN PAIR --p ORANGE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR -P WHITE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR -I BLUE PAIR -� LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES: 1. 1 -LCP, 2- DIGITAL LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES AND A/B TELEPHONE LINE SWITCH FURNISHED BY OWNER (FBO), INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (EC). 2. ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS THROUGH LCP PER MANUFACTURERS CONNECTION SCHEDULE. 3. LCP, 20 "W x 6 "D x 37 1/2"H. 4. MOUNT SWITCHES PER PLANS. EC TO PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOXES AND INSTALL FBO PROTECTIVE COVERS. 5. EC TO CONNECT ALL LCP COMPONENTS PER PLANS USING CATEGORY 5, 4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE FURNISHED BY EC. 6. EC TO PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO POWER LCP. CIRCUIT # AS INDICATED. 7. EC TO ROUTE THERMOSTAT INTERRUPT CIRCUIT THROUGH DESIGNATED RELAY. 8. EC TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) THE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF THE 1/B SWITCH AND PHONE LINE CONNECTION TO LCP. 9. PRIOR TO BID, EC TO VERIFY ALL QUESTIONS WITH LCP MANUFACTURER; LIGHTING CONTROL & DESIGN, LA, CA 800.345.4448, CARMEN MANESCU. 10. EC TO CONTACT LC &D 7 DAYS PRIOR TO TURN OVER. LC &D WILL REMOTELY CONNECT TO THE SYSTEM, VERIFY TIMES AND MAKE ANY NECESSARY CHANGES. 11. EC TO MAKE ANY WIRING CORRECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LC &D AND COORDINATE VERIFICATION OF SCHEDULES. 12. AT TIME OF DIAL IN, ALL COMPONENTS TO INCLUDE MODEM AND PHONE LINE MUST BE INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL. 13. ALL WIRING PER LOCAL CODES. H ❑USING INSTALLATION Remove optical housing from upper ballast housing (disconnect amp connectors) MEd Mount upper housing in ceiling, level bottom of housing with finished ceiling. INSIDE VIEW Adjust fixture outer housing OPTICAL HOUSING to be flush with ceiling. Make electrical connections, Power must be off prior to making electrical connections. Install lower optical housing by attaching amp connector and torsion springs. 0 Install lamp. (Due to reset circuit on ballasts shut circuit breaker off) Power Fixture. (note) If power was on prior to lamping, the ballast just be reset to work. turn breaker off then on) TERMINATE FIRST DEVICE LIGHTING CSIFNTROL SINGLE LINE OUT TO LIGHTING LOADS I GR2400 SYSTEM BUS, CATEGORY 5, 4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE, 4,000 FT MAX. BREAKER PANEL ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS THROUGH .44 I LCP PER MFG. SCHEDULE MSRA LIGHTING DETAIL N.T.S. MODEM I DTC I GUTTER, ABOVE OR BELOW PANELS IN TO 1ST SWITCH OUT TO 2ND SWITCH 4- GREEN PAIR --♦ 4 ORANGE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR -I 4- WHITE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR -4 4- BLUE PAIR -► ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCH MOUNT IN MANAGERS OFFICE GROUND A B +12V IN TO 2ND SWITCH STAFF LIGHTING SWITCH MOUNT AT STOREFRONT TERMINATE LAST -► DEVICE TAM AHU -1 AHU -2 CAT 5 , 4 TWISTED PAIR WIRING BY E.C. WIRING FROM T -STAT TO RTU BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PER T -STAT SCHEMATIC. ONE T -STAT PER RTU. E.C. TO VERIFY QUANTITY. NOTE: GC TO CALL IN AND SET UP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER AND TRAIN STAFF ON PROCESS AND OPERATION. LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEME ZONE CIRCUITS CONTROLLED ZONE NAME LIGHTING THAT IS CONTROLLED Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 SEE PANEL SCHEDULE "ZONE" SEE PANEL SCHEDULE "ZONE" SEE PANEL SCHEDULE "ZONE" SEE PANEL SCHEDULE "ZONE" STAFF LIGHTING STAFF LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING ENTRY LIGHTING / SIGN 50% SALES DOWNLIGHTS SALES FEATURE LIGHTING, WALL LIGHTBOXES, FITTING ROOM, FEATURE DISPLAYS, PERIMETER WALL LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW LIGHTBOXES, ENTRY LIGHTING, STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING, SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES STOCKROOM, FITTING ROOM AREA DOWNLIGHTS, 50% SALES DOWNLIGHTS, CASHWRAP LIGHTING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING COMPLETED LIGHTING SCHEME TO INSURE THAT THE MLCP IS PROPERLY PROGRAMMED. PROGRAMING DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE CLEARED UP IMMEDIATELY IMMI MICHAEL JOHNSON AT 310-621-5696 OR TECH SUPPORT AT LIGHTING CONTROLS 1-800-345-4448. LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM OUTER H ❑USING Fasten using integral locking screw T GRID EXISTING LANDLORD DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WITH 200 AMP SPACES AND METERS TO REMAIN. LANDLORD TENANT LEASE LINE c ETR ETR (6) #10 THW IN 1" C EACH QTY. AS REQ'D. N.T.S. Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Notes EXISTING 1 All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total E Existing Circuit to remain NOTE: VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE, SPACE, CAPACITY AND CONDUIT SIZE OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. EXISTING PANEL "LA1" RENAMED "LB" 208Y/120V., 30. 4W (16) #10 THHW IN 1" COND. (EACH) 2 "H" EXISTING PANEL "LA" 208Y/120V. 30, 4W ELECTRICAL RISER Voltage OCPD Mounting SEE NOTE 11 MLCP (2) 2 "C. 208Y/120 200A M.C.B. SURFACE Phase 3 Wire 4 Buss 29.060 29.060 29.960 88.080 kVA kVA kVA kVA Options /Notes AIC Rating Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration HEATER NOTE: EXISTING UNIT HEATERS AND DUCT HEATERS ARE TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED, RELOCATED TO NEW DUCTWORK AS NEEDED. VERIFY SIZES IN FIELD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF SIZE FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ALSO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 -1/4" COND WITH �-- (12) #10 THHW (12) #10 GND EACH EXISTING PANEL "DP" RENAMED 208Y/120V., 30. 4W FLOOR Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Notes Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type ** RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: EXISTING Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) "LB EXISTING 1 E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit 8. SYSTEM SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE MAIN BUILDING'S GROUNDING SYSTEM. 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL. PROVIDE PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET E -1. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM A FIELD SURVEY TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. 11. GR2400 SYSTEM BUS, CATEGORY 5, 4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCH AND STAFF LIGHTING SWITCH AS SHOWN IN LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER EXACT LOCATION AND OTHER RELATED ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. Voltage OCPD Mounting All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC 2005 Demand Feeder Load: Voltage OCPD Mounting Notes * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.A N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total Connected Load: NEC 2005 Demand Feeder Load: 0 1. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE "HACR" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. 2. TENANTS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT K.A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. FURNISH AND INSTALL TENANTS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TO MATCH. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, UNDER LOAD CONDITIONS, TO ±10% BETWEEN PHASES: A /B, B /C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/ AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 6. TENANT'S NAME AND SPACE SHALL BE ENGRAVED ON A BAKELITE PLATE WITH 1" HIGH LETTERS. SCREW FASTEN TO THE METER SOCKET AND DISCONNECT SWITCH AT THE SERVICE DISTRIBUTION POINT. 7. ALL CONNECTIONS TO LANDLORD'S SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD'S SITE REPRESENTATIVE. TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TERMINATION EXPENSES. 208Y/120 200A M.C.B. SURFACE 208Y/120 M.L.O. SURFACE Phase 3 Wire 4 Buss 225A 9.278 9.110 7.206 25.594 71.0 139.9 Phase 3 Wire 4 Buss 7.060 5.990 6.220 19.270 53.5 53.5 kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Options/Notes AIC Rating Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Options /Notes AIC Rating Breaker Options: AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 253 10,000 10,000 FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD .. CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. a THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER/P,RFOROt, *,t TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AN 'D 6411( INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07- 008 -0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Emphasis el, Bagmen M • Retail Engineering, Inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Pork, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WEB www.m- corporations.com REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 7 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND PANEL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER E -5 PLUMBING LEGEND . ITEM FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN F S M FSM N/A SOIL WASTE OR SEWER S. OR W. LANDLORD CONTR. ROOF DRAIN S D RD - - - - - SANITARY VENT V COLD WATER C W - - - - - HOT WATER H W p WATER HAMMER ARRESTER W H A ---><-- SHUT -OFF VALVE S 0 V - 0 - 0 FLOOR CLEAN-OUT F C 0 -I WALL CLEAN -OUT W C 0 RISE 0 : DROP (E) EXISTING V T R VENT THROUGH ROOF FLOOR DRAIN HOSE BIBB H B GENERAL NOTE PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE . ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE EXISTING N/A REMARKS TENANT LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. PLUMBING FIXTURES 0 SAN, CW, HW, PIPING AND WATER METER MOP BASIN, WATER HEATER AND ASSOCIATED PIPING AS -BUILT DRAWINGS GENERAL NOTE "QUICK" REFERENCE. ALL ITEMS LISTED HERE ARE SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ENCOUNTERS ITEMS THAT ARE CONTRADICTORY THEN IT IS HIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SO THAT THESE ITEMS CAN BE CLARIFIED THIS SCHEDULE IS INTENDED AS A ON THESE DRAWINGS. IF THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM TENANTS FOR THE CONTRACTOR. PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 15200 A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: (REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR EXACT RESPONSIBILITIES) A.COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. B.COMPLETE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, APPURTENANCES AND INSULATION. C. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. D.TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER, WASTE, VENT, OR DRAINAGE LINES TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY LOCAL ADA AND WATER- SAVING DEVICE CODE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A REPRODUCEABLE COPY OF THE "AS- BUILT" DRAWING TO THE LANDLORD AND TO THE OWNER FOR THEIR RECORDS. B. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 1. PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING AND SPECIFIED IN THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. WHERE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE TO BE REUSED, REPLACE BALL COCK VALVE SEALS, LEAVE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. C. GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 1. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER CONNECTIONS WILL BE MADE AT EXISTING TOILET ROOM. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: A. SNAKE SANITARY FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. B. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM OF 50 PSI. 2. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. 3. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS IN FINISHED AREAS. 4. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO OTHER TENANTS AND /OR TO THE BUILDING. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE AT RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. D. PIPING 1. SANITARY PIPING - NO PVC ALLOWED A. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT, CAST IRON SOIL PIPE. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR 2" OR SMALLER MAY BE GALVANIZED STEEL. JOINTS: BELOW FLOOR SLAB - COMPRESSION TYPE PLASTIC SEAL (HUB AND SPIGOT). ABOVE FLOOR SLAB - NEOPRENE SEALING SLEEVE WITH STAINLESS STEEL SHIELD AND CLAMP WITH APPROVED NEOPRENE - BASED LUBRICANT, (HUBLESS). GALVANIZED VENT - SCREWED JOINTS WITH TEFLON TAPE ON MALE THREADS. B. PITCH WASTE LINES 2" AND SMALLER NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT. PITCH LARGER MAINS NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT. C. INSTALL A CLEANOUT AT BASE OF EACH SOIL STACK, AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION, AT INTERVALS NOT OVER 50 FEET, AND ELSEWHERE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. CLEAN OUTS SHALL ONLY BE INSTALLED IN NON- PUBLIC AREAS, UNLESS GIVEN EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. WHEN GIVEN PERMISSION TO INSTALL IN PUBLIC AREAS, THE CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL WALL COVERS AND BRASS FLOOR COVERS (FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR) PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE COVERS WITH INSET AREA FOR CARPETED FLOOR LOCATIONS. ALL CLEAN -OUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. D. INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. E. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO MODEL 102W "HANDI LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. 2. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95 -5 TIN- ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING: A. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. BRAZE ALL JOINTS. B. ABOVE GRADE: TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER. C. INSTALL AIR CHAMBER SHOCK ABSORBERS IN PIPING SYSTEM TO PREVENT NOISE AND DAMAGE DUE TO WATER HAMMER. D. ALL BRANCH PIPING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE SERVICE VALVE. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES IN THE SUPPLY PIPING TO EVERY FIXTURE. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY. E. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS FOR FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F. SECURE PIPE AT ANGLE STOPS. G. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE INSERTS AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH FRAMING TO KEEP PIPES FROM HITTING FRAME WHEN IN OPERATION. 4. GAS PIPING -- SEE SHEET M2.0 5. INSULATION A. INSULATE ALL WATER AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING WITH 1.5" THICK (K =0.23 © 75 F) SNAP -ON FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS OF 50. APPROVED MANUFACTURER: MANVILLE MICRO -LOK. 6. TEST & STERILIZATION LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES, MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: A. TEST POTABLE WATER PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING AT 125 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. B. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE GAS AND WATER TIGHT. C. STERILIZE POTABLE HOT & COLD WATER LINES UPON COMPLETION OF SYSTEM. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. LAVATORY INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER MTD. ON WALL BELOW LAV. ACCESS COVER ELEC. CONDUIT AND J -BOX SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS NOTE: WALL CLEANOUT NTS INSULATE EXPOSED PIPING BELOW LAV. PER HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS. WALL CLEANOUT WALL ACCESS COVER WALL INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER NTS PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY LOCAL HANDICAP CODE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL THE NECESSARY DOMESTIC WATER PLUMBING FACILITIES TO SERVE THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES AND MAKE NECESSARY INSTALLATION OF SANITARY /DOMESTIC WATER CONNECTIONS PROVIDED BY THE LANDORD. 3. SANITARY VENTS SHALL BE TO CONNECTION TO LANLORD'S MAIN PIPING. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TOILET FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE TENANTS DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO OTHER TENANTS AND /OR TO THE BUILDING. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE AT RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES AS TO THE REQUIREMENT /INSTALLATION OF ANY "WATER SAVING" DEVICES TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURES. (TOILETS, FAUCETS, ETC.) 7. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, INVERTS AND CONDITION OF EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING UP THROUGH ROOF AND DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND /OR FAILURE TO PRE - DETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A REPRODUCEABLE COPY OF THE "AS- BUILT" DRAWING TO THE LANDLORD AND TO THE OWNER FOR THEIR RECORDS. 8. PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED AND STERILIZED PER LANDLORD'S MANUAL AND LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. TO HOT WATER OUTLET FLOW CONTROL TO COLD WATER OUTLET COLD WATER SUPPLY DUAL OUTLET ANGLE VALVE TRAP FINISHED FLOOR NOTES 0 PLUMBING CODED NOTES: 1 ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 2 3 4 5 6 CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND INVERT ELEVATION OF POINT OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. CONNECT NEW 2" VENT LINE FROM NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES TO EXISTING VENT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF VENT BEFORE STARTING WORK. CONNECT NEW DOMESITIC WATER TO EXISTING SERVICE FROM EXISTING WATER TAP PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR STARTING WORK. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD BEFORE BIDDING. <0 WC RISER NTS 1/2" WH A • FAUCET - CHICAGO #897 SERVICE SINK FITTINGS WITH VACUUM BREAKER, 3/4" HOSE OUTLET, #369 HANDLES, WALL BRACE AND PAIL HOOK. • ACCESSORIES - FIAT #832 -AA HOSE AND HOSE BRACKET FIAT #889-C MOP HANGER L 2 " .1' STACK NTS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM WC LAV WH FD FCO WCO TP FIXTURE WATER CLOSET TANK TYPE LAVATORY 1/2" WALL MOUNTED WATER HEATER TANK TYPE FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR CLEAN OUT WALL CLEAN OUT TRAP PRIMER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER MOP SINK BASIN ROUGH -IN ce ©< ©< v3 z3 1/2 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/4" LJ I- 4 " 2" I- z w 2 " 1 1 /2" DESCRIPTION JAY R. SMITH CLEANOUT TEE MODEL NO. 4532S NIBCO - ANGLE SILLCOCK VALVE MODEL NO. 63 -CL. 1/2" SIZE AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" WATER CLOSET MODEL #2998.014 WITH AMERICAN STANDARD "LAUREL" SEAT MODEL #5311.012 AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" LAVATORY MODEL NO. 0356.421, FAUCET MODEL NO. 5501.170, WRIST BLADE HANDLES, GRID STRAINER DRAIN, ANGLE SUPPLIES, SUPPORT AND P -TRAP A.O. SMITH EJC -6, 6 GALLON, 1650 WATT, 120V., 1 PHASE. EQUALS BY RHEEM OR RUUD. JAY R. SMITH MEDIUM DUTY FLOOR DRAIN - NO HUB OUTLET MODEL NO. 2110 SERIES JAY R. SMITH TILE FLOOR CLEANOUT MODEL NO. 4000 SERIES PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS #ULP -500LP WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOW RATE, INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND INTEGRAL BACKFLOW PREVENTER. HAWS BARRIER -FREE WATER COOLER MODEL NO. HWUACO8L 460 2' 1 1/2" WATTS, 4.6 FLA, 115V-10-60 OR APPROVED EQUAL _.. . 4 2 „ 4 » 2 » FIAT MODEL NO. MB5 2424 - MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN, FLOOR SEE NOTES MOUNTED WITH VACUUM BREAKER REMARKS 1.6 GPF HANDICAP TYPE INSULATE DRAIN AND H.W. PIPE BELOW LAV. HANDICAP TYPE, SEE SPEC. WITH A.O. SMITH "AIR - BANK" MODEL #V -5E EXPANSION TANK WITH P- TRAP AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION ROUND NICKEL - - - - _.._._ BRONZE ADJUSTABLE TOP WITH TILE RECESS MOUNT 24 "AF.F. PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 1 l• • FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DATE: 04.24.08 JOB NO: 07-008-0180 DRAWN: CHECKED: 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Emphasis On ..e. M. Retail Engineering, inc. 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, OH 43081 PHONE 614.818.2323 FAX 614.818.2337 1259 Kemper Meadow Dr. Forest Park, OH 45240 PHONE 513.825.1152 FAX 513.825.4549 WED www.m- corporations.com EMEMEMENEMMEMEINEN REVISIONS FINAL ISSUE: 04.24.08 PLUMBING PLAN SHEET NUMBER P -1